FRED Entertainment

March 19, 2004

Trailer Park: And That’s A Good Thing

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:37 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVES

By Christopher Stipp

March 19, 2004

AND THAT’S A GOOD THING

I am reminded of Martha and her catchphrase she uttered with resounding conviction, before her conviction, when I see the early reviews coming in for DAWN OF THE DEAD. On top of that, getting an extended ten-minute preview on USA this week was all that was needed to seal the deal. I applaud Universal for not only taking the ballsy move to secure the time to show the first ten minutes of the film, but that they believe enough in the picture to even give a thought to doing something like this. Obviously, there are some drawbacks to showing an insight into the pacing, cadence, camera work and acting of those in the picture. One of the drawbacks is that some people could see that you made a crappy-ass movie and you could possibly lose what little support you could have garnered by simply sitting on that jive turkey until a nameless Wednesday comes across so you can drop that bomb like Billy Zane in a Memphis Belle.

Thankfully the suits at Universal felt safe in the knowledge that this looks like a solid horror hit. I realize there are purists out there who only reserve that moniker to the original HALLOWEEN series, the Chucky collection or even the various chapters of the CRITTERS saga, but this is horror in the new millennium. I would like to be scared, even jump a little in my seat, but if they can keep true to Romero’s larger themes of commercialization and what it says about the populace in general I will be happy enough to usher in this kind of gore.

Now, about what I thought would be my trailer of the week. I didn’t even give it a second thought. I knew it. I had it in mind even before I pushed the play button on my QuickTime player. I, ROBOT was going to be the trailer that would get people talking and buzzing. And then I watched it.

I am reminded of Michael Mann’s HEAT when Al Pacino is getting fed up with being dogged around by one of his informants. He walks away from the table they are speaking at and in disgust and rage he shouts out that his squealer shouldn’t waste his time in a tone and volume that I come back to what he said again and again, with the explicative attached, whenever I feel I’ve been jerked around. After watching the trailer I, too, had that very same thought as I backed away from my keyboard and wondered what the hell happened. Read on and find out what went wrong.

In a surprise that not even I anticipated until early this week, I found the trailer for a movie called SHAUN OF THE DEAD. Priceless. It’s by far the best thing I saw all week. With the trailer enabled for Flash players (a great way to see a trailer quick and easy) many of you should be able and see for yourselves why I picked this baddie for clip of the week. Surely, if you happen to disagree or want to guide me to some trailers I may not know about, send me an e-mail. I always enjoy hearing from the literate.

I, ROBOT (2004)

Director: Alex Proyas
Cast: Will Smith, Bridget Moynahan, Bruce Greenwood, James Cromwell, Chi McBride, Alan Tudyk
Release: July 16, 2004
Synopsis: Will Smith stars in this action thriller inspired by the classic short story collection by Isaac Asimov, and brought to the big screen by dynamic and visionary director Alex Proyas (Dark City, The Crow). In the year 2035, robots are an everyday household item, and everyone trusts them, except one, slightly paranoid detective (Smith) investigating what he alone believes is a crime perpetrated by a robot. The case leads him to discover a far more frightening threat to the human race. I, ROBOT uses a spectacular, state-of-the-art visual effects technique to bring a world of robots to life.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Various (Windows Media, RealOne)

Progonosis: Negative.

I would like to say where I think this trailer went in the direction I had hoped it wouldn’t, but I won’t be glib and say it happens as soon as Will Smith enters the frame.

One of the first things that I noticed about this trailer, first of all, was the absence of Proyas’ cinematic thumbprint. GARAGE DAYS notwithstanding, I was excited to see him come back to the kind of gritty work that really made him a standout in DARK DAYS and THE CROW. Palpability or even a nuanced style is enough to make me notice in any director’s style, but Proyas had the ability of taking filmmaking elements and created worlds with them while giving an engaging, exciting story. The absence of all of that is was what alarmed me at first.

The acting starts as Will Smith does a little of the pensive/GQ/serious “I’ll be right there” in his best cop-like persona, rides along on a motorcycle, weaving through traffic, off to an investigation of something, but by this point I’m not that ornery. I’m actually appreciating what might come next. I start feeling the wheels fall of this motorcade of a spectacle, however, when after a little banter between cop Smith and one of his investigative leads ends with a little indirect homophobic humor which, if done right, read here: PLANES, TRANES AND AUTOMOBILES, can be amusing, but when Smith lets his comments fly I can see where it’s leading.

The trailer shows some very promising hope for life with Asimov’s Laws of Robotics as a backdrop, which, oddly enough, were crafted way back in the 1940s and provided a great basis for a flick when this project was first announced. When they scroll through the very same laws, and as Smith actually looks like he’s going to behave, an unseen robot defends his innocence under an interrogation. Up to this point I still believe there can be redemption. The sets look like they’re on loan from MINORITY REPORT, albeit in a very Styrofoam way.

And then it happens.

You get to see the face of the robot in question and there is a certain deflation of expectations after seeing the intricate posters that were made up showcasing these things leading up to this trailer’s arrival.

It’s about this time when Smith says out loud that he longed for the good ol’ days when, “people were killed by other people.” Huh? The factitiousness of the movies visuals with the plastic sheen that coats everything just continues this movie’s nosedive. There are, however, a few shots of some robots going monkey shine on the human population, some quick frames of action with glass shattering (forever a fan of that) and cars flipping over, but it is Smith’s mugging that irked me the most. The movie moves from being, what could be, a great realizing of Asimov’s principals with Proyas leading the attack, no less, but it just looks like another vehicle for Smith to be, well, Smith in his most splendid MEN IN BLACK routine. Wake me up if I’m wrong about this one.

THUNDERBIRDS (2004)

Director: Jonathan Frakes
Cast: Bill Paxton, Anthony Edwards, Sophia Myles, Brady Corbet, Soren Fulton, Vanessa Hudgens, Ben Kingsley
Release: August 6, 2004
Synopsis: When dangerous situations exceed the limitations of ordinary military and international security forces, the world calls upon the high-tech assistance of International Rescue-a mysterious band of fearless adventurers and their fleet of awesome, imaginatively engineered vehicles known as: Thunderbirds! Hidden from the world, Tracy Island, a lush patch of land situated in the remote waters of the South Pacific, is home to brilliant entrepreneur and former astronaut Jeff Tracy (Bill Paxton) and his five sons. It is also the headquarters of Tracy’s top-secret organization, International Rescue – and it is under siege. Master criminal The Hood (Ben Kingsley) has breached island security, intent on commandeering International Rescue’s fleet of five highly advanced rescue vehicles, each designed to accomplish a specific task. Deploying Jeff and his four eldest sons on a mission, The Hood finds his plans obstructed by Jeff’s youngest son Alan (Brady Corbet), who will do anything to save the Tracy family and the Thunderbirds.

View Trailer:
* Large (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Small (QuickTime)


Progonosis: Meh.

With a cast like this I was feeling like I could get into a flick that I didn’t really care that much about. I had heard a little bit about it, had seen production designs for one of the cars that looked more suited for the Ambiguously Gay Duo and, frankly, I never even had an interest in the television series. This trailer, though, makes great use of camp in much the same way it wasn’t well used for the other blast from the past, LOST IN SPACE.

To be honest, I both loved the trailer for its eye candy that came in all different flavors and also feared it for the lack of any dialogue that would offer any sense of how the actors were going to play their parts. From what little I could tell, Bill Paxton is all cleaned up from his FRAILITY persona and is chipper enough to declare with a grin that, “Thunderbirds are go.” Joy. I couldn’t be happier, either.

The outfits the Thunderbirds wear are slightly odd looking along with their color coordinated ships/planes/Ambiguously gay flying machines. Just watching the trailer a few times had me queasy from motion sickness as the scenes cut from one moment to another in such a rapid fashion that, by the end, I had no idea what the hell was going on. That’s not to say, however, that is such a bad thing as when dealing with summer pictures you have to hit the attention deficient demographic with every last sensory blast you have, but it would be nice to know what is going on with the plot. So far, all I know is that this movie has Bill Paxton in it and there’s lots of explosions, smoke, a hot blonde chick with an English accent, and space ships that look like they’re exploding. That’s it.

Now, for the rest of the population who want to decide if forking over their loot is worth it the filmmakers need to come correct with a better trailer with at least one of the three things:

1. Some exposition. Please. Just give me a nugget, even a little somethin’ somethin’ with Sir Ben, which should tell me why I should patronize your summer popcorn love fest.
2. Dialogue. Even something from that one guy who does all the action voiceovers for all the action movies saying a few words about why I should care about a defunct television series that expired decades ago would be nice.
3. Show that hot blonde chick doing something ribald or tawdry with one of those space ship models and I will personally guarantee the highest opening weekend with males 12-24.

It’s always good to see brother Chet doing something new, not the least of which was CLUB DREAD which was woefully given little love, and I would like to see how his presence either elevates or shames the rest of the cast assembled around him.

THE UNITED STATES OF LELAND (2004)

Director: Matthew Ryan Hoge
Cast: Ryan Gosling, Don Cheadle, Chris Klein, Jena Malone, Lena Olin, Kevin Spacey, Michelle Williams, Martin Donovan, Ann Magnuson, Kerry Washington, Sherilyn Fenn, Maria Arcé, Michael Welch, Michael Pena
Release: April 2, 2004
Synopsis: Soft-spoken Leland Fitzgerald (Gosling) commits a crime that shocks the soul of his community. As the son of a world-renowned author (Spacey) and because his motive is a genuine mystery, the boy becomes a touchstone for controversy. In pursuing “the reason why”, aspiring writer Pearl Madison (Cheadle) see the chance for a career-making book. Leland’s haunting tale is, at once, deeply poignant and darkly funny, an investigation into the impenetrable secrets of the suburban American family. The film explores the resonance of a single violent act, showing how it affects the families of both the guilty and the innocent.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive.

There is something about a good movie with Don Cheadle that restores the notion that not everyone in Hollywood needs a paycheck that bad.

Sure, his work as a bloke with a hellacious accent in OCEAN’S ELEVEN made me scratch my head too, but that doesn’t come close to negating his work in TRAFFIC, BOOGIE NIGHTS, THE METEOR MAN or even as the guy at the fast food pick-up window in MOVING VIOLATIONS.

His last real project was OCEAN’S but he looks great in this trailer alongside Ryan Gosling. Gosling has a quiet ferociousness about himself, as evidenced in movies like THE SLAUGHTER RULE and THE BELIEVER, and that comes across as he effortlessly glides across the screen in the newest project from the man who brought us, well, nothing. A real first-time director in the eyes of most people, Hoge brings warmth and some slivers of inspired cinematography in this short trailer.

The trailer opens up with a soft, Ben Folds-esque piano solo and it works so well. While the music plays we get a little backstory about why young Leland is in the pokey but it’s not too clear of the specifics. We get a little bit of Cheadle, and even a little Chris Klein, who gets a moment to add something quietly to the picture this trailer paints. The trailer takes its time and that’s fine. It works.

Jenna Malone, who was showcased last week for SAVED!, pops up again as the love interest for Leland, and there is something very sweet that comes across when her and Gosling have their moments together. Kevin Spacey decides to make a landing in this bad boy and I am hoping he found his box full of acting tricks that he managed to lose sometime in late 1999. There are other smaller bits from established bards, but, overall, this movie looks great. Judging by the production company that has helped to get this thing made, REQUIEM FOR A DREAM being one of them, the hands that this movie is in are ones that aren’t necessarily out to bust box office records but out to simply create a well-crafted film.

GRAND THEFT PARSONS (2004)

Director: David Caffrey
Cast: Johnny Knoxville, Gabriel Macht, Marley Shelton, Christina Applegate, Michael Shannon, Robert Forster, Jim Cody Williams
Release: ?
Synopsis: There are times when it’s right and proper to simply bury the dead. This is not one of those times… Gram Parsons was one of the most influential musicians of his time; a bitter, brilliant, genius who knew Elvis, tripped with the Stones and fatally overdosed on morphine and tequila in 1973. And from his dying came a story. A story from deep within folklore; a story of friendship, honour and adventure; a story so extraordinary that if it didn’t really happen, no one would believe it. Two men, a hearse, a dead rock star, five gallons of petrol, and a promise. And the most extraordinary chase of modern times.

View Trailer:
* Small (Windows Media)

Progonosis: Positive Sometimes it’s all in how you define independent.

Is it by the budget or by the ideas behind the story or something else entirely? I didn’t expect much out of Johnny Knoxville as an actor but he really shines in the parts that are presented in this trailer. What’s refreshing, as well, is how the director for DIVORCING JACK (A movie that has a disturbingly creepy box cover that seems to follow my eyes whenever I see it at the local video mart) uses Knoxville so effectively. I’m not so sure, or convinced, of Knoxville’s accent in this film, but I am pleased to see him seem so comfortable in front of the camera.

As this trailer opens, the scroll letting us know this is based on a true story, there is a certain amount of emotional weight to Knoxville’s voiceover. The camera work is nice in how it eases us into the world these characters inhabit. As Knoxville encounters resistance to claiming Parson’s body at the hospital where it is being kept, in an effort to cremate it, it sets up the crux of the movie’s plot beautifully. Cut and dry. Pure and simple. All in less than fifteen seconds.

Christina Applegate, in an effort to recapture the magic she had with DON’T TELL MOM THE BABYSITTER’S DEAD, looks very pleasing and actually appears to add an ephemeral counter-balance to Knoxville’s scruffy, burnt-out character.

Another thing this movie has going for it is that this movie could have gone in two different directions. They could have made a tender story about a man who looks to fulfill a promise to a dead friend and have it a rather touching story of the bonds men share or they could have went down this route, throw in a dash of serious contemplation about the nature of friendship, and play down the more supercilious aspects to have Knoxville pump up the comedy a bit. The latter is what this trailer is selling and if it is any different I am not too sure it would really make that much a difference based on the clips provided here.

I made note of how the story is essentially told in the first few moments of the trailer and I think it is worth noting, again, because it does something very nice. It allows an individual to better observe what is happening on the screen and it frees someone from having to piece together a puzzle of a trailer that looks only to shock and awe. As well, someone can enjoy the performances from the actors on screen and really make an honest value judgment if they want to come spend their money. I wish more trailers could learn this lesson.

SHAUN OF THE DEAD (2004)

Director: Edgar Wright
Cast: Simon Pegg, Nick Frost, Kate Ashfield, Dylan Moran, Lucy Davis, Bill Nighy, Peter Serafinowicz, Penelope Wilton
Release: TBD
Synopsis: Gathered together at their local pub for a night of drinking and conversation, a group of friends find themselves thrown into a battle against hell-bent zombies.

View Trailer:
* Shockwave Flash

Progonosis: O Positive.

I’m a consummate Todd Phillips fan, but I had more laughs during this trailer than I did when I viewed the one cobbled together for STARSKY AND HUTCH.

One of the things about comedies is that you don’t quite know what’s going to be funny when it’s taken out of context and put into the kind of sound bites that make it into the trailer. I thought, simply based on the trailer, STARSKY was going to be a laugh a minute comedic journey. What I got, instead, was a short bus ride after seeing most every comedic moment of the film was used for the trailer. That’s why, with slight trepidation, I see SHAUN OF THE DEAD as one of the most anticipated comedies that I would like to see simply based on what’s presented here.

It’s great to see good satire when it’s done right and all the elements seem to be in place here. There’s a great false beginning to this trailer where a concerned television reporter tells the populace to be calm as video of walking zombies fill the picture screen. Just as the reporter says this two couch potatoes, who will be the movie’s titular characters, realize what the newsman is saying and in walks a zombie. Hilarity ensues. It’s hard to describe comedic elements without it sounding unfunny and it’s best explained if you see it for yourself. Again, subjectivity is the root of all comedy. What’s funny for one could be an excruciatingly miserable experience for another.

After the intro, there’s the voiceover from above that gives the basic rundown of how to escape a zombie invasion. The first way is to avoid detection and so cue cell phone; the second is to use weapons as the protagonists open a box of records to be used as vinyl instruments of death as the zombies come closer and they start debating which ones should be saved; and lastly, as the newscaster says it, “the attackers can be stopped by removing the head.” The physical humor just kicks up from there. The ending to this thing sees a zombie being knocked over by a car the characters are driving

There’s not really any better way to say it but this has to be one of the funniest trailers I’ve seen, so far, all year. Does that make me a shut-in who needs to get out more? Possibly. It’s all subjective.

Comics in Context #31: Knight Terrors

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 2:19 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

There’s been a long break since the initial installment of my review of Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, newly released as a trade paperback, while I have written reports on the 2004 Toy Fair and Cartoon Network “upfront” presentation for IGN FilmForce. But now this critic strikes again, continuing where I left off.

Book 2 of The Dark Knight Strikes Again opens with the cover for The Daily Planet Magazine (presumably the equivalent of a newspaper’s Sunday magazine supplement, like The New York Times Sunday Magazine, showcasing its cover story. “Superhero Chic,” with a picture of what, by coincidence, one friend years ago imagined as being the ideal Supergirl costume: a nude blonde woman with a strategically placed “S” emblem.

This serves to introduce the “Superchix,” seductive young women dressed in superhero-style costumes, calling themselves Batchick, Wonder Chick, and Black Canary (the latter is presumably not the super heroine of that name, who would be much older at this point on the Dark Knight timeline), who are celebrities, though for what reason is not immediately clear: we are told they have their own website (no big distinction, that) and eventually that they are some sort of pop music group.

So what is Miller trying to get at here? Initially, I linked the Superchix to the nude newscaster and other sleazy media types who appeared in Book 1. Are the Superchix Miller’s comment on the ever more sexually explicit trends in pop culture? In a world where superheroes are real, would Britney Spears and company dress up (or down) in superhero costumes?

Perhaps the Superchix are satiric comments on the “bad girl” characters so prevalent in comics in the ’90s, who might be regarded more as pin-ups for male fantasies than the liberated heroines they purported to be. (Take that trend to its nadir and you get the unfortunate Stan Lee’s Stripperella.) If, as we saw in Book 1, The Dark Knight Strikes Again has a subtext about restoring traditional values of the superhero genre, perhaps the Superchix are meant to represent the more disposable, hormone-driven superhero comics of the last decade. Note that Miller’s amusing parody of TV newsman Chris Matthews (or perhaps of Darrell Hammond’s impersonation of Matthews on Saturday Night Live) rants, “So now the President brings the hammer down on three bouncy tarts for making the long green for adolescent boys who’ve got testosterone coming out of their ears and grown men old enough to be their fathers!” Could the same description apply to a lot of comics readers during the notorious early 1990s comics boom? (The Dark Knight Strikes Again is indeed an example of how middle-aged creators can use the superhero genre to voice their own perspective, despite its traditionally young audience.)

And this in turn makes me think of Miller’s long involvement with the Comic Book Legal Defense Fund, which helps defendants in court cases that seek to outlaw the sale of “mature” comics. By having the government in DK2 outlaw the harmless Superchix, perhaps Miller is drawing a parallel to attempts to censor the comics industry, and hence to repress freedom of expression.

Miller makes clear in DK2 that the superhero is a symbol of individual liberty. Sexuality is also arguably a means of personal expression and freedom. It’s interesting that Miller links superheroes and sexuality in DK2 by making them both the objects of government repression. Indeed, in DK2 they are the targets of the right wing. In the media debate over the Superchix, which Miller populates with caricatures of familiar “talking heads,” the person most opposed to the Superchix is the conservative commentator George Will. A longstanding slur on comics readers is that guys give up comics when they discover girls. How ironic that Miller instead links the superhero concept and sexuality together.

Now, superheroes traditionally battle on behalf of the rest of the population: they are the champions of the public at large. Superman, raised in the values of the idealized Midwesterners who were his foster parents, stands for the American citizenry’s traditional morality: “truth, justice and the American way.” But what kind of general public does Miller portray in DK2? The men (and women) in the street types who pop up during Matthews’ Superchix debate are more grossly caricatured than the news media “talking heads” and just babble nonsense; no wonder Matthews yells at them to “Shut up!” It makes one wonder just how democratic the political stance of DK2 is.

There follow three double-page spreads showing Batman descending from the heavens (like a bat and like an avenging deity) along with his aircraft to burst into Lex Luthor’s headquarters. Through these three spreads Miller moves from the satire of the Superchix debate to giving DK2 an epic scale, aided by the beauty of the skyscapers that Lynn Varley colors.

Batman starts whaling the tar out of various Luthor allies: Miller even gives us an extreme close-up of teeth that have been knocked out of his victims’ mouths, accompanied by a spray of blood added by Varley. “Life doesn’t get any better than this,” thinks Batman. “God. I love my job.” (What was that about testosterone coming out of one’s ears?)

Remember the square-jawed, grinning Batman that Dick Sprang used to draw in the ’40s and ’50s, wisecracking with Robin as they clobbered thugs? This strikes me as Miller’s updated version of that. His Batman may look like a grim figure of retribution to his enemies, but Batman himself isn’t grim at all: he’s performing his life’s work, acting true to himself (unlike the depressed Bruce Wayne leading his empty life at the start of the original Dark Knight), and he’s having fun. He is following his bliss.

In the course of doing so, Batman beats up the (fictional) Secretary of State and (fictional) Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. “So much treason to commit,” Batman muses; “So little time.”

And this sets me wondering. Making known criminals Luthor and Brainiac the secret heads of the government, responsible for a covert coup d’etat, gives Batman a moral rationale for attacking the U.S. government.

But here is Batman attacking a cabinet secretary and the head of the military. Are they Luthor’s knowing accomplices? Luthor, an American citizen, is a traitor for usurping control of the government. But here Batman calls himself a traitor. Is he merely making an ironic joke?

What I wonder here is whether making Luthor the secret power behind the throne is less a moral rationale in the story than an excuse. Is DK2 actually an anarchist work, opposed to the federal government no matter who is in charge, simply out of an ideological opposition to big government?

Batman then beats up Luthor and carves a “Z” on his face. Batman’s sidekick Carrie, now known as Catgirl, is bewildered by this last gesture, but this is Batman’s and Miller’s tip of the cowl to Zorro, one of the influences on the creation of Batman. (It was Miller who established that on the night that Bruce Wayne’s parents were murdered, they had taken Bruce to see the movie The Mark of Zorro.) Zorro is a supposedly idle rich man who adopts a costumed identity based on an animal (Zorro is “the Fox”) to combat a government that oppresses the people. In Batman: Year One, Miller made the young Batman’s principal opponent the alliance of government officials and organized crime bosses that dominated Gotham City; in DK2 the enemy is once again a government run by criminals.

“I’ll see you in hell,” Batman tells Luthor in parting: Luthor is damned, of course, and Batman’s remark suggests the idea that Batman is a kind of devil (hence the horns and links to creatures of the night) who battles on the side of good. Carrie exults (twice), “We scared the crap out of Lex Luthor.” Batman, satisfied with a good night’s work, observes, “Striking terror. Best part of the job.”

Well, whether or not Miller realizes this, I do not know, but, as people have long noted about terrorism, it backfires. Rather than scaring him off, Batman’s assault simply seems to spur Luthor on to further evildoing, resulting in the deaths of many innocent victims over the rest of this miniseries. Had Batman taken this opportunity to capture or even kill Luthor, he could have avoided all of that.

Best of all, since Luthor had covertly seized power behind the facade of an elected President who turns out merely to be a CGI image, couldn’t Batman have simply exposed Luthor’s schemes to the American public once he had captured him? But then again, according to Miller’s caricature of George Stephanopoulos, “Maybe the President doesn’t exist, but that hasn’t hurt him in the polls.” The majority of Americans in DK2 allegedly don’t care whether or not they are oppressed. Batman appears to be fighting Luthor and company because he and his superhero allies think they are wrong, not because Batman is acting according to the wishes of the general population.

And now Batman has referred to himself not just as a traitor but as a terrorist: “Striking terror. Best part of the job.” As noted, Miller has stated that when the September 11 attacks occurred, he found himself in the midst of working on a series that portrayed Batman as a “good terrorist.”

Well, as we know from Batman #1, Bruce Wayne adopted a bat costume to strike terror into the hearts of criminals, who are “a cowardly, superstitious lot.” So the actions of Batman in DK2 are an extension of that.

cic-031-01.jpgBut having Batman call himself a “terrorist” may be misusing the word. As we commonly think of terrorists, they inflict death and injury on noncombatants to achieve their political goals by striking terror into the population at large. Batman isn’t doing that in DK2: he seeks to terrorize Luthor and his allies, but not the public, and he certainly will not harm the general population. The only people this Batman seeks to kill are Luthor and Brainiac.

The Batman of DK2 is really more of a commando leader, directing his troops in assaults on the enemy (Luthor) and what are effectively military targets: he’s like Nick Fury in a bat suit.

Still, it’s significant that Miller uses such a loaded word as “terrorist” to approvingly describe his version of Batman. It may be another indication of the anarchist, anti-government subtext of DK2. For better or worse, Miller’s success in involving his readers emotionally on Batman’s side also gives us a look into the terrorist’s point of view. This kind of wish to violently overthrow the government may not be such an alien sentiment, after all, if it can crop up in our own fantasy worlds.

Miller next brings in Ralph Dibny, the Elongated Man, who is doing a commercial in which he urges male viewers to “elongate your love life,” and thus a familiar gag about superheroes with stretching powers finally makes it into a mainstream comic. No wonder Ralph and Sue Dibny seemed to be such a happy couple.

Then Wonder Woman confronts Superman amid the ruins of the Silver Age version of his Fortress of Solitude in the Arctic. Having been soundly defeated by Batman at the end of the previous issue, Superman looks like a wreck himself: bruised, even somewhat bestial with his now distorted facial features and large, rough hands. The Fortress, a symbol of himself, and perhaps of Silver Age comics and their idealism, has been turned to debris by Luthor. “I’ve lost it. I’m finished. I had a good run,” he tells her. This bested, despairing Superman is reminiscent of Matt Murdock midway through Miller’s Daredevil: Born Again, whose own home had been blasted into rubble by his own bald nemesis, the Kingpin. In the way that Superman phrases that line ““ “I had a good run” ““ perhaps he is also alluding to the “run” of his comics series. Perhaps here Miller is evoking the attitude of some that traditional superheroes such as Superman are no longer relevant. (Miller himself disagrees with that attitude, as this series will show.)

We learn that Superman and Wonder Woman have a daughter, Lara (named after Superman’s mother), and here another theme appropriate to a generation of comics professionals in middle age becomes clearer. Like John Byrne in Generations, Miller too is concerned with the idea of the next generation of superheroes, symbolizing the next generation, the children of the Boomers. Carrie and the “Batboys” are Batman’s heirs, whom he has trained. Lara is the heir to Superman and Wonder Woman, but Superman has kept his distance from his daughter, serving as neither mentor nor father. Superman’s rationale is a protective one, perhaps overly so: he does not want Luthor and Brainiac to learn of her existence and make her “their slave.” One might speculate that Superman’s real motive is shame that he has become their “slave” himself: it is in this scene that he confesses to being a failure, having lost “our war for human freedom” to Luthor and Brainiac. Superman is in the position that Bruce Wayne was in at the beginning of the first Dark Knight: having been unable to prevent Jason Todd’s death, Wayne felt that continuing as Batman was pointless. In Superman’s case he also voices the guilt of a parent who feels he (and his generation?) has let his child (and her generation?) down by failing to live up to his ideals and to meet his goals. In protecting Lara, Superman is guarding his hope for the future, since he has given up on being able to achieve that goal himself. As I wrote in the last installment, The Dark Knight Strikes Back strikes me as being more about Superman’s character arc than Batman’s.

Superman’s real failure as a parent appears to be his neglect of Lara. Wonder Woman says Lara is “confused ““ about things only you could possibly explain.” She needs a mentor. Wonder Woman sees Superman’s attitude as overprotectiveness: “Her time will come. She will face the enemy in her own way. She will be wise. She will be brave.” In other words, each generation must take its turn on the world stage, and Lara will rise to virtues that her father perhaps thinks he has lost. It seems appropriate that Wonder Woman, not having perceptively aged, sides with the younger generation, whereas Superman, even if he is not physically old, looks the part of an exhausted, spent older generation with his bruises and depressed manner.

Attempting to provoke Superman out of his depression, Wonder Woman challenges him, “Where is the hero who threw me to the ground and took me as his rightful prize?” Now there is a disconcerting piece of dialogue for Wonder Woman: the archetypal feminist hero likes the idea of rape?

She is also confronting him with the duality of his nature: “Where is the god whose passion shattered a mountaintop? Where is that man? Where is that Superman?” Superman is both man and god, and godhood here is not just a word but has an epic dimension, as the mountaintop’s fate shows. (The first Dark Knight dabbled in this idea: Superman’s first “appearance” in it is as a mighty wind as he moves, unseen, at superhuman speed: it as if he is a force of nature.) Superman should not be the victim of such destruction as the mortal Luthor wreaked, but the creator of destruction on a grander scale.

There follows a sequence of dramatic (but not sexually explicit) full page shots representing Superman and Wonder Woman’s lovemaking. This is Superman’s symbolic resurrection through love and sex: again, the idea of the superhuman is linked with sexuality. (A similar reenergizing encounter between the literally and figuratively impotent Nite Owl and Silk Spectre in Watchmen parallels this scene.) Superman reclaims his godlike aspect, as Miller shows us reports of the hurricanes and earthquakes the lovemaking caused. This enables him to make a joke as a payoff (“Clark. The Earth moved.”) which perhaps distracts the reader from raising annoying questions. (I know that Wonder Woman is no “Woman of Kleenex,” to use Larry Niven’s phrase, but could she really withstand earthquake-level force? And was anyone killed in that hurricane and quake?)

Wonder Woman now somehow knows she is pregnant again, though nothing more is said about this in the series. (So, is Miller already laying the groundwork for another sequel?)

Luthor and Brainiac send an “alien robot” that resembles a gigantic frog to combat Superman; actually it appears to be the computer intelligence Brainiac himself, in a new form. Why a frog? Maybe the giant green animal image is supposed to evoke the giant monsters that menace cities in Godzilla and other Japanese movies, or the dragons that are the traditional adversaries of monster-slaying heroes. Members of the public who witness the battle are amazed to see Superman, saying they were told he was “dead” or not real. It would make sense that a repressive government would try to convince the populace that a symbol of individual freedom and power was dead or perhaps never existed. (Could this also be an allusion to the “Death of Superman” story line of the 1990s?)

But now a new subplot is introduced. The original Joker killed himself in the first Dark Knight, but here’s a new Joker, dressed, without explanation, as Cosmic Boy of the Legion of Super-Heroes, who murders a hero created by Jack Kirby, the Guardian. What’s going on here? Alan Moore’s Watchmen is said to have had a major influence on the last issue of Miller’s original Dark Night. Watchmen had a mysterious “cape killer,” who murdered the Comedian, a costumed hero; now DK2 has a serial killer of superheroes.

In a speech to Superman, Brainiac links the superheroes reemerging into action to the “wannabe superheroes popping up,” by which he presumably means characters like the Superchix. This suggests that the strength of the superhero concept is resurging, through a combination of the revitalization of the old characters (and an older generation) and a younger generation who are striving to imitate them, without yet realizing the symbolic power and meanings of the concept. (Again, there may be a subtext here about the actual comics industry.)

So, in a sort of war of public relations imagery, Brainiac and Luthor intend to “nip this little fad in the bud” by humiliating, defeating and destroying the leading superhero, Superman, before the eyes of the world. Brainiac calls Superman’s approaching demise “a big, splashy spectacle. A deterrent. A show-stopper, if you will.” Right from the start of the original series, Miller’s Dark Knight has concerned itself with how the media portray the heroes’ exploits. Now even the villains speak in terms if media imagery and spin. One might recall Mel Brooks’ lines from The Producers musical: “All you got to know is/Everything is show biz.”

Again, Brainiac holds the threat of destroying Kandor over Superman’s head: if he flees, Kandor lives, but if he fights, Kandor dies. Superman chooses a middle path, neither fleeing nor fighting but withstanding the attack. This may seem the route of moral compromise, that could very well end in his own death and solve nothing, though Miller pictures Superman heroically here, in apparent praise of his decision.

On the other hand, Batman doesn’t seem impressed by this, and is still explicitly rejecting the idea of “compromise” (though, as we shall see, he does not know about the Kandorian hostages).

The generational theme reemerges as the Flash condemns Batman for “dragging kids into your holy war,” a variation on the old theme that the old send the young to die in war. Batman, though, defends this: “Wars are always fought by children! And there are always innocent casualties!” Sounds to me as if this is Batman’s own moral compromise, even if he doesn’t acknowledge it as such: people must die to achieve the greater good of overthrowing tyranny. And Carrie and the Batboys seem younger than typical soldiers. (It’s another sign of Batman’s and the book’s middle-aged perspective that soldiers in their late teens and twenties are termed “children.”)

Following the new Joker’s murder of the Creeper, a hero created by Steve Ditko, there follows another Watchmen parallel involving Ditko’s the Question. In the first issue of Watchmen, Rorschach, a character inspired by the Question, approached various retired superheroes, issuing a Campbellian call to adventure, to aid in finding the Comedian’s killer. So here the Question meets with a retired, virtually powerless Martian Manhunter, who suffers from the same sense of defeat that Superman had. Interestingly, the Manhunter does not speak like the unworldly alien being familiar from, say, the Justice League TV series: he looks and talks like a green version of Ben Grimm, the Thing from The Fantastic Four, as if a disheartened Ben had gone back to where he grew up on New York’s fictional Yancy Street.

Superman had been convinced it was useless to contend against his enemies; Wonder Woman persuaded him to fight back. The discussion between the Question and the Martian Manhunter puts the issue in explicitly philosophical terms. “A new dawn ““ a new age of heroes can be ours,” the Question claims, “if we seize this moment and make it happen!” This also seems to be yet another reference to what I have dubbed the Neo-Silver movement in comics, the effort to recapture the heroic spirit of the comics of the Silver Age in contemporary terms.

Claiming precognitive powers, the Manhunter says that he knew he would see the Question tonight and knows he will die tonight by fire.

The Question retorts that the Manhunter has “free will” and can create his own fate. “Determinism is a coward’s refuge. The future is ours to create!”

This scene is interrupted as the story briefly returns to Superman’s battle, with the initial, ominous appearance of Lara as a somber, silhouetted figure with glowing red eyes. Here is one of the most striking visual images in the whole miniseries: the two-page spread of Wonder Woman astride a winged horse, wielding Zeus’s thunderbolt, a picture that, in its power and its explicit references to Greek mythology, conveys the epic, godlike dimension Miller seeks to draw from the superhero concept.

Now the new Joker, this time costumed as the Legion’s Element Lad, carries out the Martian Manhunter’s prophecy and kills him. One might argue, though, that thematically it was because the Manhunter had given up fighting against his perceived fate that he succumbed to it; significantly, in contrast the Question, who refuses to give in, is rescued by Green Arrow, another such rebel.

But the debate between the Question and Martian Manhunter segues from them to different characters. Emerging into the light and plain view, Lara, appears first wrapped as if in a sheet, and then, as if claiming her heritage and role in the world, in a variant of Superman’s costume: she is the new Supergirl (as Brainiac soon names her) and Superman’s heir and future successor. She begins by soliloquizing against not only her father’s sense of helpless resignation, but also his attitude towards humanity: “Father. You are wrong. This time is ours. This world is ours.” Her words unite with her actions, as he smashes through Brainiac’s immense frog-like robotic form and blows it up with her heat vision. (Miller seems to use heat vision, and the recurring image of glowing red eyes, as a sign of Superman and Lara’s superhuman natures.)

Next Miller introduces us to the son and daughter of Hawkman and Hawkgirl, the superheroes from the planet Thanagar, who had taken refuge in a rain forest only to be killed when it was annihilated by Luthor and Brainiac. Their deaths are captured in a touching sequence, in which the silhouetted figures of Hawkman and Hawkgirl kiss, knowing there is no escape, as Varley’s bright red fire entraps them. Their son sums up: “Lovers, they died.” Alex Ross and Paul Dini’s JLA: Liberty and Justice also emphasized Hawkman and Hawkgirl as a loving couple; married love (as opposed to the usual endless unrequited loves or endless courtships of many traditional superhero comics) seems to be a theme of the Neo-Silver school.

Hawkman’s son carries on the Question’s argument in different terms: “Thanagarians do not believe in fate. We do not believe that anything is beyond the power of mind and bone and muscle and will.” This pleases Batman, who says that Hawkman’s son will “get what I never got. Retribution.” Here the generational theme recurs: Batman sees the younger generation as capable of succeeding where he fell short. (Who Miller thinks was the killer of Bruce Wayne’s parents and what became of him goes unstated.)

(I suppose it’s also a bit odd to find Batman on the same side as a hero named the Question. Batman seems to represent certainty about the difference between good and evil. It is therefore not so surprising that one of his most notorious adversaries calls himself the Riddler, alias E. Nigma, and uses a question mark as his symbol.)

Brainiac may be a computer, but his personality in DK2 is quite human: he not only tells Lara (whose name he has unaccountably learned) he intends to enslave her but addresses her in sexual terms (“Lara. How lovely.”), even calling her “sugar” and “babe.” Perhaps, as in series with such feminist heroes as Wonder Woman and Buffy, the heroine is opposed to violent, oppressive forces that are characterized as male. (Considering that Brainiac appears only as a disembodied head in this scene, perhaps he represents a macho lust for power that arises from sexual impotence.)

“I’ll be the death of you, monster,” Lara tells Brainiac, and, as we shall see, she will! This is a prophecy that will come true, as did Martian Manhunter’s. But whereas the Manhunter passively allowed fate ““ and his enemy ““ to strike him down, Lara proclaims her own fate and will take action to bring it about, dooming her enemy.

Brainiac does not believe that this new Supergirl will kill him (though he is not technically alive, if one thinks about it) because she wears “the family crest,” or, in other words, presumably subscribes to Superman’s code against killing, rooted in his Middle American morality.

But Lara significantly declares, “I’m not from Kansas,” implying her rejection of that moral code, and instead proclaims herself an “Amazon,” evoking a pre-Christian system of morality, which does not preclude killing.

Superman then addresses Lara, finally establishing contact with her, and finally adopting the role of her mentor, advising her on the control of heat vision. Then he asks, “Lara, what sort of world have I given you?”, a question that indicates not only his concern for the next generation’s future but his guilt over his failure in making the world a better place.

Brainiac reiterates the public relations theme in his next talk with Luthor, who compares the upcoming Superchix concert to “the Boston Tea Party.” Batman and his allies are leading a revolution, one which is being compared to the American Revolution: so superheroes are fighting for “the American Way” even if the current government does not represent it.

In effect the Superman and Batman of DK2 each has a daughter: Superman literally has a daughter by blood, and Batman has a surrogate daughter and heir, Carrie Kelly. Unlike Superman at this point, Batman welcomes the new ideas that Carrie, a member of a new generation, brings. Speaking of her strategy for their next move, Batman admits, “I never could have conceived it. Not in a million years.”

At the concert the Flash defeats the guards by stripping them at super-speed, and one should recall that the Flash and Atom, when they were prisoners in Book 1, had also been reduced to nudity, deprived of the costumes/uniforms that signified their identities and status: so now the Flash is turning the tables.

What to make of Green Arrow’s sudden infatuation with the “Superchick” dressed as his former lover Black Canary, I do not know.

Batman’s abrupt appearance on a double-page spread as a silhouette against a Batsignal against a light show of red and green is another Lynn Varley tour de force. Batman, who has always recruited “children” into his mission ““ the various Robins ““ now bids the young people at the concert, who have a superficial interest in the trappings of the superhero image, to join him in his political movement, his revolt against an unjust government. Usually superhero costumes are referred to as tights as a form of disparagement. In declaiming, “Children, pull on your tights and give them hell,” Batman is treating the tights, the wannabe superhero costumes, as uniforms for his army of rebellion, though they indicate more individuality for the wearer than a military uniform does.

Batman explains that “Carrie’s plan was to grab hold of a fad ““ a fleeting fashion trend ““ and turn it into a revolution.” Batman and Carrie want the kids to turn their enthusiasm for a symbol of individual liberty and self-empowerment into a genuine movement for freedom. Again, if this series has a subtext about comics, this may be a rallying cry for the newer readership to demand and seek greater substance, and a similar passion for freedom, in the superhero genre.

If on an initial reading, DK2 might seem merely a tumultuous series of battle scenes, on closer reading it proves to be a work of unsuspected complexity and depth, even disturbingly so. And there is yet more to come, in the third and final part of DK2, to be examined in another column.

THE SECRET AUDIENCE

There is a somewhat controversial artist, J. Seward Johnson, Jr., who creates life-size (or larger) sculptures based on Impressionist paintings, thereby presenting the people and settings of the paintings in three dimensions. Visiting Toy Fair 2004 in February gave me opportunities to think about translating cartoon art into three dimensions as well.

So many collectible figures based on film and TV properties are small sculptures of real people playing celebrated characters, like Buffy or Scully or Aragorn or James Bond; others, like the Marvel figures, are three-dimensional versions of relatively realistically drawn characters from comics. I found myself judging all of these on how much the figure looks like a real human being, or, if it is based on an actor, on the specific person in question. Cinemaquettes goes to all the trouble of doing a “digital scan” of the actor’s face to ensure an accurate portrayal.

But accurately duplicating a person’s features, however amazing as a matter of craft, isn’t very interesting artistically. What I found more intriguing were figures based on stylized cartoon art. The simple stylization of the character designs for Warner Animation’s Justice League and Batman animated series made the action figures based on them more appealing than so many of the more “realistic”-looking figures. With the animation designs the sculptors also don’t have to worry about capturing myriad naturalistic details; apart from Cinemaquettes’ work, the “realistic” sculptures so often fall short of their presumed goal. One of my favorite displays in the entire show was Toynami’s group of Herculoids figures: the clear, simple, but distinctly individual animation designs by Alex Toth came across wonderfully in three dimensions.

The Muppets always come over well as three-dimensional sculpted figures or dolls, not surprisingly, considering that puppets of this sort are designed for three dimensions in the first place. I postulate that puppet design is to cartooning as sculpture is to drawing: a puppet is a cartoon figure that works in three-dimensional reality.

At the very start of my four-day trek through Toy Fair, I was told again and again by Mattel representatives that the collectible figures and toys they were showing me were meant for “the kids.” At the very end, a lady at Palisades was telling me that toys aren’t for kids anymore, they are for adults, and that they might as well admit it. That was something of an overstatement: walking through the exhibit floor at the Javits Convention Center, I saw plenty of toys that were genuinely for small children. But at the booths and showrooms I was assigned to visit, I was primarily looking at collectibles, mostly figures of celebrated movie and TV characters or detailed replicas of movie props, that were intended for adult collectors with money, in some cases a great deal, to spend.

Seeing a lot if this was a satisfying experience. In the comics industry one continually confronts the sentiment that old stories and art styles and past continuity (and writers and artists) should be ignored because the newer, younger readers (and writers and artists) don’t care about them, or because they are dated, or because there is Something Wrong with older readers who still care about this stuff. The attitude at Toy Fair is entirely different. Here is a world in which classics of the fantasy”“ adventure genre and the cartoon medium are recognized, and, it seems, intelligent enthusiasts who care about them are seen as valued potential customers, not objects of condescension. Indeed, in this world detailed knowledge and appreciation of these fictional mythos is treated respectfully.

At the Master Replicas booth I was unable to detect the differences between the inexpensive and expensive recreations of Luke Skywalker’s lightsaber, and the well-dressed lady showing me around seemed disapproving: “Well, you’re not a real Star Wars fan,” she said.

I used to work on the Marvel Star Wars comic, but never mind: it was refreshing to be in an environment where such detailed knowledge of a major body of American pop culture was considered a mark of good taste.

One of my biggest surprises at the Fair was to find a set of DC Direct figures of Batman supporting characters from around 1960: the original Batwoman and Batgirl (Betty Kane, not Barbara Gordon), Bat-Mite and even Bat-Hound! These characters have not regularly appeared in comics for over forty years, and yet there is a big enough audience for these characters for DC Direct to make figures of them available. This is worth keeping in mind the next time we are told that characters and stories from comics ten, twenty, or forty years ago have no lasting merit.

Or, for that matter, if we are told this about classic animated cartoons. I’ve now seen Sam Register, Cartoon Network’s head of program development, speak before two audiences of adults, one at last year’s San Diego Comic-Con and the other at last month’s Cartoon Network “upfront” presentation for advertisers and thew news media. The basic difference between these two adult audiences is that the audience at Comic-Con actually likes and watches animation. On the other hand, the impression Cartoon Network sought to convey to the advertisers was that their audience consisted of small children (when the big kids were at school) and “tweens” (9- to 14-year-olds) until as late as 11 PM. At that point “Adult Swim” starts, but those shows are mainly aimed at teenagers and twentysomethings. (So, not all that adult.)

But what about those of us who attended Cartoon Network’s panels in San Diego? There are enough of us so that Cartoon Network holds the panels, no doubt hoping we will spread the word about what we see across the country via the Internet. But Cartoon Network doesn’t want to let the advertisers or news media know we exist. We are the Secret Audience of Cartoon Network. And it’s paying less and less heed to us.

My taste has hardly frozen in time: I like some of Cartoon Network’s original series (like Samurai Jack and The Powerpuff Girls), as do much of the Secret Audience. But when Cartoon Network first appeared, it was a treasure trove of great animation from the past: Looney Tunes, and the Tex Avery MGM shorts, and MGM’s Tom and Jerry shorts, and the Max Fleischer Popeye cartoons. (Notice that I’m not including the network’s Hanna-Barbera television animation, most of which is dreck, though the animation designs and voice acting on the early, pre-Scooby-Doo shows, remain a joy.) Even as Cartoon Network prospered and was able to create new animation (the best of which appeals across a wide age range), it continued to showcase its library of classics. I can recall past newspaper articles about the network in which its representatives even boasted about their sizable adult audience. The network had numerous shows aimed at the discerning older audience, which were also, of course, completely accessible to children: Toon Heads (with its historical and thematic mini-retrospectives), Acme Hour (showing classic Hollywood cartoons from various studios), Bugs and Daffy, The Chuck Jones Show, The Tex Avery Show, The Bob Clampett Show (the latter three celebrating important animation directors), Popeye, Bullwinkle reruns (which the network seemed proud of), and even shows for true aficionados like Late Night Black & White (cartoons from the 1930s) and O Canada (animated shorts from the National Film Board of Canada).

Much of this has disappeared altogether from Cartoon Network or been consigned to the dead of night between midnight and dawn a few days a week.

It’s a trend, I suppose: the Disney Channel originally showcased its Walt-era animated shorts in Mouseterpiece Theatre, hosted by the late George Plimpton, but by the time it went from being a premium to a basic cable channel, was aimed directly at tweens (kids 9-14). The classic Walt-era material was now shown after midnight under the Vault Disney umbrella, but now that’s gone, too. Not even the Toon Disney channel showcases the classics in prime time.

Presumably the Disney Channel’s and Cartoon Network’s own prosperity has changed what they show. The classics dominated in the channel’s early years when they needed existing material to fill time slots. Their executives have apparently now decided that it’s the new cartoons, aimed at tweens and teens, that make the big bucks. There’s no equivalent of TV Land or Nick at Nite on non-digital cable for animation buffs. The Secret Audience isn’t big enough for them (even if it does have enough money to buy, say, expensive toys). (It’s an old story: I remember when A&E and Bravo were genuine arts networks before they started chasing bigger bucks and mass audiences.)

cic-031-02.jpg

Well, the classic cartoons are classics because they don’t date. Most of the Hollywood studio-era Warners and MGM cartoons (and all of the Fleischers) were already decades old when I watched them as a child: I and millions of other kids loved them anyway. Each generation seems to adopt them as their own. One might think that since the Time-Warner empire owns these cartoons, and makes licensing and merchandising money off them, it would behoove them to make sure new generations of kids get to know these characters. The classic Looney Tunes have finally begun to appear on DVD, but kids aren’t going to ask their parents to buy them DVDs of the old cartoons if they don’t see them regularly on TV in the first place.One might have thought that the continuing success of The Simpsons proves that there is now a considerable adult audience for animation. When the feature film Looney Tunes: Back in Action came out last year, I marveled at how many reviews I read that hailed the original Looney Tunes as a great body of American film comedy. Those reviewers who disliked the movie whom I read invariably claimed it did not match the heights of the classic cartoons. It proved how much artistic respectability the best of the cartoons of the 1930s through the 1960s had achieved. Too often classic works of pop culture achieve critical appreciation once they lose their mass audience. I hope that’s not what is happening here.

On a more positive note, though, was the triumph of The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King at the Academy Awards, clearly being honored for the entire trilogy. Its director, Peter Jackson, said onstage, “I’m so honored, touched and relieved that the members of the Academy have supported us, that they’ve seen past the trolls, wizards and hobbits [by] recognizing fantasy this year. Fantasy is an F-word that hopefully the five-second delay won’t do anything with.”

Fantasy-adventure, whether it takes the form of the supernatural (as in Rings and Harry Potter) or science-fiction (as in Star Wars and Matrix) or superheroes (as in Spider-Man or even Buffy) has become a dominant narrative genre of our time, embraced by Baby Boomers and subsequent generations, as a study of the list of top grossing films of the last quarter century will show. Except for such relatively minor honors as special effects awards, the Motion Picture Academy has long ignored the fantasy-adventure genre, as it has other pop culture genres (Westerns, musicals, film noir) in their heyday. Perhaps the critical and movie industry recognition given the Lord of the Rings films represents a watershed moment in opinion makers’ attitude towards the genre.

Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

March 12, 2004

Trailer Park: Getting Warmer

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:38 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVES

By Christopher Stipp

March 12, 2004

GETTING WARMER

It’s nice to see the studios start rolling out and unfurling the trailers for their tentpoles. While I have yet to see the ones for I, ROBOT or the new SPIDER-MAN 2 be released, I know it’s just a matter of time as the latest for HELLBOY, MAN ON FIRE and even a new ALIENS VS. PREDATOR debuted this week. It’s nice to be coming out of winter and looking ahead to the cool confines of the movie house and unplug. Some have their feelings about summer movies and about their place in modern cinema, but if you take a look at my trailer-o-the-week, DAY AFTER TOMORROW, you will see why it may be a good thing to be paying attention at this year’s crop of summer flicks.

I won’t bother you with a needless rant, as there really isn’t anyone to pick on this week, but I will say thank you to all those who sent in their thoughts about PIZZA: THE MOVIE. There were some shining comments from a few of you and I have encapsulated the majority of them below. For redundancy purposes, I intentionally kept it to the two comments that were indicative of the whole. It’s good to see small filmmakers putting it up for those to judge and I hope if there is a movie project that needs some pimping and you’d like the world to know, e-mail me.

Oh, lest I forget, if you find some downtime this week and want to see what the hell the rest of the world is up to in terms of film, check out Apple.com’s QuickTime and look for a film by the name of CASSHERN. I have no clue what they’re saying, I have no idea what is going on, and I have an even lesser handle on what the movie’s about but there is something happening in that trailer that makes me wish I studied Japanese in high school and college instead of knowing how to ask for the location of a bathroom at my local Chi-Chi’s. If any of you out there can translate it, I would love to know what this movie is all about. It’s probably why I gave a little love to SHAOLIN SOCCER. The movie deserves it as much as you do in checking it out.

PIZZA: THE MOVIE (2004)

Director/Writer: Donald Gregory
Cast: Craig Wisniewski, Jason Muzie, Daniela Mangialardo, Alex Aco Adzioski, Eva Conrad, Sharon Stookey, Thadeous Pudlik
Release: May 29, 2004
Synopsis: Three years after graduating, Kevin Miller’s crush on a girl from high school has kept him from moving on with his life. When she shows up in town on break from college, he realizes this might just be his last chance ever to win her heart, only she doesn’t even remember him. His bizarre, sometimes annoying, and generally unhelpful best friend hatches a scheme to get them together. But for it to work, Kevin will have to give up his comfortable boring life and step into the crazy world of pizza delivery.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Conflicted.

After numerous and, at times, humorous, lamentations on the movie trailer for this film, I have culled together the most astute critiques on this movie; that would be a sum of two critiques, however, as it represents the exact number of reviews from people who took the time to cobble one together. Kudos to you, sir and madam. I have seen ads for this movie on a few different sites and so it’s nice to see that this effort is getting an advertorial push from the filmmakers admonishing me to check the film out. While judging from the following opinions about the flick may be a little on the unflattering side but I can see exactly where they’re coming from. If you get a chance, have a quick look for yourself and see if these two people are even on target.

Theron N. says:
“Prognosis: Depends on the viewer. From the trailer, it’s clear that this movie suffers from all that is good and bad about low-budget independent films from inexperienced screenwriters and filmmakers. Most people will see the low production values and hear the precious dialogue delivered stiltedly and tune out. Others will see and hear the same things and breathe a sigh of relief and think, “Thank God, something that’s pure and funny from someone who cares about more than product, units sold and profit margins.” You know who you are…”

Buck is a little more blunt when he adds:
“After sitting through a horrendous, unredeemable small independent film last year, in an easy genre at that, I have no slack for these things. If there’s some goodness to be had, it better be obvious.

Sound track ““ passable
Lighting – passable, for a small film
Writing ““ hackneyed
Timing ““ poor
Acting – mediocre to bad
Comedy value – 1 out of 10
Worst moment – either ripping off Chris Rock’s old man bit, or the fact that the title’s true relation to the actual content of the trailer is desperation.

We made a poor romantic comedy, with bad acting, and now we need to tie in some other theme from the script…uh…uh…I know! Pizza! We ate some! We’ll film a couple more pizza scenes!

Why, desperate film-makers? Why torture yourselves?”

While I wasn’t necessarily sold on buying the movie outright, as that’s how it is going to make its way into circulation, you have to at least respect the effort. Outside of that, however, the trailer has its moments where I am actually interested in knowing more. Now, if there were more of those moments I would actually rebuke Buck, but he’s right on a few levels.

Saved! (2004)

Director: Brian Dannelly
Cast: Jena Malone, Mandy Moore, Macaulay Culkin, Patrick Fugit, Heather Matarazzo, Eva Amuri, Martin Donovan, Mary-Louise Parker
Release: April 9, 2004
Synopsis: Good girl Mary (Jena Malone) can’t believe it when she gets pregnant by her newly-gay boyfriend. She also can’t believe the actions of her popular, relentlessly devout best friend, Hilary Faye (Mandy Moore), who’s looking after her wheelchair-bound brother Roland (Macaulay Culkin), attempting to convert adamantly Jewish Cassandra (Eva Amurri), and trying to snag cute newcomer Patrick (Patrick Fugit), a hip skateboarding missionary. By the time Mary’s secret is revealed, Hilary Faye has gone to extremes to get the outsiders expelled from school, with spectacular results, and Mary is forced to decide what’s worth believing in the first place. In this dark comedy, a young, talented cast comes together to get Saved.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (Windows Media, RealOne, QuickTime)“¢

Progonosis: What would Jesus say?

Where would we be without the teenage comedy in our cinematic arsenal?

Now, while most seek to place the next “it” actor/actress in a project, this trailer, from the beginning, explodes with something that seeks to take the teen genre in a more introspective direction. Dealing with issues of religion and conformity as it pertains to the youth sect SAVED! looks to take on some of the very same issues of spirituality in a time of teenage angst that FOOTLOOSE did in the early eighties. Although, there’s no dancing Kevin Bacon going ape shit and getting all musky in a warehouse or even a Chris Penn looking like a hapless moron that needs a good beat down with a tire iron. No, here you get Mandy Moore, looking just as good, if not better, than her wicked stepsister, Jessica Simpson, as she effortlessly passes as a God-fearing young woman at a Christian high school who is looking to spread the good word of the Lord to the youth.

From the beginning, and just moments before we get a good gander at Mandy getting sweaty in gym class, we get a peek at where-the-hell-has-he-been Patrick Fugit and Macaulay Culkin, who is bound to a wheelchair. I have yet to see Macaulay’s big screen return, PARTY MONSTER, which was his first after a nine-year hiatus from the silver screen but it looks like this may be the film where I might actually willingly can see what a nine year hiatus from the silver screen can do to an actor. It’s probably wrong to take so much pleasure in the possibility for a moment of schadenfreude, to maybe see how much his star has burned out, but I am hopeful he has some of that same charm as he did so long ago. Patrick Fugit, on the other hand, looking very Michael Kelso, is someone else I haven’t seen for a little while and am just as curious to know if ALMOST FAMOUS wasn’t just a fluke for this kid. He was certainly better to watch than Goldie Hawn’s daughter, thou shall never speak of that evil directly, and I was disappointed for a while that he didn’t do/get picked to star in anything else for a period of time.

So, after the players are established in this trailer we get some of the movie and what it’s all about. There is some lustful, teenage urgings, some catfight-ery, a little bit of genuine emotion and a very engaging set of supporting characters. No one seems to be doing something completely irrelevant to the point of selling this film. Although, and this next statement goes to any creator of any trailer, and I didn’t think I would have to bring this up, but since some of you can’t seem to grow up beyond second grade, here it is: when a character makes a misstep or a piece of information is so important that you want to get an audience’s attention it is not necessary to always have the sound of a needle being dragged over a vinyl LP as an exclamation mark. Soon, most the kids you’re selling this to aren’t going to know what the hell that sound is and where the hell will you be then?

SAVED! ends on a nice note and it’s something I would immediately recommend to young’uns in lieu of THE PRINCE AND ME. Just because teens are youthful doesn’t mean they need, or necessarily want, a diet of crap cinema. Most do, but this movie looks like something the drama and art nerds (A side note to the youth: Morrissey is not a god and Robert Smith sold his soul to the devil when HP came a-knockin.’). Take it for what you will but the trailer lingers for a bit after you’ve seen it and that’s a good thing.

LAWS OF ATTRACTION (2004)

Director: Peter Howitt
Cast: Pierce Brosnan, Julianne Moore, Parker Posey, Michael Sheen, Frances Fisher, Nora Dunn
Release: April 30, 2004
Synopsis: Maybe getting married first is the best way to fall in love. As divorce attorneys, Audrey (Moore) and Daniel (Brosnan) have seen love gone wrong in all its worst case scenarios. So, how bad could their chances be?

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)
* Small (Flash)

Progonosis: Your parents will like this. I liked THE THOMAS CROWN AFFAIR.

I am a big fan of Pierce Brosnan and believe he has a good combination of actual acting ability and a great physical form that the ladies seem to really go for. (Although, and this is just dude to dude, he could use a serious waxing.) When you look back on his list of film credits in the past 15 or so years, the man has been involved with a lot of television and some really hit or miss movies. He made his mark as Remington Steele and he’s been a good switch hitter ever since between small and big screen.

This leads me into the dissection of THE LAWS OF ATTRACTION which sees him paired up with Julianne Moore who I first saw, I mean really saw, in Robert Altman’s SHORT CUTS way back in ’93. The two of them here, whether you choose to believe me or not, appear to really work well together.

As the Boomers get older and seem to be marginalized in much the same way as kiddies and families do, it’s nice to be able and have them enjoy some lighthearted fare when not being pushed and shoved out of the way as the big actioneer in the theater next door bleeds its audio into the surrounding theaters. What is of interest to me here is that Pierce seems to be playing a doltish oaf and not the self-same dashing leading man he has played to death in his other roles. Whenever I recall any of his other humorous moments I am reminded of MRS. DOUBTFIRE and, while not a cinematic benchmark, it did give Pierce a moment to show that he could be funny in an indirect way.

Julianne Moore, however, seems to be stretching a bit in this role. She plays a brash and hard-edged divorce lawyer who seems to spurn every man she meets until she realizes that what she really wants is a man who is her antithesis. Great. Now if they could only bottle the same formula for the common cold that would be something to crow about. I would go on about what she does in this trailer, but it would be a waste. Just envision every chick flick you’ve ever seen where an oil/vinegar relationship gets mixed in and there you go. Just add and stir.

Look, I am not blind to the fact that this trailer basically gives you the set-up, the crisis of the plot and its dénouement in full Technicolor but there is a time and place for these kinds of movies; as such, you should plan accordingly. Cinema shouldn’t always be about elevating the mind. There are moments when you want to read the funnies instead of doing the crossword puzzle. When you want to unplug and watch Most Extreme Elimination Challenge instead of watching Frontline. For every IN THE MOOD FOR LOVE there is a NOTTING HILL just waiting to do its part.

SHAOLIN SOCCER (2003)

Director: Stephen Chow
Cast: Stephen Chow, Ng Mang-Tat, Li Hui, Zhou Wei
Release: March 26, 2004
Synopsis: Shaolin was an art practiced through the ages; a skill mastered in the heart. In SHAOLIN SOCCER, it is so much more than a philosophy for six young believers. It is a complete way of life. But as the world changed around them, and Honor and Discipline become forgotten virtues, they lose their way –except for one loyal follower, Sing (Chow). With the help of a former soccer star, he reunites his old, out of shape, misfit friends, and recruits a young woman with extraordinary Kung Fu skills. Together, they’re out to combine the ancient power of Shaolin with the modern game of soccer and in the process, just might take the world’s most popular sport to its most extreme.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Various (Windows Media, RealPlayer)

Progonosis: About F*ckin’ Time.

Right away, there’s some Shaolin ass-kicking going on and you can never go wrong when you start things off on this kind of foot. I can start by ranting against the preposterous reasons why this film has seen its release date shoved back more times than Star Jones at a salad bar, I mean check out the official site. They have this movie listed as coming out on August 15. What in the hell is that all about? I could go on but this is all about the trailer.

In a wonderful and aesthetically pleasing directorial effort, Stephen Chow has brought a film about martial artists playing soccer players playing other martial artists playing soccer players to new heights. Obviously, there has only been the one height but with a film that could have easily been one that could’ve sat deep in the foreign film bin mixed with the other imports from Hong Kong with covers that riff on nearly every other good import Stephen brings something very unique to the cinematic canon.

“”¦Except for one.” I love that. I always dig it, in any kind of movie, where there’s one person who is the impetus for a chemical reaction that sets the action in motion. They may do it horribly, be absolutely cringe inducing to see it executed, but when done right it is a pleasure to behold. I just have to believe, just by seeing the trailer, that Chow has the right idea.

What else I can see of Chow’s style is the John Woo influenced slo-mo’s of people walking with their nice suits and ties flapping like harbingers of toughness and not the articles of annoyance they are when you’re trying to hold them down. While it’s visually distracting it has nothing on the blazingly quick cut scenes that are employed to sell the movie. I realize, yes, that this is a foreign film and you really can’t show the people talk lest it’s dubbed or quickly subtitled because you’re trying to sell this movie to a lot of different but screw that. GOODBYE, LENIN! did the same damn thing with its culling from the moments of the film where not a lot of people were speaking but it did use subtitles and it did not change the way I felt about wanting to pay to see the movie. The trailer for SHAOLIN SOCCER, though, uses some great moments to showcase its strength as a worthy import to watch and I am positive there was much more where that came from. Using a tagline that says “get ready to Kick Some Grass” is something that would’ve sent me into the theater circa 1982 when I was barely able to comprehend the English language but I just can’t help feeling a deep sense of resignation at how awful this movie has been presented to the American public. You can even buy the damn movie, although many stateside retailers have been delicately asked by Miramax to stop, but what’s stopping me, so far, is that when you see a trailer like this it just makes you want to see it up on a really big screen in all its splendid magic.

THE DAY AFTER TOMORROW (2004)

Director: Roland Emmerich
Cast: Dennis Quaid, Jake Gyllenhaal, Emmy Rossum, Sela Ward, Arjay Smith, Tamlyn Tomita, Austin Nichols
Release: May 28, 2004
Synopsis: Dennis Quaid plays a climatologist who tries to figure out a way to save the world from abrupt global warming. He must get to his young son (Gyllenhaal) in New York, which is being taken over by a new ice age. Emmy Rossum co-stars as the love interest of Jake Gyllenhaal’s character, a member of an academic decathlon team.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)* Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive.

Roland Emmerich. The name can conjure up images of aliens and Mel Gibson in a more innocent time in his career. In others, it can produce a vile torrent of obscenities as it pertains to his choices of projects and their big dollar sticker price and their simpleton taste. They’re right on both as I enjoyed INDEPENDENCE DAY with great popcorn delight and avoided GODZILLA which was a stink bomb that I avoided with the grace of a matador. I mean really, let’s take a good look at that one. There was more merchandising that was, quite literally, whored like it was going to be the next big thing and enough talk about how they weren’t showing the entire lizard king to generate buzz that it was doomed from the words, “yeah, that’s a great marketing plan.”

Since then Herr Emmerich went back to summer epics with a better eye for what works and he gave us THE PATRIOT. While not necessarily something you can merchandise with action figures (Make the turncoats run in terror! Your musket ball rifle shoots real balls of fire as you lodge metal balls into your archenemies’ scrotum! Now with Kung-Fu grip and scurvy!), he learned a lesson or two from his previous outings. That’s where THE DAY AFTER TOMORROW comes in.

Again, while not your average summer picture, there is an element that the movie has to work as a film if it expects to generate some income. The previous incarnation of this trailer was a wonder to watch and this one is just pure icing on this Betty Crocker dessert treat. It starts off with such delicacy that I am reminded of UNBREAKABLE which really took its time with putting forth the plot. When you see this trailer you can almost feel the water that is being held back behind this dam.

We get to see Donny Darko himself make an entrance into this version of the trailer as does Dennis Quaid. Dennis Quaid? Does he still make movies? Is he still allowed? The last one I can quickly rattle off on the top of my head, no joke, is INNERSPACE. I know he has since done some good work in TRAFFIC and FAR FROM HEAVEN, but man, I hope he’s as good as the trailer. But, don’t confuse flattery with complete lust for the film.

It has the feel, as well, of an ARMAGEDDON or even a DEEP IMPACT. I’m sure someone here has seen either of these two. I was suckered into seeing both. So, what is one to make of another movie that shows the “total destruction of humanity?” I don’t know the answer to this but I am more inclined to give this film a chance than I am, say, another one made by Mimi Leder. Fool me once”¦

Some of the best parts of the trailer are what I feel make a great trailer: a hint of some plot, some bombastic speech that usually includes the line “if we don’t some action now”¦,” and some frenetic cut scenes. A great moment in the trailer here is when one of the guys, who I am not real sure I know very well as an actor, and, thus, is most likely to die somewhere near the middle or end, says of a thunderstorm that it has been, “raining like this for three days now.” That’s completely cool. Kind of gets the hairs to rise on the neck. From there it’s all unrelated moments, slapped together in no particular order, and pasted with a great trailer score.

This is one is close to being a benchmark for what trailers should do and look like, but there is just something that it has to prove, that it can be better than all of the other end of days movies, before it can hold its place as a movie worthy enough to be played again and again without feeling like you’ve been sold solely on clever advertising.

March 5, 2004

Trailer Park: Marching Forward

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:39 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVES

By Christopher Stipp

March 5, 2004

MARCHING FORWARD

Finally.

Are we done now with the Oscar pimping, primping and publicizing? Yes, we know Billy Crystal had as much relevance as an Apple IIe, that Joan Rivers and her suckling fawn, Melissa, have as much command of simple facts and decorum as a brain-dead ten-year-old with OCD in a Precious Moments boutique, and that Owen Wilson, Ben Stiller, Jack Black and Will Ferrell were the funniest parts of the night. Aside from that, and what your feelings are of Bill Murray getting completely robbed of his Oscar, which really”¦

It is all over and it’s time to press forward.

With the awards season coming to a close, it is fact that it is now time for the faucet of films to open wide and flow like wine. Some great movies are starting to open and already there are some good trailers for next week (ready for something from Japan, perchance?). I am just glad I made it through the dead season with my will to live still intact so let me know what you thought of this week’s offerings.

And this brings me to my next topic of conversation. The first review this week is a new film from a young director that is coming to a DVD player near you. There is no actual review beneath the cursory information because you are going to write it for me. Allow me to explain.

In Chicago where I grew up, there was a legendary radio host by the name of Jonathon Brandmeier. He wasn’t a shock jock but he was a mesmerizing radio host. He drew heavily on his audience for material and he had a bit, a famous one, where people would call up and say they had the best answering machine message. Ever. Jonathon would call up, play the message for the audience and let the populace say what they thought of the person’s creativity. If enough people called in, he would give out the person’s phone number and let the general public essentially assault an individual’s home for a weekend. Jonathon would ask for the tape, back when it wasn’t all digital, and then would play what kinds of messages people would leave. It was unscientific, probably skewed in favor of the drunkards and loudmouths, but it always made for the best free radio you could be listening to. The best part about it is that people were always asking to do it because they all thought they could reinvent the wheel. Now, in 2004, I look to you to be the populace I know is out there. Your mission is to see the trailer and then send me whatever your thoughts are concerning the film’s merit based on what’s presented. What works, what doesn’t work, are there good characters, does it need more nudity, and what kind of a prognosis would you give it?

Watch the trailer, send me what you thought, be mindful of your grammar, watch your potty mouth, and I am going to fill in the space below next week with what you all thought. If you have an indie project and would like the general public’s opinion, write me. I’ll supply the audience and the words but you need to come to the table with some stones and the willingness to get an honest critique by the teeming masses. It’s put up or shut up time for all you who think you have what it takes. Obviously, if you made a porno or an actual snuff film, no one else but me will ever see it because that’s not the point of this arena. (Send those anyway, though”¦) You need to have a trailer to show the world. This is your moment. Show it off but be prepared to have some of the sharpest wit whittle your big fish down to sushi sized pieces. Pitter patter, let’s get at “˜er. Show some love to PIZZA: THE MOVIE by sending in some comments.

Finally, be sure to check out the last trailer on the list this week. MY BIG FAT INDEPENDENT MOVIE, written by Film Threat’s own Chris Gore, looks like a hilarious send-up of all that which is supposedly indie and is my favorite trailer this week. Maybe it’s because I call into question my own cinematic sensibilities or that I find foul language always good for a giggle.

PIZZA: THE MOVIE (2004)

Director/Writer: Donald Gregory
Cast: Craig Wisniewski, Jason Muzie, Daniela Mangialardo, Alex Aco Adzioski, Eva Conrad, Sharon Stookey, Thadeous Pudlik
Release: May 29, 2004
Synopsis: Three years after graduating, Kevin Miller’s crush on a girl from high school has kept him from moving on with his life. When she shows up in town on break from college, he realizes this might just be his last chance ever to win her heart, only she doesn’t even remember him. His bizarre, sometimes annoying, and generally unhelpful best friend hatches a scheme to get them together. But for it to work, Kevin will have to give up his comfortable boring life and step into the crazy world of pizza delivery.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: ?

YOUNG ADAM (2004)

Director: David Mackenzie
Cast: Ewan McGregor, Tilda Swinton, Peter Mullan, Emily Mortimer
Release: April 16, 2004
Synopsis: Featuring a strong cast headed by Ewan McGregor, Tilda Swinton, Peter Mullan and Emily Mortimer, YOUNG ADAM is a moody, sensual thriller that takes place on the canals between Glasgow and Edinburgh during the 1950s. The film focuses on the crisis of Joe (McGregor); a young drifter who finds work on a barge owned by the down-to-earth Les (Mullan) and his enigmatic wife Ella (Swinton). One afternoon Joe and Les happen upon the corpse of a young woman floating in the water and the questions begin. Accident? Suicide? Murder? As the police investigate the case and a suspect is arrested, it becomes evident that Joe knows more about the drowned woman Cathie (Mortimer) than he will admit. Meanwhile, against the backdrop of the investigation, Joe and Ella embark on a passionate affair.

View Trailer:
* Medium (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive.

I remember thinking that Sean Austin was destined for great things when I saw THE GOONIES. Oh sure, there were a few B.R.A.T. Patrol, TOY SOLIDERS, and ENCINO MANs along the way but he was destined to be the quintessential second banana. I didn’t get to see the same dream realized for KARATE KID’s William Zabka but I’m still holding out hope. Thank goodness, then, that Ewan McGregor has been charting his success on an upward trajectory that, while not an ostentatious A-lister, seems to be more concerned with mixing affective and provocative art projects and heartless, soulless, jack-fests also known as the STAR WARS prequels. I am happy that YOUNG ADAM sees Ewan returning to take on a more gritty and substantial role in something worth watching.

One of the biggest traps that can befall a trailer for a thriller is that it can give everything away. Simple as that. You can tell who did it, where it happened, and that it was done with a candlestick in the bedroom. There is an art to unraveling a certain amount of information without giving away clues but it goes against with obeying the first law of trailerdom: you need to give people a reason to see your movie. YOUNG ADAM, though, sets the plot up with giving us words on the screen like “everybody has a past,” “everybody has a secret,” and “everybody has a story.” Ewan looks like a writer and his role in events here appear to give everything away.

The trailer is probably one of the nicest looking clips I’ve seen this week. The cinematography is wonderful, the score is hauntingly appropriate much to the thanks of David Byrne, and the semi-nudage is enough to slightly titillate and entice a viewer to wonder what the hell is going on. It looks like Ewan has a few scenes of hot love with Tilda, boffing his boss’ wife, all the while a mystery surrounding a young woman’s death seems to implicate nearly everyone involved. Obviously there are things going on, some red herrings sprinkled well throughout the trailer, that show that anything is possible with this story. The fact that Ewan is shown a couple of times at a typewriter only muddies the water of what is possibly made up and what could be fact. I love that.

With there being so many murder mystery movies that are just plain unwatchable, and all seem to star Ashley Judd, it’s nice to see a film like this coming to the States and give a good value to our entertainment dollar.

POLAR EXPRESS (2004)

Director: Robert Zemeckis
Cast: Tom Hanks, Chris Coppola, Eddie Deezen, Ed Gale, Nona Gaye, Josh Hutcherson, Michael Jeter, Peter Scolari, Hayden McFarland
Release: November 10, 2004
Synopsis: An inspiring adventure based on the beloved children’s book by Chris Van Allsburg. When a doubting young boy takes an extraordinary train ride to the North Pole, he embarks on a journey of self-discovery that shows him that the wonder of life never fades for those who believe. Sony Pictures Imageworks and visual effects supervisor Ken Ralston, Oscar winners for their innovative work, help bring this enchanting holiday story vividly to life in full CG animation through Imageworks’ next-generation motion capture process, which allows live-action performances to drive the emotions and movements of the digital characters.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)
* Small (Windows Media, Real Player)

Progonosis: Got a Woody?

Wasn’t Tom Hanks already in one of these a few years ago?

I believe the TOY STORY series is perhaps the gold standard for computer-animated movies. I do realize they are sending traditional animation studios out to pasture but watching this trailer, I can see why. However, the clip here for POLAR EXPRESS looks like it has more in common with elements from FINAL FANTASY than anything that could be judged in the current animation craze, a la SHREK and FINDING NEMO.

I can appreciate the fact that this film just feels different than the other animated movies coming to a familyplex near me and that’s why it deserves some play here. Whenever something goes out of the bounds for traditional hegemonies it is always a thrill to at least see what the public at large will do with it. In the case of FINAL FANTASY, for example, it was largely scoffed at because of the same reasons why this one should succeed. For one, the genre. Who were the ones seeing that movie? Nerds, like myself who were familiar with the sci-fi genre. It edged out families in the process. With technology and a built-in audience, you’ll at least get a small contingent of folks who’ll just have to see it because of the simply based on the economy of availability. There is not much more for parents to dump their clattering brood off to see.

The trailer here, dealing with a Christmas time moment of a boy being magically whisked away on a train that comes barreling through the suburbs, is fairly innocuous. However, and lest we forget this is aimed at the kiddie crowd, this advertisement should make little rug rats everywhere pester their parents until November to see this movie. I like the use of the dark room and the slow, steady movements of the camera as the bass from the train starts to rattle various minutiae inside the boy’s bedroom. It is a little weird to hear Tom Hanks’ voice behind his likeness, though. I can only compare it seeing the Hall of Presidents at Disneyworld for the first time as a youth and seeing George Washington come to life. However, as quick as the trailer is, and as much as it doesn’t give anything away, I will likely take any kid to see this simply because I loved the story growing up.

Chris Van Allsburg is the man who gave us the book way back in 1985 and it was, and still is, a delight to read and look at. The pictures are simply small pieces of pure imagination. Even though JUMANJI wasn’t as wonderful as the original book (Hell, they should have really had Tim Burton go to town on that one.), this attempt at adapting his work might bring something interesting to the table. Also, Robert “USED CARS” Zemeckis is the one taking point for directorial duty on this. Say what you will about how he makes films, but he produces pieces of art that is widely digestible by a massive cross-section of the populace. Think of him as the Jeff Koons of moviemaking. And, better still, he still holds a warm place in my cinematic library for his work on BACK TO THE FUTURE.

ENVY (2004)

Director: Barry Levinson
Cast: Ben Stiller, Jack Black, Christopher Walken, Rachel Weisz, Amy Poehler
Release: April 2, 2004
Synopsis: Tim (Ben Stiller) and Nick (Jack Black) are best friends, neighbors and co-workers, whose equal footing is suddenly tripped up when one of Nick’s harebrained get-rich-quick schemes actually succeeds: Vapoorizer, a spray that literally makes dog poop, or any other kind for that matter, evaporate into thin air – to where exactly is anyone’s guess. Tim, who had poo-pooed Nick’s idea and passed on an opportunity to get in on the deal, can only watch as Nick’s fortune – and Tim’s own envy – grow to equally outrageous proportions. The flames of jealousy are fanned by an oddball drifter (Christopher Walken) who takes it upon himself to help fix Tim’s situation, but only causes Tim’s life to careen more wildly out of control”¦and Nick’s with it.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: There is a reason behind every delay.

When I first saw this trailer, way back in the 2003, I thought this film could be a fairly funny movie for my father to see; it looked non-threatening, safe, gag filled, void of anything I would funny and simply relied on Jack Black’s mugging for laughs.

The Stiller machine hadn’t yet been cranked up to 11, Jack Black had yet to star in SCHOOL OF ROCK, and, on paper, those of us in the know thought that the pairing of these two would be a solid lock. However, as the trailer unfurled the story, crisis, and, vaguely, how it was going to be resolved, I was thinking that I probably was going to skip it. It felt odd, though, seeing Stiller, Black and Poehler, a great comedian in her own right, all put together with nothing to show for it. There were no sparks, no pizzazz; not even so much as a flicker with the addition of Chris Walken and Rachel Weisz. Just as I wondered how well it was going to fare, it happened.

It all went away.

The tentative release date was vapoorized, it was “reshuffled” to open sometime in the latter part of last year, and now it is being matched against HELLBOY and HOME ON THE RANGE. Seeing the trailer with a pair of fresh eyes makes me realize I wasn’t wrong about the reservations I had last year. There simply isn’t anything here to latch onto. There is not one great comedic moment you can ruminate on to justify ponying up $18.75 a ticket to see this thing on a Saturday night with your old lady. The fact that Barry Levinson hasn’t helmed a good film since 1997’s SLEEPERS is not a good box office omen, either.

I love Black. I love Stiller. That’s why it’s so hard to figure out what the hell is happening with this trailer. I can’t figure out why it doesn’t work, but I am more apt to wait until this thing is thrust upon me on a transatlantic flight before I see this one in favor of checking out what could be in store with HELLBOY.

THE STEPFORD WIVES (2004)

Director: Frank Oz
Cast: Nicole Kidman, Matthew Broderick, Bette Midler, Christopher Walken, Faith Hill, Roger Bart, Jon Lovitz, Glenn Close
Release: June 11, 2004
Synopsis: Joanna (Kidman) and her husband (Broderick) move to the beautiful upper-class suburb of Stepford, where she soon starts to suspect something is strange and artificial about her new female neighbors. The wives living in the houses around them all seem to be too perfect, with bland, character-less personalities. Everyone that is, except her new friend Bobbie (Midler), who as a cranky, sarcastic, non-exercising alcoholic still has some semblance of personality and independence. As Joanna and Bobbie investigate their neighbors further, they discover that there is indeed something artificial about them, something… robotic, the result of the husbands banding together to replace their human wives with cyborg copies who are subservient, sexually compliant and devoid of any distinguishing character traits. Will Joanna and Bobbie be the next ones replaced by perfect robotic clones? (Roger Bart plays a gay confidante of Kidman’s character who ends up getting “straightened out”; Walken and Close play a couple; Lovitz plays Midler’s husband).

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Various (Windows Media, RealPlayer, QuickTime)

Progonosis: Kidman is a killer.

I bring this trailer to you as proof for a larger trend in trailerdom as of late: trailers as factitious product commercials.

They are trailers as commercials selling commercials that are really selling movies.

I am curious to know the origins of these things, but evidenced by the explosion of ones that have been doing a good job of it as of late there is something there that adds a little bit extra immersion into a manufactured world. Even RESIDENT EVIL: APOCOLYPSE, a film that should be a love fest of all things inane, does a good job getting into the mix of faux advertising.

For all the right reasons, this trailer is very effective. A voiceover, much like the one who tells us to head to a local car dealership to take advantage of the “Lexus sale event going on right now,” hits all the right keys in establishing a few things: 1) The “commercial” is supposed to appeal to a nonexistent audience of affluent mofo’s who strive for the finer things in life. 2) It creates a real and palpable mood that makes the pay off at the end that much sweeter. 3) It gives an immediate dipping into the laws, also known as the donnee for those of you with a classical education, that govern the world the film exists in.

The trailer does the footwork before you spend the first half-hour trying to figure it out yourself and, the best part, it doesn’t give anything about the plot away; that, in itself, is a commendable achievement for what just amounts a quick look at Nicole Kidman. There are no quick cuts, flashes of light, explosions of sound, but there is a deliberate, singular idea being expressed in this clip.

Yoda, also known in real life as Frank Oz, is the little green gremlin behind the lens on this one. His last real big hit, BOWFINGER, is probably one of the only movies made in the “˜90s that actually made me believe that Eddie Murphy could still be funny. (Oh well for hopes that die a vicious death.) Frank has done some great work with WHAT ABOUT BOB, LITTLE SHOP OF HORRORS and spent a lot of time with Muppets. His direction isn’t what you would call memorable or even notable, but if given the right story, and seeing how the man who wrote this thing gave us ROSEMARY’S BABY, THE BOYS FROM BRAZIL and, yes, even the great comedy, SLIVER, there could be a good chance the odds are with this Jedi.

MY BIG FAT INDEPENDENT MOVIE (2004)

Director: Philip Zlotorynski
Writer/Producer: Chris Gore
Cast: Paget Brewster, Neil Barton, Eric Hoffman, Darren Reiher, Ashley Head, Brian Krow, Neil Hopkins, Rob Schrab
Release: Coming Soon
Synopsis: “My Big Fat Independent Movie” is a spoof along the lines of “Scary Movie” and “Not Another Teen Movie.” It includes parodies of some of the indie film world’s most renowned movies such as “Memento,” “Pulp Fiction,” “Magnolia,” “My Big Fat Greek Wedding,” “Amelie,” “Run Lola Run,” “El Mariachi, “The Good Girl,” “Pi,” “Swingers” and many others.

View Trailer:
* Medium (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive.

Name as many movies as you can, and, go: PULP FICTION, THE GOOD GIRL, EL MARIACHI, AMELIE, MEMENTO, RUN LOLA RUN, and how the hell can you go wrong with Clint Howard?

With the relative success of movies of SCARY MOVIE and the tepid NOT ANOTHER TEEN MOVIE, each one cribbing and culling from notable films, MY BIG FAT INDEPENDENT MOVIE looks to do the same with the “art film” genre. The only difference between the three of them is that I may actually pay to see this one. Like attracts to like, I guess.

Right from the beginning things begin with borrowing a little page from Quentin Tarantino’s independent opus, RESERVOIR DOGS. It’s the “cool walk” that scene has already been copied for comedic effect, sublimely, in SWINGERS, right? However, the trailer makes friends with me by quickly dropping a few f-bombs; always a nice touch if done humorously. After that there’s an EL MARIACHI/AMELIE foreign language exchange which I can’t stop from thinking out which was good for a laugh out loud moment. From there, it’s a roller coaster ride up and down about what works well and what could easily play better with someone else’s comedic disposition.

Don’t get me wrong, though. It’s a very funny trailer if for the only reason that it offers up the reasons why it’s spoofing the movies it’s incorporating into the film. The same things that most of us yearn for in an “important” film, the high-falutin’, high-brow, superiority we feel over others and their mass marketed drivel, is the same thing this film looks to goof on. The movie feels like it is, at once self-aware of the plot points that make movies they’re lampooning while some characters are just blissfully unaware. There are lots of gags that seem to be Zucker-fied in this casual romp of a pic and it’s nice to be able and poke fun at some of the films regarded with respected reverence by many a film fan.

Also, and it’s important to note, Chris Gore is listed as the man responsible for primarily penning this story. Chris, who has been a deeply rooted champion of independent film long before it was en vogue to be a sycophantic suck-up of every movie touted as “art,” is probably one of the best-equipped writers out there today to be able and write a story that can overcome some of the common pitfalls with designing a well-crafted satire. However, and it’s a quibble again worth mentioning, there are some bits here that just don’t really fly as well as some others; that’s just something inherently tricky about writing comedy. Every gag isn’t 24k gold, every quip isn’t quotable and not every character works well in a blink-of-an-eye trailer snippet. What I can see here, though, is enough for me to plunk down some dough and see it. The film is an interesting meld of action/drama with a twist of humor. I would add something about what makes great satire but any trailer that ends with someone asking if that’s a “pubic hair in your teeth” simply gets a recommendation for others to check it out and see if what they see in this comedic Rorschach test.

February 27, 2004

Trailer Park: I Heart Good Trailers

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 9:37 pm

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVES

By Christopher Stipp

February 27, 2004

I HEART GOOD TRAILERS

I know it’s almost a cliché to admit but the one thing I like about hospital shows is when they rub those two white paddles together with that clear, K-Y jelly looking stuff and yell “clear” as they either save or do away with a character.

It was getting fairly desperate for me as I was looking down the road, hearing only the chirp of tiny crickets as I wondered where the hell Hollywood went on vacation. You have 50 FIRST DATES sitting on top of the box office for the second week in a row, a full twelve million dollars separating first and second place, and I am, frankly, disappointed in all of you. If you keep watching them, they will make more. It’s like Tribbles or Gremlins. Adam Sandler doesn’t do media junkets because he knows you will keep coming back for more. Sigh. Well, expect some of the same thing reconstituted, rehashed, reworked, tweaked, and put on a platter for you to consume with your millions sometime in the next few months. But, I am not here to dwell on mediocrity. I want to herald a better week of new trailers that look to make their inroads before the summer movie season begins to get into full swing. Like Booger from the REVENGE OF THE NERDS echoes in the gymnasium when they all find a new place to live: “It’s about fuc*in time!” I couldn’t agree more.

And before I forget, if the mood hits you a certain way, check out the new and improved PUNISHER trailer that’s being circulated on Yahoo!. It actually redeems the previous sins, egregious as they were, committed by the studio’s first couple tries at an acceptable trailer. This new trailer should have been the *first* one released and would have stopped any of the hemming and hawing most people have been doing now that the others were taken into consideration. That’s a shame, really, as some early sneak peeks into the final version of the flick actually show it to be a nice ride and not completely without merit.

And hey, let’s all give it up to I HEART (insert your own cute-looking heart here) HUCKABEE’S. This trailer or clip, or whatever it wants to call itself, is the best thing I saw all week. In fact, if you have a family I urge you to check it out because Naomi Watts, who stars exclusively in this thing, could very well save your family’s lives with the powerful, dramatic performance she gives in less than twenty five seconds. At the very least she’ll be the shining beacon to your young teenage boys. Or girls, depending on which way, you know, they “lean.” Why aren’t all trailers like this? They all should star Naomi Watts doing a slight variation of what she does in this trailer.

13 GOING ON 30 (2004)

Director: Gary Winick
Cast: Jennifer Garner, Mark Ruffalo, Judy Greer, Kathy Baker, Phil Reeves, Andy Serkis, Samuel Ball, Kiersten Warren
Release: April 23, 2004
Synopsis: On the eve of her 13th birthday, all Jenna Rink wants is to be pretty and popular. After a humiliating experience with the coolest kids in school, Jenna makes a desperate wish for a new life. Miraculously her wish comes true, but with one catch… she’s only five days away from her 30th birthday. Jennifer Garner plays Jenna and Mark Ruffalo plays Garner’s childhood friend and love interest. Judy Greer plays Lucy, Garner’s best friend, Kathy Baker plays Garner’s mother, Phil Reeves plays Garner’s father, Andy Serkis portrays Garner’s boss and Samuel Ball portrays Garner’s boyfriend.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)
* Small (Windows Media, RealPlayer)

Progonosis: For those with an XY chromosome: Horrid. For those of the cuter persuasion: a must see.

Women everywhere will not stop reminding their significant others that, come April 23rd, your collective butts will be safely planted in a movie seat watching this movie.

I love the whole changing bodies/minds/getting an older body with the same psyche movie genre which reached its nadir with Judge Reinhold and Fred Savage (I still watch that thing when it comes on cable. I almost feel ashamed admitting that publicly.). It’s a great premise for a film if you’re watching as a twelve-year-old: what if you could be all grown up without having to go through the awkwardness of puberty, the heartache, the heartbreak, the parties, the growing up, the double teaming of twins after a torrid night of Jager shots in a seedy Mexican restaurant, etc.? If you’re watching as an adult, then, the movie becomes more about capturing something innocent about someone and just supplanting that into the body of a thirty-year-old body of someone who looks like, let’s say, Jennifer Garner. Add a little Mark Ruffalo into the mix as forlorn object of desire, put in a whole lot of mediocrity, bake with a little uninspired camera work and end, somehow, with someone learning a very good lesson about growing up. Am I wrong to suggest it can all be contained thusly?

The movie is directed by Gary Winick who garnered some attention for his work on TADPOLE, a wonderfully constructed movie about a young boy who thinks like a boy, looks like a boy, but has a thing for really older ladies. 13 GOING ON 30 is about a young girl who thinks like a girl, no longer looks like a girl, but who will have a thing for an older dude. I’m not knocking Winick at all, but there just seems to be a close, celestial simulacrum to both films. Obviously, this trailer has a lot more public attention than his other film had and with Jennifer on point for this operation it stands to reason there will be many a young girl, girlfriends, wives who will clamor to see this vehicle.

Also in this trailer you’ll catch Judy Greer who, if you don’t recognize the name, is playing the role of Jennifer’s best friend. Again, if you don’t immediately recognize the name or face and are having a bout of “don’t I know her?” is because she has also played the part of the best friend in WHAT WOMEN WANT and THE WEDDING PLANNER. It is also interesting to note that there are no less than four writers on this film. Two of them helped pen WHAT WOMEN WANT so take that for what it’s worth in information.

The rest of the trailer is a jumble of hilariousness ensuing as someone who, by all intents and purposes, is thirteen but who is allowed to mingle with the rest of adult society. I am wondering, judging by the romance between Ruffalo and Garner in the clips shown, if they’re gonna hook up like Hanks and Perkins did in BIG. I still have conflicting feelings about what that actually meant. Was it statutory rape? If Garner and Hanks still think like thirteen-year-olds is there some kind of sexual learning curve? I find it best to just leave it right there and let the rest of American women think it’s just sweet. The pseudo music video at the end just oozes all the possible estrogen it can muster, as it shows Mark smile lovingly, Jennifer and him swinging, and the two of them having “a moment.” The latter is the nail in the coffin for all the guys who think that they’ll get away without seeing this movie. Maybe it could actually be worth seeing. You can let me know after you get dragged to the multiplex.

GOOD BYE, LENIN! (2003)

Director: Wolfgang Becker
Cast: Daniel Brühl, Katrin Sass, Chulpan Khamatova, Maria Simon, Florian Lukas, Alexander Beyer, Burghart Klaussner, Franziska Troegner, Michael Gwisdek
Release: February 27, 2004
Synopsis: October, 1989 was a bad time to fall into a coma if you lived in East Germany – and this is precisely what happens to Alex’s proudly socialist mother. Alex has a big problem on his hands when she suddenly awakens eight months later. Her heart is so weak that any shock might kill her. And what could be more shocking than the fall of the Berlin Wall and the triumph of capitalism in her beloved East Germany? To save his mother, Alex transforms the family apartment into an island of the past, a kind of socialist-era museum where his mother is lovingly duped into believing that nothing has changed. What begins as a little white lie turns into a major scam as Alex’s sister and selected neighbors are recruited to maintain the elaborate ruse – and keep her believing that Lenin really did win after all!

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Small (Windows Media, Real Player)

Progonosis: Uberzeugt.

I was sitting in a theater last week, about to enjoy my yearly sojourn to see SPIKE AND MIKE’S SICK AND TWISTED FESTIVAL OF ANIMATION when I saw this trailer. I was a bit confused as to why they were showing it at an event where the main attraction is a series of short films that contain lewd, base, sophomoric, objectionable and, most times, hilarious material. Not withstanding the pot smoke, it was not really the target audience this film wants to try and reach. Since I am of the demeanor that if it looks good, I’m halfway interested, but I was surprised by how much I have been ruminating over this particular trailer.

First of all, it’s subtitled. Yes, there’s reading involved. Since it is a foreign film, and since not everyone in the world speaks English, I do understand that choosing a flick like this is a lot like choosing a book. You have to be really interested in the people, time period, or the material. I submit to you, then, that the idea behind this film, it’s execution and the way the movie presents itself is good enough reason to take a chance on this one.

The trailer sets up the premise quickly and gets right to the point: it’s East Germany prior to the Berlin wall coming down and a kid’s mom falls into a coma. She comes to many years later, the push of capitalism and marketing brands changing the face of life as everyone came to know it, only to have her physician tell the young boy that she is very weak and cannot handle the undue stress that comes with a weak heart. What does the son do? He makes everything as it was during communism. Everything. Of course wackiness abounds, and a short clip of the woman’s son trying to recreate news is cheeky, but there seems to be a real heart that comes through in the translation.

For those needing name recognition, Wolfgang Becker is the mastermind behind the classic Kinderspiele and Schmetterlinge to say nothing of his opus, Tatort – Blutwurstwalzer. No, I haven’t heard of any of these, but being in America gives us some lead time in figuring out if it’s worth a look by finding out what the rest of the world thought. Judging by the reviews that some folks across the pond thought, it would be well worth your foreign film dollar.

SHREK 2 (2004)

Director: Andrew Adamson, Kelly Asbury, Conrad Vernon
Cast: Mike Myers, Eddie Murphy, Cameron Diaz, Julie Andrews, John Cleese, Antonio Banderas, Rupert Everett, Jennifer Saunders
Release: May 21, 2004
Synopsis: After battling a fire-breathing dragon and the evil Lord Farquaad to win the hand of Princess Fiona, Shrek now faces his greatest challenge: the in-laws. Shrek and Princess Fiona return from their honeymoon to find an invitation to visit Fiona’s parents, the King and Queen of the Kingdom of Far, Far Away. With Donkey along for the ride, the newlyweds set off. All of the citizens of Far, Far Away turn out to greet their returning Princess, and her parents happily anticipate the homecoming of their daughter and her new Prince. But no one could have prepared them for the sight of their new son-in-law, not to mention how much their little girl had…well…changed. Little did Shrek and Fiona know that their marriage had foiled all of her father’s plans for her future…and his own. Now the King must enlist the help of a powerful Fairy Godmother, the handsome Prince Charming and that famed ogre killer Puss In Boots to put right his version of “happily ever after.”

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive For the love of Christ, with no offense to Mel’s latest, can someone please explain to me why, in 2004, I still have to endure “All-Star” by SMASHMOUTH?

I’m sure they’re lovely people, living in wonderfully decorated mansions thanks to the royalties skimmed from this ditty, but could the people at DreamWorks have found some other song, “California Sun” by the RAMONES perhaps, that could work in their ad campaign for this film? Sigh. I am also aware of the obvious cries that this is an obvious cash-in on the success of the first, but TOY STORY 2 did well as a sequel and I actually have a feeling this one will do as well, if not better, than the first.

What I enjoyed from the first film was its sharp humor that was directed at Disney. There were some great pot shots taken against the Mouse House and they were spot-on. What made it enjoyable was that there was more wink-wink-nudge-nudge going on with the adults than most kid fare and, perhaps, made it the success it was when the first one was released. I am not sure what else is left in DreamWorks’ canon or cannon, but the additions of a few celebrity voices might help carry the sequel to box office gold. I’ll start with the minor players.

There’s Rupert Everett as Prince Charming. His entrance in the first part of the trailer is wonderful. It’s visually funny, with the shot of the Prince swishing his blonde locks back and forth in a slow-mo fashion, and Rupert has shown his bland comedic knack for mainstream comedy.

Next is the addition of Antonio Banderas as Puss-in-Boots. Again, it’s the blocking and the visual styles of the animation that make me actually want to see him more in this character. All Antonio does in this trailer is introduce the character and I’m already hooked on the part he’s playing; not bad for a man who starred in ECKS VS. SEVER.

After that we get the combo of John Cleese and Julie Andrews as Fiona’s parents. I really didn’t think much of the parts of her parents when the movie was in production but to hear, now, the characters come to life is wonderful. Julie Andrews, for most people, holds a special place and she is the most ideal woman to be the calm foil to John Cleese’s hotheaded character. It is ironic, if nothing else, that if you take a peek at Julie’s body of work in the last, oh say, five decades, she been heavily involved with Disney. Is a small piece of the larger Disney pot shots this film will take? It’s interesting to think about and maybe not so much of a coincidence. I am also of the mind that, if given enough time, John Cleese could make reading out of a dictionary humorous. His talents as a comedic professional stretch further than his stint on Monty Python and he is one of the best still working today. I am interested to see if he can do it all by voice alone and judging by his screen time in the trailer he does a great job presenting his persona through his inflections.

Without a doubt I will see this movie. I know there are animation purists who decry computer animation but times they are a-changin’ and I am more than happy to explore what can happen when you break the hegemony of what is traditional in this business. Again, I hope it’s not an empty cash-in. The first one was wonderfully constructed and can only wish that they realize what made the first one great and not attempt to pull a LION KING 1 ½.. It’s that kind of greed that deserves every barb that is cast against Disney.

Mayor of the Sunset Strip (2004)

Director: George Hickenlooper
Cast: Rodney Bingenheimer, David Bowie, Kim Fowley, Gwen Stefani, Cher, Beck, Alice Cooper, Liam Gallagher, Mick Jagger, Joan Jett, Courtney Love, Paul McCartney, Joey Ramone, Phil Spector, Neil Young
Release: March 26, 2004
Synopsis: THE MAYOR OF SUNSET STRIP is a wildly entertaining ride through rock-and-roll history as seen through the eyes of one supremely distinct figure, Rodney Bingenheimer. Directed by acclaimed documentarian George Hickenlooper (HEARTS OF DARKNESS), the film examines the life of Los Angeles’ “Mayor of Sunset Strip.” Coming of age in LA in the 1960s, just as rock-and-roll was bursting onto the scene, Bingenheimer was obsessed with all things musical. Though not a successful musician himself, he nonetheless befriended rock’s elite. In the 1970s, he opened up his own club, Rodney Bingenheimer’s English Disco, which played host to luminaries such as David Bowie, Iggy Pop, and Marc Bolan. It was in 1976, however, when Rodney found his true calling. On his weekly radio show on KROQ, Bingenheimer introduced several of popular music’s most celebrated voices to America–Blondie, The Ramones, The Sex Pistols, The Smiths, and Coldplay. Hickenlooper incorporates interviews with Bingenheimer and an endless parade of musicians, as well as a nearly unbelievable scrapbook of photos, to show just how closely connected Rodney was to the scene. A fascinating portrait of rock-and-roll’s unsung hero, THE MAYOR OF SUNSET STRIP also makes poignant commentary on the bizarre nature of celebrity and the infatuation it breeds.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Large (Quick Time)

* Small (Windows Media)

* Large (Windows Media)

Progonosis: Positive.

After seeing the ubiquitous KROQ logo as one of the first images present in this documentary on the life and times of Rodney Bingenheimer I was feeling a bit perturbed. That’s all you get for the first 15 or so seconds, that he is the best thing that has ever happened to KROQ.

I thought, for a moment, that this might have been propaganda by showcasing one of radio’s oldest shills for a conglomerated industry that now makes sure I hear the new Britney Spears single once every hour. I mean if I wanted to hear about a DJ’s life, I’ll call up my local “zoo crew” morning show in my local market and get an idea for how some live on ramen and free concerts. Then, the cribbing of images of the Sex Pistols, the Stones, Green Day and Joan Jett started to solidify the internal consternation that was starting to boil over. But all that only lasted for a few moments. Out of nowhere, a voice from God maybe, said that this man, Rodney Bingenheimer was responsible for spinning Blonde, Ramones, Sex Pistols, and Nirvana long before anyone.

I was intrigued.

This man was allowed into the inner workings of the Beatles, the Stones, and even the Monkees? On top of that, he was the man who scored some Elvis groupie poon? Just based on the latter, I am apt to give the man his due and listen hard to what’s being said. And it was just then when Rodney himself says that he is “the designated driver between the famous and the not-so-famous.” Some say he should be a huge mogul with the experience he’s seen. From what I can see, though, and what becomes apparent by watching the last third of the trailer, is the examination of how radio and culture and fame all coincided with one man who has seen it all develop. Here is a man who has hung out with old and new stars of the rock age yet seems, oddly, very meek and meager about it all.

I went from jaded to engaged while watching the trailer to this and am eager to seek this one out when it comes to the local art house. Anything that can do that deserves at least a closer look. I am not pleased about where radio has gone, with the destruction of ma and pa stations across America, but here is someone who could possibly give an insight to where rock went and when it might return to the free, commercial airwaves. Plus, who can resist looking at a man with such a hypnotic coif?

I HEART HUCKABEES (2004)

Director: David O. Russell
Cast: Dustin Hoffman, Isabelle Huppert, Jude Law, Jason Schwartzman, Lily Tomlin, Mark Wahlberg, Naomi Watts
Release: Sometime in 2004
Synopsis: Albert Markovski (Jason Schwartzman), head of the Open Spaces Coalition, has been experiencing an alarming series of coincidences the meaning of which escapes him. With the help of two Existential Detectives, Bernard and Vivian Jaffe (Dustin Hoffman and Lily Tomlin), Albert examines his life, his relationships, and his conflict with Brad Stand (Jude Law), an executive climbing the corporate ladder at Huckabees, a popular chain of retail superstores. When Brad also hires the detectives, they dig deep into his seemingly perfect life and his relationship with his spokesmodel girlfriend, the voice of Huckabees, Dawn Campbell (Naomi Watts). Albert pairs up with rebel firefighter Tommy Corn (Mark Wahlberg) to take matters into their own hands under the guidance of the Jaffes’ nemesis, the French radical Caterine Vauban (Isabelle Huppert).

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Sold. Sometimes, just seeing a trailer like this re-energizes you.

With a cast, and crew, like this behind it there is no absolute way they can eff it up, right?

That’s the hope after seeing this and, one hopes, that the wheels don’t come off this H2 as it rolls down the Hollywood highway. There is a lot going for this film.

Naomi Watts is one of them.

She’s actually all of them, actually, when you see this trailer. I am reminded of a young Oliver who begged to have some more when I saw this thing again and again. To the ladies, I apologize, but feel free to wear out the bandwidth for the trailer for 13 GOING ON 30. To the dudes, this is all you. Consider it my version of equal time. I would like to point out to you as well, for reference sake, that you pay close attention to seconds 1, 8, 16 and 20. QuickTime will keep track for you.

After you’ve seen this one, and I would be remiss if I didn’t do my due diligence here, it is important to note that David O. Russell of THREE KINGS, FLIRTING WITH DISASTER and SPANKING THE MONKEY is the one responsible for directing this movie. It is also important to note, as well, that his was the co-pen that brought the script to life. Of many directors working today there are not many who can claim to have a fairly clean track record for films that never did completely suck. All of his other three movies are easily some of the best I’ve seen from a director that wasn’t a one hit wonder. With a lead time between two and five years between projects, a feat not unlike Wes Anderson, it’s good to see someone actually ruminate on a good idea for a film and let it marinate for a while before going full boar on it.

Kudos to David O. for cobbling together this trailer, a la RESIDENT EVIL and ETERNAL SUNSHINE OF A SPOTLESS MIND, by not showing the other players in this picture for public consumption. There is some heavy talent that could have easily been used in the promotion, and most likely there will be another one later that gives us the whole story, but, frankly, I could care less and am now going back to watch this thing just to make sure I didn’t miss anything.

February 20, 2004

Trailer Park: Fight The Power

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:40 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVESBy Christopher Stipp

February 20, 2004

FIGHT THE POWER

The Hughes brothers, Cuba Gooding Jr., John Singleton, Mario Van Peebles, Kid ‘N Play, Damon Wayans, Ice-T, Laurence Fishburne, Nia Long, David Allan Grier, Martin Lawrence, Wesley Snipes, Chris Rock, and even the entire crew of Full Force.

My cinematic lexicon would have been a pale shade of pink had it not been for the accomplishments and generous gifts that these black actors, directors, and movie makers have given me. It’s easy to point out the megastars out of the bunch that went on to command millions and millions of dollars per picture. Some have even lost their comedic edge and swiftness they once had in lieu of the easy payday, but I don’t begrudge them one bit. I’ll call them out and make them pay for every petty piece of pap they try to pass as their next “artistic” project, but I would do the same damn thing. So would you.

I’ve always been a nerd when it comes to my copious consumption of all things PBS (except anything having to do with antiques, old homes, or anything directed by Ken Burns. Who has that kind of viewing time on their hands?) and it was my pleasure to catch a program called Beyond the Color Line. It dealt with a few topics about blacks in contemporary America, but it was their special on the issue of race in Hollywood that caught my attention. To make a very long program, and thesis, very short, Henry Louis Gates Jr., the host at the center of the series, posited that blacks who were more crème colored found much more success than those of darker skin tone. For example, in the realm of women, names like Halle Berry and Alicia Keyes were put up as evidence to support his theory and he suggested that perhaps there is a prejudice, not of a blatant nature, but more of a preferential system of discrimination whereas it’s better to get a woman of a lighter skin tone of perhaps lesser talent than to put a darker woman in an acting role.

Is he crazy? Is he right? Is there still an uphill battle to fight or are a handful of whiners crying over sour grapes that they didn’t win the big boobs and nice ass lottery and are now being given their twenty million a picture deal like everyone else? I would hate to think of where my thinking would be today had I not seen the graphic depiction of street violence in NEW JACK CITY, awed by the social commentary by John Singleton, and oh yeah, laughed at the sight of Gerard’s dad in BOOMERANG, which still holds a place in my top list of favorite comedies.

I know I’m not making twenty million every two weeks at my day job and so I wonder if this isn’t all something to do with economies of what will bring in the bucks and butts and has nothing to do with race. If a certain segment of the population could bring in $150M a picture, would that change Hollywood’s perceived bias against minorities? I believe Hollywood looks at what it can exploit, make for cheap and earn a profit on.

I’m curious to hear your thoughts if you have them. In the meantime, let me celebrate the last remaining moments of Black History Month with a few views into some upcoming movies. Yes, I realize The Rock was born in Hawaii but his dad does have African in him (I’m thorough in my research) and so I found a way for him to make my list this week. Besides, I like the fun factor the film has. And let’s give it up to Denzel who made my number one pick of the week with his new flick MAN ON FIRE. It’s sweet, looks gritty and, the best part, Dakota Fanning may bite it in the end. I’m so there.

WALKING TALL (2004)

Director: Kevin Bray
Cast: Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson, Johnny Knoxville, Neal McDonough
Release: April 9, 2004
Synopsis: In Walking Tall, Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson plays Chris Vaughn, a retired soldier who returns to his hometown to make a new life for himself, only to discover his wealthy high school rival, Jay Hamilton (Neal McDonough), has closed the once-prosperous lumber mill and turned the town’s resources towards his own criminal gains. The place Chris grew up is now overrun with crime, drugs, and violence. Enlisting the help of his old pal Ray Templeton (Johnny Knoxville), Chris gets elected sheriff and vows to shut down Hamilton’s operations. His actions endanger his family and threaten his own life, but Chris refuses to back down until his hometown once again feels like home.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)
* Small (Windows Media, RealPlayer)

Progonosis: Oddly enough, positive.

There have been a few people who have tried to be “the next” bankable action hero. Steven Segal tried to do it for a while before he started to slip down a road paved with hot doughnuts and bad county/western music. Jean-Claude Van Damme gave it a go before he got involved in activities that weren’t unlike some of the bad asses he was ass kickin.’ Hell, even Fred Ward thought he could muster enough support to give REMO WILLIAMS: THE ADVENTURE BEGINS a go, but guess what, none have been able to sustain a fairly good mix of brawn and semi-tolerable voice talent. (I intentionally left out acting, because c’mon, we all know that’s not what they’re being paid for…)

Duane “Candy Ass” Johnson is looking good filling the shoes that the governor of California has vacated.

I know I’ve already dogged The Rock for his incredibly unwatchable THE SCORPION KING, but if I was thirteen again I might have found the combination of sword-fighting, fire arrows (that makes the third week in a row that I’ve given a nod to this cinematic staple) and Kelly Hu in a fairly small amount of clothing, enrapturing. So, with that said, and my surprising, very surprising, enjoyment of THE RUNDOWN (maybe it was the low expectations that helped) that has me possibly queuing up to see WALKING TALL.

It was actually a critic who said of the Rock’s performance in THE RUNDOWN that it was “a strictly formulaic action picture that suggests some of Mr. Schwarzenegger early, low-budget vehicles, like COMMANDO and RAW DEAL.”

No shit. How long did it take you to make that connection, Kreskin?

The Rock is early in his career as an action star, studios are not handing over their pocketbooks to him just yet and so he has to make do with what he has. And you have to admit he has something. Being a WWF wrassler, The Rock understands the meaning of being a showman and an entertainer. While I never once watched his exploits, I can see the charisma that compelled young boys to want to emulate the man. The trailer for WALKING TALL shows his ability to completely dominate a character, make it his own and make me believe what he’s sellin’. I genuinely hope if there was a race to replace Arnold’s vacuous void in action pictures it would be by a guy like Duane and not by someone like Vin. We all know the fix would be in on that.

Neal McDonough also makes an appearance in this thing. The man was solid in Boomtown, a great series, and did a memorable job in MINORITY REPORT. The rest of the cast, however, is not really that noteworthy.

You have Johnny Knoxville who, so far, has only convinced me he should have stuck with the program where people shoot bottle rockets out of their ass, a director who is responsible for unleashing a Whitney Houston video on the populace and a writer whose last project was CRADLE 2 THE GRAVE. There will be more needed here than just the people’s elbow.

JOHNSON FAMILY VACATION (2004)

Director: Christopher Erskin
Cast: Cedric The Entertainer, Bow Wow, Vanessa Williams, Steve Harvey, Solange Knowles
Release: April 7, 2004
Synopsis: AAA can’t help the roadside emergency that is the JOHNSON FAMILY VACATION. Even the onboard navigation system has a meltdown on Nate Johnson (Cedric The Entertainer) and his family’s cross-country trek to their annual family reunion/grudge match. Reluctantly along for the ride are Nate’s wife (Williams), who’s only in it for the kids; their rapper-wannabe son (Bow Wow); their teenage daughter (Solange Knowles) who’s fashioned herself as the next Lolita; and their youngest (Gabby Soleil), whose imaginary dog Nate just can’t seem to keep track of. Can the Johnsons survive each other and all the obstacles the road throws at them to make it to Caruthersville, Missouri? Can they find Missouri?

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Small (Windows Media, Real Player)

Progonosis: Negative.

I’ll break this one down for all you out there.

One of the first jokes lobbed in this trailer is of Cedric telling his daughter he doesn’t like her skimpy outfit.

Déjà vu of the crap variety.

Most every lame, tired, played out, redundant, sucky, crappy, clichéd and altogether evil family sitcom has, at its core, the eternal struggle of parents thinking their little girls are virtually nude when leaving the house. Great. Super. Change your clothes. We get it. Is there nothing else left in the comedic canon?

Next we get the old battle of wills when it comes to rap music. Wow. The originality factor is getting better with each passing second.

There is a reprieve from the suffocation one suffers when watching this thing when Cedric slams a cop with a shake, a black one at that as it helps to deliver the joke later, and proceeds to call him a “chocolate C.H.i.P.”

That one actually made me giggle for a moment before I was dragged back into unbridled insipidness.

Old Cedric passes up a nun in need of a ride before stopping to assist a hitchhiking Shannon Elizabeth who, oddly enough, can you believe the irony, looks like the antipodal archetype of a nun. This ranks right up there with a car chase that invariably ends up with some assholes who just happen to be carrying a 30-foot piece of glass in the middle of an intersection. It doesn’t help that it is at this point when we are reminded that Bow Wow (For those still using L’il please stop because he is growing as an entertainer and is trying very hard to shed that image. Thank you for your diligence in this matter.) and Beyonce’s sister, Solange, are in this production as well.

Obviously it does not look good up until this point. However, it does show some signs of life.

Steve Harvey shows up on the scene, thank god, and saves this from being a miserable failure of a trailer. I would want to see this film simply based on the snippet of action between Harvey and Cedric. The trailer seems to not know who this film wants to sell itself to. Families? Adults? Kids? All of the above? If it is the latter then this trailer does a miserable job of selling itself. From what I can tell so far this movie only wants to get in good with the comedically challenged.

BEAUTY SHOP (2004)

Director: Kate Lanier
Cast: Queen Latifah
Release: November 24, 2004
Synopsis: You thought you’d heard it all in the barbershop, but you haven’t heard anything yet – the women get their own chance to shampoo, shine, and speak their minds in BEAUTY SHOP. From the filmmakers that brought you BARBERSHOP and BARBERSHOP 2, Queen Latifah stars as Gina, a hairstylist who opens a shop of her own.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: What do you think? Ok. I’m a good sport. I’ll play along.

Here’s a trailer ready to pimp the new film BEAUTY SHOP. I’ve got an open mind and, as such, I watched with great care and attention. I looked at the nuances of camera technique, lighting, style, et al. I watched as I suspended my disbelief so I could understand the director’s point of view.

After it was over I asked myself what the hell did I just watch?

As an explanation for what happens when ladies get together in a salon, it’s super. Based on her work in this trailer Queen Latifah would do a great job shilling for Great Clips if they needed a spokesperson to give a detailed breakdown of the goings on in a hair cuttery in a playful, yet serious, manner. I almost wondered if she was going to tell me about premature female alopecia. She wasn’t. She’s trying to sell me on wanting to see BEAUTY SHOP.

For those keeping score, yes, it is being written by the same guy who penned BARBERSHOP, BARBERSHOP 2, and BARBERSHOP 3: ATTACK OF THE CLONES.

After figuring out that this film has yet to even shoot a foot of film makes we wonder what exactly, then, is the point? Is to whet an appetite for those that want more Latifah after seeing Barbershop? Most likely. Does it do a good job showing me its titular character? Yes. It still does not forgive it for being a dreadful trailer. Hell, when the trailer starting running for LAST ACTION HERO miles before the film debuted to the scorn of people everywhere, it was selling a film I wanted to see. There was commotion, cops, a little bit of uncertainty, but it was attractive. It was sexy and it sold me to want to see more.

Queen Latifah walking around telling me about how a beauty shop works wouldn’t even get my wife interested, much less get me thinking, “oh yeah. Can I sit for an hour and a half and listen to a pack of cackling yentas prattle on how men suck and all they really want out of life is….” You all get the point.

NEVER DIE ALONE (2004)

Director: Ernest Dickerson
Cast: DMX, David Arquette, Michael Ealy, Reagan Preston-Gomez
Release: March 26, 2004
Synopsis: Based on cult novelist Donald Goines’ novel of the same name, NEVER DIE ALONE is a richly literate film noir about King David (DMX), a hard-boiled, stylish criminal who returns to his hometown seeking redemption but finding only violent death. But he did not die alone…King David’s final moments are spent with Paul (David Arquette) an aspiring journalist who knew him just a few minutes but upon whose life he would forever have an impact. King David – half preacher, half Satan, and all street smarts – had recorded the story of his recent exploits on audiotape, leaving behind an often-poetic sermon on villainy and its consequences. The tapes reveal that the cycle of violence and retribution his actions have spawned has come back on him full circle, as he suspected it might all along…

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Various (Windows Media, RealPlayer)

Progonosis: Could go either way.

This movie does itself a slight disservice by the way it sells itself.

What you have here, initially, is a whole of DMX and then some more DMX. Just when you thought this movie was only about him, his voice comes in and starts to sing the music that goes along with the trailer. This is, perhaps, a mild annoyance when trying to sell a movie that, obviously, has other people who show up to help carry it along. David Arquette is also in this, but you wouldn’t know that by watching DMX looking “all street” as he scowls and looks tough for the camera and as he does the voiceover that sets up where this movie is going. Ok, I get it, you’re a tough badass and don’t crap from anyone. Thanks, now can we get to someone else?

What really makes me interested, though, is the work I’ve had to do AFTER I watched this. It would have received a completely negative review had I not seen the adulation that the source material has been given.

The premise is a very good one: a real bad dude records his exploits on an audiotape, telling us how the wheel of life was somehow going to catch up with his violent past. Now that’s a movie I want to see. That is not the movie I was shown. Judging by the trailer all I see is people blasting their guns, bee-yatches in scintillating poses (not that it’s a bad thing), and, again, a whole lot of DMX. This film doesn’t do much to separate itself from the likes of EMPIRE, EXIT WOUNDS, and on and on down the line.

I guess it does cut out the one thing that might be confusing to most of the male demographic this appeals to, the story, and amplifies the periphery of what actually happens between the opening and ending credits, but I can’t help but feel there is something else they could have done to accentuate that there might actually be a story hidden inside the film.

MAN ON FIRE (2004)

Director: Tony Scott
Cast: Denzel Washington, Dakota Fanning, Christopher Walken, Giancarlo Giannini, Radha Mitchell, Marc Anthony, Rachel Ticotin, Mickey Rourke
Release: April 23, 2004
Synopsis: Denzel Washington stars as a government operative / soldier of fortune, who has pretty much given up on life. In Mexico City, he reluctantly agrees to take a job to protect a child (Dakota Fanning) whose parents are threatened by a wave of kidnappings. He eventually becomes close to the child and their relationship reawakens and rekindles his spirit. When she is abducted, his fiery rage is unleashed on those he feels responsible, and he stops at nothing to save her.

View Trailer:
* Small (QuickTime)
* Medium (QuickTime)
* Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive.

Boom.

Right away this mo-fo gets started quickly and that’s a good thing. Denzel looks scruffy, disheveled, and predatory. This, as well, is a good thing. Then, well, there’s Dakota Fanning. Look, I’m sorry I don’t appreciate this diminutively small chica, but she is, if you ever had the displeasure of having to endure UPTOWN GIRLS, not very appealing as a little girl as let’s say, a Natalie Portman or an Anna Paquin who have gone on to do some really commendable work. That aside, and seeing how this is a kidnapping movie where Denzel needs some redemptive saving in his life, it is my guess that we won’t see Dakota donning a Columbian necktie.

Tony Scott is the director that will be brining this grittily shot film to the multiplex and that couldn’t be more pleasurable. While his last theatrical was the very good, but quietly received SPY GAME, he also did some recent noteworthy work on the BMW film series, HIRE. The writer of this movie is Brian Helgeland. Yeah, I didn’t know who this dude was either until I checked his work and found he was responsible for giving us L.A. CONFIDENTIAL, MYSTIC RIVER, CONSPIRACY THEORY, and even such classics as NIGHTMARE ON ELM STREET 4: THE DREAM MASTER, 976-EVIL, and HIGHWAY TO HELL. Luckily all the latter films were before he found success outside of the horror genre and went on to win an Oscar for his work on L.A. CONFIDENTIAL. Point of fact, he won both an Oscar for L.A. and a Razzie for THE POSTMAN in the same weekend and was one of only a few people who actually accepted the award publicly. The way the trailer sets the story up in MAN ON FIRE it has the earmarks of some very engaging material.

I wish there were more Denzel out there to really talk about. He has kept himself moderately busy lately, and he’s an actor who elevates every production he’s on to another level. Do I think he should have won an Oscar for TRAINING DAY? No, but he made me believe that he is capable of some very evil, dark and sinister things. Not many actors can play both sides of the bad guy/good guy fence but he does it with surgical, to lift a word from the film, precision. So, in him playing a man ready to wetwork any group of people getting in the way of his goal, the safe rescue of Dakota to her family, is a great role to be playing because, judging by the trailer, he has great support and will be able to flex some of that Denzel charm while getting King Kong on some kidnappers.

February 13, 2004

Trailer Park: Hellacious Musings

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:41 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVESBy Christopher Stipp

February 13, 2004

HELLACIOUS MUSINGS

What a lame week.

There hasn’t been much to coo about in the trailer world lately. I have to assume that studios are getting their ammunition together for the summer season and are willy nilly tossing their junk heaps in front of us in January and February before slamming us with their marketing pop-ups and relentless TV ads come Spring.

Speaking of Spring, I have to ask a question: is HELLBOY the second coming of Christ? I have seen the trailer, thought it was good, and most likely, if I get the chance, will probably see it. I’ve read on some other sites (where set visits, behind the scenes access, and exclusive interviews were given) where some are saying this will be the penultimate moviegoing experience and we all should bow down to Guillermo del Toro for blessing us with this cinematic gift. I agree that his work on BLADE II was great and that THE DEVIL’S BACKBONE was ferociously wonderful. However, what is the aim of people given preferential treatment as a movie is being made? Does it cloud one’s objectivity? What is the aim of letting individuals, people with large mouthpieces, even on the set in the first place? Kindness? Love? Hmm.

I look forward to seeing a new trailer for the film in the hopes it gives me something fresh to look at while trying to ignore the deafening din of people barking in my ear that I absolutely, positively, without compunction or hesitation, need to see HELLBOY. It is, after all, a film and there is only so much hyperbole one can attach to describing Selma Blair, Ron Perlman et al. I hope the talk simmers down, but hey, what do I know? I just review advertisements. I would tell you all what the effect any massive hype campaign does to a film, but you already know what can happen to those who buy into it and believe in it fervently.

Let me jump on this Harley hog of an article this week and give thanks to those in Touchstone who hath given us Viggo and his horse. HIDALGO should command your every ounce of attention this week as I do proclaimeth it as the trailer of the week.

SCOOBY-DOO 2 (2004)

Director: Raja Gosnell
Cast: Freddie Prinze, Jr., Sarah Michelle Gellar, Matthew Lillard, Linda Cardellini, Seth Green, Alicia Silverstone, Peter Boyle, Tim Blake Nelson
Release: March 26, 2004
Synopsis: In Scooby-Doo 2: Monsters Unleashed, Scooby and the gang lose their cool ““ and their stellar reputation ““ when an anonymous masked villain wreaks mayhem on the city of Coolsville with a monster machine that re-creates classic Mystery Inc. foes like The Pterodactyl Ghost, The Black Knight and The 10,000 Volt Ghost. Under pressure from relentless reporter Heather Jasper-Howe (Alicia Silverstone) and the terrified citizens of Coolsville, the gang launches an investigation into the mysterious monster outbreak that leaves Shaggy and Scooby questioning their roles in Mystery Inc. The ever-ravenous duo, determined to prove they’re great detectives, don a series of far-out disguises in their search for clues. Meanwhile, brainy Velma (Linda Cardellini) becomes smitten with a key suspect, Coolsville Museum curator Patrick Wisely (Seth Green), as macho leader Fred (Freddie Prinze Jr.) and image-conscious Daphne (Sarah Michelle Gellar) attempt to determine the identity of the Evil Masked Figure who is unleashing the monsters in an attempt to take over Coolsville.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealPlayer)

Progonosis: Negative.Did anyone here actually pay to see this pile almost two years ago?

The only reason why I am giving this only one middle-finger down instead of two is that this trailer isn’t trying to appeal to me. I think. I’m still on the fence trying to figure out if it’s trying to start something with my wallet or not. What you get here is the “teenage” trifecta of Prinze, Gellar, and Lillard who are back again to try and infuse a little post-pubescent pizzazz into the old cartoon favorite. Instead of bagging on it for the obvious jabs one could take at it, I’ll break the trailer down so you know I’m being negative for an honest reason.

In the first few seconds after the trailer’s beginning we get a fart gag. Hell, even I love a good fart gag, but a fart gag that may or may not be from the best-looking girl (It really does come down to whether you’re a Betty or Veronica kind of hornball) of the movie? Ok. I’ll let it slide.

Next, we get the set up of the “story.” Shaggy, and I do give props to Lillard who does a wicked channeling of Casey Kasem’s least annoying vocal talent, and Scooby are essentially blamed for wrecking Mystery Inc.’s reputation. Come now, even the kid who asks me if he can supersize my fries knows that by the end of this kid flick everything will be great, all will be right with the universe, and the throngs of uber nerds will be lining up, en masse, just to get a new look at their unemployed Buffy.

Then, after the story is fairly much revealed and given up like a prom night tryst, there’s not much more to do other than presenting the players and giving individual screen time for each.

I did some research, yes, as demanding as it was, and I checked out the trailer that ran for the first one. I failed miserably at compare and contrast exams in high school and so this makes me feel like I’m vindicating my past. I found out that both trailers follow the same formula. It’s the same right down to its bodily function opening, the interspersed cut scenes of every character in-situ from the first one to the Scooby disguise clips at the end.

What then, does this say about the people making this film?

Yes, obviously they are looking to do a cut-and-paste of the very same thing that made them over a hundred and fifty million for the first one. I wanted to make a comparison of another film I loved only to have it earn less than the first installment of this thing, but that would have been an unfair jab.

This trailer sucks for its uninspired and unimaginative manipulation. Honesty is always better.

EUROTRIP (2004)

Director: Jeff Schaffer
Cast: Scott Mechlowicz, Jessica Boehrs, Jacob Pitts, Michelle Trachtenberg, Travis Wester
Release: February 20, 2004
Synopsis: Have you ever pressed “Send” on an email and immediately wished you could get it back? Scotty Thomas (Scott Mechlowicz) and his Berlin-based computer pen pal Mieke (Jessica Boehrs) have been writing each other for years, sharing every detail of their lives. When Mieke makes a cyber pass at Scotty, he completely freaks out, thinking that this guy he’s known for years is coming on to him”¦in German no less. Too bad the the one detail Scotty doesn’t seem to know is that, in Germany, Mieke is a girl’s name. By the time Scotty figures out that Mieke is a girl, and a hot one at that, Mieke has cut off her email account and all contact with him. Thinking that this might be his one chance at true love – even though he’s never actually met the girl – Scotty and his best friends, Cooper (Jacob Pitts) and the twins Jenny (Michelle Trachtenberg) and Jamie (Travis Wester), embark on a raucous trip across Europe headed for Berlin.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Negative. I just couldn’t let this one slide.

I tried to ignore it, fight it, but I just can’t keep quiet.

The number one reason why this trailer is a failure at every possible turn is that everything presented gives the outcome to nearly every single gag.

My case against this trailer trash can be broken down as quick and frenetic as the cut scenes slapped together in it: one of the kids hates mimes in so he kicks him in the nuts. One kid thinks he’s going to get sex in Amsterdam only to find out he’s going to be beaten in an S/M club. The pack of them try absinthe, only to tell the audience that it’s banned in America for the wacky and zany things it drives people to do, and then shows the brother/sister twin making out with each other. We then see the boys of the film go to a nude beach without their clothes on only to find other boys without their clothes on. Then you see, well, you can see for yourself.

If you figure out how many different places they are going in this film, add up the number of revealed gags in this trailer, add in the amount of time needed for a good set up of each gag, and divide by the number of possible good gags that possibly weren’t shown because they were way too funny to tease you with, you should end up with all the reasons why you should wait to see this thing on video. While stoned. Or drunk. Or with the sound off (wink, wink, nudge, nudge).

MINDHUNTERS (2004)

Director: Renny Harlin
Cast: Christian Slater, Val Kilmer, LL Cool J, Kathryn Morris, Jonny Lee Miller, Patricia Velasquez, Will Kemp
Release: June 4, 2004
Synopsis: Hiding inside a group of eight young FBI profilers learning to hunt serial killers is a killer attempting to hunt them. As one by one the agents begin to disappear, none can be trusted. Each one is under suspicion. And they are all in mortal danger until, in the ultimate test of their crime-solving skills, they uncover the mysterious predator lurking in their midst. MINDHUNTERS turns the serial killer thriller inside out by concealing the ultimate evil deep within the ranks of the good guys.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealPlayer)

Progonosis: Hemming and Hawing. Hmm. That’s about as much as I can give.

What is this exactly supposed to be: a genetic freak spawned from the best spliced farm scenes from THE RECRUIT, some of the best good-looking law enforcement support from the likes of S.W.A.T., and tossed in a blender with an actually interesting story being the blades that mixes it all together.

It all feels tangled somehow.

I’m not sure how I should feel about LL. Really. His movie career has had him in some fairly solid flops. ROLLERBALL was a genuinely crap film as was DELIVER US FROM EVA. However, he has a genuine charisma. I don’t know, though, if I’m sold on him as an actor. I feel like I’m always waiting for him to start busting out a dope rhyme while greased hoochies rub his pecs.

Val Kilmer. This makes the second trailer I’ve reviewed for him and he’s looking really good here. He’s done some really good work lately from WONDERLAND to THE SALTON SEA and, if you look at the amount of work he’s done in his career, 2004 will see the biggest output of film projects he’s ever done. He’s showing some good promise of having a stellar year.

Christian Slater. I know it’s cool to say TRUE ROMANCE or HEATHERS saw him hit his cinematic peak, but his role in KUFFS cannot be overlooked. The kid has been around a long time, some would say he is at his nadir, but he has shown great range as an actor. That’s why I am hoping he does some of what made him good in MINDHUNTERS. There are shimmers and slivers of being able to shine in the trailer, and so I hope he just doesn’t sleepwalk through this one.

As for Kathryn Morris, is she just on loan from COLD CASE? I am tired of seeing her mug for every promo that runs with a CBS program and I hope this isn’t a case of overexposure.

The main plot points are well laid out and, not counting the first third of the thing, the trailer really makes me want to see this thing. I take umbrage, though, with the first few moments that are shown in the trailer. Everyone just looks so, damn, pretty. They’re laughing, cavorting, having a smashing time being FBI actors, and then LL shows up and oozes, like a swollen pimple that needs to be popped, an obnoxious air of how-cool-am-I into the thing that I really find off-putting. It’s the nadir of the trailer, though, and once I shrugged that off like a shaggy dog after a bath, it’s nothing but the good stuff.

It’s a mixed bag for me, still, and the fact that Renny Harlin’s last directorial effort was 2001’s DRIVEN doesn’t make me feel any better. If ever there was a man who needed a miracle to stay employed just look at where Gore Verbinski ended last year and then realize that it can happen even in Hollywood.

AROUND THE WORLD IN 80 DAYS (2004)

Director: Frank Coraci
Cast: Jackie Chan, Steve Coogan, Cécile De France, Jim Broadbent, Kathy Bates, Arnold Schwarzenegger, John Cleese, Owen Wilson, Luke Wilson, Johnny Knoxville, Ian McNeice, Rob Schneider, Mark Addy, Ewen Bremner, Marsha Yuen, Maggie Q, Sammo Hung, Mars, Karen Mok, Daniel Wu
Release: June 16, 2004
Synopsis: Based on the novel by Jules Verne, AROUND THE WORLD IN 80 DAYS begins with Passepartout (Chan), an adventurer, trying to make it to China to restore a sacred object stolen from his village. He’s joined by Phileas Fogg (Coogan), who puts his rep as an inventor on the line to provide the transport. Bent on stopping them is Lord Kelvin (Broadbent), head of the Royal Academy of Science, who’ll lose his fortune if the duo circles the globe in that 80-day period.

View Trailer:
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealPlayer)

Progonosis: Family Approved. It gets hard to find good movies you can take the family to go see that doesn’t completely suck for the adults who have to see it.

What this movie is shaping up to be is one long cameo from nearly almost anyone in Hollywood who wasn’t really working around the time this thing was shooting and had a free day to “kick it” on set for a few lines. What you see with Chan is what you get, and, lately, that hasn’t been much. From the dismal MEDALLION to the awful TUXEDO with Jennifer “I need a sandwich” Love “No really, I need one. I look embarrassingly emaciated on a big, silver screen” Hewitt, Chan has been fairly hit and miss. SHANGAHI KNIGHTS was a welcome diversion and one hopes he can resurrect some of that juice and avoid being simply average in this film.

The trailer does a great job in establishing the premise, much to the benefit to any grade school kid looking to get out of reading the Jules Verne classic and get busted for doing so (Kid Tip Of The Day: remember to excise any mention of Arnold Schwarzenegger from any reports as a result of the viewing), and gives enough eye candy to draw you in further into wondering where this flick is going to lead. Obviously, if you read the book, you know where this all going but some of us bibliophiles who have yet to read everything mankind has produced are still unsure of the zany or wacky antics that await the Mouse House’s “creative liberties” they take with the source material.

What is very interesting to note, apart from Sugar Ray’s “Fly” which is placed at the end of the trailer either not so surreptitiously or like a cold cock to the nether regions, you decide which, is the lack of cameo whoring. Apart from the draw of Schwarzenegger’s bit role that’s on screen for a few seconds, there is no indication of the star power contained in this Disney film. You have the brothers Wilson, John Cleese, Kathy Bates, Rob Schneider and even an appearance by Macy Gray (I know, the latter two aren’t really a draw for most of us, but to some segment of the population they are worth a couple dozen dollars at the box office), but there is nothing that would lead you to believe they are even in the film. Color me surprised.

It all looks like relatively safe fare for the fam (a thankful object of desire with most parents nowadays) and I would be very interested to know, when they do cut another trailer, whether it still holds the same promise for a fun matinee with a first date or some ankle biting rugrats.

HILDAGO (2004)

Director: Joe Johnston
Cast: Viggo Mortensen, Omar Sharif, Zuleikha Robinson, Louise Lombard, Said
Release: March 5, 2004
Synopsis: Based on the true story of the greatest long-distance horse race ever run, “Hidalgo” is an epic action-adventure and one man’s journey of personal redemption. Held yearly for centuries, the Ocean of Fire – a 3,000 mile survival race across the Arabian Desert – was a challenge restricted to the finest Arabian horses ever bred, the purest and noblest lines, owned by the greatest royal families. In 1890, a wealthy Sheik invited an American and his horse to enter the race for the first time. Frank T. Hopkins (Viggo Mortensen) was a cowboy and dispatch rider for the US cavalry who had once been billed as the greatest rider the West had ever known. The Sheik (Omar Sharif) would put this claim to the test, pitting the American cowboy and his mustang, Hidalgo, against the world’s greatest Arabian horses and Bedouin riders – some of whom were determined to prevent the foreigner from finishing the race. For Frank, the Ocean of Fire becomes not only a matter of pride and honor, but a race for his very survival as he and his horse, Hidalgo, attempt the impossible.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Medium (QuickTime)
“¢ Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive. Another movie about a horse?

That was the first thing I thought of before seeing this trailer. When I saw posters for this film immediately images of a Kevin Costner-esque epic about the old west with six-shooters, Indians, dirty hair, and wide, sweeping CinemaScope shots of lush landscapes depicting a completely fabricated and false image of life “back then” filled my subconscious.

It’s not.

I love it when I’m mistaken because it forces me to stand up and pay attention to what’s really happening with the film.

The trailer starts off fairly innocuous. The trailer on Yahoo! has an annoying prat tell us that Viggo and his steed were long distance racers and have never lost a race. Ho-hum. Whoopdee-Farkin-Doo. After that, to those of us in the audience who can read, it says that Team Equine fell out of favor from the American consciousness (probably too busy raping and pillaging the ol’ west to care much about a man and his horse), forced to be a sideshow act, but were given the opportunity to race 3000 miles (no, not to Graceland) across the Arabian desert. Side note: the trailer through Apple did a much better job at creating less initial hostility with me.

At this point, I’m curious about what is happening. At the very least the trailer gets me out of the country and onto foreign soil. From there, the story’s set-up is put in motion, making it clear what Viggo’s objective is and of the risks involved, before descending into quick clips (hey, there’s swords! Lookee, there’s chicks! Whoo-hoo, a sandstorm! Everyone loves a good sandstorm! Is that a Tiger? Fire arrows! Guns!) that collectively give something to everyone afflicted with ADD something to munch on.

Viggo could have pretty much rested on his collective nerd worship for as long as he liked, but it’s great to see him go on with his film career. Before LORD OF THE RINGS I only knew him as Master Chief John James from G.I. JANE (Shut up. It was watchable.) and HIDALGO only looks to further secure his place as a bankable commodity in the marketplace. There really isn’t anything else he’s slated to be in this year and, simply based on his performance in LOTR, this will be the only opportunity for a while to see if he can channel that same charisma riding a horse in the desert as he did riding a horse through Mordor.

Comics in Context #30: Knight After Knight

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 1:10 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

BATMAN AND BOOMERS

After the Sci-Fi Channel announced it was canceling Dark Shadows (and in the middle of a story arc!), I turned for what has become my weekday serial drama fix to Bravo’s reruns of The West Wing. (True, the Sci-Fi Channel had been running Dark Shadows for most of the last ten years, and arguably it was time for a change. But I still suspect it will regret its decision if the WB Network picks up the projected pilot for a new Dark Shadows series, executive produced by Shadows creator Dan Curtis and, of all people, John Wells of The West Wing. It’s true: everything connects.) The West Wing strikes me as having particular appeal for Boomers who grew up in the 1960s: it presents what is in effect a Kennedy Administration transplanted into and updated for the early 21st century. The series is driven by a 1960s liberal view of government as a positive force for helping to solve the nation’s social and economic problems.

So how would I, a West Wing aficionado, react to a story in which Batman is a self-styled terrorist and traitor leading an attack on the United States government?

This is the premise of Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, also known as DK2, originally published by DC as a miniseries in 2001 and 2002; the paperback collected edition was published last month. DK2 is the sequel to Miller’s Batman: The Dark Knight Returns, one of the greatest and most groundbreaking works in the superhero genre in the 1980s. What might the sequel have to say about the direction that comics will take in this new century?

FIRST KNIGHT

The original Dark Knight had a powerful influence on treatments of Batman that followed in the comics, movies and television, and, indeed, on mainstream American comics in general. However, many of Miller’s imitators seem not to have wholly understood Dark Knight or his intentions. Dark Knight thus helped spawn the “grim and gritty” school of comics, picturing gloomy, violent, flawed heroes in a bleak, depressing world.

In fact, from the 1960s onward, the superhero genre has repeatedly been revitalized (as the average readership grows older) by taking a more serious, realistic, and darker approach. The obvious example is Stan Lee’s Marvel revolution of the 1960s, but it has also happened several times with Batman. Editor Julius Schwartz’s “New Look” Batman circa 1964 was more realistic in look and writing than the cartoonier Batman stories of the early 1960s; at the end of the decade, in a reaction against the “camp” TV Batman, Schwartz went further, returning Batman to an updated version of his original dark avenger persona of the 1930s. Each step also entailed making the world around Batman seem more contemporary.

Miller’s original Dark Knight upped the ante to a startling degree: Batman became considerably more massively muscular, and more driven and severe in personality. The criminals in Gotham City were no longer the traditional thugs of previous decades, but violent street gangs that evoked the rampant urban crime of the 1970s and 1980s. Instead using newspaper reporters (who even play a major role in the 1989 “Batman” movie, Miller depicted a Gotham in the age of electronic media, with continual commentary on events via talking heads on TV screens. In the early 1940s Commissioner Gordon publicly deputized Batman, and ever since Batman had been portrayed as working openly with the police. Miller took Batman’s vigilante status more seriously and showed a post-Gordon police administration hunting him down.

The Dark Knight Returns was thought to be set in the future, since it portrayed a fifty-something Batman. There were those who believed that the original Dark Knight was part of DC’s main continuity and that it represented Batman’s destined future. That never made sense: Miller’s vision of Gotham City and the United States in Dark Knight was clearly his take on 1980s America: he even depicted Ronald Reagan as President.

cic-030-01.jpg

I found it more helpful to think of The Dark Knight Returns as being about a Batman who had aged in real time since the point at which Miller and other Boomers had started reading about him in the 1960s. That suggests what I regard as a subtext of The Dark Knight Returns. How does a mature, adult creator of superhero comics, who read them as a child, make them relevant to himself and to other older readers today?

So it is that in The Dark Knight Returns, Batman himself had grown older. In his interview for the notoriously little seen documentary on which I worked, Sex, Lies and Superheroes, Miller explained that he felt obliged to make Batman older because he saw him as a “father figure.” Hence, Batman had to be older than Miller himself, and than readers who are Miller’s contemporaries.

At the start of The Dark Knight Returns, Bruce Wayne had retired from his role of Batman many years before, apparently after the second Robin, Jason Todd, died in action. As a result Wayne had sunk into an empty existence, with hints of alcoholism and a death wish (through his dangerous hobby of auto racing). The fiftyish Wayne had gone beyond midlife crisis into a form of clinical depression. Wayne could be interpreted as being a hollow shell: Batman was his true self. He comes to realize this, when he is effectively reborn as Batman. Through his memories, Wayne relives the traumatic experience that spurred him to become Batman: the death of his parents. Then the giant bat from his origin story, which originally inspired him to take the identity of a bat himself, reappears. Miller treats this bat as an omen of destiny, a herald out of Joseph Campbell, pointing the way to the quest that Wayne had been denying himself.

Resuming his Batman identity, he then has to reestablish himself in this new, darker and more contemporary Gotham. Through Batman’s success, Miller demonstrates how Batman remains an effective character in this more “adult” vision of the world. Times have changed, and childhood fantasies must become more sophisticated to satisfy older readers, yet Batman remains relevant.

To cope with enemies more savage and dangerous than the bank robbers of yore, Batman himself becomes more ruthless. But Miller does not turn him into a character like the Punisher or even Wolverine. A major dramatic point in the first Dark Knight series comes when Batman refuses to kill the Joker: there was a line he would not cross. And so Batman retains his importance as a moral exemplar.

MIller also revamps the concept of Robin, casting a young girl, Carrie Kelly, in the role. In devising the slang in which Carrie and the gang members speak, Miller underlines the fact that they represent a younger generation than Batman’s, not simply in terms of years but in their cultural differences. Right from the introduction of the first Robin, Dick Grayson, in 1940, Batman has been presented as a mentor and teacher, and Miller clearly sees this as important. Batman is, as he said, a “father figure,” and in Dark Knight Returns he became a mentor to Carrie and even to the gang youths he defeated, teaching them to carry on his mission. (Of course, Batman also “teaches” his view of morality to his readers.)

It has been said that between the third and fourth issues of The Dark Knight Returns, Miller read the initial issues of Alan Moore’s Watchmen, and that had a considerable effect on his own series. Miller had already shown that Batman was considered an outlaw by the Gotham City government. Moreover, Miller was already introducing elements of satire through his media parodies in the first three issues and bits like his mockery of what he regarded as the ineffectual liberalism of Carrie’s parents. With issue four Miller’s stage expands from Gotham City to the nation as a whole, and Batman finds himself hunted by the federal government. Its champion is Superman, presented by Miller as a smug sell-out, a blindly loyal defender of the status quo. In the fourth issue Miller’s flair for political satire fully emerges; it would reemerge in later works like Elektra: Assassin and the Martha Washington series.

Having read Watchmen, Miller introduces other superheroes into Dark Knight, including the liberal Green Arrow, who aligns himself with Batman against the government that is trying to stop him. Whereas in issue one it seemed that Batman had retired entirely for personal reasons, now it appeared as if the government, as in Watchmen, had outlawed all superheroes (these metaphors for individual freedom), except those, like Superman, who were willing to work hand in glove with the feds.

Amazingly, Batman finds a way to best Superman in combat. But ultimately the opposition to Batman was too great, and Batman faked his own death. But he actually stages his own figurative death and resurrection. After Wayne’s funeral, Miller shows us that Batman lives on, deep underground in the Batcave (as if in the unconscious mind), teaching Carrie and the ex-gang members, the new generation who will succeed him.

In other words, the series ends on a very positive note: Batman put up a tremendous fight against overwhelming odds, besting even Superman, beat the system by escaping it, even survived apparent death, and founded a new movement that would perpetuate his vision into the future.

Subsequently, Miller revamped canonical Batman continuity with his Batman: Year One story line, illustrated by David Mazzucchelli. In this saga of the first year of Batman’s costumed career, Miller returned to a political interpretation, showing Batman opposing the corrupt government officials who controlled Gotham. It was Miller who established that on the night that Bruce Wayne’s parents were murdered, they had taken Bruce to see The Mark of Zorro. In real life, the silent movie version was an influence on the creation of Batman, and Zorro’s main opponent was an government that oppressed the citizenry. Miller was reminding us that Batman was a latter-day version of Zorro.

In both the original Dark Knight and Batman: Year One, there is an important secondary lead character: James Gordon, who seems to represent Miller’s ideal of the good “ordinary” man, who does not operate on the mythic heights of Batman, but demonstrates his own heroism by maintaining his integrity in a fallen world. (Yes, Catholicism is a subtext in Miller’s work, too, and is explicit in his Daredevil stories.)

In the 1980s Gary Groth of The Comics Journal accused the original Dark Knight series of being fascistic. The Nazi brand of fascist philosophy found roots in Nietzsche’s concept of the ubermensch, the dark side of the superman concept.

I thought Groth’s charge of fascism was an overstatement, though I could see what he was getting at. In the original Dark Knight Batman was depicted as a superior individual who could be trusted to carry out his war on crime responsibly, and yet the Gotham City police and government could not allow such a potentially dangerous man to take the law into his own hands. Miller seemed aware of the moral ambiguities of Batman’s role with regard to society. Therefore, the series’ ending seemed right: Batman accomplished his goals, but at the price of the end of his career of vigilantism. However necessary his work, he could not be permitted to remain part of the society he had helped save from crime. It’s like John Wayne’s character at the end of John Ford’s The Searchers: he accomplished an important task for the community, but remains outside it.

But is Groth’s accusation more relevant to DK2? Wait and see.

STRIKING A MATCH

Fifteen years after the first Dark Knight, The Dark Knight Strikes Again is not what I expected, or, probably most people. Most of the audience probably expects a sequel to be very much a continuation of the original, not just in story but in look and tone and themes. But fifteen years is a long time, and creative people evolve and move on. One might come to dread too long a gap between the original and the sequel, since the creator may in the intervening time have lost touch with whatever it was that made the original work so great, without even being aware of it. (For example, consider the new Star Wars trilogy.) This suggests that after so many years, a creator needs to reimagine and reinvent a work rather than simply trying to continue it just as he had done before.

That’s the course that Miller has taken with The Dark Knight Strikes Back. In so many ways it is unlike The Dark Knight Returns, although, as we shall see, it takes various themes of the original in new directions.

For one thing, there’s the look of the new series. The heroes and various other important characters are drawn in a comparatively realistic style reminiscent of the earlier Dark Knight. Heroes when bruised and battered, though, intentionally turn grotesque, going further than even some of the distorted figures from the original.

The new series is much more broadly satiric than the original, and Miller does an assortment of caricatures of real life media and political figures, many of whom are listed above. They don’t match the style in which characters like Batman and Carrie are drawn, but they are admirably amusing on their own terms.

As the series progresses, there are more and more peripheral characters, usually turning up as interviewees or talking heads on TV screens, drawn in an intentionally crude, underground cartoony style that simply does not work for me.

Whereas the city was a continual, major presence, visually and thematically, in The Dark Knight Returns, it is visually absent for much of DK2. Backgrounds are often missing or minimal. It’s as if the surroundings were abstracted. But Gotham City, or the contemporary cities it represents, is not a subject of DK2. As with Book 4 of the original, the stage is the nation, or even the world. There are indeed memorable shots in DK2 of Superman in space, with the planet Earth behind him. More importantly, the visual focus of DK2 is on the characters, not their environment. As we shall see later, there is a major exception to this rule.

Also, the original Dark Knight looked very cinematic, with pages usually broken into multiple panels of the same size, like a sequence of frames in a film; the dialogue, as divided among these panels, read very much like a tightly edited screenplay, with all unnecessary verbiage cut out. The look of DK2 is much less rigidly structured, and much more loose, perhaps contributing to the sense that anything can happen in this story.

Miller seems much more attentive here to creating memorable, even iconic single images. There are numerous shots, each often taking up an entire page or a double-page spread, that show the pairing of Miller as illustrator and Lynn Varley as colorist at heights far beyond any of their work in the first Dark Knight. There’s the montage of full page images of Superman and Wonder Woman’s lovemaking in Book 2. There’s Book 3’s image of the new Supergirl floating ethereally above a begrimed, mournful Superman, who stands amid ruins, that was in the Museum of Comic and Cartoon Art show that I reviewed months ago. There’s the amazing light show that Green Lantern and Varley stage above Earth in Book 3, and the extraordinary image of Wonder Woman, astride the mythological winged horse Pegasus, wielding a thunderbolt like Zeus.

PERSONAL TIME

Like the original, which imagined Batman’s future and yet was set in the present (then the 1980s), The Dark Knight Strikes Again plays with time. It declares itself to be set three years after the end of the first Dark Knight series. But it clearly takes place not at the end of the 1980s but in the early 21st century. Miller caricatures various contemporary personages from the news media: Chris Matthews, George Stephanopoulos, George Will, Cokie Roberts, Margaret Carlson, Don Imus, Robert Novak (I think). Donald Rumsfeld is pictured as Secretary of Defense and a caricatured John Ashcroft as Attorney General. Miller’s President Rick Rickard looks something like George W. Bush. There are references to the importance of the Internet, which played no role in the supposedly futuristic original Dark Knight.

cic-030-02.jpg

Miller plays with time in another way that should be becoming familiar to this column’s readers. Like some other major comics creators, he has devised his own variation on continuity in which the superheroes of the Silver Age are still active. Barry Allen, the Silver Age Flash, is still alive. So is the Silver Age Green Lantern, Hal Jordan. Like Alex Ross and Paul Dini in their “JLA” books, Miller has Captain Marvel and Plastic Man work alongside the 1960s heroes. Like Ross and Dini too, Miller uses the bearded, politicized version of Green Arrow as Denny O’Neil and Neal Adams reworked the character at the time of transition from the Silver Age to whatever we may call the period that followed. (O’Neil and Adams made Green Arrow into a 1960s liberal activist; in DK2 Miller pushes Green Arrow to a leftist extreme, making him a Communist. Well, Green Arrow is supposed to be a modern-day Robin Hood, so that arguably would make him interested in the redistribution of wealth.) Surprisingly, Miller even uses the Silver Age version of Kandor, the shrunken city within a bottle, which in the 1960s was populated by Kryptonians. (So here is another example of a major comics creator who finds use for a discarded element of the pre-Crisis Superman mythos.)

Miller also uses the Question, whom Steve Ditko created for Charlton comics. Ditko’s treatment of the Question was founded in his enthusiasm for Ayn Rand’s brand of conservative political philosophy. When DC acquired the Charlton heroes in the 1980s, the Question was recast as a liberal; I recall one “Question” letter column in which the editor argues that by that point DC had done more “Question” stories than Ditko, so their interpretation was by now correct. This seems a prime case of a character being radically altered from his creator’s intentions. Commendably, Miller returns the Question to his philosophical roots. Actually, Miller takes him further than Ditko did. The Question was the basis for the more fanatical Rorschach in Alan Moore’s Watchmen, a book known to have influenced Miller, and Rorschach, in his moral views and manner of speaking, seems to have inspired Miller’s Question.

A NEW AGE?

In this column I’ve already examined contemporary takes on Marvel and DC’s Silver Age characters by Alex Ross and Paul Dini (their JLA tabloids), John Byrne (Generations 2), and Neil Gaiman (1602), and there will be more to come: I intend to deal with Darwyn Cooke’s DC: The New Frontier, which depicts the Silver Age DC heroes in the 1950s, and perhaps more of Alan Moore’s ABC line. I hereby dub this creative movement the Neo-Silver Age school. These are creators who are reviving Silver Age versions of superheroes, or in the case of writers like Moore and Kurt Busiek, creating new heroes in the style of earlier decades. The “Neo-Silver” school attempts to recapture the positive, genuinely heroic, iconic aspect of the 1960s characters while making them relevant to contemporary readers.

Look at the following excerpt from the interview with Alex Ross that ran in the Feb. 5-11, 2004 issue of The Onion‘s “A-V Section.”

ONION: Looking at your work, Bruce Timm’s animated series, Alan Moore’s America’s Best Comics line, and, to a certain extent, Grant Morrison’s turn on JLA, there seem to have been efforts to return to a Silver Age approach. Even Superman’s dog Krypto is back.

ALEX ROSS:… We grew up with this stuff thinking of it a certain way, and we’re rejecting what was kind of knocked around on us in the last few years. Basically, what still is going on. . . especially at DC Comics, is a rejection of everything they did in the 1990s to compete with the then-hip-and-happening changes coming from . . .what Marvel and then Image did. We’re sort of in a repairing stage. Those of us who are kind of these Silver Age purists who think you don’t need to fix what isn’t broken, we’re getting our way because more of us are in control at the moment.

There are other writers who try to reinvent the classic superheroes for new audiences by turning them into deeply flawed antiheroes. But this is not what the “Neo-Silver” school intends to do. In a December 2002 interview for Comic Book Resources, Darwyn Cooke criticizes the reworking of the Avengers in Marvel’s The Ultimates series. “The problem I have is the way they’re taking iconic characters and destroying parts of what they are. . . What is it about us as people that want to bring these icons down to this level?. . .Is it because we can’t even believe in the notion of people better than us who aren’t so weak?. . . I think that’s a horrible way to think.” He wonders aloud, “if maybe everybody needs a blazing story with some decent people wielding the power and if maybe that won’t be seen as refreshing after all this time.”

But Neo-Silver creators may still differ sharply on just how to adapt that positive spirit to contemporary times, and Miller’s method hardly constitutes a return to childhood innocence. “Just like old times, hm?” the Atom asks Batman in issue one. Batman replies, “No, Not like old times. It’s a whole new ballgame.”

BOOK ONE

Although the first words of issue one of DK2 are Batman’s, he himself does not arrive onstage until its final pages. The whole first issue builds to his arrival; Miller knows how to give his lead actor a grand entrance.

My overall reaction when I first read this first issue is that Miller is a master storyteller in a sense that is widely absent in today’s comics. People act as if Marvel’s great revolution in the 1960s was almost wholly in its more complex characterizations, its greater sense of realism, and especially the heroes’ flaws and the unhappier aspects of their lives. But Stan Lee, Jack Kirby and company were also master entertainers, who could seize the audience’s attention and, in this static medium, frozen in panels on paper, take them on a roller coaster ride of thrills and excitement. They knew how to stage stories and action sequences entertainingly, and so does Miller. Grim and gritty, hah! After reading the first issue, I wondered why other comics writers and artists can’t seem to create as much sheer fun as I had in reading this.

The initial pages set up the basic premise. president Rick Rickard, who looks and speaks something like George W. Bush, addresses the nation over one of Miller’s ubiquitous video screens, proclaiming that the United States has become a virtual utopia. Rickard places especial emphasis on the country’s prosperity. Obviously, Miller started this project before the boom went bust, but seems not to have been taken in by those who glorified it as the start of a new and better age.

A middle-aged Jimmy Olsen, on his own video screen, meanwhile accuses Rickard of “repealing the Bill of Rights” and turning the country into “a police state,” which is way more than one could expect could ever happen in the real United States. Eventually Rickard proves to be only a CGI image, like Max Headroom, I suppose. Even considering the large degree of suspension of disbelief required of readers of DC Universe titles, this story device in itself signals that this story is not meant to be taken realistically. As we watch this year’s primaries on television, it should be clear that no one could become President without coming in personal contact with many thousands of citizens. To a far larger extent than the original Dark Knight, this new series is a satire. Whereas, say, Ross and Dini take pains to place their superheroes in a realistic world, Miller takes the opposite tack: since superheroes are fantasy figures, he feels free to use unrealistic exaggerations of political reality to make his satiric points. One of my favorite lines in the new series comes when a blindly loyal citizen asks, “Who cares if the President doesn’t exist? He’s a great American!”

Sometimes, though, Miller’s efforts at satire seem more heavyhanded than witty: he refers to “National Security Enforcement director Bill Prick.” That’s a little too obvious for my taste, though in the same tradition as the name that Steve Gerber gave a corrupt businessman in his 1970s Man-Thing stories, F.A. Schist.

Jimmy asks if people just think of superheroes as “costumed clowns” and declares that they were actually “men and women. . .with unbridled courage ““ who battled tyranny and defeated it at every turn! What happened to them? Where are they? Where are our heroes?”

So, like the start of the original Dark Knight, or, for that matter, Watchmen, this is a world that no longer has (active) superheroes and needs them. Beyond the literal level of the plot, through Jimmy, the now middle-aged superhero fan, Miller is again raising the question of how one makes the superhero myth relevant for older audiences. Through Jimmy’s reference to “costumed clowns,” perhaps Miller is pointing to our culture’s widespread dismissal of the superhero genre as juvenile trash. Later in the issue a woman named Attorney General Snark (before Miller replaces her in Book 3 with the real life John Ashcroft) says, “There’s been quite enough talk about these so-called superheroes. Isn’t it time we all grew up?”

But Jimmy and Miller are insisting that the courage and moral passion that the superheroes represent is something that society needs. One can also read Jimmy’s speech as an evocation of the more positive, hopeful comics of Miller’s youth, the ones that portrayed the superheroes as such positive forces, and asking whatever happened to them. Terry Gilliam, who once intended to direct a movie version of Watchmen, described the retired superheroes of that series as symbolic of 1960s political activists ““ of the same decade as the Silver Age ““ who regain their fervor for bringing about change. In Olsen’s evocation evoking the lost superheroes, Miller also seems to be asking for a revival of the spirit to stand against political wrongdoing.

This time Miller characterizes the news media as show biz, often of a sleazy kind. It’s not all exaggeration, either: Miller’s News in the Nude is surely based on the actual Naked News from Canada, available on the Internet or cable television. The luridly sexual commercial for “Uforia Investments” on page 3 seems another satiric jab at the mindset during the late ’90s boom. Miller emphasizes tawdry sexuality on television so much that it begins to seem puritanical. But his attitude seems to be more complex by the time he gets to the Superchix in Book 2.

Miller shifts to a handsomely illustrated sequence that turns out to be portraying the Atom as a sort of naked, primal warrior battling a monster in a watery realm. It turns out that he has been deprived of the costume that enables him to change size and was trapped, in shrunken firm, in a petri dish. But this also seems to be Miller’s tribute to Gil Kane’s Sword of the Atom series, which recast the Atom as a swordsman hero in a miniature world.

The Atom is rescued by Miller’s new Robin, Carrie Kelly, who has changed her identity to Catgirl, in a nod to Catwoman but also a declaration that, at 16, she has outgrown the identity of an apprentice like Robin. There follows one of Miller’s entertaining action sequences, as Carrie and the Atom try to escape the bad guys’ headquarters. Seeing Carrie reminds me that Miller was a pioneer of the now familiar figure of the woman ““ even the young girl ““ as action hero. Perhaps Carrie’s Robin in the 1980s was another influence on comics aficionado Joss Whedon’s creation of Buffy. (Carrie says her full name is “Caroline Keene Kelly.” Is this a joke on “Carolyn Keene,” the pen name of the “Nancy Drew” authors, as an ironic indication of how much teenage heroines in pop culture have changed?)

DC’s 1960s The Atom series, edited by Julius Schwartz, written by Gardner Fox, and drawn by Gil Kane, continually came up with memorable, iconic visual images, featured on covers, that took inspiration from the Atom’s tiny size: for example, the Atom trapped in a lightbulb, or stuck to a spinning tire. Miller is just as inventive, and with a sense of humor. The Atom, who could shrink down and ride electrical impulses through telephone lines in the 1960s, in this series can do the same trick with wireless cellphones and over the Internet. Later the Atom succeeds in helping defeat Superman by shrinking enough to enter his inner ear and play havoc with his sense of balance. The Atom even hides in Carrie’s mouth and accidentally gets swallowed!

After President Rickard is exposed as a CGI image, Miller reveals who is really the power behind the throne: Lex Luthor. Together with Superman’s other classic archenemy, the alien artificial intelligence Brainiac, he controls the United States government, and by extension, it seems, the world.

Now this provides an interesting parallel to the official DC continuity, in which Luthor, despite his public record of nefariousness, somehow got elected President of the United States, and the superheroes just stand by. (In real life, of course, even lying about having “sexual relations with that woman” can nearly get one disqualified from the Presidency.) Did Miller develop this idea independently, or is this his criticism of current Superman continuity?

Miller’s take on Luthor is very different from the other familiar versions. Usually Luthor has not been portrayed as seeking to rule the world. Traditionally he has been portrayed as a scientific genius, a man who is cerebral and intellectual by nature. As revamped by John Byrne and Marv Wolfman, Luthor became a corporate colossus, masking his criminality behind a facade of social respectability. (Actually, in this they seem to have been following Miller’s lead in his revamp of the Kingpin for Daredevil, the forebear of all the corporate villains in comics who followed.) Much as he wants to eliminate Superman, the comics versions of Luthor are not into committing mass murder. As we shall see, Miller’s Luthor is willing to massacre millions, even billions of people to achieve his ends. (Can it be that Miller is drawing on the otherwise ludicrous movie version of Luthor, who was willing to destroy California to increase the value of his real estate holdings?)

Though Miller calls DK2‘s Luthor a genius, he does not seem particularly brilliant. He actually comes off as a low-rent version of the Kingpin, fat, grotesque, speaking in vulgar threats, physically beating up a captive Batman in Book 3. He seems apelike both in stance and manner. There is no complexity to the personality of this version of Luthor. Like the inhuman machine Brainiac, he is pure evil; he is more like a symbol of political oppression than a multidimensional character.

The Question, when he appears, reiterates Miller’s theme about the lulling effect of prosperity: “The people are so intoxicated by luxury that they have forgotten everything that makes us more than house pets,” including “freedom.” The puritanical streak turns up in the sexual imagery that the Question uses: “Evil has seduced mankind. And mankind has shown all the chastity of a three-dollar whore.” The Question, though, will not compromise his own ideals: “Yet I will not yield. I will not bend. I will not accept the corrupt new way of things.” He intends to “document” all the wrongdoing he opposes, calling it “My challenge to any free mind that may find it.” Hey, that’d be like writing The Dark Knight Strikes Again, wouldn’t it?

The Question also touches on another of Miller’s themes when he says, “The mind of man must be reclaimed ““ if not by this generation, or by the next, then some day.” With the aging of the Boomer generation of comics creators who were originally inspired by the comics of the 1960s, the question (so to speak) arises as to how they can make the superhero genre, so long considered to be for children, relevant as a form of personal expression by the middle-aged. (Keep in mind that Stan Lee and Jack Kirby were themselves middle-aged when they revolutionized the genre in the 1960s. It’s a question that one sees rock musicians facing as well as they grow older.) One method seems to be the theme of one generation mentoring the next, showing them the way. In DK2 Batman is doing just this, with Carrie, with the former gang members she calls the “Batboys.” who soon make their entrance in DK2, and in the next issue, other members of a new generation who have embraced the trappings of superheroes as a “fad.”

Miller’s version of the Question, like Rorschach, comes off as a fanatic in love with the sound of his own preachments, and his grasp of reality may not be entirely firm: he is soon raving that “computers can’t be trusted.” But he also makes points that Miller appears to approve of. In fact., when Batman’s voice reenters the first issue (only a page after the Question’s scene), he reiterates the Question’s attitude about moral commitment. “No more compromises,” Batman states. “No more deals. . .Not one more lie. Damn the consequences. The war begins.” Perhaps Miller’s Batman has become something of a Ditko/Rand-style hero himself.

In the course of what a newsman terms Catgirl and the Batboys’ “terrorist attack” on a power complex, one of the boys, Spike, “crosses the line,” in Batman’s words, and kills a guard. Later, Carrie criticizes Spike for doing so, and he protests that “they were the enemy.” She counters, “They were the enemy’s slaves. We don’t kill slaves.” But the attentive reader will note that Carrie is speaking on Batman’s behalf, and Batman is not ruling out killing in all cases, as will become clearer in later issues. This is a big change: Greg Rucka in “Batman: The Ten Cent Adventure,” reviewed in an earlier column, emphasizes the traditional interpretation of Batman as refusing to kill.

The Atom and Catgirl, after witnessing some astonishing Varley color effects (like the gigantic fingerprint-like pattern on page 44 and especially the explosion on page 46), find Barry Allen, the Silver Age Flash, who has literally been enslaved by Luthor’s government, forced to run in a kind of wheel “like somebody’s pet hamster” to generate electricity. (Like Luthor’s other captive, the Atom, Allen was kept naked. Miller is using the superhero costume as a symbol of power, identity, and personal freedom.)

Interestingly, Carrie presents Barry with a new, black version of his costume, saying the old design “was really. . .old” The Flash responds, “Kids, these days. Can’t tell the difference between just plain old and classic.” Only three pages later one of Miller’s sleazy female newscasters announces the return of the Silver Age Flash: “If you don’t know who this hunk is ““ ask your Dad!” And Miller then repeats the Flash’s line about “old and classic.” It looks to me that once again Miller is dealing in a neo-Silver subtext, telling young readers that this isn’t an “old” (and by implication, dated) version of the Flash but a “classic” one, who still has worth and vitality today.

Miller reminds us in the Flash scene of Barry’s marriage to his Silver Age leading lady, Iris West. In last week’s column I noted the emphasis that Ross and Dini placed on Barry and Iris’s marriage. Perhaps this is another sign of the Neo-Silver Age: older writers and artists praise marriage and the family, in contrast to the traditional superhero’s single life. (And it was Lee and Kirby who pioneered the concept of marriage and the family in superhero comics through the wedding of Reed and Sue Richards and the birth of their son.)

The scene shifts to Superman, who is not the smug, clueless, self-satisfied government flunkie that he was in the first “Dark Knight.” This time round Miller treats him both more harshly and more sympathetically. In his initial scene in DK2 Superman is infuriated by Batman’s war on the government. Superman too addresses the theme of moral commitment, but he takes the opposite position from Batman and the Question. “Never an inch of compromise for Bruce Wayne,” Superman fumes. Superman sees the world not divided into moral absolutes of black and white, but into grays (which is considered a more mature approach, though not in this series). “We who live in the world of men have to consider the greater good ““ and come to terms with the way things are.” Miller has Superman repeat that last phrase, separating it into individual words: “The. Way. Things. Are.”

Miller pegs this as Superman’s excuse for not rebelling against the system. I can see his point: I’ve had conversations about negative aspects of the comics industry at present with friends who say, rather bleakly, that one just has to resign oneself to The Way Things Are.

Superman and Batman’s contrasting points of view on this issue are one aspect of a larger issue that Miller raises in the later issues of DK2, that of determinism versus free will. Can individuals alter “the way things are” or are they helpless to defy what seems to be the workings of fate?

Remember Superman’s phrase, “We who live in the world of men.” As we shall see in Book 3, Miller does not regard this as Superman’s proper place.

Next Miller introduces us to Green Lantern impostor Wilfredo Mendoza and praises the Silver Age Green Lantern, Hal Jordan, who has “vanished.” Can this be a comment on DC’s replacement of Hal with current GL Kyle Rayner?

Then former Police Commissioner James Gordon, a major figure in the first “Dark Knight,” makes his only appearance in the new one: it is no more than a cameo, but a powerful one. Furious at the state of the country, Gordon defiantly takes pleasure in the superheroes’ return. Yet another nude newscaster tells us that Gordion is the author of “Triumph of the Pygmies: Why We Killed Bruce Wayne.” Wayne, as noted, feigned his own death at the end of the first Dark Knight: the first issue of DK2 depicts his figurative resurrection. Study the title of Gordon’s book carefully: he is proclaiming that Batman is a far superior man to the rest of us, “we,” “the pygmies.” This theme, with regard to Batman and Superman, too, will also continue through the rest of the series, with some disturbing implications.

Superman meets with Wonder Woman, who hasn’t aged, and Captain Marvel, who has, aboard the Justice League’s satellite. With his tufts of white hair, Captain Marvel now looks amusingly reminiscent of another character from his mythos, Uncle Marvel.

As Miller turns his “camera” on Superman from back to front over three panels, he depicts the Man of Steel as utterly sunken in depression. In other words, Superman in Book 1 of DK2 finds himself in a similar mental state as did Bruce Wayne at the beginning of the original “Dark Knight.” (Or, for that matter, Matt Murdock midway through Miller’s “Daredevil: Born Again” story line.)

Miller gives Superman an understandable reason for supporting a morally corrupt government: Luthor and Brainiac are holding the population of Kandor, all ten million, as hostages. Similarly, they are keeping Wonder Woman and Captain Marvel in check by threatening to kill people they care about. The image of Luthor’s face hovering outside the satellite, spying on the heroes, evokes Orwell’s all-seeing Big Brother.

Showman that he is, Miller succeeds in topping the battle between Batman and Superman in the first Dark Knight with the colossal combat between the two heroes here. Batman first softens up his opponent with attacks by other heroes, a fake tyrannosaur (presumably the one from the Batcave trophy area), and even a robot that looks and talks like the 1960s version of Bizarro (yet another Silver Age reference). Then, at last, in the last three pages of the first issue, Batman makes his grand entrance to deliver the knockout punches: the final page shows Batman standing triumphant, his “resurrection” complete.

As subsequent issues will show, Batman’s beating of Superman is actually the first step in knocking some sense into him (from Batman’s point of view, anyway), much like Miller’s character Stick thrashing his student Matt Murdock. Those readers who came to DK2 expecting to see an exploration of Batman’s psychology are looking in the wrong place.

In The Dark Knight Strikes Again, there is no real character evolution for Batman: he is steadfast from start to finish in knowing and pursuing what he wants. The major character arc here is that of Superman. This series may be named after Batman, but as the next two issues will show, this may actually be more Superman’s story than his own.

As so often happens, I’ve got much more to say about a topic than will fit into a single installment of this column. But you’ll have to wait two weeks for the rest of our Dark Knight discussion. From time to time I will be acting as a reporter for IGN FilmForce on events relating to pop culture. So next week you’ll be seeing my report on Toy Fair, and then I will strike again at The Dark Knight Strikes Again the week after that.

Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

February 6, 2004

Trailer Park: Stale, Flat and With No Head

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:42 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVESBy Christopher Stipp

February 6, 2004

STALE, FLAT AND WITH NO HEAD

I was all set to regale the splendor that was the Super Bowl and the trailers they put on display. For quite some time I was plotting and planning a Super Bowl edition of this column just to make room for all the additions. While some of you used your TiVo remotes like a furious thirteen-year-old trying to determine that yes, see, right there, it was Janet’s breast in full bloom, I was using mine to confirm that I had been ripped off this year. There were no new spots for SPIDER-MAN 2, nothing that might give a glimpse into I, ROBOT, (which you all should check out solely for its faux Web site. A marketing campaign not unlike A.I.), not even so much as a pity nugget showcasing THE DAY AFTER TOMORROW.

Of all the offerings this time around, though, only HILDALGO looked a fresh face among the tattered trailers that I, and the public, had already seen before. Out of seven trailers that ran during the game, Disney was responsible for four of them. Four. Where was my senseless violence, my crazily edited suite of unrelated scenes of an action flick? Where were the campaigns obviously designed to completely lie to me about what movies I should see this summer? Nowhere to be found, that’s where. It was the first time I used the word aghast to describe how I felt.

But, I am not going to let it get me down. I’m not going to turn my ire against anyone who should have known better and ponied up the cash to whore their summer blockbusters.

I’ll let you do it.

Were any of you disappointed by the fare that was given or were you happy with the warm plate of mediocrity that was served up? Were there any trailers you were expecting to see and had your hopes dashed by the cold reality of a talking donkey? Well, the donkey was a little funny, though, to be fair.

On an unrelated tip, I’d like your suggestions for trailers. Do I seem to be following a pattern of which trailers get some action? Would you like more artistic stuff? Foreign flicks? Is everything floating here on a nice Xanax cushion of delight? I may not use your idea, and may even ridicule you publicly for your obvious lack of taste in cinema, but you are the ones who read this thing. I know what I like, as you can see by this week’s varied selections, but I always enjoy hearing from you. And, as a compliment to everyone who has taken the time to scribble something out to me, kudos to most of you who seem to have an exemplarily grasp of the English language. It’s always refreshing to read a letter and not have to be Indiana Jones to decipher its meaning.

With that, let’s kick this week into nitrous overdrive and then give praise for this week’s clip of the week, DOGVILLE. It’s an odd choice, yes, but wholly deserved if you understand why I chose it. So, grab some truck stop speed and get reading.

THE VILLAGE (2004)

Director: M. Night Shyamalan
Cast: Joaquin Phoenix, Bryce Howard, William Hurt, Sigourney Weaver, Adrien Brody, Judy Greer, Brendan Gleeson, Michael Pitt
Release: July 30, 2004
Synopsis: Set in rural Pennsylvania in 1897, this is the story of the small village of Covington, with only a population of 60, surrounded by woods inhabited by a race of “mythical creatures,” and the romance that blossoms between Kitty(Greer), the daughter of the town’s leader(Hurt), and Lucius (Phoenix), a young man. However the village becomes threatened when Lucius questions the policy of keeping Covington’s citizens completely confined to the village.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealOne)

Progonosis: Positive. There is something about M. Knight’s oeuvre of films that some people just don’t like.

Whether it’s because they allowed Bruce Willis to keep making films in Hollywood or because M. Knight’s took the thriller genre and gave it some new life, there are those that flippantly disregard his work as manipulative, slow, derivative, predictable, or that they downright “suck ass.” It would be mistake to make those assert those views, however.

M. Knight knows how to craft good film. I genuinely realize, and can say without feeling like a complete “˜tard, that I didn’t see the endings coming for either THE SIXTH SENSE, SIGNS, or, the comic book film in disguise, UNBREAKABLE. The risks he takes and the people he uses to help him create a mood, whether visually or sonically, have all done him a great service.

With the trailer here for THE VILLAGE, M. Knight is up to what he does best: creating an unbelievably odd situation, throwing unwitting, humanistic individuals at it, and see what becomes of it all. The shots that are shown here have weight. By that I mean there is a deliberate establishment of place and pace. It’s slow to reveal what’s happening here, but it’s doing what it is supposed to do. However, all that you get to see for any good deal of time in this thing is Joaquin.

I really wasn’t a fan of Joaquin when he first started to make films. He has that really really odd lip thing going on, looks like a Rumplemintz shot away from ending his own life and carries a very odd vibe about his person. With SIGNS, however, he was a genuinely empathetic brother to Mel Gibson and made me believe he has some talent. He was almost playing the same character in every film he was in, but SIGNS changed that rose colored view permanently for me.

With this trailer M. Night relegates Joaquin to the last literal seconds of this thing and that confounds me. With a supporting cast that boasts a couple of winners for those little, golden eunuch awards there is nary a frame of film to prove that Brody, Weaver or Hurt even exist in THE VILLAGE. Obviously, their absence was no accident, but with a few people already, publicly, giving the screenplay bad word of mouth, most commenting on its predictability, it is indeed a strange and curious thing to wonder what will coming next.

GODSEND (2004)

Director: Nick Hamm
Cast: Greg Kinnear, Rebecca Romijn-Stamos, Robert De Niro
Release: April 30, 2004
Synopsis: After their young son, Adam (Bright), is killed in an accident, a couple (Kinnear, Romijn-Stamos) approach an expert (De Niro) in stem cell research about bringing him back to life through an experimental and illegal cloning and regeneration process. When Adam comes back to them, however, he’s”¦different.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealOne)

Progonosis: Sa-Weet. This has elements of DAMIEN, THE EXORCIST, PROBLEM CHILD, and WEEKEND AT BERNIE’S written all over this mutha.

Here’s the set up: Greggie Kinnear tapped that fine wife lady of his, Rebecca Romijn, and squeezed out a fresh and jolly ankle biter. Well, after the thing could walk on his own, they let him roam in the mean streets of the city. Of course, whenever you see a little boy walking by himself in a movie he will be kidnapped, crushed or allegedly picked up by a member of Michael Jackson’s entourage. Funnily enough, he’s hit by a car flying off a ramp of dirt which seems cinematically, if not oddly, well-placed for a direct hit. (I’m kind of disappointed they didn’t show that a la CLASS OF NUKE “˜EM HIGH). Well, after the accident they’re all bummin’ that they suck as parental figures and in walks Robert De Niro, a geneticist, who claims he can recreate their little boy right down to the pubes he didn’t yet have. They, of course, dost protest too little, say “what the hell” and do it anyway. Not literally, unfortunately, as Rebecca is impregnated with the fertilized genetic freak and, yea, it is good. That is until, da da dum, the boy starts to have wicked nightmares and starts to get freakier than a Girls Gone Wild lesbo cut scene. The Jeff Spicolli in all of us should say at this point, “Awesome. Totally awesome.”

In all seriousness, now, Robet De Niro needed to do something like this since his disgraceful “attempt” to once again channel his comedic shtick in ANALYZE THAT. He’s simply great at dramatic roles, when the writing doesn’t completely suck, and he shows those same flickers of hope he had when he did really well in, well, um, RONIN back in 1998. I am not even going to publicly state he needed a hit because Hollywood will allow him to work on whatever the hell he wants, whenever the hell he wants from now until he dies. Even then I am sure they will make something where it requires someone to be billed as Corpse #1.

Something else worth noting here is Greg Kinnear. He could easily be looked over by everyone else in America as that “dude who played a homo” in AS GOOD AS IT GETS, but man oozes a lo-fi energy that has brought most all of the other films he has done to a better level. From the wonderful AUTO FOCUS to NURSE BETTY this man is a quiet killer. Yes, I am excluding those hunks of bird crap SABRINA and DEAR GOD from the list as I believe it should be against the Geneva Convention to show those to anyone who isn’t allowed to immediately leave a room when it plays.

Rebecca Romjin is supa fine and that’s all you need really need to know about her.

This trailer presents all its major actors front and center, good, presents the storyline quickly, good, sets up the dramatic action, good, and doesn’t give away the effin’ ending, even better. Hopefully the fact that Nick Hamm hasn’t really directed anything this big should mean a thing, nor that the writer of this bad boy is being credited as being the powered pen who is bringing DIE HARD 4 to our silver screen. Sigh. MEETING THE FOCKERS starts filming this year, right?

INTERMISSION (2003)

Director: John Crowley
Cast: Colin Farrell, Shirley Henderson, Kelly Macdonald, Colm Meaney, Cillian Murphy
Release: March 19, 2004
Synopsis: INTERMISSION is an urban love story about people adrift and their convoluted journeys in the search for some kind of love. When the desperately insecure and emotionally inarticulate John (Murphy) breaks up with Deirdre (Macdonald) to ‘give her a little test’ his plan backfires leaving her broken-hearted and him alone and miserable. Through chance and coincidence, their break-up triggers a roller coaster ride of interweaving escapades in the lives of everyone around them. Intermission presents a slice of life, the passage between breaking up and making up, exploring how our lives intersect, and the power we all possess to affect the lives of those around us.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealOne)

Progonosis: Positive. I’m Irish.

I love most things about Ireland: soda bread, claddagh rings, Dublin, Irish accents on freckled lasses, watching twelve year-olds staggering around city streets drunk after watching their team win a World Cup match in South Korea at ten in the fookin’ morning, and Guinness.

Colin Farrell is not something about Ireland I care much about.

I’ll go the distance with every Colin playa hata that reads this and will bag on his every career misstep, state the fact that he has been given plum roles to choose from and pisses most opportunities away like last night’s drunken bender, or pick on him because most believe he’ll be forgotten in ten years. It would be easy to do that. Saying he looks fairly amusing as a goon on a mission towards self-destruction and violent behavior is difficult because of the stigma around Colin, but it’s well deserved

INTERMISSION, however, looks like it may be a better pill to swallow. Starring folks from across the pond who have starred in 28 DAYS LATER, TRAINSPOTTING, 24 HOUR PARTY PEOPLE, WONDERLAND, GIRL WITH A PEARL EARRING and with Colm Meaney, a man who has kept himself busy with some sort of notable project nearly every single year since the early 90’s, this looks like the kind of import that you can get exited over while waiting, impatiently, for Weinstein and the rest of Miramax to get off their dead hands and asses and put out the most triumphant HERO and wicked looking SHALOLIN SOCCER sometime before the end of the decade. There I go digressing and using run-on sentences again.

There are multiple storylines crisscrossing in this trailer, if you can keep up with the brogue that’s being warbled out at an alarming clip, but it all “feels” very inviting even with Farrell at the film’s center. There’s a dash of romance, male-to-male fisticuffs, lots of running away from the coppers, a girl being made fun of for her thick man-stache, and a comedic snippet at the end showcasing the old car-on-a-fulcrum-leaning-over-a-ledge bit that’s always a crowd pleaser to those silly Europeans.

On both sides of the Atlantic there are comedies made that are worthy to be released onto an unwitting foreign populace and do well wherever they play, east or west. Sometimes we only get the best of what’s being produced and, while that can be annoying to some of us who would like a greater idea of what else is out there, small films like this look like the kind of fare that should be actively sought out. Even if it does have Colin Farrell in it.

KING ARTHUR (2004)

Director: Antoine Fuqua
Cast: Clive Owen, Keira Knightley, Stephen Dillane, Hugh Dancy, Ioan Gruffudd, Stellan Skarsgaard, Ray Winstone, Valeria Cavalli, Charlie Creed-Miles, Joel Edgerton, Sean Gilder, Pat Kinevane, Ivano Marescotti, Mads Mikkelsen, Til Schweiger, Ray Stevenson, Ken Stott
Release: July 7, 2004
Synopsis: As the Roman Empire crumbles (circa 450 A.D.), the British Isles are thrown into a loose anarchy as errant knights are entrenched in years of territorial battle. Then, one king emerges to unite them, Arthur, with his concept of a Round Table of united knights.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealOne, QuickTime)

Progonosis: Pray For Goodness. When you see the words “From Jerry Bruckheimer”¦” it can do one of two things:

1. You run screaming from the theater, decry that bastard’s notion of what he and buddies Michael Bay or McG consider film, clutch your two-disc collector’s editions of LAWRENCE OF ARABIA and CITIZAN KANE close to your body and try to rock yourself to sleep while reciting a small prayer wishing Jerry to be infected by dust mites and hope that they eat away at his black soul.

2. Realize the films he produces are really only a crapshoot, has helped to bring some benchmark action movies into our lives (not to mention the infectious Amazing Race on TV) and that all one can do is hope for the best with the cast that’s given the material.

Johnny Depp proved to be the killer app that shoved PRIATES OF THE CARRIBEAN into the fiscal stratosphere. That film could have drifted into a box office disaster maelstrom and capsized without so much as a peep if Johnny hadn’t channeled the spirit (c’mon now, we all know Keith should have been dead decades ago) of Keith Richards. There wasn’t so much play given to Kiera Knightly or Orlando Bloom, the other “more bankable” stars of the film, but Depp’s character had that certain something that took a mediocre plot, hell, it based on an amusement ride at Disney and made a great summer movie. However, as a side note, if they ever think to adapt It’s a Small World I have no problems sabotaging or publicly firebombing all attempts at production.

The trailer here for KING ARTHUR looks like it could be a spectacular addition to the summer season. The landscapes that are on display in the opening sequence are breathtakingly lush and I guess, from what director Antoine Fuqua knew about life circa 400 A.D., pretty friggin’ smoky. Crap, I mean it is everywhere in this thing. Simmer down, would you, with the fog machine. Aside from that there is an annoying scroll of words that follow every word from the announcer chatting this thing up. Are they trying to rake in some dollars from the deaf set? Believe me when I say this thing is not starting off on the right foot.

Next, we get introduced to Clive Owen who should be doing a lot more projects in this country and it’s great to see him in this role. If you haven’t seen CROUPIER or his subdued performance in GOSFORD PARK then I couldn’t begin to explain why he owns your attention. Kiera gets some time as a lady enamored with Clive’s machismo reputation and that is when the action begins to steamroll (always a fan of fire arrows. They just look cool.) as we’re all reminded that Antoine “the badass who brought your white ass to experience TRAINING DAY” Fuqua directing this film.

After that, there is a peek at Merlin the wizard, who really looks like he should be playing Moses with the pose he’s aping, and then there’s more fire in the form of balls and miscellaneous crap they could find to ignite. I do declare that this movie is going to be a hit with every fan of Whitesnake’s video catalog.

When a trailer goes into what I think of as its schizophrenic video clipping, really fast montages of unrelated but quick moving sequences behind thick drum and bass beats, it’s where you can literally add up scenes that might be interesting and there are a lot of them here. From Kiera getting wicked with a bow and arrow to Clive wielding a mega sword that will most likely harm a lad or two, this trailer appears to do everything a movie like this should. Whether or not the entire film will be any good or be able to sustain itself beyond its style on display here is yet to be determined. That Whitesnake contingent, though, should bring in, at least, a couple hundred dollars.

DOGVILLE (2004)

Director: Lars von Trier
Cast: Nicole Kidman, Harriet Andersson, Lauren Bacall, Jean-Marc Barr, Paul Bettany, Blair Brown, James Caan, Patricia Clarkson, Jeremy Davies, Ben Gazzara, Chloë Sevigny, Stellan Skarsgård
Release: April 2, 2004
Synopsis: The beautiful fugitive, Grace (Nicole Kidman), arrives in the isolated township of Dogville on the run from a team of gangsters. With some encouragement from Tom (Paul Bettany), the self-appointed town spokesman, the little community agrees to hide her and in return, Grace agrees to work for them. However, when a search sets in, the people of Dogville demand a better deal in exchange for the risk of harboring poor Grace and she learns the hard way that in this town, goodness is relative. But Grace has a secret and it is a dangerous one.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)
“¢ Various (Windows Media, RealOne, QuickTime)

Progonosis: Sublimely Positive. I like Lars von Trier.

I was first introduced to the man by his work on BREAKING THE WAVES by way of video and then on the big screen by DANCER IN THE DARK. The latter film, regardless of your feelings toward Bjork, and I really didn’t have a good one, is a wonderful symphonic ballet of song, movement and passionate storytelling. With that being said, and based on the trailer, I want to see what he can do with Nicole Kidman in DOGVILLE. She is capable of coming through in the clutch and looks great in the hands of the man who has been absent from the screen since 2000.

I’ve liked Nicole Kidman, I think, longer than I have most any other actress in Hollywood. I say I think because I’m not sure who else I would’ve liked more as an eight year-old, it was a full year before GHOSTBUSTERS, after seeing BMX BANDITS.

To some of you saying “huh?” I have no explanation. To those in the know and who have seen this tour de force of Huffy bikes, crazy crooks, Australian accents, and a water slide (yum”¦water slide), you need no more insight on the topic. I think that movie can be credited as to why I’ve never forgotten her name when I’ve heard it. Ever. I was blown away by bits and pieces of her abilities in TO DIE FOR, THE HOURS, MOULIN ROUGE!, and even THE OTHERS.

When this trailer opens, with von Trier’s signature video camera work in full effect, you get a whole lot of Kidman’s face.

It’s everywhere.

It can all be forgiven as this trailer is a delicate presentation of the story, characters, the conflict, and its ability to hide where the film’s going to go next. What is slightly distracting, but I guess necessary for a film of this diminutive size, is the scroll of how every critic found this movie to be, in summation, a wet dream the likes of which you only wish you yourself could have had as a boy of thirteen. The critical “buzz” will help to get the movie played in some theaters that might not have otherwise carried it. In the trailer, as well, you get to see a sliver of Lauren Baccall, James Caan and Paul (hope for moderately ugly men everywhere to score their own Jennifer Connelly) Bettany. Lars von Trier is an accomplished director whether you think it is European hype or that it’s a need for artsy fartsy folk to be enamored with someone who can hold a camera. He hasn’t failed yet at creating wonderful visual stories, but there is always the possibility the Kidman charm could lose it luster. The eight year-old in me doesn’t think so, but then again I am biased.

Comics in Context #29: Ross’s Thunderbolts

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 12:47 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

Though this may at first seem to have nothing to do with comics, I ask you for a moment to consider the plight of the classical music critic of The New Yorker. He surely must feel he has reached the pinnacle of his profession. Yet if he conducts a Google search on his name, he will surely wonder just how famous he is. You seem, this New Yorker critic is named Alex Ross, and a Web search on his name will turn up pages and pages devoted to this other guy who works in funny books. I wonder what the classical Mr. Ross feels about this. (Then there’re the Scots playwright John Byrne, Karate Kid actor Ralph Macchio, High Noon villain Frank Miller, and Steve Martin’s role in Bringing Down the House, named Peter Sanderson ““ all with their comics doppelgangers.)

The comics version of Alex Ross has grown even more celebrated of late, even getting profiled in the October 30, 2003 edition of The New York Times. Presumably the interview was arranged to promote Ross’s recent coffee table book, Mythology: The DC Comics Art of Alex Ross, published by Pantheon. Now, the Times‘s piece on Ross was not in the art or books section, but in the Sunday House section (“At Home with Alex Ross”). Hence, the profile was less interested in Ross’s artwork (described, perhaps condescendingly, as “earnest photorealism”) as in his house full of action figures and other collectibles and his Halloween party full of adult guests dressed as superheroes. In short, the article is about adults happily playing like kids (not that there’s anything wrong with that) rather than about comics art being taken seriously.

Still, this article is in one respect better than the piece that New York Times film critic Elvis Mitchell wrote about Jack Kirby in the Aug. 27, 2003 issue of the Arts section of the paper. Mitchell praised Kirby’s work and hailed his influence on contemporary movies (and not just those directly adapting his co-creations, like Hulk and X2) in this article marking the tenth anniversary of his passing. That’s right: the Times honors Kirby ten years too late for him to have seen it. It’s commendable that in 2003 the Times ran a number of articles about important figures in comics. This is a good start, but they would be well advised to do pieces on surviving members of Kirby’s generation while they are still with us.
cic-029-01.jpgAlas, I didn’t receive a review copy of Mythology, but I have procured copies of Ross’s two new tabloid-sized books about the Justice League of America that were published in 2003: JLA: Secret Origins and JLA: Liberty and Justice, co-plotted by Alex Ross and Paul Dini, with painted art by Ross and scripting by Dini.

What first impresses me about these two books is that, like John Byrne, Frank Miller, and Darwyn Cooke (as will be seen in a future column) in recent projects, Ross and Dini have chosen to ignore contemporary canonical DC Universe continuity and devise their own, centering on the DC heroes of the Silver Age (roughly 1956-1970).

JLA: Liberty and Justice is set in the present, and it presents what is essentially the Justice League of America of the Silver Age. Though both were killed off long ago in DC’s current canonical continuity, Barry Allen, the Silver Age Flash, and Hal Jordan, the Silver Age Green Lantern, are alive and active in Ross and Dini’s JLA books. Aquaman appears in his original costume and has not lost one of his hands. (How did the recent Captain Hook version of Aquaman manage to swim with that thing?) All the other JLAers depicted in these two books were either members of the League during the Silver Age, or (like Zatanna, Adam Strange, Metamorpho, and Elongated Man) were allies of the League during that period and in some cases joined in the 1970s. The two exceptions are Captain Marvel and Plastic Man, who did not join the League in stories published before Barry Allen’s demise in Crisis on Infinite Earths. Yet both are classic characters who originated in the Golden Age of Comics of the 1940s and are still prominent today, so they fit into Dini and Ross’s vision of the Justice League. It is this set of characters whom Ross and Dini profile in their Secret Origins book.

Interviews with Ross and Dini in the back of JLA: Secret Origins proved enlightening about their intentions in devising this contemporary extension of the Silver Age. Ross explains, “Essentially, the JLA is so much an invention of the Silver Age, and the characters featured are the primary icons of that era. The Silver Age Flash, Green Lantern, Hawkman, and all the subsequent versions of older, long-running characters like Superman, Batman, Aquaman ““ all of them come through the filter of the new Silver Age that [came about] under the editorial influence of Julius Schwartz and the creative writing of Gardner Fox. Particularly as an editor-writer combination, these two put the most thought into recrafting DC’s super heroes and ultimately creating the legends that would stand for years to come.” There are others who deserve credit, too, particularly John Broome, as principal writer of the Silver Age Flash, Green Lantern and 1960s “New Look” Batman, and Denny O’Neil, for revamping Batman and Green Arrow at the close of the Silver Age. But basically Ross is right: Schwartz’s editorship reshaped and revitalized virtually all of the classic heroes in Ross and Dini’s JLA.

Speaking of the Silver Age versions of these DC heroes, Ross says, “Well, they are the most legendary, well-known forms of those characters, the ones that have lasted the longest. For the case of, say, heroes like the Flash, Green Lantern, Hawkman ““ these are versions that have lasted for, like, forty years before there were any revisions made to either their looks or their identities.”

But wouldn’t the Golden Age versions of these concepts ““ those that were around in the 1940s ““ like Jay Garrick as the Flash and Alan Scott as Green Lantern ““ be preferable since they were the original versions? “To my mind,” Ross answers, “it’s a division between what the Golden Age gave us in terms of an idea, versus what was refined ten or so years later. I believe that, to their credit, guys like Julius Schwartz and Gardner Fox took these earlier designs and reworked them in a way that made them stronger.”

Then DC editor Charles Kochman asks if contemporary readers would feel that the current Green Lantern, Kyle Rayner, is the superior version. Ross agrees, and says, “Basically, this is an opportunity for Paul and myself to do the versions of the characters that we appreciate the most.” Ross was actually born right after the Silver Age ended, but he and Dini grew up reading those versions of the characters, as they continued to appear in comics before 1986’s Crisis on Infinite Earths. Obviously, they have also gone back and read the Silver Age comics, too. In their interviews Ross and Dini both admit that they used these versions of the characters because these are the versions they grew up with.

But is their preference for the Silver Age versions really just based on nostalgia? Ross argues that the Silver Age versions of Flash, Green Lantern and Hawkman are genuinely superior as artistic creations to their Golden Age counterparts; I agree. I also wonder if Kyle Rayner and Wally West, say, as the current Green Lantern and Flash, and the series built around them, really are characters as memorable and iconic as their Silver Age predecessors. “Even though a big part of our fan base was not even alive when this version of the Justice League was around, it is still the version we feel a lot of people remember,” Dini says in his interview. “Those versions of the characters are very archetypal.”

Will younger readers have the same strong attachment to West and Rayner decades hence as older readers retain for Allen and Jordan? Ultimately, only time will tell. But still, the recent resurgence of interest in DC’s Silver Age characters by comics creators, not just by Boomers like John Byrne and Frank Miller, but by members of a younger generation like Ross and Darwyn Cooke, suggests that a shift may be in progress. In longrunning comics series, as I have observed before, important concepts and characters that are cast aside in one period will inevitably return as times and tastes change once more.

The resurgence seems to be yet more evidence that DC was wrong to kill off Silver Age versions of characters in Crisis on Infinite Earths and the subsequent period of radical revamps. Important writers and artists still want to use them and are introducing them to a new generation of readers.

SUPERHERO HISTORY PAINTING

Frank DeCaro, who wrote the Times profile of Ross, observes, “But everyone seems to agree that his real accomplishment is making superheroes more real than anyone has ever before ““ filmmakers included.” That’s true. Way back when I recall first admiring Gene Colan’s Marvel artwork because his style, closer to magazine illustration than other Marvel artists’, made not only “normal” characters like Tony Stark but the superhuman figures like Iron Man look so convincingly real; Neal Adams’ work on Batman and other series had a similar effect. But Alex Ross’s work has gone even further in capturing a photographic sense of realism.

DeCaro is also quite right to state that Ross makes superheroes look more realistic than filmmakers, who actually shoot film of real human beings, do. Now, how can that be? It is conventional wisdom that in real life people in superhero costumes look silly: just ask the makers of the X-Men movies, who contend that audiences wouldn’t accept costumes and who substituted dull black uniforms instead. Or the makers of TV’s Smallville. (But Spider-Man’s costume didn’t prevent his movie from attracting an even bigger audience.)

Part of the solution is that the wearers of the costumes must have the appropriate heroic build. (Adam West does not strike me as having been particularly physically imposing as the title character on the Batman TV show, though, come to think of it, Julie Newmar was as Catwoman.) Ross famously has live models pose for his art; I continue to be astonished that he actually knows so many people who look like that!

Another factor may be the stylization of the reality within which the superhero operates on film. Some, like Christopher Reeve’s Superman and Tobey Maguire’s Spider-Man, who have relatively simple costumes, look fine against normal backgrounds. But in the Tim Burton Batman movies, Batman’s costume works because the production design around him is so stylized. Another reason why Batman seems ludicrous on the ’60s TV show is that he is operating in such a mundane-looking world; the low-budget Columbia Batman movie serials are even worse in this regard.

But Ross does not deal in obviously stylized settings. His superhero characters look like real people, wearing real fabrics, within a recognizably everyday world. DeCaro states, “Mr. Ross… gives the same kind of earnest photorealism to portraits of well-known superheroes that Norman Rockwell gave the faces of doctors, letter carriers and firefighters.” Ross himself has repeatedly credited Rockwell, the most celebrated magazine illustrator of the last century, as a major influence.

Through most of the twentieth century, with the triumph of abstraction, the fine art world has tended to look down on drawing and painting that tries to recapture the exact look of reality, which has been ceded to the world of photography and film. In recent years, however, figurative art has made a comeback, and Rockwell’s work has received serious appreciation in critical and academic circles, as demonstrated by a touring retrospective that ended up at New York City’s Guggenheim Museum in 2001.

However, I think it’s a mistake simply to regard Ross as a latter-day Rockwell who paints superheroes. True, Rockwell and Ross each specialize in creating iconic images, transforming people into archetypal figures. Both artists seek to depict representations of classic American values.

But Rockwell’s perennial subject is the American everyman (and woman and child). He idealizes and celebrates small-town Americans and their lives. The people he depicts are prettified, and viewed through a glow of nostalgic affection, but they are meant to be the folks next door.

In contrast, Ross’s specialty is depicting and celebrating the superheroic. His style persuades the observer that he or she is seeing superheroes depicted as real people in a real world. But in fact his art style heightens reality, making not just the superheroes but even their ordinary settings seem grander and handsomer than they would in real life. Going through the JLA books, I am struck by how even the “normal” supporting characters and bystanders look larger than life. Perhaps in part Ross’s costumed superheroes so real because the “real,” noncostumed people in his books look so idealized. The two groups are not so far apart: the fireman on page 4 of Secret Origins looks nearly as heroic as one of the superheroes.

cic-029-02.jpg

I can only begin to analyze the methods by which Ross heightens reality: the cover for JLA: Secret Origins demonstrates some of them.

The perfect human figures are obvious. The main figures are arranged in a wedge-like formation that projects towards the reader, with Superman, the most monumental of the figures, in the foreground. There’s also the theatrical play of light and shadow on the figures. As in a John Ford western, Ross continually uses up shots in the book and on the cover, as well: the reader looks up at the heroes, who tower above us. Ross takes the effect further by creating two tiers of heroes, one rising (flying, in fact), above the others, so we have literally two sets of heroes rising above us.

In Ross’s interview, editor Joey Cavalieri refers to the Silver Age JLAers as “the archetypes,” and I wonder if Marvel Silver Age heroes would prove equally suitable to this kind of treatment by Ross. Perhaps they wouldn’t, since the classic Marvel heroes’ human personalities tend to be more important than their mythic powers and images. Peter Parker’s personality is more important than his spider-powers.

Most of JLA: Secret Origins is comprised of two-page spreads depicting the origins of each major Justice League member. In his interview Ross says that they were inspired by the original two-page origin sequences that Siegel and Shuster and Bob Kane did for Superman and Batman circa 1938-1940. Ross notes that the images used in these sequences made them “iconic.” Explaining why each of his origin sequences is mostly monochromatic, Ross explains, “I meant to invoke a sense of how this is a bygone age. That this is the past, this is a story that’s legendary.”

In other words, this book deals in the history and mythology of superheroes. This made me see a connection, however unintentional, between Ross’s work and the “history painting” of the 18th and 19th centuries. “History painting” was the depiction of scenes from mythology or actual history, portraying noble figures with heroic builds enacting great events. In fact, during this period, the art world considered history painting to be the highest form of painting, superior to portraiture, landscapes and such. (Since history painting presented narratives, the connection with comics is clear. Moreover, as noted, history painting could also depict scenes from classical mythology. Remember the title of Ross’s coffee table book?)

One example at the Metropolitan Museum of Art is said to be its most popular painting with tourists: Emanuel Leutze’s enormous “Washington Crossing the Delaware.” Probably many of you have seen this painting reproduced and can envision Washington’s noble stance: Ross speaks in his interview about his “glory shots” of superheroes, and the term could apply to Leutze’s positioning of Washington, too.

Another of the Metropolitan’s history paintings that has a considerably higher reputation among art historians is David’s “The Death of Socrates,” whose central figure not only radiates nobility but seems to have been working out more than one might expect from an elderly philosopher. But the heroically proportioned human body has been a prime subject of Western art from ancient times up to the twentieth century, when, as noted, figurative art fell from favor in the art world.

But subjects of such longstanding popularity as the portrayal of the idealized human form and the depiction of mythic events (real or fictional) must obviously have innate appeal to the human psyche. So if the art establishment suppresses these subjects, they will inevitably pop up again somewhere else, perhaps in a popular form of art that the establishment overlooks: in this case, in Alex Ross’s work.

Each of the Ross-Dini origin sequences follows the same format, and it behooves the reader to pay attention to the variations at certain points in this standard format. Each sequence is primarily monochromatic: which color does Ross choose? What do Dini and Ross choose to picture in the introductory panel, which ranges all the way across two pages. Each sequence closes with an image in full color; what do Dini and Ross decide to spotlight in this fashion?

The dominant color of the Superman sequence is what Ross calls a “very brown, earthy tone meant to invoke his very earthy origins. Despite the fact that he’s from another planet, he’s really this guy from the Midwestern United States.”

Ross also states that he tries to depict the origins in what Cavalieri calls an “inclusive” manner, so that each is true both to the original version and to any later revamped version. Hence, as Ross points out, the “exact configuration” of the vehicle taking the baby Kal-El to Earth is obscured by speed lines, so it could just as well be Joe Shuster’s 1938 rocket or John Byrne’s 1986 spacecraft. So Ross is depicting the essence of the origin tales, rather than the details of specific versions. I note too that Ross does not specify a time period through the clothing in this sequence: the overalls Clark wears in one panel could belong to the 1930s or today. In demonstrating Superman’s emerging powers, Dini and Ross adhere to the classic catchphrases: leaping tall buildings with a single bound, faster than a locomotive. Superman is not shown as flying, presumably since, in 1938, he had not yet been given that power.

cic-029-03.jpgThe Superman origin sequence emphasizes the character’s childhood, and despite the destruction of his native world, Ross shows it as idyllic. There is the baby Kal-El smiling up at his adoptive parents; in the next panel, despite the shadows obscuring much of the boy Clark’s face, it is still clear from his body language that he is smiling. This is a happy childhood that produced the most optimistic and altruistic of heroes. Dini’s text emphasizes that Clark/Kal-El is an immigrant who has happily embraced his adoptive world.

In the panel in which Clark describes becoming a reporter, the bespectacled Kent has turned away from the viewer. Ross regularly portrays Clark Kent as hiding his face. Perhaps this is simply a recognition that, with Ross’s realistic style, the convention that Clark is unrecognizable as Superman becomes even less credible. But it also makes a good psychological point: that Superman, as Clark, retreats from the spotlight, concealing his true self from the world.

The final picture, which bursts into full color, is an iconic shot of Superman pulling open Clark’s shirt to reveal the Superman insignia beneath. This is the sequence’s only shot of Superman in costume. The implication is that the emergence of Superman is the end result of the all the events depicted from Clark’s childhood: the sacrifice of his parents, his Rockwellian upbringing and education in Midwestern American moral values, and so forth.

The very next origin sequence, Batman’s, presents a sharp contrast. The color now is not Superman’s warm reddish brown, but a dark, chilly blue, perhaps even evoking “blue” emotions. (So, this is Alex’s Blue Period?) The opening panel is a Gotham cityscape, contrasting with Clark’s open, Midwestern plains. Batman appears in silhouette, his head outlined by the moon: he is a creature of the moon and night, as opposed to Superman, who literally derives his power from the sun. The “creature” aspect is heightened by the flying bats in the sky, and the parallel Ross draws between the Batman and the gargoyle on which he kneels, both serving as guardian figures meant to frighten off intruders.

Superman did not appear in costume until the end of his sequence, but Batman in costume is in the first two panels of his. Perhaps this implies that Clark is Superman’s true self, but Batman is the reality within Bruce Wayne. As if to reinforce that point, we are never shown a clear view of the adult Bruce Wayne’s face.

cic-029-04.jpg

Whereas the Superman sequence was a celebration of family life, the Batman sequence centers on the destruction of the idealized family. The killer of Bruce Wayne’s parents, whether it is Joe Chill (in old comics continuity), Jack Napier (in the movie) or some unknown party (since the Zero Hour continuity revision), is a Jungian shadow figure almost entirely covered by literal shadow: at one anonymous and an embodiment of dark forces. The shot of young Bruce with his parents’ corpses is a nod to artist David Mazzucchelli’s iconic image from Frank Miller’s Batman: Year One.

The final panel here shows as full color image of the young, brooding Bruce Wayne kneeling, hands clasped, as if in prayer, taking his oath to war on all crime. It is our first direct look into his eyes, as they radiate the vengefulness that will drive his whole life. He stares eerily at the reader, as if wondering if the reader is a potential target, as the shadow of Batman looms above him. It is as if a kind of monster has been born within this child. The final image in color signals that within the adult Batman this vengeful, emotionally wounded child still exists.
cic-029-05.jpg
Wonder Woman’s sequence is brown, but without the reddish tone of the Superman origin: here the brown perhaps indicates the archaic nature of Amazon history, or perhaps the clay from which she was formed. (“I created a living daughter out of the Earth itself,” Amazon queen Hippolyta says here about Wonder Woman’s variation on virgin birth.) The opening panel pictures the war between the Amazons and male warriors led by Hercules, here a silhouetted figure whose traditional lion skin makes him seem more beast than man: this establishes the background for Wonder Woman’s mission against male warfare and oppression of women. There is again an emphasis ion childhood: the literal molding of the child Diana, and the sight of the grown Diana peering around a pillar at her royal mother, like a shy girl at once awed by her parent and wishing she could equal her achievements. In the end Diana surpassed her mother, who stands downcast as Diana emerges into full color in the costume of Wonder Woman. (I like Ross’s kangaroos in this sequence, too. In fact, my favorite part of his Shazam book was his portrait of Mr. Tawky Tawny, making him look like an actual tiger.)

cic-029-06.jpg
The Flash sequence is in red, matching the Scarlet Speedster’s costume. There’s something of the feel of a horror movie here, with scientist Barry Allen sitting in deep shadow as the lightning that will give him his powers crashes outside with godlike power. Here the concluding color image shows the Flash, in costume but unmasked, kissing his wife Iris. Though the Silver Age DC superhero series have been castigated as adolescent fantasies, Ross and Dini celebrate the Flash from a mature perspective, showing him as one of a pair of young married lovers.
cic-029-07.jpg No surprise here: the Green Lantern origin is in green. The top panel, the only one showing Hal Jordan in costume, depicts a large number of Green Lanterns in flight together like a flock of birds. In this sequence Dini and Ross are emphasizing not an individual Green Lantern so much as the entire Green Lantern Corps, its origin and history. The concluding color image here is that of the alien Green Lantern Abin Sur passing his ring to his successor Hal Jordan: the focus is on the continuity of the Green Lantern tradition, more than the individual.

The Aquaman sequence is in the blue-green color of the sea. Babyhood is a motif again, but notice that, while the infant Clark was shown smiling at his foster parents, the similar shot of the baby Aquaman conceals his face: this throws the emphasis on his parents, and, amusingly, the father has Popeye’s hat and corncob pipe.
cic-029-08.jpg This also fits into this sequence’s focus on marital as well as parental love. The shot of Aquaman’s father rescuing his mother is the stuff of romance. Another panel is devoted to the wedding of the adult Aquaman to Mera. (Unlike Superman and Martian Manhunter, Aquaman returns to his native realm.) The final color panel echoes the shot of the infant Aquaman with his parents: now it is Aquaman and Mera holding their child. With the Flash, Ross and Dini celebrated young married love; with Aquaman they celebrate the next phase, parenthood.
cic-029-09.jpg The Martian Manhunter’s sequence is the dull reddish color of the Martian landscape. That terrain is the subject of the first panel: desolate, devastated, “as barren as it is lonely.” In both JLA books Dini makes the point that unlike Superman, only an infant when Krypton was destroyed (or, in Byrne’s version, not yet born), J’onn J’onzz remembers the destruction of his civilization; hence, while Superman, who could easily fit into the human population, has a sunny, optimistic disposition, J’onn is lonely and gloomy. Dini here calls J’onn an “immigrant” who “found a way to assimilate,” but the panel shows him, in human guise, as faceless: he has not truly fit in. Ross cleverly depicts J’onn’s emergence on Earth, making it unclear whether his true form is humanoid (as in the original continuity) or inhuman (as in the recent revision). I am very pleased with Ross’s rendition of J’onn’s benefactor Dr. Erdel, making this 1950s cartoony caricature look credibly real. The final image shows the Manhunter soaring into space, alone, apart from Earth.
cic-029-10.jpg The Green Arrow sequence is green, too, naturally, and Dini’s text emphasizes that he is a modern “urban Robin Hood.” Green Arrow, like Robin Hood, is a form of the mythic “green man” archetype, the man of nature. But here only the opening image of Oliver Queen as a kind of latter-day Robinson Crusoe, learning to survive on a deserted island, has a mythic feel.
cic-029-11.jpg With the Hawkman origin Ross and Dini are very specifically doing the Silver Age version, and not those that preceded or followed. The final shot here makes Hawkman and Hawkgirl look eerily birdlike, thanks in part to the lighting effects. It is significant that Ross and Dini show both the Hawks in this panel: this is another celebration of love, in this case, of a couple who are partners in action as well as in private life.

The Atom’s sequence is in blue, but a lighter, warmer one than Batman’s, perhaps to emphasize how the Atom figuratively draws his powers from the night: literally from a meteor from a white dwarf star that fell at night. I’m pleased and amused by the shot of the Atom running atop molecules drawn like science class models of the 1960s.

cic-029-12.jpgThe gray of the Captain Marvel sequence suggests the archaic ““ the ancient idols of the “Seven Deadly Enemies of Man,” Shazam’s resemblance to an Old Testament prophet, and the bleakness of orphan Billy Batson’s life in Depression-era New York. Here the color image signifies life and vitality appearing amidst age and dreariness. Both Billy and Captain Marvel are in color, putting the focus on the joyous ascension of orphaned child to powerful adult.

cic-029-13.jpg The only false step in these origin sequences lies in Plastic Man’s: deleting the monk from the story weakens the theme of Plas’s spiritual rebirth. It’s impressive indeed how Ross can make Plas’s cartoony stretching (especially the shot of him pulling on his face) look so real: as I said in a previous column, making Plastic Man and his world look real makes his stretching funnier. For once Plas even looks believable disguised as a table.
cic-029-14.jpg There follow portraits of other JLAers from the Silver Age, including one of my favorite shots of Zatanna ever. The “story” ends with a very impressive two page shot of the major League members standing imposingly together. And here one can see another of Ross’s virtues: unlike so many comics artists, he gives his heroes distinctive faces from each other, and even gives them varying heights.

In short, then, this is a magnificent showcase of comics art. Should any one wish to make a case for the mythic grandeur of the superhero concept, JLA: Secret Origins should be Exhibit One.

TAKING LIBERTIES FOR JUSTICE

While JLA: Secret Origins deals with the Justice Leaguers’ legendary pasts, Ross and Dini’s JLA: Liberty and Justice is a new story set in the present, and, intentionally or not, it raises some intriguing questions not just about the figure of the superhero but about today’s international politics.

The Pentagon asks the Justice League to stop the spread of an unusual, lethal virus, which has appeared in a wartorn region of Africa. Hoping to avoid worldwide panic, the Pentagon also wants to prevent news of the outbreak from spreading.

Inevitably in the information age, the JLA has much more success in controlling the virus than in keeping its existence quiet. Early on, the Flash wonders aloud if they have the “right to intervene,” but it is decided they must to save lives. Nonetheless, in the course of their mission, the JLA find themselves obliged to combat various foreign military forces. This inspires suspicion and mistrust of the Justice League, both in America and in other countries, as voiced in various television reports we are shown. One speaks of “the Justice League’s largely secretive response to the situation”; elsewhere on that page we are told that “the President has remained unavailable for comment.” Another talking head, noting the crisis posed by the virus, asks, “How does that mitigate Superman and the others acting without the approval of the U.N. or any African government?” Superman gloomily reflects that “Power always seems to intimidate, no matter how familiar the face or altruistic the intentions,” and that “Our biggest battle may be against public perception.”

cic-029-15.jpg
Like 1602‘s invasion of Latveria, the story of JLA: Liberty and Justice seems to reflect the course taken by the United States after September 11, 2001; whether the parallel was consciously intended by Dini and Ross, I do not know. But the fact that the JLA are working with the Pentagon, and that the story links the JLA’s secretiveness to the American President’s, makes the connection clear. In the real world, the only remaining “superpower,” the United States, has asserted a right to intervene unilaterally in other nations to combat threats to its security, as it has in Afghanistan and Iraq. As in Liberty and Justice, America’s interventions, whether justified or not, have resulted in hostility, fear and criticism from other countries, and there are those who accuse the United States of being the real threat to the world.

In the Justice League’s case, couldn’t the American government have done anything to forestall the criticism? Couldn’t the United States at least have informed the United Nations that the Justice League was being sent to deal with this emergency? Once the news of the virus got out, couldn’t the government have explained the situation to the worldwide public, instead of retreating into secrecy?

For that matter, couldn’t the JLA themselves have been less secretive? Certainly, they had their hands full coping with the virus. But later in the book, when disorder breaks out across the country, the active Leaguers send out a call to their “associate members” to come help out. Well, couldn’t the JLA have earlier assigned an associate member to be a liaison with the news media or send explanatory messages to the U.N.? (Hey, Dini and Ross could have put old-time JLA mascot Snapper Carr into the story and had him do it!) I very much like the way that Dini and Ross have Green Lantern use his power ring to perform analyses and research and to speak its findings to him, as it did in the Silver Age: it’s as if Silver Age GL editor Julius Schwartz and writer John Broome had anticipated the portable personal computer. Well, why couldn’t Green Lantern have used the ring to send off a few messages about what the JLA was doing to the U.N. and several news sources?

Actually, if the JLA existed in reality, they probably would have to have a support staff, including a press secretary. One of the odd aspects of superhero comics is the fact that writers will give the heroes vast, impressive headquarters and provide no more than, say, an middle-aged butler like Alfred or Jarvis to do everything from maintaining the high-tech equipment to making beds and sweeping up. (Mark Gruenwald tried to treat the situation more realistically by creating the “Avengers Crew,” that team’s support staff, but later editors and writers didn’t get the point and dropped it.)

In a variation of this assumption that the heroes don’t need outside help, Liberty and Justice purports that Batman, who is not a physician or trained biologist; the Atom, who is a physicist; and the Flash, who is a forensic scientist (Yes, the Silver Age Flash verged into C.S. I. territory four decades early) are capable of concocting a cure for the mystery virus. Well, sure, the Atom’s ability to shrink to the size of the virus, and the Flash’s ability to work at superhuman speed give them advantages that normal researchers do not, but wouldn’t it seem more credible if the JLA had actually called in real medical doctors and biologists as advisors?

Dini and Ross’s treatment of the world’s attitudes towards the Justice League differ sharply from Kurt Busiek and George Perez’s take on the same subject in the recent “JLA/Avengers” mini-series. Busiek and Perez made the point that on DC’s Earth, its leading superheroes are respected, trusted and beloved, whereas on Marvel-Earth, superheroes are regarded with suspicion. Certainly this was true during the Silver Age, but Marvel’s 1960s revolution of the superhero genre influenced new generations of writers who worked on DC’s characters as well. It’s no surprise, then, that Dini and Ross show that the world can easily fall into resentment and fear of the Justice League. Still, I like the distinction that Busiek and Perez drew between the public attitudes towards superheroes in the Marvel and DC Universes, and I think it’s a good thing if the Big Two companies take such different approaches to the subject. It makes more sense, too: the JLAers have publicly performed so many good works up to and including saving the world repeatedly that one might think most people would give them the benefit of the doubt. Indeed, one can easily observe in real life how the natural tendency of most of the American public is to rally round the flag and support the President in times of crisis, to trust him and the presiding administration in times of emergency. Surely there’s be a sizable proportion of the public who would have the same faith in the JLA.

It’s not just that the JLA are just doing their work and just suffer from having their good intentions misinterpreted. How about the sequence in which Aquaman, realizing that a frightened Russian submarine captain is holding a gun, confirms the poor man’s worst fears: Aquaman summons whales to attack the sub and throws a temper tantrum, raging, “Am I making myself understood?” Well, no, considering Aquaman is speaking to them in English, despite the fact that he had earlier demonstrated his fluency in Russian.

Panic within the United States leads to crime sprees and rioting. The JLAers find themselves using force to restore order: “In the span of one day, humanity’s benevolent guardians had become its hostile wardens,” Dini writes, describing the heroes as “diving upon them like vengeful gods.”

I wish that this sequence didn’t make it seem as if virtually everyone in the country was running wild. In depicting superheroes, one should be careful to avoid conveying the idea that the powerful elite have to keep the irresponsible common people in their place.

The thematic turning point follows the traditional mythic motif of figurative death and resurrection: a despairing young woman leaps off a bridge but is rescued by the JLA’s central figure, Superman. From then on, the story takes a more positive turn: Flash and Green Lantern perform what is significantly called a “miracle” to rid Earth of the virus, and Superman, perhaps motivated by the suicide attempt, tells the other Leaguers that it “still has much to heal.”

This leads to the JLA’s appearance before the United Nations at the story’s end: Superman addresses the General Assembly to tell them it was not the JLA’s intention to “provide misinformation, or hide the truth,” and then can’t go through with “this deception”: “Superman” shapeshifts into the Martian Manhunter, who explains that Superman is busy elsewhere. (Actually, that seems to be Superman, as Clark Kent, in the audience on the next page.) So what was that all about? Even in an address to the United Nations and the world, the JLA intended to lie! Even after J’onn J’onzz admits the deception, would that inspire confidence and trust? Even people who supported the JLA’s actions would wonder why the Leaguers even considered perpetrating such a deception and what else they might have lied about. This reminds me of Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Back, in which the President turns out to be merely a CGI image, manipulated by Lex Luthor, the country’s real and secret ruler.

Still, this penultimate scene in the United Nations does play a necessary part in making this entire story work. By appearing before the United Nations to explain their actions, the Justice League is acknowledging its authority and that of the nations of the world. J’onn J’onzz, speaking for the League, states that because of unusual circumstances ““ “a global threat” in which they “had very little time to act” ““ the League took “extraordinary measures” in order “to safeguard lives and property.” Though he never actually says so, J’onn J’onzz’s implication is that with the emergency over, the League no longer seeks to place itself above ordinary humanity. “Our greatest power,” he says, “comes from your belief in us, as your allies and friends.”

The key to J’onn J’onzz’s speech lies in his declaration that the JLAers, despite their powers, are not the people’s superiors but their equals, and, indeed, members of the people themselves. “Yet in our hearts we are no different from most people,” he says. “We are part of the work force that makes up society, each of us having the same goals for a happy life, free from worry. No one in our company has ever aspired to world conqueror… We cherish your trust, and hope you will always find is worthy of it.” That is an act of submission to the public will: the JLA have declared themselves to be not the public’s masters but their servants.

This is what distinguishes and redeems the American superhero from the potentially fascist concept of the Nietzchean ubermensch from which it derives: the emphasis on the superhero’s humanity and service to his or her fellow men and women. J’onn J’onzz refers to the “delicate balance” between freedom and order; there is likewise a delicate balance that must be achieved in the depiction of superheroes between the image of aggressive power and compassionate humanity.

Whether J’onn J’onzz’s speech is really as reassuring as Dini and Ross presumably intend is questionable. The JLA does not pledge never to act without legal authority again; they simply ask for the world’s trust that they will do what is right. But remember a series that Ross greatly admires, Mark Gruenwald’s Squadron Supreme, which is inspired by the Silver Age Justice League, in which a superhero team assumes control of the United States after a devastating war in order to rebuild it into a utopia. Gruenwald made the argument in the series that the road to hell is paved with the best intentions, that even the altruistic Squadron members ended up violating human liberties, and that even benevolent dictators are still dictators who must be overthrown.

In the course of telling its tale, JLA: Liberty and Justice is full of wonderful touches. Those readers who think that Barry Allen and Hal Jordan lack the personality of their successors should study Ross’s portraits of their unmasked faces: Barry is a crewcutted Midwesterner who has a look of innocence to him, while Hal looks very much the slightly roguish young leading man. Dini does a wonderful job in a page consisting of a conversation between Flash and Green Lantern: one can see the chemistry that made these two disparate personalities into friends. Wonder Woman displays an ethereal beauty (and, I repeat, Ross seems to actually know people who look like this!). Dini’s dialogue for the Martian Manhunter reminds me of what Marvel’s Silver Surfer used to be: J’onn, the alien outsider, wonders why humans cannot appreciate the beauty of their planet as much as he does. In a montage of scenes from classic Justice League stories, I am especially taken with the shot of Kanjar Ro, shadows disguising his cartoony appearance, imperiously commanding his Slave Ship of Space. Batman is not present onstage when the JLA appear before the U. N., presumably to maintain the idea that most people on DC’s Earth consider Batman to be an urban legend. (But is that Bruce Wayne smirking in the audience, the light on his face mimicking the shape of Batman’s cowl?) My favorite shot of Batman in the book has him wedged within a panel at the Pentagon, spookily spying on his fellow Leaguers from hiding. There’s the extraordinary double-page first shot of Green Lantern soaring in space against the background of a blue Earth swathed in white clouds, or the shot of Aquaman, lit by strong sunlight, standing astride a whale charging towards the readers. And there’s a nighttime depiction of Hawkgirl and Hawkman, lit from below standing atop a ledge, even more impressive than the Secret Origins shot.

And in the end JLA: Liberty and Justice reaffirms the moral idealism of DC’s Silver Age superheroes. Having ventured too far into dominating mankind rather than serving them, the JLA effectively apologize by recognizing their common humanity (even shared by the alien members) with the people they protect.

I wonder if all this new attention to the Silver Age isn’t a sign that the audience may be growing for just this sort of approach. A significant number of major comics creators are trying to make the Silver Age characters work in the more sophisticated writing styles of the present and for an older audience. (And that Spider-Man movie was pretty positive and true to the Silver Age stories on which it was based, and look how much money it made.) True, the antiheroic school of comics writing still predominates. But perhaps the pendulum is at last beginning to swing back.

-Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

January 30, 2004

Trailer Park: Super Sunday, Sunday, Sunday

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:43 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVESBy Christopher Stipp

January 30, 2004

SUPER SUNDAY, SUNDAY, SUNDAY

The greatest news this week is not what was or was not nominated for an Academy Award. I couldn’t care less. Okay, I actually do care but seriously, not more than my anticipation for what trailers are going to run this Sunday during the Super Bowl. If any of you geeks remembers the Super Bowl from two years ago, it was the first time we all got a good look at Spidey and felt how agonizing it would be to wait until May to finally see him in action; or how STAR WARS: EPISODE I gave us all hope until Jake Lloyd and Jar Jar delivered a monkey punch to our collective admiration for George Lucas. This is a great time to see the big budget blockbusters that we’re all going to get suckered into seeing this summer. I’ve got my trusty TiVo at the ready and hope to recount some of the surprises that pop up this Sunday. As usual, I hope you all utilize the link below and e-mail me to say what you thought of the mix of goodies the studios are whoring for the amount of money ($2.3M for :30) spent on advertising their pet projects. Speaking of which, I must take a moment to give props out to all my peeps out there who wrote in this week with their own thoughts about the nature of trailers in today’s marketplace.

Here are a couple of highlights, capturing some of the more common responses (many of you out there were very angry SOBs when it came to this subject.), from the populace:

“I’m 55 years old…Trailers fashioned in the 50’s were a bit more honest about the goods they were hawking. They didn’t give away the plot. However, even back then, I don’t think the audience was given much credit for being very sharp”¦.A good trailer should whet your appetite enough to get your butt into that theater seat on Friday [and] shouldn’t use the snake oil approach that Guber embraces.” — Jim L.

“That line from Guber about Hollywood being in the ’emotional transportation’ business is useless crap. Of course they’re in the emotional transportation business, but if Hollywood’s going to show me a trailer it should give an accurate map of where they want to transport me to!” — Buck T.

There were more, heavily worded, thoughts but I will be demure enough to keep those comments to myself, but I do hope some of you write in this week with what you thought of the offerings that will run this Sunday. I will, however, be ignoring any messages that say Terry Tate as I, too, hope they bring him back for another round of office football.

So, without further ado, let me crack open a sixer of Schlitz and start this week’s column. This week’s favorite trailer honors go to ETERNAL SUNSHINE OF THE SPOTLESS MIND. It’s trippy, cool, smooth and if you get a good look at the poster, you would be hard pressed to deny that the woman is not, in fact, Kate Winslet, but a very fine-looking Elizabeth Shue circa ADVENTURES IN BABYSITTING.

KILL BILL Vol. 2 (2004)

Director: Quentin Tarantino
Cast: Uma Thurman, David Carradine, Michael Madsen, Sonny Chiba, Vivica A. Fox, Daryl Hannah, Lucy Liu, LaTanya Richardson, Michael Jai White, Woo-ping Yuen, Samuel L. Jackson
Release: April 16, 2004
Synopsis: The second film in the two-part “Kill Bill” series, the first being Kill Bill: Vol. 1. Uma Thurman is going to “Kill Bill,” in Quentin Tarantino’s latest film about a former assassin betrayed by her boss, Bill (Carradine). Four years after surviving a bullet in the head, the bride (Thurman) emerges from a coma and swears revenge on her former master and his deadly squad of international assassins, played by Lucy Liu, Daryl Hannah, Vivica A. Fox and Michael Madsen.

View Trailer:
“¢ Various (QuickTime, Windows Media, Real One)

Progonosis: Positively Enamored. Simple.The trailer is mostly in black and white, consisting of a single shot of Uma driving a convertible — it only divulges one brief color clip from the film starring David Carradine and Michael Madson. That’s it and it’s great.

Uma, however, speaks directly to the camera, makes a tongue-in-cheek comment of what populist reviewers summarized her role in the film as being, and ends the whole thing on a very nice note: that she is going to kill Bill. She even gives us a wink. Simple, clean, no-nonsense.

I used to joke that some people are either evolutionary predators or prey based on how their eyes sit on their face. Some have savage ocular cavities positioned front and center, but some, like Uma, have the kind of eyes that seem to give her thirty percent more vision for anyone who tries to creep up on her, trying to remove her from the food chain. She was my example, my thesis. But watching her in this clip make me feel like, yes, she captures the killer vibe that I don’t think any other kind of woman could have harnessed.

Some other initial impressions I have of the trailer is that it doesn’t give us any real good peek at what is going to be coming in April, but the who the hell cares? The first one was filled with enough chop-sockey, blood, blades, babes, great writing and dialogue, more blood, and enough homages that the whole film was like one big thank you letter to the masters that came before Quentin. It really doesn’t matter here what Tarantino put up on the screen to whet anyone’s appetitive.

But that’s what makes this a great trailer.

Since trailers are trying to sell something, and because KILL BILL VOL. 1 was so finely crafted, as evidenced by the amount of fanboys who are still drooling from its effects, VOL. 2 has already been bought, emotionally, by everyone who saw the first. However, what about those who didn’t see the first one who need to be sold on the second? Quentin seems to be replying with, “tough shit.” Get out to your dollar theater or wait until it’s released on DVD on April 13th, but only then, if you liked what you saw, will you see why this trailer doesn’t have to give away anything to anyone.

I’m feeling, though, that the suits above will put some pressure on Quentin or that Quentin himself will release another trailer filled with some more snippets from the film, but it’s great the way it is right now.

THE GIRL NEXT DOOR (2004)

Director: Luke Greenfield
Cast: Emile Hirsch, Elisha Cuthbert, Timothy Olyphant, James Remar, Chris Marquette, Paul Dano
Release: March 12, 2004
Synopsis: Eighteen-year-old Matthew Kidman (Hirsch) is a straight-arrow over-achiever who has never really lived life, until he falls for his new neighbor, the beautiful and seemingly innocent Danielle (Cuthbert). When Matthew discovers this perfect “girl next door” is a one-time porn star, his sheltered existence begins to spin out of control. Ultimately, Danielle helps Matthew emerge from his shell and discover that sometimes you have to risk everything for the person you love ““ as he helps her rediscover her innocence.

View Trailer:
“¢ Large (QuickTime)
“¢ Medium (QuickTime)
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Eager Beaver. Okay. I’ll be honest. I may actually pay to see this one. Apart from having Elisha Cuthbert in the flick, this film has a director whose last directorial outing was Rob Schneider’s THE ANIMAL, and has a couple of writers who have done work on things like SAVING RYAN’S PRIVATES, Mad TV, and KEEPING THE FAITH. Quite a pendulum going on here.

It’s no lie that the teenage comedy has been languishing in some very murky box office excitement lately. If you take a look at what Freddie Prinze Jr., Matthew Lillard or Sarah Michelle Gellar have been up to on the silver screen you would have a hard time convincing me that are all destined to turn a professional corner someday and actually produce something that won’t be direct-to-video and sit alongside Antonio Sabato Jr. or Kari Wuhrer’s career at your local Blockbuster.

What we have here in THE GIRL NEXT DOOR might actually be something worth seeing judging by that large R sitting on the bottom of its website. There are countless dusty hits from the eighties with some of your average no-name actors that I believe still have some funny left in them (REVENGE OF THE NERDS and PORKY’S come to mind very quickly) and maybe it’s because of the preponderance of salacious, adult situations (reading between the MPAA lines: whole lotta nudity) that really did it for me as a young “˜un of 15. That’s why this movie may be a touchstone for some young prepubescent hornball. These kinds of films, if they deliver on the goods and don’t show up empty handed, have their place and can do well for themselves as long as they have some plot, humor (high brow or low brow, doesn’t matter) and have just enough of that je ne sais quoi (boobs) to actually sustain it for a full ninety minutes plus. Also, and this is simply an honorable mention, you have Timothy Olyphant from GO who seems to be reprising the same role as a psychotic nutcase and that’s not necessarily a bad thing.

However, the tagline in the trailer “always know if the juice is worth the squeeze” is a little clunky and awkward. I think “always know if Elisha Cuthbert is worth hitting it” would be the better angle. The answer, immediately, would be a resounding yes to all the adolescent boys who will be sneaking into the theater, after buying a ticket to see THE PRINCE AND ME, to see this one on March 12th.

THE DREAMERS (2003)

Director: Bernardo Bertolucci
Cast: Michael Pitt, Eva Green, Louis Garrel
Release: February 6, 2004 (limited)
Synopsis: Left alone in Paris whilst their parents are on holiday, Isabelle (Eva Green) and her brother Theo (Louis Garrel) invite Matthew (Michael Pitt), a young American student, to stay at their apartment. Here they make their own rules as they experiment with their emotions and sexuality while playing a series of increasingly demanding mind games. Set against the turbulent political backdrop of France in the spring of 1968 when the voice of youth was reverberating around Europe, THE DREAMERS is a story of self-discovery as the three students test each other to see just how far they will go.

View Trailer:
“¢ Large (QuickTime)
“¢ Medium (QuickTime)
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive. I don’t mean to bring it down a notch but now, since the ten of you who are now reading this column, judging by the e-mail that is simply crushing my inbox, might actually be interested in films that are just outside of the mainstream I’d thought I would pass this along for your perusal.

Set against the backdrop of 1968 Paris, France, and all the things that were swirling around in the world at the time, from the worries of communism, the Vietnam War, to the massive student protests that were unfolding in the streets, this movie follows a young American, Michael Pitt, of HEDWIG AND THE ANGRY INCH fame, who is studying abroad and gets involved with a brother and sister who are, um, real close; just think Angelina Jolie with her odd-looking, manservant brother and how close they came to actual on-screen coitus at times.

What is interesting about this trailer is that even though this is coming from the same man who brought us LAST TANGO IN PARIS, and who forever obfuscated my perception of the uses of butter, it challenges the viewer with some fairly heavy imagery, intricately threaded storylines and a subtext that would make any Freudian befuddled. It is at the same time gorgeous and repellant to view.

It looks fabulous.

Now, some of you enjoy the slam and blam approach to mainstream fare and may be turned off by the movie’s heady themes, but after watching this tightly packed trailer, and reading some of the advance reviews from Sundance, I would recommend this picture for those looking for something new, fresh, and outside the lines of one’s own comfort zone.

The trailer blatantly confronts basic tenets of most people’s values (thou shall not sleep in the nude with thine own sister), but THE DREAMERS looks like it could give a good cleaning to everyone’s cinema calibrator of what defines good film and great film. Even though the trailer skeeved me out a tad, I love that this two-dimensional trailer is making me feel something real. That alone is a lot more than I can say about a majority of tripe out there that passes as a good night out at the theater.

THE LADYKILLERS (2004)

Director: Joel Coen
Cast: Tom Hanks, Marlon Wayans, Irma P. Hall, Ryan Hurst, Tzi Ma, Stephen Root, J.K Simmons, George Wallace, Jason Weaver
Release: March 26, 2004
Synopsis: Tom Hanks teams up for the first time with filmmakers Joel and Ethan Coen for this retelling of the critically acclaimed 1955 comedy, THE LADYKILLERS. Hanks stars as Goldthwait Higginson Dorr III, Ph.D., a charlatan professor who’s assembled a gang of experts for the heist of the century. The thieves: experts in explosions, tunneling, and muscle, and the critical inside man. The base of operations: the root cellar of an unsuspecting, church-going little old lady named Mrs. Munson (Hall). The ruse: the five need a place to practice their church music. The problem: it quickly becomes evident that Dorr’s thieves lack the mental capacity to do the job. The bigger problem: they have all seriously underestimated their upstairs host.

View Trailer:
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive. Say what you will about Marlon Wayans but the man turned in some great work on one of my always top ten distinguished titles, REQUIEM FOR A DREAM, and on my other list which I keep crumpled under my mattress for movies that still make me giggle but would be blasphemy to publicly endorse, MO’ MONEY. The guy is funny and has proven himself with the SCARY MOVIE franchise no matter what your feelings are concerning the film’s welcome factor after its third installment. He’s no Eddie Murphy circa 1984, but really, Eddie only had five good years before the writing was on the wall, and in large letters: What the hell happened to the funny, Eddie? Marlon is good and he only looks better with Tom Hanks looking like a screamingly funny throwback to a forgotten southern era.

On first glance you would think that this new movie from the brothers Coen had crafted another period piece. Not that it would have been a bad thing, mind you, because the Coen’s skewed view of modern life (RAISING ARIZONA, FARGO, BLOOD SIMPLE) is always a pleasure to indulge in.

As Tom Hanks plays up his obviously crooked character, and as the other players are introduced, the movie has to work to set itself apart from the classic English comedy that starred Alec “Obi” Guinness and Peter “Strangelove” Sellers nearly fifty years ago. And it does it very well.

The trailer is delicately pieced together with the plot’s set up, which is Hanks’ intentions to rob a riverboat casino, going on to describe the specialized abilities of all the players who are going to help (since the advent of OCEAN’S 11 isn’t there a good all-in-one thief for hire anymore?) and, the most important when trying to sell a comedy, the physical slapstick that is sure to follow. If I do have one gripe about the trailer it is the use of Irma Hall near the end of it. For those who have not seen the greatness that is NOTHING TO LOSE, which isn’t for those keeping track, the trailer for that film featured Irma giving a good smack to Martin Lawrence (something that should be done more often. Maybe that would knock a little funny loose in him as well.) for uttering something untoward in front of her. Well, she does it again in this trailer to Marlon who says something untoward in front of her. If anything it is a mild annoyance that the device is not only used again to sell a different movie, but, also, that it’s being done by the same woman. Whether it’s something that Irma does really well, and was accentuated as such, I have no idea. The trailer showcases, wisely, Hanks, who looks like a delight to watch for his mannerisms alone and the Coen’s have yet to seriously make a misstep with their work (as long as you don’t look too harshly upon THE HUDSUCKER PROXY).

ETERNAL SUNSHINE OF THE SPOTLESS MIND (2004)

Director: Michel Gondry
Cast: Jim Carrey, Kate Winslet, Tom Wilkinson, Kirsten Dunst, Mark Ruffalo, Elijah Wood, David Cross
Release: March 19, 2004
Synopsis: Joel (Jim Carrey) is stunned to discover that his girlfriend Clementine (Kate Winslet) has had her memories of their tumultuous relationship erased. Out of desperation, he contacts the inventor of the process, Dr. Howard Mierzwiak (Tom Wilkinson), to have Clementine removed from his memory. But as Joel’s memories progressively disappear, he begins to rediscover their earlier passion. From deep within the recesses of his brain, Joel attempts to escape the procedure. As Dr. Mierzwiak and his crew (Kirsten Dunst, Mark Ruffalo, Elijah Wood) chase him through the maze of his memories, it’s clear that Joel just can’t get her out of his head.

View Trailers:
“¢ Various for Trailer versions 1 and 2 (Windows Media, Real Player)
“¢ Small (QuickTime”¦For an extra sparkling clean version one)

Progonosis: Positive. Some trailers live up to being a gold standard for promising, and delivering, great things. TRUE ROMANCE, PULP FICTION, SPIDER-MAN, and FIGHT CLUB, regardless what you thought of them, did their jobs perfectly. What made them great was that it either set up the story with such hidden excitement that it gave you no inkling, at least to those, like me, having little brain power at all to see forests for trees, what kind of ending awaited in the last reel.There is no greater sin in trailer creation than letting an audience see every money shot you have in your cinematic arsenal because it will only lead to bad word-of-mouth and will kill the film. What is really special about ETERNAL SUNSHINE OF THE SPOTLESS MIND is that it doesn’t give you much as it does in setting up the wonderful possibilities of what this movie can possibly hold.

Coming from Michel Gondry, a director who is most well-known in music video circles (yeah, I had no idea that they still made ’em either) for his work with the overrated, overexposed, over easy White Stripes, the solid Foo Fighters, and the thrilla from Iceland-a, Bjork, and based on a screenplay by Charlie Kaufman the trailer bleeds images that this could be a nice pleasure trip. What stands out, starkly, is the approach the first trailer takes. An infomercial as an initial promotional device for a movie, burning away a good third of the trailer’s time, could be seen as a risky move. Confusing an audience would be one concern but it works so well and helps a great deal in explaining, vaguely, what is going to happen with Jim Carrey. Jim is in no need of a hit as his last movie, BRUCE ALMIGHTY, scored a quarter of a billion dollars at the box office, but too bad it sucked. I did not like THE MAJESTIC for its sentimental Capra-crap and don’t even jump start me into how I feel about THE GRINCH.

But I’ll be honest here: I am excited to see Jim in this movie.

There is something very alluring and attractive about Jim’s character, to say nothing of the attractiveness of Kirsten Dust cavorting in her skivvies (hell, I’ll camp out and get my advance tickets now just based on that). He appears to be a normal man who just happens to live inside the body of the person who gave us the testosterone fueled man-lady Vera de Milo and I honestly believe that just by watching him in the trailer. On top of that you throw Tom Wilkinson, Kate Winslet, Mark Ruffalo (who is also cavorting around in his Fruit of the Looms as well), Elijah Wood and David Cross into the blender and you have the makings for a lot of potentially fabulous performances or an a-list train wreck simply waiting for opening weekend to jump the track. Either way, they’ve got my money.

Comics in Context #28: Adapt and Assimilate

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 12:38 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

In the famous opening line of the great modernist author Franz Kafka’s 1915 short story The Metamorphosis, its protagonist, Gregor Samsa, awakens from sleep to find himself transformed into a cockroach. It sounds like a joke, but it is a horrifically absurdist piece of irony. Samsa’s transformed state becomes a metaphor for his psychological and emotional alienation from the rest of humanity and normality.

Reading the story in the past, I had always imagined the transformed Samsa looking exactly like a cockroach, albeit an enormously oversized one. Now writer/artist Peter Kuper, who has done previous adaptations of Kafka, has turned The Metamorphosis into a graphic novel (issued last year by Crown Publishers). In it Kuper anthropomorphizes the insect, giving him a cartoonish humanoid head and face. At first I thought this weakened the impact of the adaptation, but I soon saw that it was essential to a visualization of the story. In the story Kafka verbalizes Samsa’s thoughts, showing his anguish and despair; through giving the bug human-like expressions, Kuper can convey his emotions visually. The cartooniness also fits well into the overall style art Kuper uses for the story. Though born in Prague, Kafka wrote The Metamorphosis in German, and Kuper’s art style here evokes the distorted visuals of German expressionism. Indeed, Kuper’s adaptation demonstrates the similarity between cartooning and expressionism’s treatment of figurative drawing. In reading the story, Samsa seems to be the one unrealistic element in a naturalistically described world, but Kuper’s visual exaggerations and distortions turn Samsa’s world into the nightmare he feels it to be.

cic-028-01.jpg

Reading through Kuper’s adaptation, seeing the story’s events visualized, brought home aspects of the tale I had not realized before. Samsa’s fate can in part be viewed as a metaphor for clinical depression: his world seemingly shifts into a nightmare state without cause, he has trouble even getting out of bed, he feels isolated from the world and unfit to be part of it, and the change in him seems inexplicable to others. Likewise the story serves as a metaphor for the gulf in understanding that can separate oneself from others. Samsa literally cannot make himself understood by his family, and they, seeing only the horrific outer symptoms, come to regard him as a monster, failing to see the tormented human within.

Most remarkable is Kuper’s visualization of Samsa’s physical decay, culminating in the shot of his death, as the sun rises out the widow, shining its brilliance into the darkened chamber of death. Has Samsa spirit escaped? Or is this part of the final irony of the story, along with the concluding vignette of Gregor’s family, happy now that he is gone. In a parody of sacrificial death and resurrection motifs, Gregor’s sister “blossoms” into womanhood, as if the end of Gregor’s existence somehow released fertility into the world.

Kuper’s The Metamorphosis, then, is an extraordinary adaptation, proof of the heights that comics can reach in interpreting literary works.

THE UNCANNY EGGS-MEN

This may surprise my regular readers, but the comics industry has tended to pigeonhole what I can do, thinking of me as merely a Marvel trivia expert, or, worse, as a part-time proofreader (as if this is the career for which my three Ivy League degrees qualify me), and recurringly as an X-Men x-pert. So perhaps it’s just as well that I have almost entirely steered clear of Marvel’s mutants for the first half year of this column. But here is an anniversary issue, New X-Men #150, written by Grant Morrison, and it seemed a good opportunity to check in with the series.

cic-028-02.jpg

I admire much of what Grant Morrison has done with the X-Men. His most revolutionary stroke was the “outing” of Professor Xavier and his students as mutants. It’s a trend now in superhero comics to get rid of secret identities, as seen lately in Daredevil and Iron Man and ordinarily I think this is a mistake. The dual identity is not only part of the appeal of the superhero genre (the appealing idea that a Superman lurks within the Clark Kent-like everyman) but also the basis for one of its major psychological themes: the divided self, with different identities expressing different aspects of a character’s personality.

In the X-Men’s case, though, I think that Morrison may have hit upon the right way to remodel the series for the 21st century. The superhero genre in comics was created by the progeny of immigrants, and the secret identity motif may relate to the way that immigrants and their families sought to assimilate within American society and culture. Like someone who changes his name to make it seem less ethnic, so Superman conceals his Kryptonian descent by taking the Waspish name of Clark Kent and blending in with a community of people wearing business suits and working at 9-to-5 jobs.

Similarly, the original X-Men, when in costume, made no secret of being mutants, but, unmasked and in “civilian” clothing, would “pass” as “normal” humans when they hung out at night in a Greenwich village coffee house listening to Bernard the Poet recite verse. Over the decades, Marvel writers seemed to care less about the X-Men’s secret identities. When the Angel publicly revealed his true identity and founded the Champions, the most incompetent of newsmen should have been able to figure out that Xavier’s school was the cover for the X-Men. When the “new” X-men came along, some of them, like Storm and Phoenix, did not even bother with masks.

Still, the X-Men remained a secret community within “normal” human society. The insistence on concealment went too far in the original concept for the first X-Factor series, which had the original X-Men, in their everyday identities, posing publicly as mutant hunters. In actuality, the X-Factor team would then help teach the mutants they located in mastering their powers and in passing as “normal.” As readers, and eventually the original X-Men themselves realized, X-Factor’s public stance worsened the public bigotry against mutants by treating them as menaces, and by teaching mutants to pose as “normal,” implied that mutanthood was something to be ashamed of.

The criticism of the early X-Factor issues was a symptom of an evolving change in American culture: minority groups were increasingly asserting pride in their ethnic or gender identity rather than attempting to disguise it to blend in more fully with a homogenized mainstream society.

By exposing Xavier and his school, Morrison recognized this change in the culture. Now that the X-Men had gone public, they could openly serve to promote the cause of mutant rights. If Xavier’s dream of peaceful coexistence between mutants and “normal” humans were truly to be implemented, mutants could no longer hide from the society at large, but had to assert their place within it.

Much of the power of the X-Men concept lies in the fact that the mutants served as metaphors for any minority group that was excluded from the mainstream or the victim of prejudice; “mutanthood” could even stand for an individual who felt alienated from the larger community. I also liked it when Morrison raised the possibility that the growing numbers of mutants might indeed someday supplant “normal” humanity in the course of evolution. Thus, “mutants” could even serve as a metaphor for the younger generation, which inevitably will replace the older generation. The strange powers of the young mutants could stand for the new modes of thinking and behaving that sets every new generation apart from its elders, many of whom do not welcome the new ways they do not comprehend.

So, Morrison gave X-Men the conceptual push it needed to revitalize it for a new century. Yet while I admire Morrison’s concepts for X-Men, I can’t say that I have any affection for it. Another of X-Men‘s strength has been the success with which its best and most important writers ““ Stan Lee, Roy Thomas, and for most years since 1975, Chris Claremont ““ have created characterizations that readers could care about. The X-Men are a community of outsiders; the “outsiders” part is the basis of the series’ theme of minority rights, but the fact that they are a “community,” an extended surrogate family, is nearly as important. Morrison’s X-Men stories lack the emotional warmth that Lee’s, Thomas’s, and Claremont’s all have.

Morrison’s achievement: superheroes secret identities linked to theme of assimilation for immigrants of past generation ““ having to blend in and disguise their true selves ““ so mutants pass for human ““ worst in X-Factor ““ now, however, trend for pride in one’s ethnicity or gender ““ reflected in X-Men going public, becoming public force working for mutant rights. Morrison gave the series a needed kick into a new phase.

New X-Men #150 presents the conclusion of the Planet X story line, and I am hereby issuing a spoiler warning for those who do not want to know the ending.

Usually mysteries in superhero comics are easily penetrable. So I am impressed that Morrison’s character Xorn the mutant healer turned out to be the disguised Magneto: I had even mentioned Xorn as a prominent new character in my recent updated edition of DK’s Ultimate Guide to the X-Men.

I am less happy that what seemed another of Morrison’s changes, enabling Professor Xavier to walk, proved to be temporary. Chris Claremont had restored Xavier’s ability to walk years ago, but editor Bob Harras had Xavier crippled once more. I heard Harras explain that he did so to restore the “poetry” of the character. I see what he meant ““ the idea of the world’s most powerful mind in a physically crippled body ““ and I suppose that Xavier works better thematically this way: Xavier’s disability makes him an outsider in yet another way. Still, for those of us who have read X-Men for years, it seems a cheat to cure Xavier and then cripple him again not once but twice. I suppose, though, that since present day Marvel has so little sense of its own history, no one working on New X-Men may have even known they were recycling the past.

Though Mark Millar in Ultimate X-Men has done masterful work in portraying a genuinely sinister, even genocidal Magneto, Morrison’s version of the character is a letdown. Though Magneto in New X-Men #150 is powerful enough to endanger the Earth by tilting its axis, he is astonishingly ineffectual in combating individual X-Men. Towards the end Xavier berates Magneto for being an “old man” who is out of touch with the new generation of mutants. Oh, really? In the post-9/11 world we are all too aware of older, ideological fanatics followed by a younger generation of terrorists, whose sense of exclusion and humiliation drives them to murderous hatred. It seems to me that Magneto, as a symbol for such leaders, is very relevant indeed in the early 21st century.

At the end of the issue Magneto, uncharacteristically suicidal, demands to be given a martyr’s death, Wolverine lashes out, and we see Xorn’s helmet bounce along the floor. So was Magneto beheaded? That would sure be a hard death scene to undo, and yet it would be foolish to (truly) kill off a character who is such an important part of the series.

And, oh, yes, Jean Grey, who has regained command of the Phoenix Force, dies in front of Cyclops yet again. Considering how often we are informed that new comics readers don’t care about stories that are decades old, it is amazing how Chris Claremont and John Byrne’s “Dark Phoenix Saga” of 1980 continues to influence today’s comics. Of course, it has been available in reprints for years; current comics fans must be reading them. So here is Morrison rerunning Jean’s death scene, but with only a small fraction of the passion and tragic grandeur of Claremont and Byrne’s original. Byrne and Claremont did not want to kill Jean off; editor in chief Jim Shooter made them do it. After all, the romance of Jean and Scott is the emotional heart of the series, as their wedding (after her resurrection) in New X-Men #25 demonstrated. But the editors and writers working with Scott and Jean over the last several years seem to have found their relationship tiresome. If Marvel’s current powers that be really do intend to keep her dead, that’s a big mistake.

There would have been a time when I would have been outraged, saddened, or both by seeing Jean and Magneto killed off. But now I find it hard to care, in part because I’m depressed by the quality of the story, and in part because I am well aware that someone sooner or later will find a way to revive them both. One friend observed that for Jean death has become “a revolving door.” I suspect that one reason Jean was killed off (again) is because she was (apparently) killed off at the end of the X2 movie, in a clear setup for doing the “Dark Phoenix Saga” in X3. (Comic book executives keep imagining that hordes of people who saw superhero movies will start reading the comics and get confused if the comics don’t match the movie continuity. On the contrary, what I’ve been told is that such large crossover audiences usually don’t happen.) If so, then if Jean comes back in X3, she’ll be back in the comics. I haven’t yet read any X-Men issues after this one, so far all I know her resurrection may already be in the works. “All I ever did was die on you, Scott,” are Jean’s dying words in New X-Men #150: she’s become the X-Men’s equivalent of the ever-dying Kenny on South Park.

Oh, yes, on the final page, the “Phoenix Egg” is found on the moon. it must be the very egg that this story laid.

MONEY AND McDUCK

Thanks to Ken Plume, I’ve no finally gotten to see a copy of the first film appearance by Carl Barks’s Uncle Scrooge, the 1967 Disney featurette Scrooge McDuck and Money, directed by Disney animation veteran Hamilton Luske, and referenced in my Christmas column. As I expected, this is one of the short animated films that the Disney studio did in the 1960s that was educational in purpose, like Donald in Mathmagic Land and Toot, Whistle, Plunk and Boom. Like them, it is not dry and didactic but genuinely entertaining. What surprised me was that it is a musical, with songs (one sung by Scrooge himself) and even rhyming dialogue. The subject is the history of money; with its celebratory tone, I kept thinking that this is the kind of movie that Scrooge himself would produce.

cic-028-03.jpg

The film gets Barks’s character exactly right. We first see him playing in the mounds of coins and paper currency in his vault, although it does not seem as colossal as Barks’s iconic money bin. The film turns Scrooge into a collector of examples of forms of currency from other times and civilizations; as far as I know, something Barks did not think of, but it is right for the character. The film’s serious educational intent does mean modifying one of Barks’s concepts. In the comics Scrooge is the ultimate hoarder of wealth, but in the film, Scrooge lectures Huey, Dewey and Louie on the importance of investing money rather than just sitting on it and letting it collect dust. (Scrooge amusingly refers to the vault full of money as merely “petty cash” he keeps on hand.)

A nice surprise came towards the end when Scrooge, having spent the film lecturing to Huey, Dewey and Louie about money and the importance of investing it wisely, charges them three cents as a consultant’s fee. The grandnephews hand over the pennies, and Scrooge takes on an evil, greedy look as he accepts the coins; yep, this seems right for the character, too.

The featurette is visually inventive: to explain how much a billion dollars is, Scrooge pictures a stack of bills reaching up into outer space. It also betrays the prejudices of the conventional wisdom of its time, portraying husbands as having careers and wives having none.

I’m not altogether happy with the voice work. Huey, Dewey and Louie speak in voices clearly done by women impersonating young boys, rather than Clarence Nash’s quacking voice; presumably this is to make the trio more comprehensible, but they sound wrong. More weirdly, the copy Ken sent me seems to be from the Wonderful World of Disney TV show, since it is introduced by the show’s recurring animated host, Professor Ludwig Von Drake, but whoever did his voice sounds nothing like the distinctive, humorous Viennese voice that voice actor Paul Frees created for the character. On the other hand, another voice acting legend, Bill Thompson, gives Scrooge a warmly appealing Scots accent, not very different at all than the voice that his successor on the character, Alan Young, would give Scrooge.

Here’s an example of Thinking Too Deeply about Things: So, Donald Duck has one uncle from Scotland, Scrooge McDuck, and another from Vienna, Ludwig Von Drake, so Donald must be of mixed Scots/Austrian descent. (Has anyone ever done a family tree that works this out? As far as I know, Carl Barks ignored Von Drake, so he never dealt with the matter.) Moreover, Donald has a cousin, Gladstone Gander, whose name indicates he is a goose, suggesting there is interspecies romance in Donald’s family tree.

THE AMERICANIZATION OF BALOO

I also recently caught up with Disney’s 2003 animated feature The Jungle Book 2, directed by Steve Trenbirth, on the Starz cable network. The previous animated Jungle Book was the last animated feature that Walt Disney oversaw before his death, and as has been repeatedly reported, Disney instructed people working on the film not to pay much attention to the books by Rudyard Kipling on which it was based.

cic-028-04.jpg

Time and again I’ve read statements by filmmakers and movie critics to the effect that a movie is a separate creative entity from a book on which it is based and therefore need not be faithful to it. In fact, many reviewers of the Harry Potter movies seem aghast that they are faithful to J. K. Rowling’s books and seem to feel it is the filmmakers’ duty to diverge from her work, apparently simply for divergence’s sake. I have yet to read any review of the Potter movies that explains just how the films should differ from the books. I also notice that the movie reviewers I read praise The Lord of the Rings movies for their great fidelity to Tolkien’s novels. This suggests to me that the difference is that the film critics in question grew up reading Tolkien but are, of course, too old to have grown up reading Rowling. (I also observe that Rowling’s fictional universe is so intricately constructed that to alter elements of one book might upset the workings of a later one.)

To my mind, though, why adapt the work of a writer, especially one whose work has proved to be an enduring classic, if you are going to violate his or her characterizations and themes? This is also a phenomenon in the world of comics, where it sometimes seems as if in revamping classic characters and series, all that survives from the original version may be the names. (For example, there’s Marvel’s recent revamp of Jack Kirby’s Eternals, about which you will read more in a future column.)

The original Disney animated Jungle Book is a delightful entertainment, though in it one can see the seeds of the sharp decline in Disney animated features after Walt’s death: there are lots of showpieces for character animation, but the narrative is really a series of vignettes rather than a well-constructed overall story. But apart from the names of the characters and the basic idea of a boy being raised by animals in the jungles of India, it has nothing to do with Kipling.

This is odd for a number of reasons. The Disney studio had done previous adaptations of classic children’s literature ““ Alice in Wonderland, Peter Pan, The Wind in the Willows, T. H. White’s The Sword in the Stone, and, of course, A, A, Milne’s original Winnie the Pooh stories ““ that did not wholly capture the moods and themes of the source material, but served as interesting blends of the original author’s works and the style of the Disney animation studio. Recently watching Alice again (on the big screen at a Museum of Modern Art showing), I reflected that, true, the vaudevillian slapstick did not reflect Lewis Carroll’s approach to humor, but much of Carroll came through quite clearly: the absurdities and even tyrannies of the adult world, the adults’ condescension towards children, and, especially, Alice’s intrepid, common sensical character.

In Kipling’s two Jungle Books, the jungle is a place that is exotic yet austere, filled with wonder but also with danger everywhere. The human orphan Mowgli is adopted by wolves over the opposition of the man-eating tiger Shere Khan. The animals not only have their own language, but they even have their own government: chaos is held at bay by the strict adherence to the Laws of the Jungle, which all species must obey. Mowgli’s growth to maturity within the jungle is Kipling’s primal metaphor for learning how to function within a harsh human society. One must obey the laws. One must form bonds within one’s community and cope with rivalries, as Mowgli dies within the wolf pack. One must seek guidance from mentors, as Mowgli does from the wise bear Baloo and his protector, the black panther Bagheera, and make peace with potential adversaries like the cobra Kaa. Mowgli ultimately proves his maturity by slaying his nemesis, Shere Khan, and leading the pack in their war against the wild dogs, the Dhole.

It’s easy to understand that Walt Disney might have been put off by the harshness of Kipling’s vision. In Disney’s Jungle Book movies, the jungle instead represents a nearly idyllic world of childhood without responsibility. Baloo is not a mentor but an older playmate. It has been reported that Walt Disney insisted on casting Phil Harris as the voice of Baloo over others’ understandable objections. Harris’s public persona, ranging from his stint on Jack Benny’s radio show in the 1930s into his guest appearances on Dean Martin’s TV show in the 1960s, was that of a likable rogue with a fondness for drink, a musician whose style of hipness was becoming dated in the ’60s. Walt Disney saw correctly that Harris’s persona could be domesticated into that of the cool dad, a father figure that a growing kid would enjoy hanging out with. So the animated Baloo is not a surrogate father as teacher, preparing Mowgli for adult responsibility, but an ursine Falstaff, entertaining Mowgli until the latter can no longer put off entering the adult world.

In keeping with the movie’s vision of the jungle as playground, Bagheera is less formidable than the butt of Baloo’s jests, the dangerously irrational monkeys become King Louie’s jazz ensemble, the regal elephant Hathi becomes a Colonel Blimp-like parody of British military officers, and the eerily powerful Kaa, though still a threat, is foolish and easily thwarted. The only real danger is presented by Shere Khan, who, in the original film, is simultaneously a witty caricature of the late actor George Sanders, who provided the voice, and, in the animation, a palpable, sinister threat.

In the first film, Shere Khan’s climactic attack on Mowgli is the sign that the boy’s life of hedonistic irresponsibility has ended. So has Baloo’s: he nearly loses his life in combating the tiger, leading to the archetypal Disney symbolic death and resurrection scene (see too Snow White, Pinocchio, Tinker Bell, Trusty in Lady and the Tramp, etc.). As in the end of Kipling’s book, Mowgli finally must leave to take his place in human society, In the Disney film, the impetus is Mowgli’s attraction to a young Indian girl: he grows up when he discovers girls.

I find it particularly strange that the Disney Jungle Book ignores Kipling so much since other Disney animated films come closer to the spirit of Kipling’s book. During Walt Disney’s lifetime there was Bambi, another tale of growing up in what proves to be a dangerous wilderness. In recent years there has been The Lion King, and especially the Disney Tarzan. Edgar Rice Burroughs’ Tarzan and Kipling’s Mowgli are basically variations on the same archetype: a man raised in the jungle by animals.

Watching the animated sequel, I was struck by how Disney so thoroughly Americanized Kipling’s India. Shere Khan and Hathi have British accents, and a quartet of moptopped vultures have Liverpudlian accents, as the early 1960s Disney studio’s uncomprehending nod to the Beatles. The other characters sound American, and Baloo/Harris’s hipster dialogue and King Louie’s singing thrust American culture right into the viewer’s face. It seems like a sort of unconscious American cultural imperialism: the whole world is presented as American. (This got worse in Disney animated films. Take Robin Hood, in which the royalty and nobility sound British, but the Sheriff of Nottingham and his aides have American Southern accents!) My favorite example of this sort of thing is the original Planet of the Apes. Why is Charlton Heston’s character so surprised that he’s on Earth when the apes have spoken English all through the film? I suppose because it does not automatically occur to naive Americans that members of alien cultures wouldn’t necessarily speak English.

The Jungle Book 2 corrects this problem somewhat: the girl from the end of the first movie plays a large part, as do her father and brother, all of whom are decidedly Indian. In this, Jungle Book 2 continues a welcome trend in the recent era of Disney animated films. In Walt Disney’s lifetime the films tended to draw on European fairy tales and presented Caucasian casts. With the renaissance of Disney animation that began with The Little Mermaid, the body of films has become multiethnic: there have been Arabs (Aladdin), Native Americans (Pocahontas, Brother Bear), Chinese (Mulan) and native Hawaiians (Lilo & Stitch), along with the African influences in The Lion King. (In the film, The Lion King‘s characters are animals, voiced by white and black actors, but in the stage version most of the cast is black, wearing costumes influenced by African culture.)

In the new movie, John Goodman takes over as the voice of Baloo. This is interesting since Goodman’s voice, though close, does not sound like Phil Harris. It’s more usual to cast voice actors who can mimic the originals. British actor Tony Jay does an astonishingly good job of recreating George Sanders’ voice for Shere Khan, and the animators likewise recapture the tiger’s sinister stalking movements from the original. Expectedly, Jim Cummings, who duplicates the late Sterling Holloway’s voice for Winnie the Pooh, does Holloway wonderfully here too as Kaa. Goodman may not sound exactly like Harris, but he conveys the same personality that Harris did as Baloo, and that proves entirely satisfactory.

The movie, though, is not. The story basically serves to duplicate bits from the original: so once again, Shere Khan nearly strangles Kaa, and Baloo reprises his song “The Bare Necessities” over and over. The issues of responsibility and of the necessity of choosing between the jungle and human society are dropped. The end of the film, with Mowgli and the girl sneaking off to join Baloo in the jungle, is ambiguous, probably unintentionally so. Are they just visiting him, or running away from home?

HONG KONG PHOOEY

cic-028-05.jpg

I had hopes for the 2003 graphic novel Batman: Hong Kong, inasmuch as it was written by Doug Moench, the most prolific Marvel writer of the 1970s, responsible for years of remarkably fine stories in Master of Kung Fu, and with considerable experience writing Batman. This new graphic novel begins well, with a computer hacker witnessing a murder on a secret webcast. But Batman: Hong Kong was a disappointment, with lots of furious action to no real point. As I keep finding in various projects, characterizations are too slim to warrant my interest or caring about the people involved. At the center of this story is a family feud, but the participates win no empathy, and the villain is just a ranting, raging cardboard figure. The dust jacket pronounces artist Tony Wong to be “the Comic King of Hong Kong,” but his work here just seems to demonstrate that anime and manga-influenced storytelling cliches are now international in scope.

THE HALFWAY POINT

At last year’s San Diego Con Neil Gaiman said that in creating 1602 for Marvel he was trying to avoid writing about the post-9/11 era, and yet found himself writing about heroes invading another country that holds weapons of mass destruction. He was talking about issue six, in which heroes invade Latveria, the kingdom of Doctor Doom, here known as Otto von Doom. The Angel thinks, “We go to release prisoners. We go to reclaim a stolen weapon, “We go to fight a just war.” Like JLA: Liberty and Justice (as we shall see in a coming column), this is a book that reflects America’s position in the world in a new century of terrorist threats and wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.

The series so far has portrayed the familiar Marvel heroes of the Silver Age transposed into Renaissance England in the year 1602. As promised, issue six begins to explain what has happened, courtesy of another creation by Stan Lee and Jack Kirby, Uatu the Watcher, the alien being who observes life on Earth but is sworn not to intervene.

Gaiman finds wonderful new notes to sound in his handling of the Watcher. In his hands, Uatu is so dedicated to nonintervention that he will not simply offer Dr. Strange an explanation of events; he instead insists that Dr. Strange ask him specific questions, thereby to enable him to make specific answers. There’s an air of myth and fairy tale about this, as if Strange must solve a riddle before this oracle can speak.

According to Uatu, the temporal anomaly that threatens to destroy the universe of 1602 is the result of a “something,” “almost certainly a human being,” having been sent to that year from four centuries in the future (our present) by an unusual means of time travel. Uatu calls this being “the Forerunner,” and says that its appearance triggered the creation of the Marvel heroes four centuries earlier than they were destined to appear.

Uatu speculates “that the universe fights to save itself” by prematurely creating the “heroes and Marvels” in response to the threat triggered by the Forerunner. So, it would seem, the universe is sentient. Is this a reference to Stan Lee and Steve Ditko’s character Eternity, the living embodiment of the cosmos? Can it even be a reference to God? You and I may disagree as to whether the real universe, in which we live, is an accident of fate or designed by a higher power. But 1602 indicates that the Marvel Universe is governed by a principle of order, perhaps by a controlling intelligence.

Who is this “Forerunner”? I will guess that it would be the first Marvel superhero, meaning either the original Human Torch or the Sub-Mariner, both of whom debuted in 1939. But what would they be doing experimenting with time travel? (And where is Iron Man, the most obvious Missing Person in the cast so far?)

Uatu says that the Watchers decided to intervene in this case since the Forerunner has brought about a threat to all of reality. So Uatu tells Strange about the menace, but then forbids him to act on the knowledge he gives him. So what was the point of telling him?

Gaiman isn’t being consistent in giving the dialogue in 1602 an Elizabethan flavor. Did people in Elizabethan England really use phrases like “draw your attention to the matter at hand” or discuss their “options”? Then again, I like the way that Gaiman transforms Ben Grimm’s familiar New Yorkese into period British slang. Reading Matthew’s dialogue makes me realize that though Gaiman has evoked Frank Miller’s handling of Daredevil, he is also drawing upon Stan Lee and Gene Colan’s Silver Age interpretation of the character: the verbal wit and the astonishing, daring acrobatics. I also like the handling of Reed’s dialogue: this is a genius who can’t stop thinking and talking about science, to whom new ideas are continually occurring. One of the best strokes is Jean’s maxim, “From those who have much to give, much is demanded,” a variant on Stan Lee’s familiar line, “With great power must come great responsibility,” if not quite as felicitously phrased.

I am very pleased to see that my most recent speculations about the identities of Donal and the Templars’ treasure proved to be correct. Gaiman did not make his great reputation in comics through action-adventure stories, yet he superbly stages the battle with Doom and the escapes of the heroes he held prisoner. When origins for characters in 1602 seemed incomplete, I wondered if Gaiman planned to finish them: it seems he does, for in this issue Doom’s face suffers its inevitable scarring. Doom’s trap for the Thing was clever and very credible, not requiring any super-science at all. I even like Iceman’s point that he cannot fully utilize his powers without there being more moisture in the air to freeze, a scientific fact usually ignored in the X-books.

1602 is the only comic book I have been reviewing in this column issue by issue, and that is because each issue is such a pleasure to read, and offers so much to discuss. 1602 does not have great thematic depth, but is essentially a well told superhero genre story. Gaiman makes crafting such a tale look so easy, and yet, if it were, then why are stories of this level of excellence so rare in contemporary comics?

-Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

January 23, 2004

Trailer Park: Trailer Nature

Filed under: Columns,Trailer Park — admin @ 2:45 am

E-MAIL THE AUTHOR | ARCHIVES TRAILER PARK

By Christopher Stipp

January 23, 2004

Trailer Nature

In AMC’s very informative weekly program, SUNDAY MORNING SHOOTOUT, which you all should be watching if you care at all for a weekly insiders peek at the business of moviemaking, hosts Peter Guber and Peter Bart recently dished for a bit on the cinematic value of movie trailers.

Old guard Peter Bart commented that recent movie trailers for him were “noisy,” “aggressive,” “they misrepresent the film,” and that they all “look alike.” Bart longed for the time when movies such as GONE WITH THE WIND had trailers that were artistic and “gave an honest taste” for the film you could expect.

The relatively young(er) Guber countered with the notion that trailers are designed to “get butts in seats,” are a “critical element for the whole campaign” for a film, and that effective movie trailers “connect, emotionally,” with an audience. He reiterated a few times, and it bears repeating here, that Hollywood is in the, “emotional transportation business, not the information business.”

Being reminded that movie trailers have been around since 1912 is a nice way to segue into the idea that trailers serve a vital role in cinema. For better or worse, if you are a contemporary studio, you have exactly less than two minutes to either persuade or con an audience into seeing a movie that might have been in development for years.

Since I received a suffocating deluge of mail welcoming me to the Park here, all four of you, I open the floor for some feedback about what you think works better: slick and shiny or slow and substantial? Do you think trailers influence whether you see a film personally? Is it just the lemmings of the earth that are spellbound by a pound of dog crap wrapped in a cute box? This discussion, I’m sure, could go either way, but I’d like to see what’s on your minds. And yes, before you ask, I too was fooled into thinking THE JERKY BOYS was going to be a fun night out with my friends based on its trailer and, upon the movie’s completion, was barred from ever choosing a film again. I’m still bitter that I was duped by such a heartless, soulless, empty movie.

Drop me a line at Christopher_Stipp@yahoo.com.

P.S. The trailer for JERSEY GIRL hit last week and it is most definitely my pick of the week. Hop to it and read the review before you check out the trailer, unless you’re illiterate, in which case just click on all the blue things on this page. You’re bound to click the right one sooner or later.

SPARTAN (2004)
Director: David Mamet
Cast: Val Kilmer, Derek Luke, William H. Macy, Johnny Messner, Alexandra Kerry, Tia Texada, Kristen Bell
Release: March 12, 2004
Synopsis: Robert Scott (Val Kilmer) is a career military officer working in a highly secretive special operations force. A man hardened by years of brutal service, he is respected by his peers and elders in the world of espionage. When Scott is recruited to find Laura Newton (Kristen Bell), the daughter of a high-ranking government official, he is paired with novice Curtis (Derek Luke), who becomes his protégé. Working with a special task force comprised of Presidential Advisors, the Secret Service, FBI and CIA, Scott and Derek stumble upon a white slavery ring, which may have some connection to Laura’s disappearance.

View Trailer:
“¢ Large (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive. “You’re gonna leave your life or you’re gonna leave the information right in this room.”David Mamet’s double speak is in full swing in the trailer to his new movie SPARTAN. His signature dialogue is back and while some may find the language “odd” or somehow not natural, Mamet’s way of talking is really a litmus test: you either react to or repel away from it.Val Kilmer, a refreshing choice for a role like this, gets a lot of time in the two minutes that this movie sets itself up and it’s good to see that he seems to handle himself well with Mamet’s work. William H. Macy also gets a little play in the trailer (Is there anything that he isn’t in these days?) and it’s a comfort to see him here. Macy has proven himself more than able in STATE AND MAIN to use Mamet to his theatrical advantage, but I did ask myself why there is no sign of Mamet staples Ricky Jay or Rebecca Pidegon.

HEIST was the last film Mamet both wrote and directed. That movie, while masterfully executed, did not get the kind of fiscal reward it should have received. STATE AND MAIN, his movie before HEIST, only grossed around seven million dollars. While SPARTAN has a mainstream “thriller” feel, hopefully that will be enough to get people to see one of the best writers working in Hollywood, or theater, today. Knowing his earlier work and seeing the trailer, it’s certain that this film will have all of Mamet’s markings. What isn’t certain, though, is what Ma and Pa Moviegoer will think when they realize quickly that this movie isn’t going to be spoon-fed pap.

This is a good trailer with enough Mamet to whet a fan’s appetite and will be a welcome counter-programming diversion to AGENT CODY BANKS 2, which opens the same weekend.

STARSKY AND HUTCH (2004)

Director: Todd Phillips
Cast: Ben Stiller, Owen Wilson, Snoop Dogg, Vince Vaughn, Carmen Electra, Molly Sims, Amy Smart, Juliette Lewis, Chris Penn, Fred Williamson, Brande Roderick, Jason Bateman
Release: March 5, 2004
Synopsis: In Starsky & Hutch, the origins of the charismatic crime-fighting duo David Starsky and Ken “Hutch” Hutchinson are explored when these undercover Bay City detectives are partnered for their very first assignment. Ben Stiller plays the tightly wound Detective David Starsky who is thrown together with Owen Wilson’s easygoing Detective Ken Hutchinson on a high-stakes case. Platinum-selling rapper and actor Snoop Dogg plays their savvy street informant Huggy Bear. Vince Vaughn also joins the cast as Reese Feldman, a smooth-talking entrepreneur with an eye towards the future.

View Trailer:
“¢ Large (QuickTime)
“¢ Medium (QuickTime)
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive. Word association time!Ben Stiller. Owen Wilson. Snoop Dogg. Vince Vaughn. Chris Penn. Amy Smart. Carmen Electra. Jason Bateman. Juliette Lewis. Todd Phillips.Hopefully all of these names will mean box office bling for Warner Bros.

Coming off his much deserved accolades for OLD SCHOOL, Todd Phillips is coming back with a remake of the 1975 classic series, Starsky and Hutch. Packed with enough talent, eye candy, and a great cameo from Will Ferrell, this could be a mainstream trifecta for the young director who seems to have a sharp knack for comedy.

The first third of the trailer sets up the relationship with Owen and Ben and establishes their characters very well. While it’s a good opening, and even elicits a few giggles, it only gets better from there.

With some “Sweet Emotion” playing in the background, all the other players are introduced with some funny send-ups of seventies style much to the thanks of Snoop.

The trailer captures the feel of the era with its hair, dress, and its cinematic funkiness. For all the right reasons, Ben and Owen’s dependability to be comedic when necessary, Phillips’ track record, and a good supporting cast, STARSKY AND HUTCH sells itself well by quickly setting itself up and then leaving you with the sense that this will be a film you will be making time to see. Ben and Owen have some great chemistry that exudes through the screen, but it’s Ben at the end of the trailer that, not since Shields and Yarnell, finally makes miming funny without an ounce of irony behind it.

THE PERFECT SCORE (2004)

Director: Brian Robbins
Cast: Erika Christensen, Chris Evans, Bryan Greenberg, Scarlett Johansson, Darius Miles, Leonardo Nam, Tyra Ferrell
Release: January 30, 2004
Synopsis: Six high school students band together and develop a plan to heist the SAT exam in order to prevent the test from unfairly defining who they’ll become. Each in the group has his or her own set of circumstances that leads to the conclusion that the only way to truly decide one’s own fate is to beat the system.

View Trailer:
“¢ Large (QuickTime)
“¢ Medium (QuickTime)
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Negative. “No matter what happens, when you get outta that room you’re still gonna be you, man. No test is gonna change that.”Well, thank you MTV for saving me my $8.50.The creative brainiacs who cobbled together this trailer must have been so cognizant that a flick from a guy who was a producer on VARSITY BLUES and a writer who brought us OUT COLD (Yeah, me neither…) thought it wise to give us the whole movie from start to finish in two and a half minutes.

If you dare click on the link you will get, first, a rundown of all the players, their motivations, intentions and struggles as disenfranchised youths, and then, second, get a glimpse of how they are going to “stick it to the man” by stealing a copy of the SAT before realizing, in the end, that hey, it is just a test after all. You have six different students (a jock, a popular girl, a burnout…It’s almost too embarrassing to even write this with a straight face. Wasn’t this formula ditched at the same time New Coke was being called the first sign of the apocalypse?) who band together for a common goal: trying to explain to the audience why Scarlett Johansson is in this movie. Rent being due was all that I could think up. The trailer shows the standard aptitude for direction in a genre movie like this and, thanks to hearty dollops of dialogue, what kind of writing you can expect or be disappointed by.

On a positive tip, Scarlett Johansson is in it and that gives it some redemptive qualities for some of you younger folk looking for a great way to waste some time on a Friday night before heading to Craig’s place, ’cause his parents are out of town, and having a kegger with all your friends. The cast boasts some of the finest talent working in teen targeted movies today (VAN WILDER, NOT ANOTHER TEEN MOVIE, SWIMFAN, SHE’S ALL THAT, SUMMER CATCH) and I seriously believe this will do well for itself in this niche.

Now, I could be wrong. It’s not likely, but I could be. If, after you see this movie being pimped heavily on MTV, especially TRL, and you decide it is worth a matinee or full-price admission, I’ll give it a go. Maybe it’ll change the face of teen comedy as we know it. It’s not likely, but I could be wrong.

VAN HELSING (2004)

Director: Stephen Sommers
Cast: Hugh Jackman, Kate Beckinsale, Richard Roxburgh, David Wenham, Will Kemp, Kevin J. O’Connor
Release: May 7, 2004
Synopsis: Stephen Sommers brings Van Helsing (Hugh Jackman) to life, the legendary monster hunter born in the pages of Bram Stoker’s Dracula. In his ongoing battle to rid the world of its fiendish creatures, Van Helsing, on order of a secret society, travels to Transylvania to bring down the lethally seductive, enigmatically powerful Count Dracula (Richard Roxburgh) and joins forces with the fearless Anna Valerious (Kate Beckinsale), out to rid her family of a generations-old curse by defeating the vampire.

View Trailer:
“¢ Large (QuickTime)
“¢ Medium (QuickTime)
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Excited. Kate Beckinsale is a MILF on the loose in this new cinematic brouhaha about how great she looks even though it is only the late 19th century. Oh yeah, this film also gives Hugh Jackman a front-and-center role in a vehicle to star as the movie’s titular, brooding, yet dashingly good-looking, leading man who is out to kill some of Universal’s most highly trademarked characters.Right away, the trailer establishes the mood of the movie: dark, cold, and wet. There are sweeping views of some great sets and it has an overall muddied feel to the place in which all the events unfold. Jackman’s garb and Sommers’ cinematic style here is reminiscent of BROTHERHOOD OF THE WOLF and that’s not a bad thing. Sommers had a finger in the movie crapfest that was THE SCORPION KING, but he does get very high marks for following up here, directorially speaking, THE MUMMY RETURNS (which was quite enjoyable) with a movie that looks just plain fun from start to finish.There is usually some mystery involved when trailers present the object of desire for fanboys trying to gleam a look at the movie’s bad guys which here, collectively, are the Wolfman, Frakenstein, The Mummy, and even Dracula (All Rights Reserved). Summers wisely puts them all out on the table to see because that is what is going to put people in the seats. Not that Jackman and Beckinsale are a great draw, but you can’t help but be excited that all these characters are going to be sharing the same screen in an explosion of dumb fun.

And this is only the first few seconds of the trailer.

There are flourishes of gadgets, pomp and circumstance, and lots of Hugh getting grimy with monsters of all kinds. Sommers’ direction, at times, takes pages from the Bruckheimer playbook, but if it’s done well, and the snippets here do show promise, this could be a nice franchise for Universal. Honestly, Jackman has the kind of screen presence, as evidenced in X-MEN, X2, and even SWORDFISH, that begged for him to have a chance to carry a movie. Of a lot of newcomers to the screen, he has the chops, both acting and mutton, to do it.

The extended scene at the end of the trailer is a nice touch to add a little suspense of “what is going to happen to the busty and bad-ass Kate Beckinsale?” generating some interest in what, hopefully, could be another hit for Sommers. As long as The Rock stays hidden, and there aren’t too many numbing stretches of dialogue, there could be a couple good reasons to see this film.

Jersey Girl (2004)

Director: Kevin Smith
Cast: Ben Affleck, Jennifer Lopez, Liv Tyler, George Carlin, Jason Biggs, Stephen Root, Raquel Castro
Release: March 19, 2004
Synopsis: Ollie Trinke (Affleck) is at the top of his game. A smooth Manhattan music publicist, Ollie has just married the love of his life (Lopez) and has a child on the way. It’s a perfect life that is tragically upended when he suddenly finds himself a single father unqualified for his new role. Before long, Ollie’s big city lifestyle clashes head on with fatherhood. After losing his job, he’s forced to move back in with his father (Carlin) in the New Jersey suburb where he was raised. With the help of a beautiful young friend (Tyler) who opens him up to love again, and the daughter (Castro) who gives him the courage to keep going, he begins to realize that sometimes, you have to forget about what you thought you were and just accept who you are.

View Trailer:
“¢ Large (QuickTime)
“¢ Medium (QuickTime)
“¢ Small (QuickTime)

Progonosis: Positive. This movie just has to suck, right?How else can one think about a film that has seen its release date shift more often than a ballplayer’s cup infested with crabs?Movies are a strange thing and sometimes when things like a delayed release happen, it could mean that the studio is trying to find a date when they can, not unlike a hillbilly looking to unload an old couch on a highway overpass at three in the morning, bury a movie when no one else is watching and simply hope someone mistakes it for quality merchandise. It can also mean that there are just some unseen variables that happen along the way that makes a release date impossible to make.

After seeing the trailer I am confident, and hopeful, it was the latter. How else can you explain the charisma that Affleck has in this trailer? Unlike most of America that claims to be “up-to-here” with news and exposure to the man, I think he is still wonderful to look at when he is doing his thing. He has a genuine vulnerability that comes across as something endearing, not annoying or false.

Now, we barely get a look at J. Lo and we all get the point that something very tragic happens to the lady, probably much to the delight of her detractors. It almost feels like it’s a forced plot point given away needlessly simply because of outside goings-on that have nothing to do with the film as a whole. It’s unfortunate, but I digress.

George Carlin is back in a Smith flick starring as Ben’s dad and good for him. The movie is about Ben having to cope with life as a single dad and, dammit, why should he get any sympathy from his father? Because it’s George “Effin” Carlin, that’s why.

What’s interesting to note about this trailer is that while Ben is shown trying to cobble together a semblance of life as a single dad, trying to raise a spunky daughter, Kevin Smith is behind the lens orchestrating the tenuous ground of the rom-com battlefield, one hopes, without making it too saccharine sweet. With Liv Tyler in the mix, a wonderful foil for Affleck, it all cumulates in what looks like a solid film.

This could go down the road of your average chick flick, but Smith’s signature style of creating great dialogue around wonderfully fleshed out characters prove that the odds are in his favor to buck that notion. Why did the suits sit on this like some Willy Wonka golden egg? Judging by the trailer, I wouldn’t have the first idea on how to answer that question.

Comics in Context #27: Old King Cole

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 12:22 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

You might think that Kyle Baker’s Undercover Genie: The Irreverent Conjurings of an Illustrative Aladdin (from DC/Vertigo, edited by the redoubtable Steve Bunche) is another of his series of graphic novels. Instead, it’s a wonderfully witty and artistically dazzling anthology of caricatures, satiric illustrations, one-page strips, and even some short character-driven short stories, many originally published in venues where one is unused to finding the work of mainstream comic book artists: New York Magazine, The New Yorker, The Village Voice, Esquire, and even The New York Times Sunday Magazine.

In his introduction Baker notes that comic book professionals claim that his work is “uncommercial.” He points out that he did most of the work in Undercover Genie in the 1990s, which other comics pros think of as “a ‘Golden Era,’ when books were selling in the millions and everyone was getting rich.” (Well, not everyone, as I know from personal experience, and the gravy train came to a sudden halt in the mid-1990s.)

“Throughout this ‘Golden Era’ I couldn’t get much work in comic books,” Baker recalls; unwilling to do “McFarlane ripoffs,” Baker says, “I couldn’t get a comic book published, except for a couple books I did for free. . . .” (I know what only being offered work for free is like, too.)

So, instead Baker did cartoons for markets other than the comic book industry: for advertising, magazines, and more, and “had to content myself with huge paychecks and an audience of millions.”

Well, I can certainly understand that, after having his work dismissed by the comic book industry, Baker gives in to the temptation to gloat. Considering the continuing high unemployment figures and the recent devastation in the comic book business, though, boasting about one’s wealth does seem a wee bit tasteless, though.

Baker attributes his success to doing what he says animation does, “continually updating styles and imitating the most successful current hits and trends,” whereas he claims comic books have remained “more or less stylistically unchanged for over a century.” Well, comic book art styles certainly change, and more quickly than ever (see the review of the Kurt Schaffenberger book below).

I think comparing Baker’s work to the typical contemporary superhero artist’s is really a proverbial case of apples and oranges. Baker is on target when he points out that “the primary subject matter” of comic books remains super heroes (in America, anyway). Unlike him, I don’t think the genre itself is dated; it has evolved with the times. But what I think really makes Baker stand out in American comic books is that he is working in an area that most other comic book artists and writers ignore: humor.

cic-027-01.jpg

The more I think about that, the stranger it seems: how can there be so few funny works being produced in the “funny book” medium? While the comic strip narrowed its scope in recent decades, so that the field is dominated by humor strips and there are relatively few adventure or dramatic strips, the opposite happened in American comic books, so that there are few humor books and the vast majority of books, either “mainstream” or alternative, deal in adventure or other forms of dramatic narrative. And yet the American public has always seemed to prefer humorous material in the cartoon form. How different would the American comic business be if it had produced a far greater range of comedy material over the years than just MAD and various ripoffs thereof? (A brief digression: I was delighted to see a recent issue of MAD with parody superheroes designed by such notables as Frank Miller and John Byrne.)

So Undercover Genie is a wonderful compendium of the kind of things that Baker does well and most other comic book artists can’t do: caricatures of celebrities and comedic styles of cartooning.

Most importantly, Baker is an insightful satirical writer, who in this collection addresses a range of subjects with a subtlety and sense of irony that proves more intelligently penetrating than the broad, obvious approach of MAD-style humor comics. Baker deals perceptively with self-delusion in romance, whether born of sexual insecurity or macho arrogance; superficial notions of coolness that turn out to be no more than shallow, conformist group-think; and self-destructive, even suicidal modes of thought.

Baker also observes how two people can talk to ““ and past ““ one another, neither quite able to see the other person’s viewpoint. My favorite story in the collection is his account of his last conversation with the late Jack Abel, longtime comics inker whom I knew slightly myself. Baker sympathetically tries to cheer Abel up by telling him how well he’s recovered from a stroke; Abel in response tries to convey his anger over actually having gone through such a horrific experience and still suffering ill effects. Neither can bring the other over to his point of view, yet each still reaches out to the other as a friend. This story demonstrates that Baker is a satirist but no cynic: he can be touching, as well.

But as much as I liked Undercover Genie, Baker’s work on DC’s new Plastic Man #1 didn’t work for me at all. Then again, I don’t think anyone’s gotten Plastic Man right since DC acquired the rights to the character. In fact, DC’s recent Plastic Man 80-Page Giant #1, which reprints Plastic Man stories from the 1940s into the 1970s, demonstrates exactly that point, as well as what seems the nearly ubiquitous difficulties that superhero writers and artists seem to have in doing comedy.

I think the problem lies in violating some basic principles of comedy. First there’s the method of pairing the comedian with a straight man (using the latter term in a non-sexual sense, I suppose I should add). In Federico Fellini’s movie The Clowns he divides clowns into the “white clowns,” who officiously and pompously embody authority, and the prankster clowns who rebel against propriety and undercut their seriousness. Then there’s a rule that one often hears or reads in interviews with directors and actors: don’t play comedy as if your character knows that he or she is funny; just perform the part as if you believe in the seriousness of what you’re doing, and the dialogue and situations will come off as funny.

cic-027-02.jpg

In Baker’s Plastic Man #1 virtually everyone is drawn in a heavily caricatured manner all the time; it is a relief when, at moments, Plastic Man resembles a real human being. There’s no sense of reality or seriousness for the humor to react against.

The artwork for the 1960s and 1970s stories in the Plastic Man Giant achieves more of an even balance between realism and comedic exaggeration: the Gil Kane artwork for the 1966 story is especially handsome. But the problem is that everyone in these stories acts silly, from Plastic Man himself to absurd villains like “Dr. Dome.” (One might think that Dr. Dome would be written and drawn as a parody of Marvel’s Dr. Doom, but no. Moreover, Dr. Dome has an ally named “Professor X,” and yet there are no X-Men jokes! In contrast, E. Nelson Bridwell’s wonderful 1960s comedy series The Inferior Five did not shy away from satirizing those new upstart superheroes at Marvel.) Not one of the characters in these two stories has a personality with any recognizable reality to it.

Now, the original Plastic Man stories of the Golden Age, written and drawn by the late Jack Cole, are now acknowledged classics. DC has published Archive editions collecting Cole Plastic Man stories, and Art Spiegelman wrote an essay on the subject for The New Yorker that he later expanded into a book, Jack Cole and Plastic Man, published by Chronicle Books. (Yes, DC thinks highly of Cole’s work now, but the part of Spiegelman’s article that most struck me was his account of how Cole went to DC looking for work in the 1950s and was shown the door. As noted elsewhere in this column, this sort of thing happens over and over and over.) How did Cole make the Plastic Man concept work when so many other people attempting to follow in his footsteps haven’t?

The Plastic Man giant reprints the 1940s stories in which Cole introduced Plastic Man and his sidekick, Woozy Winks, and they both get the balance between seriousness and comedy right. In Cole’s origin for Plastic Man (from Police Comics #1 in 1941), the hero starts out as a hardened criminal named Eel O’Brian. During a robbery at a chemical works, O’Brian is shot and acid from a vat gets into his wound. (Seems something like the Joker’s origin,. doesn’t it?) O’Bria n is abandoned by his criminal partners, all fair-weather friends, staggers into the countryside, and collapses. His symbolic death is followed by a symbolic resurrection: he awakes in the sunlit mountain retreat of a community of monks.

Significantly, O’Brian initially thinks he is in heaven. O’Brian is astonished, grateful and moved that the monks have saved his life: he makes it clear that he had turned to crime because he had lost faith in mankind since he was orphaned as a child. (As we have seen, even his criminal cohorts betrayed him.) Discovering that the acid has somehow transformed him, giving him stretching powers, O’Brian decides to use them to atone for his past by fighting crime.

Now, since Cole had to fit his entire origin story into merely six pages, O’Brian’s change of heart seems to happen absurdly quickly by today’s storytelling standards. Indeed, Baker pokes some fun at it in his retelling. A 1980s Plastic Man revival ignored the monks and instead had O’Brian amorally flip a coin to decide whether or not to turn hero (a gimmick borrowed from Woozy Winks’ origin). However, Cole’s origin has a strong, recognizable emotional reality to it, giving O’Brian a credible personality.

cic-027-03.jpg

As Plastic Man, O’Brian then goes after his former criminal partners, employing an array of surreal stretching and shapechanging stunts. But Plastic Man is serious about capturing these crooks, and the crooks are not fools but genuinely dangerous menaces. It makes it all the funnier and more rewarding to see serious adversaries being tripped up by Plastic Man’s tricks. (DC’s Silver Age character, the Elongated Man, was clearly inspired by Plastic Man. Gardner Fox and Carmine Infantino’s Elongated Man backup series in Detective Comics was a serious detective series with touches of whimsy, whereas Cole’s Plastic Man tales are comedies. But Fox and Infantino clearly understood the dynamic of having their stretchable sleuth using his powers in amusing ways against serious criminals who did not “get” the joke.)

In Cole’s first Woozy Winks story (from Police Comics #13 in 1942), he draws Woozy with considerable comedic exaggeration. (The other people in the story are drawn relatively realistically.) But though Woozy looks like a clown, he does not act like one. His facial expression rarely changes, and when it does so, only minimally. He takes most things in stride, and even seems only mildly surprised on discovering he has magically acquired virtual invulnerability. It is Woozy who Cole has flip the coin to decide whether he will use his powers for good or bad, and this moral indifference seems to fit Woozy’s blase attitude towards life. (Woozy picks crime, though he never forfeits audience sympathy by actually harming anyone.) In this story Woozy reminds me of Tex Avery’s Droopy: in both characters’ cases, humor arises from the disparity between the unusual, extreme events of the story and the character’s understated reactions to them. Woozy causes giant hailstones to fall, squashing Plastic Man accordion-style, like Wile E. Coyote hit by a boulder. But despite the absurdity of this, Plastic Man and Woozy react to it seriously: Plastic Man, unhurt, is astonished, and Woozy, taking everything in stride, walks off whistling. Actually, Woozy also resembles Buster Keaton in his nearly imperturbable acceptance of whatever strange situation occurs. There’s a “serious” criminal in the story, too: a crime boss who tries to have a black panther kill Plastic Man. There is a comedic denouement, in which Plastic Man finally breaks down Woozy’s unemotional facade by reminding him of his mother: this is funny, but it also humanizes Woozy. And I like Plastic Man’s quiet amusement when he realizes that he and Woozy are going to be partners in crimefighting.

In these two stories Plastic Man and Woozy have distinctive, appealing personalities, and while they do funny things, they never come off as foolish or silly. As a result, there’s genuine comedy here, and these stories remain funny sixty years after they first saw print.

WHEN ELSEWORLDS COLLIDE

Two of DC’s recent Elseworlds books have come my way: Superman: Last Stand on Krypton, written by Steve Gerber, one of the great comics writers of the 1970s generation, and illustrated by Doug Wheatley, and the first issue of JLA: Age of Wonder, written by Adisakde Tantimede (a new name to me), with breakdowns by P. Craig Russell (another important figure who came to comics in the ‘ 70s) and finishes by Galen Showman. Elseworlds reinvent familiar DC characters in different times, places and continuities. Ideally, in thus reconceptualizing these characters, the Elseworlds stories can illuminate aspects of the “mainstream” versions of these archetypal figures. Each of these two Elseworlds, by the way, deal with the Golden and Silver Age versions of the DC characters: indeed, the Superman book describes his powers as being as limited as they were circa 1938.
cic-027-04.jpgSuperman: Last Stand on Krypton has a very good concept at its heart: a clash between the traditional Silver Age depiction of Krypton (a lush paradise and utopian society, whose destruction was tragic) and John Byrne’s radical revision of Krypton in his 1980s Man of Steel mini-series (as a sterile world with an utterly sexually repressed populace, a world, as Wendy Pini once put it, that deserved to die). In Gerber’s story Jor-El and Lara have recreated the idyllic Krypton that Byrne established existed in centuries past, but it takes the form of Krypton as it was depicted in the 1960s, even complete with “thought-beasts”; I’m surprised that Gerber didn’t include the Fire-Falls while he was at it. Jor-El has even cast aside the Byrne “bio-suit” to wear his traditional 1950s-1970s costume. Jor-El’s own father and other Kryptonian elders seek to put a stop to the Silver age Krypton he is recreating.

However, I found much of the execution of the story confusing. It seems that the Superman of this story is actually an Earthman who was rocketed to Krypton and somehow prevented its destruction. Now that would be interesting to see, but you won’t find it here. There are continuing references to an extensive backstory, necessary to understand what is going on, but which I wish I had seen dramatized in comics form. Moreover, characterization doesn’t go beyond either pure nobility (Superman, Jor-El, Lois, Lara) and insane villainy (Luthor). There was a good idea here, but I was still disappointed.

cic-027-05.jpg

JLA: Age of Wonder also has an interesting idea at its core. In the 20th century (and, indeed, as Alan Moore shows us in League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, the 19th as well), the marvels of science supplanted magic in the popular imagination. The superhuman abilities of the American super hero are rooted in science fiction; hence, the superhero is a mythic figure of the age of technology. So, in Age of Wonder, Superman and other familiar heroes arise in the 1870s, the time of Thomas Edison and the Industrial Revolution.

But the creators of this book haven’t found an interesting means of creating dramatic situations out of this concept. The villain is Lex Luthor, combining the traditional concept linking Luthor to the misuse of advanced science with the 1980s revision of Luthor into the embodiment of malevolent corporate power. So in Age of Wonder Luthor builds weapons and treats his employees like dirt, and it comes off as a simple left-wing attack on big business. It is amusing to see Luthor turning into a double for Daddy Warbucks from Harold Gray’s Little Orphan Annie, though.

A DIME’S WORTH OF DIFFERENCE

Prowling through Manhattan’s better comic book shops (like Jim Hanley’s Universe, Cosmic Comics and St. Mark’s Comics, to plug three), looking for potential review subjects, I will sometimes come across interesting items that have actually been out for a while, but are still on sale there. Mind you, sometimes I get a case of sticker shock: I recently paid nearly ten dollars for merely two comics! But one such item of interest was Batman: The 10 Cent Adventure; can’t argue with the price here. This one-shot, written by Greg Rucka, drawn by Rick Burchett, and inked by Klaus Janson, came out in 2002 as a prelude to the “Bruce Wayne, Murderer” story arc that is now long over.

cic-027-06.jpg

Still, I found this one-shot still had much to offer. I especially liked the artwork on the cover and throughout the book, which superbly combined a contemporary feel with the look of the original Batman stories of the late 1930s: the shot of the early Batman on p. 4, recreating the pose and (to a large extent) costume from his first Detective cover was an especial treat.

I was also very pleased with Rucka’s take on Batman’s character. It is an important comics tradition to retell the key stories of a character’s mythos, notably the origins, as touchstones for the series through the decades. (Ideally, this should be done without unnecessary revisions.) Here Rucka emphasizes that Batman’s persona and mission were born out of tragedy, and in retracing the familiar steps of his origin (through evocations of Bill Finger, Bob Kane, and Frank Miller), dramatically conveys a sense of Batman’s sense of purpose.

The story is titled “The Fool’s Errand,” and Rucka puts his individual stamp on the retelling by pointing out that Batman can never truly succeed in his mission to wipe out crime, and that some might call him a “fool” for trying. Instead Rucka states that Batman knows he can never achieve utopia and makes him seem more heroic for continuing to strive towards his impossible goal. Most of the rest of the issue shows Batman in action during a typical night in Gotham, coming across, through his dealings in saving individuals, as a protector who is both stern and kind. This may have only cost a dime, but it proved far more satisfying than most of the three buck comics I come across.

OLD YELLOW

Having reviewed Jeph Loeb and Tim Sale’s Hulk: Gray #1 a while back, I also picked up the first issue of their earlier Daredevil: Yellow (titled after the color of Daredevil’s original costume). Like their Hulk series, Daredevil: Yellow is a retelling of the title character’s origin story, whose initial version was written by Stan Lee. I applaud the fact that in both series Loeb and Sale so effectively capture the spirit of the original Silver Age stories they are adapting.

cic-027-07.jpg

Still, I had misgivings about Loeb’s rewriting scenes from Incredible Hulk #1: true, Loeb has a more sophisticated writing style than Stan Lee’s, but it didn’t seem right to replace Lee’s dialogue, as if there was nothing of merit in the original author’s “voice.” I liked Daredevil: Yellow #1 much better, since it manages to retell the familiar tale of Daredevil’s origin primarily through presenting new moments within established scenes, or entirely new scenes (like Matt and Foggy talking in their dorm room). I have no problem with devising new dialogue in these cases.

(I suppose the argument could be made that newer artists shouldn’t redraw the stories that were originally illustrated by giants like Hulk‘s Jack Kirby and Daredevil‘s Bill Everett, either. But this doesn’t bother me: there’s been a long tradition in comics of one artist drawing retellings of classic past stories or scenes. What would bother me in these cases would be outright swipes of the earlier artist’s work or changes to his character designs.)

Moreover, Daredevil: Yellow #1 actually undoes previous damage to Silver Age continuity. However well written and drawn it was, Frank Miller and John Romita, Jr.’s previous retelling of Daredevil’s origin, in their Daredevil: The Man Without Fear miniseries, substantially revised the plot of Lee and Bill Everett’s original version. In the original, Matt Murdock takes on the costumed identity of Daredevil in order to avenge his father’s death; in Miller’s reworking, Matt merely disguises himself in Dad’s old clothes (as if he were a ghost) to hunt down his father’s killer, and doesn’t concoct the Daredevil identity until months later. The Lee and Everett version has more primal power, tying the Daredevil identity directly to Matt’s loss of his father and his resulting need for justice. I am still surprised that Miller’s version was permitted back in the 1980s when Marvel was much more strict about maintaining continuity than it is in today’s more careless times. Loeb and Sale reestablished the Lee-Everett origin, and that is to their considerable credit.

EMOCLEW, ANNATAZ!

Another comic that has been out for a while, but which I only just found out about, is DC/Vertigo’s Zatanna: Everyday Magic. Written by Paul Dini and illustrated by Rick Mays, this one-shot stars the young sorceress who has become familiar to Vertigo readers in recent years from Books of Magic and other series, but who debuted in DC Comics four decades ago.

cic-027-08.jpg

Zatanna’s roots actually go all the way back to Action Comics #1, which, along with the debut of Superman, also featured a less well known character, Zatara the Magician, created by Fred Guardineer. A crimefighting magician in top hat and tails, Zatara was obviously inspired by Lee Falk’s comic strip hero Mandrake the Magician. As Feiffer points out in his book, all of Guardineer’s magician characters, including Zatara, cast magic spells by speaking backwards. (Could Guardineer have been thinking of the way Leonardo da Vinci wrote in backwards handwriting?)

In the 1960s writer Gardner Fox and editor Julius Schwartz introduced Zatara’s daughter Zatanna, who also spoke magic spells backwards and wore a sexy variation on her father’s costume, substituting net stockings and high heels. Zatanna traveled from one Schwartz-edited series to another, searching for her missing father, and finally being happily reunited with him. (Little did she know that Alan Moore would subsequently kill Zatara off for no good reason in Swamp Thing in the 1980s.)

Zatanna was a favorite of various comics fans-turned-pros (myself included), and it was no surprise that writers after Fox used her. But, for years there was this attitude at DC that Zatanna would be a good, workable character if only (a) they got rid of the top hat, tails and fishnets and gave her a superhero-style costume, and (b) they got rid of all that backwards talk. Unfortunately, these were the very factors that made Zatanna appealing. It wasn’t simply a matter of a specific costume and verbal gimmick, but what they implied about the character: a sexiness, a sense of whimsy, a showman’s sense of style, and a willingness to follow her father’s path into what traditionally used to be the male realm of action.

Luckily, oftentimes in comics if one waits long enough (decades, sometimes), a character who has drifted away from the source of his or her appeal will revert to true form. Paul Dini has long been not only a Zatanna fan but one who understood what made the character work, and he introduced her, with the correct costume (without the fishnets, though: too hard to animate) and personality, into a memorable episode of the Batman animated series. He has long wanted to work with Zatanna in the comics as well, and Zatanna: Everyday Magic finally came out in 2003.

In Zatanna what would be fun to believe about real life magicians is actually true in her case: Zatanna is a stage magician who really does have magical powers. (One wonders what those DC stage magicians without real magic powers who live in the DC Universe think about this.) In his “On the Ledge” piece in Vertigo comics the month this book came out, Dini likens her to actors he knows: in his view Zatanna is first and foremost a performer, and that is the key to her personality. I suppose it’s as if, back in Amazing Fantasy #15, Spider-Man had succeeded in staying in show business while being a costumed crimefighter on the side.

Rick Mayes’ artwork is pleasantly attuned to the light tone of the story, and Brian Bolland’s cover art is expectedly and very satisfactorily striking. But what is a post-1960s Zatanna story without quibbling over her outfit: I’m not pleased with the substitution of knee-high boots for high heels, leading Mayes to give her a literal bigfoot look. (My favorite Zatanna artwork is Carmine Infantino’s in her 1960s Elongated Man appearance in Detective Comics and Alex Ross’s in last year’s JLA: Secret Origins. A man of consummate good taste, Ross gets the costume exactly right.)

As if to remind us this is a Vertigo book, there’s gratuitous rough language (in which our heroine participates) and bare butts (not that of our heroine, who keeps her dignity). One of the bareassed cast members is Hellblazer antihero John Constantine, who Alan Moore established long ago in Swamp Thing as having been Zatanna’s former lover. I thought this reflected badly on her taste in men; on the Batman animated show, Zatanna was Bruce Wayne’s ex-girlfriend, which made more sense to me. But Constantine’s presence in this story works for me since he’s played as a comedic figure, whom a somewhat exasperated Zatanna has to bail out of trouble.

There’s a villain, naturally, and there are moments of serious combat and inner conflict. But Zatanna is not meant for grim and gritty stories, and this one-shot story is, in overall tone, a comedy (in the sense, not of a farce, but a story with plenty of wit and a happy denouement). I had not associated comedy with the usual ominous supernatural gloom of Vertigo, but now there are the comedic elements of Bill Willingham’s Fables and the sunniness of the humor of this Zatanna book. There is now more light to balance Vertigo’s dark, and that’s a welcome development indeed.

ARTIST GETS BOOK!

In its ongoing and commendable work in chronicling the achievements of important comic book creators of the past, TwoMorrows Publishing recently released Hero Gets Girl! The Life and Art of Kurt Schaffenberger by Mark Voger. Who is Kurt Schaffenberger? It seems he is not well enough known even by some people who should know. In the book Voger writes, “Kurt once visited the National Cartoonist Society’s museum, then in Connecticut, and found original Captain Marvel artwork on exhibit labeled ‘by C.C. Beck.’ ‘I looked at it,’ Kurt told me, ‘and it was my own stuff!'” How interesting. Voger is referring to the Museum of Cartoon Art, which I visited many times before it moved to Florida, and I noticed the mislabeling, too, and even pointed it out to a member of the curatorial staff. I even explained how it was easy to distinguish Beck’s flat figures from Schaffenberger’s, which were more rounded and three-dimensional, with a clear sense of volume. Other comics pros who were with me backed me up. And nothing was done about it. It must be odd for an artist to have his achievements honored in a museum and then credited to someone else. (It must be somewhat like my reaction when seeing the first documentary I worked on ““ no, not Sex, Lies and Superheroes ““ and discovering that my name had been misspelled in the credits!)

cic-027-09.jpg

In fact, Kurt Schaffenberger was one of the most distinctive and memorable artists of DC’s Silver Age. I doubt there are many Baby Boomers who were comics fans in their youth who do not have fond memories of Schaffenberger’s work on the Superman books, most of all Lois Lane’s own regular comic book. There were no credits in most DC books back then, but Schaffenberger’s style was unmistakable: the beauty of his women and the handsomeness of his men; the three-dimensional realism he gave the figures he drew; his range and sensitivity in depicting emotions, so appropriate to Lois’s comics. Lois’s stories were often ludicrous by today’s standards, but Schaffenberger grounded them in pictorial and emotional reality. He wasn’t on the same level of achievement as the Silver Age artists that Arlen Schumer deals with in his new book (reviewed in last week’s column), but Schaffenberger was still one of DC’s leading artistic craftsmen. Schumer devotes a spread to showing how Neal Adams depicts various emotions, and I found it a disappointment; Voger devotes a page to Schaffenberger’s subtle and varied depictions of the many moods of Lois Lane, successfully demonstrating Schaffenberger’s prowess at characterization.

In the late 1940s and early 1950s Schaffenberger had worked on Fawcett’s Captain Marvel titles. DC started publishing new Captain Marvel stories under the title Shazam! in the 1970s, and after the character’s co-creator C.C. Beck left the series in a huff, Schaffenberger took over as its artist. Unlike Beck’s work, which still had a nostalgic charm even for readers too young to have been around in the 1940s, Schaffenberger’s art style had evolved with the times. His work on DC’s Shazam was appropriately good-humored, handsome as always (with my favorite depictions of Mary Marvel), better than Beck in handling the action sequences, and combined a nostalgic feel with a look that was just modern enough.

Recently, I had the pleasure of seeing, in person, the original art for a Schaffenberger cover, depicting a typically silly Lois Lane plot, but with the simplicity, clarity and attractiveness so characteristic of his work. Voger’s book is filled with reproductions of Schaffenberger’s work, showcasing these and more of his artistic virtues.

Unfortunately, as Voger’s book also shows, comics are a business as well as an artform, and as trends and fashions in pop culture change, even important artists can get left behind. Twice we get the story of how, once DC decided to have John Byrne and others reboot Superman in the mid-1980s, longtime Superman artists Curt Swan and Kurt Schaffenberger and various others who worked on the Superman series, were called into the DC offices and told they wouldn’t be working on the character anymore. They were all promised they would get other work to do, but in actuality they did not get much. So, Schaffenberger and Swan, after decades of being two of DC’s leading artists, were abruptly (curtly?) out of favor. Their decades of loyalty and achievement ultimately counted for nothing. This is a familiar story that unfortunately happens over and over. (You will see it again in my forthcoming columns about Looney Tunes: The Golden Collection and the paperback collections of Jack Kirby’s Fourth World series.)

In large part the fall of Schaffenberger and Swan was due to changing times, a changing audience, and changing tastes. As Alex Ross says in the book, Schaffenberger “was the stylistic holdover from a simpler, more carefree, child-driven era of comics into a very adult era of comics.” The children who had loved Captain Marvel in the 1940s and 1950s and the girls who read Lois Lane in the 1950s and 1960s had been supplanted by an older, mostly male comics readership. The new audience wanted to see the more dynamic, propulsive kind of action that Jack Kirby and others drew at Marvel. Swan and Schaffenberger could each handle darkness and even tragedy in their work: think of Swan’s “The Death of Superman” and Schaffenberger’s “The Three Wives of Superman,” both from the Silver Age. But their styles were basically sunny and optimistic, less suited for the angst-ridden heroes of a new generation. And, indeed, if the audience had not grown older and more sophisticated, the American comic book would not have made the progress as an artistic medium that it has achieved over the last four decades. It’s sad to see in a few interviews with older comics professionals in this book that they just cannot see anything good about contemporary comics. Understandably dismayed that art and storytelling styles to which they devoted their careers have fallen from favor, they’re as blind to the virtues of today’s comics as many younger people in the business would be to the virtues of the comics of earlier generations. This is a potential peril for anyone in a creative field: to allow one’s taste to freeze and become unable to appreciate what is good about new developments in one’s field.

But it’s just as bad for younger people in a creative field not to develop an appreciation of the classic work in their medium’s past. What I also find sad is that the tastes and the demographics of the comics-buying audience are nonetheless so narrow. If only there still were plenty of comics for pre-teens and early teens. If only there were more young girls’ comics like the Lois Lane and Supergirl books of the 1950s through the 1970s, albeit more enlightened on women’s role in society. The best Captain Marvel stories of the Golden Age are imaginative enterainments for children with a knowing, clever whimsy that adults can appreciate; in short, they were like the intelligent children’s comics I reviewed in the Little Lit collection. If only there was a sufficient audience in the comics marketplace for books like the best of Captain Marvel. (Come to think of it, I could easily imagine Dini and Schaffenberger m collaborating on a Zatanna book, were the artist still with us.)

In other words, I wish that there was so much variety in American comics and in the audience for comics, that someone like Schaffenberger would never have been lacking for work. I wish there had always been plenty of children’s adventure comics and romance comics and just plain humor comics that would have suited his talents. But at least we now have the new Hero Gets Girl! book to provide him the recognition and honor he deserves.

-Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

January 16, 2004

Comics in Context #26: Silver and Gold

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 12:04 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

There seems to be much excitement in some quarters over the fact that in recent years libraries have begun collecting graphic novels, thereby according the comics artform a new measure of cultural respectability. But actually this is not entirely a new development. When I was growing up, the term “graphic novel” had not yet been invented, and yet my local library had a good, solid section devoted to comics. There were collections of editorial cartoons, notably those by the Washington Post‘s great master of the form, Herblock, and books chronicling the history of the comic strip. As I mentioned in a previous column, there was Walt Kelly’s Ten Ever’-Lovin’ Blue-Eyed Years with Pogo, which I borrowed again and again. And there was also Jules Feiffer’s landmark book, The Great Comic Book Heroes, which was originally published in 1965, and was returned to print by Fantagraphics in 2002. This was Feiffer’s personal history of the first period of superhero comics, the “Golden Age” that stretched from the debut of Superman in 1938 to the near-disappearance of the genre by 1951.

Why was Feiffer’s book a landmark? As Fantagraphics publisher Gary Groth explains in his foreword, this was “probably the first sustained essay on comic books of the ’40s and ’50s.” Groth is overlooking the work of early comics fans like Roy Thomas and Jerry Bails (and their fanzine Alter Ego) and Don and Maggie Thompson, but Feiffer took an intellectual, analytic approach that went beyond the better writing in early fanzines. Groth claims that “nowadays” comics “is practically a de rigeur subject of University dissertations” but he’s exaggerating; as someone who is trying to get back into academia to write about comics, I should know. Nonetheless, Groth is quite right that “in 1965 no one wrote about comic books, much less superhero comics.” This was even a year before the Batman TV show of the 1960s. By being the first American to write seriously, appreciatively and at length about comic books, Feiffer is the forebear of all American comic book scholars and critics, including Groth and myself.

cic-026-01.jpg

Moreover, Feiffer’s Great Comic Book Heroes was remarkable in that much of the book consisted of reprints of classic Golden Age superhero stories at a time when DC and Marvel almost never reprinted anything from the 1940s. It was in Feiffer’s book that I first read the very first Joker story, by Bill Finger, Bob Kane and Jerry Robinson, from Batman #1 in 1940, still one of the greatest tales in Batman’s long history. Feiffer’s book gave me my first look at Will Eisner’s The Spirit, although he did not pick one of its best examples; moreover, it seems rather improper that, though Feiffer praises Eisner and The Spirit highly in the book, he never mentions that he used to assist Eisner on the strip, and even wrote installments! There were characters who appeared in the reprint section whom Feiffer did not address in his main text, such as the Spectre, featured in a particularly eerie story that was one of the character’s best. And then, as Feiffer explained in the book, due to the legal settlement between DC and Fawcett, he was only able to reprint one page of Captain Marvel, the page on which Billy Batson was first transformed into his superhero self. There it was, my first glimpse of this famous hero, and the only one I would have until DC itself began publishing the character in the 1970s.

Unfortunately, the new edition of Feiffer’s book does not carry any of the reprints, although there are many apt black-and-white reproductions of covers and panels. Groth argues in his foreword that there is no need to reprint the entire stories since in these “more enlightened times” they are available in hardcover volumes from Marvel and DC. Well, sure, at fifty bucks per volume. I suspect DC and Marvel charge far more for reprint rights nowadays than in 1965, or perhaps refuse to let other publishers reprint their stories at all, so Groth understandably decided to do without them.

Feiffer recognizes that critical analysis of the superhero genre involves analyzing the social and psychological implications of these archetypal characters. Feiffer’s insights into what makes the great characters work are thought-provoking even if one disagrees with him.

It is no great feat to identify the basic appeal of the Clark Kent/Superman duality the way that Feiffer does: that beneath our everyday exterior lies a potential superhero. But Feiffer also offers more intriguing ideas, such as that the timid Clark Kent is actually Superman’s “opinion of the rest of us, a pointed caricature of what we… were really like.” Or even better, that Clark Kent was Superman’s “sacrificial disguise, an act of discreet martyrdom.” Maybe there’s something to this. Stan Lee and Jack Kirby explicitly established that Odin gave Thor his human identity of Don Blake to teach him humility; perhaps Superman chooses to be Clark Kent to keep himself from being carried away with his own power. Feiffer views the classic Superman-Lois-Clark triangle as a reflection of American male misogyny and repression: Clark wanted Lois, who disdained him, while she wanted Superman, who would rescue her but avoid commitment. (This demonstrates just how much healthier the contemporary treatment of Superman and Lois’s relationship is.) Similarly, Feiffer debunks Dr. Frederic Wertham’s notorious accusation that Batman and Robin were gay by pointing out that “Batman and Robin were no more or less queer than were their youngish readers, many of whom palled around together and didn’t trust girls,” and, in short, a reflection of a sexist society.

Feiffer also does something I’ve seen too seldom in comics histories: he compares the Golden Age comics to other aspects of popular culture of their time, notably the movies. Hence, Feiffer points to the cinematic quality of the early Batman, comparing the series to the gritty look of Warner Brothers movies of that period, in contrast to the smoother look of MGM movies ““ and the rest of DC Comics. Feiffer compares Eisner’s Spirit not just to Warners movies but to Fritz Lang’s German expressionism.

Of course, we have surely all seen writing about comics based on slipshod and scanty research. At a time when there was virtually no reference work on comic books, Feiffer demonstrated a noteworthy knowledge of comics history, identifying such then little-known artists as Craig Flessel and Fred Guardineer. There are but a few errors that stand out: for one, Feiffer somehow remembered Captain Marvel’s friend, the affable talking tiger Mr. Tawky Tawny, as being a villain. Feiffer also credits Bob Kane with actually writing Batman, apparently never having learned that Bill Finger wrote the early stories; since Feiffer ghosted scripts for Eisner, surely it should have occurred to him that Kane may not have been his own writer.

Feiffer manages the trick of recapturing the feelings he had about comics at various times in his youth while simultaneously analyzing those emotions from his then middle-aged perspective. The book even has an ongoing subplot, as Feiffer portrays himself changing from pure fan to amateur cartoonist (who liked “swipes” of other cartoonists’ art) to comics professional (who disdained “swipes”). Feiffer even traces how the young comics pros eventually age into jaded disillusionment; the former fans stopped thinking of comics as their “life’s work” but merely as a “steppingstone,” and amused themselves by mistreating co-workers designated as victims. (This all sounds familiar from what I’ve seen.) Those who have witnessed the dark side of comics as a business will find truth in Feiffer’s dry observation that “the men who had been in charge of our childhood fantasies had become archetypes of the grownups who made us need to have fantasies in the first place.”

Ultimately, Feiffer characterizes superhero comics as “junk,” yet he clearly means this affectionately. Indeed, one might well wonder if Feiffer fully believes they are all “junk,” considering his praise of certain series, including the 1930s-1940s Batman and, above all, of Eisner’s The Spirit. Having read so many Golden Age stories myself, I couldn’t make claims for most of it as enduring art either, again with the major exception of The Spirit. Feiffer concludes by hailing this superhero “junk” as a necessary outlet for the tensions and frustrations of youth, creating a more manageable world where “we were able to roam free. disguised in costume, committing the greatest of feats ““ and the worst of sins. And, in every instance, getting away with them.” He interestingly argues that such comics derive their power from the fact that they are an “underground” part of culture, not accepted or co-opted by the establishment from whose power they provide psychic relief and escape.

Perhaps best of all, Feiffer wrote his text in a vividly descriptive, witty and incisive, colloquial and yet sophisticated, continually entertaining style that should be the envy of all other comics critics and historians.

Feiffer demonstrates so much insight into the superhero stories of the Golden Age that I keep wondering what he would think of the superhero comics of today. Here’s a person who clearly appreciates the genre, but who hasn’t read many if any new superhero comics for half a century! He presumably hasn’t even read the revolutionary Silver Age Marvel comics of Stan Lee, Jack Kirby and Steve Ditko, much less more modern landmarks like Dark Knight and Watchmen and Sandman. Would it be possible for Fantagraphics to persuade Feiffer to look at some classic and landmark superhero works from the latter half of the 20th century (He’s been “away” a long time!) and write down what he thinks about them, about what has been gained and what has been lost over the decades? I would certainly be interested in reading what he had to say.

SILVER MINE

Looking at The Silver Age of Comic Book Art, written and designed by Arlen Schumer, and published late last year by Collectors Press, one question immediately leaps to my mind. How did he do this? This is in effect a paperback coffee table book, virtually every page of which is filled with illustrations from DC and Marvel comics of the late 1950s and 1960s, the “Silver Age of Comics.” As a comics historian myself, I’ve been involved with projects ““ books, film and television ““ that tried to get the rights to reproduce images owned by Marvel and DC, so I know how hard and how expensive this can be. I can’t say that I know all the ins and outs of Marvel and DC’s policy towards allowing their artwork to be reproduced by others; fan publications, like the TwoMorrows magazines, seem to get away with reproducing lots of old DC and Marvel artwork. (And how can all those DC and Marvel characters appear on the cover of Fantagraphics’ Great Comic Book Heroes?) Then again, I remember hearing Mark Hamill say during the 2003 San Diego Con panel about his Comic Book: The Movie that they could not show any comics character copyrighted by someone other than themselves in the film for more than a certain number of seconds. I also know how much Marvel said it would charge filmmaker Constantine Valhouli to use Marvel artwork in his Sex, Lies and Super Heroes documentary. So how did Arlen Schumer get away with this in his book? (Or has he gotten away with it?)

cic-026-02.jpg

The Silver Age of Comic Book Art is an effort to showcase and honor the achievements of eight of the greatest artists for Marvel and DC comics from the start of the Silver Age in 1956 to what Schumer designates as its close in 1970: Carmine Infantino, Steve Ditko, Jack Kirby, Gil Kane, Joe Kubert, Gene Colan, Jim Steranko and Neal Adams. According to the December 14, 2003 interview with Schumer in The New York Times, “‘We’ve got to start acknowledging these guys as great American artists.’ he insists. He proposes, for example, a night dedicated to them at the Kennedy Center, ‘How many of these guys have to die before America honors them?'” Well, a night at the Kennedy Center seems rather unrealistic. How many American painters in the fine art world have been honored at the Kennedy Center? Face it, if Jasper Johns hasn’t gotten there yet, Neal Adams isn’t. Schumer is right that these eight Silver Age masters are “great American artists,” and a tribute to them in book form is long overdue. (In fact, DC and Marvel should have done similar books themselves.) But I found Schumer’s book a well-intentioned disappointment.

After reading Schumer’s book, I was reminded of a rule of online etiquette that forbids writing in all capital letters, which comes off like shouting. Even though there’s no actual sound involved, it’s as if it were too loud. Schumer’s book also seems too “loud” to me. In part that’s because so much of the artwork, whether single panels or even portions of panels, is blown up to sizes larger than the images were intended to appear or actually appeared on the original artwork.

Another reason the book seems “loud” is that the vast majority of the images that Schumer reproduces are action scenes ““ fights, running ““ or what I will call “power poses,” with the character standing in a pose meant to demonstrate his might: for example, in the chapter about Jack Kirby, there are celebrated shots of Doctor Doom standing triumphantly over the fallen form of the defeated Silver Surfer from Fantastic Four #56, and of Galactus surrounded by energy from Fantastic Four #50.

But there is a lot more to comics artistry than this. For example, I recently had the pleasure of seeing a page of original Kirby artwork showing a very quiet scene. Ben Grimm, the Thing, once again sunk into depression over being trapped in the form of a monster, has disguised most of his grotesque form beneath a hat, overcoat, and other street clothes. He looks sadly and enviously at Johnny and Crystal, who in turn gaze lovingly at one another, with Crystal looking particularly beautiful. With understated melancholy, the Thing walks along and encounters some children, who beam with delight at their hero; Ben performs a simple feat of strength to entertain them, but his sadness is not lifted.

This one page, which probably seems a minor vignette in the context of the rest of the story, nonetheless is a showcase for many of Kirby’s strengths as a comics artist: his ability to convey emotion subtly and effectively through facial expressions and body language, his ability to draw “real” people, ranging from gorgeous leading ladies to appealing (but not saccharine) children, his ability to stage a scene clearly and dramatically, conveying a mood (in this case, a wistful sadness). One would learn none of this from Schumer’s chapter on Kirby.

For that matter, in his introduction to his chapter on Gene Colan, Schumer praises Colan’s ability to give superheroes “a REALISTIC, HUMAN side,” and notes concerning Daredevil that “Colan CONVINCINGLY depicted the SWASHBUCKLING side of the character as well as his CIVILIAN alter ego.” Do we see any examples in this book of Colan’s depictions of Daredevil’s alter ego, Matt Murdock, or of his sensitively human portraits of supporting characters Karen Page or Foggy Nelson? Nope. In another chapter, Schumer devotes a double-page spread to a collage of images to depict Neal Adams’ ability to depict emotions, but most of the images depict emotional extremes; once again, the book is unremittingly loud!

By the way, in quoting Schumer above I put into capital letters the words he puts into bold lettering. This is yet another way in which Schumer’s book seems loud: he so overuses the comics device of emphasizing words by putting them in bold lettering that it becomes annoying.

Throughout the book the text is usually done as comics-style lettering; often quotes from an artist are substituted for the dialogue in reproduced panels. But the text design is also annoying: the lettering can take different sizes on the same page. Often the text, when it is not in balloons, is placed against darkly colored artwork, making it difficult to read.

The Kirby page I mentioned above also demonstrates Kirby’s mastery of storytelling, which is the essence of the comics artform. Will Eisner dubbed the form “sequential art” because it conveys a story through a sequence of pictures. Schumer’s book, on the other hand, concentrates almost entirely on single panels, or cover shots.

Schumer told the Times “I think I’m the first to study these particular artists as an art historian would.” Actually, he doesn’t. Keep in mind that most people in the fine art world regard Silver Age comics art as junk that “real” artists like Roy Lichtenstein can use as raw material. To persuade art scholars that the Silver Age masters should be taken seriously, one would need a book that could make a case for these artists’ talents in composition, in depicting the human figure in movement, in conveying a sense of the artist’s own personality, and so forth. Despite all the quotations from the artists themselves and Schumer’s own commentaries, there is no serious attempt to analyze what makes these artists’ works so great. Real insights come few and far between. There’s one page which parallels a Kirby panel of Captain America fighting with Gil Kane panels from Green Lantern and Captain America, with the heroes in a similar position, showing how Kane absorbed Kirby’s influence. This is the sort of thing I wish that the book did more often. Similarly, Schumer devotes a spread to examples of work by Will Eisner, Wally Wood and Jim Steranko, visually demonstrating how Steranko was influenced by the two earlier masters. And yet there’s so much that goes uncovered in the Steranko chapter. Steranko’s style is this amazing amalgamation of influences from early 20th century surrealism, 1930s pulps, 1940s posters, 1950s and 1960s comics, pop art, op art, cinema and more, but Schumer’s Steranko chapter only scratches the surface of some of these topics.

Perhaps this book’s imagery will catch the attention of some comics readers who aren’t sufficiently aware of the works of the Silver Age masters, but they will not really learn to appreciate these artists until they see actual stories drawn by these men and not just blown up power poses. I don’t think this book would persuade many people who aren’t already comics aficionados that the work of these artists is worth taking seriously. As for comics enthusiasts who already know these great Silver Age artists’ work, I doubt this book will substantially increase their understanding or appreciation of what makes them great.

Schumer’s interview in the Times held one unpleasant surprise. The article states, “Mr. Schumer recalls Art Spiegelman, the creator of Maus, once telling him that paying serious attention to Silver Age comics ‘is akin to studying the signage at Nazi concentration camps. His tongue was in his cheek, but still.'” Well, there’s a case of particularly tasteless hyperbole, even more startling since it comes from a serious writer about the Holocaust. And the warfare between “mainstream” and alternative comics really is tiresome. With few exceptions, such as Mr. Spiegelman’s Pulitzer Prize, most of American culture disdains the whole comic book medium. We should be cooperating, not squabbling among ourselves.

PETER DVD: COMIC BOOK, THE REVIEW

I was looking for a subtitle for this section on DVD releases and hit upon this pun. Let confusion in comicdom ensue.

Towards the beginning of Warners Animation’s direct-to-video Batman: Mystery of the Batwoman, Detective Harvey Bullock complains about the female title character. First Batman, then Batgirl and now Batwoman, he grumbles; what’s next, he asks ““ Bathound? I didn’t expect much from this DVD either, and suspected that the main reason Warners had for doing it might have simply been to maintain a trademark on the name “Batwoman.”

cic-026-03.jpg

But I should have known better. Mystery of the Batwoman was directed and produced by Curt Geda, with a story by Alan Burnett and screenplay by Michael Reaves, all veterans of Warners’ now classic Batman animated series, and Batwoman is up to the standards of its best episodes. What most impressed me was that the title was no misnomer: it really does work as a mystery. The question is who the new vigilante calling herself Batwoman is, and there are numerous candidates.

I thought I had figured it out (based on a similarity between one suspect and the 1950s comics Batwoman, Kathy Kane), but then came up with an alternate solution, which proved to be correct. Kudos, too, to the character designers, who managed to give individualized faces to each of the many female characters, something one does not often see in superhero comics.

Comic convention panels promoting forthcoming projects should be entertaining, but they really should not be more entertaining than the project itself. As you may recall from my San Diego Con reports, the panel for the direct-to-video feature Comic Book: The Movie, directed by Mark Hamill and distributed by Miramax, was loads of fun. The movie, though, is not.

cic-026-04.jpg

Comic Book: The Movie was mostly shot on location at the 2002 San Diego Comic Con and seems to have relied heavily on improvisation by the various actors playing parts and real life comics pros portraying themselves. It thus reminds me of Christopher Guest’s fictional “documentaries” including Waiting for Guffman (about a small town theater group) Best in Show (about participants in a dog show) and A Mighty Wind (about 1960s-style folk music), all of which deal with an ensemble of eccentric characters sharing a particular interest as they prepare for and participate in some big event. I suppose that Comic Book: The Movie has preempted the subject of comic conventions from Guest’s possible to-do list.

The premise of Comic Book: The Movie is that some Hollywood producers who have no real appreciation of comics (no surprise there) intend to make a movie about Commander Courage, a super hero who has been around since the Golden Age. To placate comics fans, the producers hire Don Swann, a Midwestern English teacher and comics historian, as a consultant. Swann and the producers attend the San Diego Comic Con to promote the forthcoming film, and it is there that Swann discovers that the movie people plan to treat the Commander as a grim and gritty, ultra-violent marauder. Swann decides to subvert the moviemakers’ plans.

So, Don Swann, eh? Is it possible that this name is a reference to Donald Swann of the 1960s British comedy-and-music team of Flanders and Swann? (They passed away long ago, but there are websites devoted to them; look them up.) No, I doubt it, since that kind of homage would suggest that the makers of Comic Book: The Movie had a more sophisticated sense of comedy than they demonstrate here.

Comic Book: The Movie and the Guest films both seem to rely heavily on improvisation, but there’s a big difference: the Guest films are far, far wittier. Only occasionally does Comic Book: The Movie rise to comparable heights. In this regard, I’ll single out Kevin Smith’s scenes portraying himself, although they make me become even more impatient for Smith to volunteer for a fashion makeover on Queer Eye for the Straight Guy. I suppose that someday we’ll see him turn up at the Oscars as a presenter wearing a tux; even Woody Allen finally showed up there two years ago.

Another problem with Comic Book: The Movie is that, much as I hate seeing clueless media executives distort great comics characters, I cannot care about Commander Courage. The character was invented for Comic Book: The Movie but nothing we see or hear about him suggests that he was ever more than a vacuous generic super hero. We are shown how the Commander was reworked to suit different trends over the decades, but it only ends up further demonstrating that there was no substance to the character to begin with. In contrast, look at Michael Chabon’s novel The Adventures of Kavalier and Clay, for which Chabon devises a super hero, the Escapist, who could credibly have been a rival in popularity to Superman and Batman in the 1940s. That’s because Chabon’s Escapist is a distinctive creation, not an imitation of other characters or an empty suit; Chabon even built the escapist around an archetype (the hero as escape artist, inspired by Houdini) that other superhero creators had ignored (until Jack Kirby created Mister Miracle circa 1970). As for Commander Courage, Mark Evanier, another of the truly funny contributors to the movie, comments that the Commander’s comics were the only ones he was glad that his mother threw out. As far as the movie shows us, Mark’s mom was right.

So if there was nothing of literary or artistic merit in Commander Courage, what are we to think of the movie’s middle-aged hero, Don Swann, who cares so deeply about the character? Well, he comes off as rather a sad figure. At one point Swann talks with the Comic Buyer’s Guide‘s Maggie Thompson (who conveys real star quality!) and tells her how there’s more to comics than super heroes: there’s Walt Kelly’s work and Little Lulu. Uh huh, I certainly agree about Pogo, but basically Swann’s taste in comics is stuck in the 1940s into the 1960s. He and the movie seem to have no interest in the great strides that comics have made over the last quarter century or more; this is a long time. Do you begin to feel sorry for Swann’s students? What can he be teaching them about the great works of English literature when his own taste in comics seems so, well, mundane and juvenile? In one scene Swann complains to the real Hugh Hefner that the comics have replaced the Commander’s boy sidekick with the sexy female “Liberty Lass.” Hefner points out that this is actually an improvement. Hef is right, and what does this say about the seemingly asexual Don Swann?

Then there’s Swann’s Big Surprise when he discovers that the movie turns Commander Courage into this dreadful Image-era killer. Why is he surprised when the movie has already established (as in the Hefner scene) that the comics have already wreaked this change on the character? Comic Book: The Movie makes moviemakers into villains while ignoring the way that the comic book companies and many contemporary comics writers and editors bear blame for the “grim and gritty” versions of traditional characters. (Peter David turns up in the movie as the writer of the violent contemporary Codename: Courage comics. This is miscasting: Peter has too much taste and talent and respect for the genre to write that kind of drivel.)

Then there’s the San Diego Con itself. Those of you who have read my reports on the 2003 Con know that I found it genuinely entertaining, full of intellectual stimulation, and the sort of event to make me proud to be associated with this artform. But yes, I was aware even while I was there that I was looking at the spectacular booths on the convention floor, the well-dressed people as at the Eisner Awards, and the gifted speakers in the auditoriums, and subconsciously editing out of my field of vision the shoddier side of the con. But that side is on full display in this movie. Really, out of 70,000 attendees, only a fraction of one percent wandered about in costume, but in this movie, it seems closer to fifty percent. And in a movie, it’s harder for a viewer to overlook the badly dressed and badly shaped who keep wandering into the frames. Comic Book: The Movie captures the tacky, kitschy side of the San Diego Con.

Is this really good publicity for the Comic-Con? On the basis of this movie, why would anyone want to fly cross-country to attend: you can find shoddy comics cons on the East Coast! Really, the Comic-Con is far more impressive than it looks in this movie, and I’m looking forward to going back. But just as Comic Book: The Movie seems infatuated with the banal juvenilia of Commander Courage, so too is it enthralled with the dorkier side of comic conventions. Comics and its enthusiasts deserve better than this movie.

KING OF THE WORLD

Working on an installment of this column sharpens my attentiveness to information that relates to its topic. So it is that after writing my recent essays on The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen and the subject of constructing fictional universes, I happened to catch a segment about The Lord of the Rings on, of all places, PBS’s The NewsHour with Jim Lehrer. Asked about the reasons for the work’s appeal, the Tolkien expert being interviewed spoke at length about Tolkien’s creation of a highly detailed fictional universe, complete with its own languages.

cic-026-05.jpg

A bigger surprise awaited me in the Sunday, Jan. 3, 2004 edition of The New York Times Book Review. Here Andrew O’Hehir, the books editor of salon.com, reviews Stephen King’s Wolves of the Calla, the fifth book in King’s long-running The Dark Tower series. This book should already be of interest to comics aficionados since it has illustrations by Swamp Thing co-creator Bernie Wrightson. And, according to O’Hehir, “villains from a Spider-Man comic” turn up in the book. I assume their appearance is brief enough to avoid legal complications, but what are they doing there at all?

O’Hehir states that “The Dark Tower is nothing if not ambitious: it seeks to blend disparate styles of popular narrative, from Arthurian legend to Sergio Leone Western to apocalyptic fiction. More than that, it tries to knit the bulk of King’s fiction together into a single universe (or a set of interlocking universes). . . .” This reminds me of how the great science fiction writer Isaac Asimov, in his later s. f. books, sought to link together the continuities of his best known works (the robot stories, the Foundation saga, etc.). Hence characters from King’s The Stand and Salem’s Lot turn up in the Dark Tower books. The reference to “a set of interlocking universes” suggests Michael Moorcock’s Multiverse (the title of DC’s recent comics adaptations of Moorcock stories) and the DC and Marvel Universes, which are more properly called multiverses.

But there’s yet more. O’Hehir continues the previous quotation to explain that King is trying “on some level even to accommodate all stories, known or unknown, into a master narrative that encompasses the whole of creation.” If O’Hehir is correct about this, then King is attempting to go beyond even Alan Moore’s attempts at linking fictions from across the centuries together.

O’Hehir points out that when King accepted the 2003 Medal for Distinguished Contribution to American Letters at last fall’s National Book Awards, “he castigated intellectuals for disdaining popular culture and suggested that bridges could be built between literary and popular fiction. For better or worse, The Dark Tower is clearly an attempt to communicate between these realms.” This reminds me of Moore’s comments in his 2003 Locus interview that he enjoyed setting characters from literary fiction and from popular fiction alongside each other in League. And just as League has its annotator in Jess Nevins, O’Hehir plugs Robin Furth for his Dark Tower concordance.

The creation of complex fictional cosmoses, linking large numbers of stories, seems less the obsession of individual writers and fans than a genuine trend in popular culture. What its significance shall prove to be requires further exploration.

COMIC COINCIDENCES

Here’s further proof of how the superhero genre has become ingrained in popular culture, and not just in the United States: I see that the slogan for this year’s Australian Open tennis tournament, which begins January 19, is Super Heroes and Super Tennis. Visiting the Australian open’s web site to find out more, I looked over at its map of the Open’s location in Melbourne and discovered that its principal location, Ron Laver Stadium, is on Batman Avenue. Now there’s a coincidence for you; I wonder if the name of the street inspired the slogan. But let me tell you about another coincidence that’s even stranger.
cic-026-06.jpgSid Caesar, the great comedian of 1950s television, makes a brief appearance in Comic Book: The Movie, and this may not be his only connection to comic books. I came across the Hollywood Reporter‘s Jan. 3, 2004 review of his new book, Caesar’s Hours. The reviewer begins, “Ask a learned comics fan who created Peter Parker and his arachnid alter ego, and the instant reply will be Stan Lee.” (That should be Stan Lee and Steve Ditko, I grumbled learnedly.) But then the reviewer quotes Caesar in his book, “Although I can’t prove it, I suspect Larry Gelbart and Woody Allen may be indirectly responsible for the creation of Spider-Man.” It seems that Gelbart and Allen wrote a sketch in which Caesar was bitten by a termite, causing him to develop termite-like attributes and to devour the furniture.

Oh, well, this is just a colossal coincidence! I suppose it’s quite possible that Lee and Ditko could have watched the show, and that the sketch lodged in their subconscious. I sort of like the idea of Woody Allen helping to inspire the creation of Peter Parker. But no, it’s just a coincidence! (Isn’t it?)

-Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

January 9, 2004

Comics in Context #25: Byrne, Baum and Bumble

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 4:49 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

REGENERATION

DC Comics’ third Generations miniseries is just about to conclude, but it was only recently that the trade paperback of Superman and Batman: Generations 2, reprinting the 2001 series, came out. Like the first series, Generations 2 is written and illustrated by John Byrne, veteran chronicler of DC and Marvel’s heroes, and colored with her characteristic flair and visual appeal by the reliable Trish Mulvihill.

John Byrne and Alan Moore would seem to represent two very different creative points of view towards the superhero genre. (Just ask John, and I’m sure he’ll agree.) But Generations and League of Extraordinary Gentlemen are actually similar projects: Byrne and Moore are each reshaping a large body of previously existing heroic adventure series into his own fictional universe, following rules that he has himself devised.

In part, Byrne’s Generations answers a question that repeatedly gets asked by fans and even some (clueless) pros: why don’t Marvel and DC allow their characters to age in real time? The answer is simple: teenagers who started reading, say, Spider-Man, in 2003 are less likely to want to identify with a Peter Parker who is fifty-six years old. (Johnny Storm, Jean Grey and Scott Summers would all be 56, too. Scary, huh?)

So Marvel and DC’s characters tend to age very, very slowly if at all.

Moreover, those writers and editors who comprehend how “Marvel time” works (and all too many of them don’t) realize that no matter how much time has passed in real life, it has only been seven to ten years (people differ on this question) since the origin of the Fantastic Four. This is true no matter what year it is now. Hence, even though Fantastic Four #1 was published in 1961, the FF’s 2003 adventures must be written as if the fateful space mission that gave them their powers took place in the 1990s. Time in DC Comics works much the same way, or it should when writers and editors pay attention. (Of course, time in comic strips works the same way, and Little Orphan Annie and Charlie Brown will never reach puberty. There are exceptions, notably Gasoline Alley, but in that case its current custodians shy away from killing off the oldest characters, who are now unbelievably ancient.)

cic-025-01.jpg

Exceptions are made in various cases in which characters cease being published for long periods of time. In John Byrne’s grossly underrated Sensational She-Hulk, a genuinely postmodern comedy-adventure series, the title character knew that she was a character in a comic book. So did her sixtyish friend, Louise “Weezie” Mason, who was formerly the Golden Age masked heroine called the Blonde Phantom. But, as Weezie explained, since no new stories about her had been published for decades, she had aged normally, in contrast to someone like She-Hulk, who stays permanently young.

Here Byrne was probably thinking of characters like the original Justice Society of America from the 1940s: most of those characters’ series were cancelled by 1951. The surviving JSA members, Superman, Batman and Wonder Woman, continued appearing in print and remained young. Editor Julius Schwartz and his writers began introducing new versions of some of the JSA members starting with the Silver Age Flash in 1956. When Schwartz, writer Gardner Fox, and artist Carmine Infantino had their new Flash, Barry Allen, meet the original, Jay Garrick, they gave Garrick white hair at his temples: Garrick had aged! Mind you, when Schwartz and Fox did the initial Justice League-Justice Society team-ups, the JSAers were only in their forties (which doesn’t seem so old to me now!); Black Canary, who debuted in the late 1940s, was probably still in her thirties. Nevertheless, the original JSA had now been established as tied specifically to the 1940s and getting older with the passing years; ultimately, this forced DC writers either to kill some of them off or to figure out ways to rejuvenate some of the others.

The strange way in which comic book time works in superhero stories limits the degree of reality with which they can be depicted. In Generations, though, John Byrne creates an intriguing variant on the DC Universe by allowing its characters to age in real time from the points at which they first appeared in print. (This, you may recall, was the premise of an art installation at the Whitney Museum that I covered several months ago. Now it becomes clearer why Mr. Byrne so disliked that exhibit; the artist played the aged superheroes for laughs, whereas Byrne accords his elderly heroes considerably more dignity.)

As the title Generations suggests, this premise enables Byrne to explore how the original superheroes eventually marry and have children, how they relate to their children as the latter grow up, and how those children ““ or others ““ become the heroes’ successors, carrying on the traditions they began. In many tribal cultures, older men don masks and costumes to preside over the ceremonies and training that initiate boys into manhood; it makes sense, then, that from The Phantom onward, a continuing theme in superhero comics has been that of older heroes training their proteges. Generations provides an excellent vehicle for Byrne to pursue this idea, and by the second series’ end, he has shown us three Batmen over the course of nearly eighty years, and as many as five Flashes.

(I am pleased to learn from Dr. Coogan’s article that some Wold Newton enthusiasts have embraced Byrne’s Generations series as a means of explaining how Superman and Batman could have had their recorded adventures over the last sixty-plus years in real time: in Batman’s case, the exploits of three generations of Batmen have, as Byrne himself notes in the series, been attributed to a single figure.)

This also seems to be an appropriate theme for a comics writer/artist who has spent three decades in the business. Comic books, like rock music, are thought to be for the young, but as the Baby Boom generation has aged, we have seen many performers in rock who have continued their careers well into middle age. Some of them just recycle oldies, but others continue to write and perform new material, proving that rock can serve as a means of personal expression for people past not only 30 but 40 and 50. With Generations, with its themes concerning parents and their adult children, Byrne has devised one way for comics creators to deal with themes appropriate to midlife in superhero comics while remaining accessible to younger readers as well, who can identify with the father-son connections from the opposite vantage point.

Kurt Busiek’s Astro City also deals in real time and deals occasionally with successors taking over superhero identities from predecessors. But Byrne goes farther in Generations than simply allowing time to take its normal course. Just as Moore’s premise in League is that all Victorian fictions took place in the same fictional reality, one of Byrne’s premises in Generations is that the different styles and tones of the comics in which Superman and Batman appeared from decade to decade are all valid. Hence, for example, the 1970s sequences in Generations involve evocations of psychedelic art, referring to the experiments of comics artists like Neal Adams and Jim Steranko; the events in his 1980s sequences reflect the “grim and gritty” mood of the comics of that period such as Frank Miller’s Dark Knight. It goes further still: Byrne allows the contradictions in the ways in which the characters were presented from decade to decade to stand. Since Superman did not fly when he first appeared in comics in the late 1930s, he cannot, or, more precisely, does not fly in Byrne’s 1939 sequence. However, in the later 1940s DC retrofitted into continuity Superboy, the adventures of Superman as a child, setting them in the 1920s. By then it had been established that Superman could fly, and so could Superboy. Hence, in Generations Superboy in the 1920s can fly, but the 1930s Superman does not. It also makes sense that a Baby Boom comics writer/artist (and his readers in the same generation) would be interested in the changes in the superhero genre over time as a theme.

Though John Byrne probably would not use the term himself, Generations is another postmodern series, characterized as it is by openly presenting itself as a work operating by rules of fiction, not of reality; a work that incorporates features from stories of the past; and a work that regards these past stories with a certain ironic distance (not to disparage them but to show amused and affectionate awareness). (Moore, by the way, has been quoted as acknowledging that League is postmodern.)

The original Generations leapt ahead ten years, for the most part, between chapters; the second series jumps over eleven year gaps from 1942 to 2018. Hence, the chapters in Generations 2 fit into gaps between the chapters in the original series. I wondered if I’d be able to follow the second series without rereading the first. But Byrne does an excellent job of making his continuity sufficiently clear in Generations 2 without relying on text synopses or clunky expository chunks of dialogue; the attentive reader should be able to figure out what he needs to know. There are those at comics companies who claim that the continuity of longrunning series prevents them from understanding new stories, and therefore the continuity should be started over again from scratch, i.e., at the point at which the current Powers That Be took over. In the Generations series Byrne shows how it can and should be done.

My favorite sections of the original Generations series were the sequences set in the 1930s and the far future. The 1930s sequence showed Superman/Clark Kent, Batman/Bruce Wayne and Lois Lane as they were originally conceived by their creators. The characters, as depicted by Byrne, had a restored youthfulness and freshness to them, and he splendidly captured the period look and feel. I loved what Byrne did with Batman and Superman in the far future: they were now virtual immortals (Batman’s youth having been restored), and this seemed such a fitting fate for the two greatest characters in the superhero genre, these two embodiments of the heroic potential of the human spirit, these two classic figures of popular literature who have become enduring mythic figures like King Arthur and Robin Hood. They will go on nearly forever, just as there will continue to be Batman and Superman stories in some storytelling medium for as far into the real world’s future as we can predict.

In the second Generations series I like the way that Byrne works other classic DC characters like the Blackhawks, Abin Sur, Deadman, the Spectre, and even Wonder Woman’s friend Etta Candy, presented as the comic relief figure she was in the 1940s, into his chronology. I like the clever bits that Byrne works with special meaning for those who are knowledgeable about DC’s history. Hence, the Wonder Girl who works with the JSA proves to be a sentient hologram sent by Queen Hippolyta; that’s because Byrne remembers that the original Wonder Girl stories were fantasies about Wonder Woman’s childhood that were created by Hippolyta through an Amazon forebear of CGI effects. Superman’s original evil scientist/archenemy, the Ultra-Humanite, transplants his brain into Lex Luthor’s body. This is Byrne’s acknowledgement of the fact that Luthor supplanted the Ultra-Humanite in the same basic role in the early 1940s. The Generations Supergirl wears a wig in her costumed identity as a joke on the fact that the Silver Age Supergirl wore a wig in her everyday identity. These, of course, are the sort of tricks that Moore uses with Victorian fiction in League, though I doubt that Byrne has even read League. Creative minds are just following similar paths at the same time.

I am pleased that the third Batman, in the mid-1980s, turns ruthless and fanatical and wears an armored costume, evoking storylines if the “grim and gritty” period in which brutal, overreaching pretenders temporarily supplanted Bruce Wayne and Steve Rogers as Batman and Captain America. It was fun to see the gigantic war machine, evoking memories of the War Wheel and such dreadnoughts from Blackhawk, that Byrne creates for his World War II scene. I like seeing Hal Jordan become the white-haired President of the United States. (And I observe once again how Byrne, Frank Miller in The Dark Knight Strikes Again and Alex Ross in JLA: Liberty and Justice all ignore the deaths of Barry Allen and Hal Jordan, recognizing that they are greater versions of Flash and Green Lantern than DC’s current replacements.) I like the way Byrne parallels his generations of heroes by introducing a daughter who takes over the role of her super-villain father. I’m pleased by Byrne’s use of elements of the Superman mythos that he himself discarded in Man of Steel ““ the Phantom Zone villains, Superboy, Gold Kryptonite ““ and how well he uses them. At first I was taken aback by the way Byrne uses Alfred’s ghost in Generations 2: I had admired his ambiguity in the first series, in which it was unclear if Alfred’s ghost was real or simply imagined by Bruce Wayne. Still, there’s something to be said for Alfred’s ghost taking the spirit of a deceased Batman to the hereafter; I like the way that serious treatments of heaven (as opposed to Vertigo-style negative revisionism) seem to be resurging in popular culture.

I especially like Byrne’s treatment of three members of the Silver Age Flash’s Rogues Gallery ““ Grodd, the Weather Wizard, and the original Mirror Master ““ in his 1960s chapter. I think that the Silver Age Flash stories by John Broome, Gardner Fox, Carmine Infantino and Julius Schwartz in the late 1950s and early to mid-1960s comprised nearly a decade of masterpieces. And for decades subsequent comics writers and editors have proven they have no idea what made them so great. I recently looked in on an issue of Flash guest-starring Captain Cold (issue 204, cover-dated January 2004, written by Geoff Johns), and found the same dreary melodrama the book has now featured for decades (even before Barry’s demise, when he was on trial for murder!). The Silver Age Flash, at its height, was a miraculous combination of brilliant graphic style, inventive science fiction concepts, clever humor and satire, dynamic action and genuine suspense. More recent writers tend to castigate the Silver Age stories as silly: Oh, look, there’s Abra Kadabra turning his enemy the Flash into a puppet! Such clueless critics miss the point that yes, it is intentionally funny, but not in the contemporary heavy-handed way of today’s superhero comics that try to be funny (see DC’s new Plastic Man #1). Flash’s fate is absurd, yes, but it is also visually striking, evoking a sense of wonder, and Broome treats it seriously enough for the situation to be suspenseful (How can Flash get out of this?) and genuinely grotesque and horrific. I don’t know of any current comics writer who can pull this amazing combination off. Byrne doesn’t come up with the dazzlingly amazing tricks that Broome devised for Mirror Master and Weather Wizard. But Byrne’s Rogues Gallery sequence here, like the story about the Golden and Silver Age Flashes he did several years ago, shows he can come closer than most to capturing the look and feel of the classic Silver Age Flash. I vote for Byrne to do a Barry Allen miniseries someday!

What I admire most about Generations 2, though, reminds me of something from my recent reviewing of the episode “Sacrifice and Bliss” from Joseph Campbell and the Power of Myth on New York City’s Channel Thirteen. Campbell and interviewer Bill Moyers discussed how parents will defy the basic instinct of self-preservation and sacrifice their own lives to ensure the future of their children. This, ultimately, is the theme of Generations 2, and Byrne dramatizes it both surprisingly and well.

BAUM FOR THE SOUL

Every time that FilmForce’s redoubtable Ken Plume sends me a box of review copies, there is a surprise inside, some book that we had not discussed reviewing and that I had not requested. On this latest occasion, it was L. Frank Baum, Creator of Oz by Katherine M. Rogers, a 2002 biography published in paperback in 2003 by Da Capo Press.

How does Baum tie in to a column about comics and cartoon art? Well, I can find links. Eric Shanower has handsomely illustrated handsome graphic novels about Oz. In the 1970s at Marvel Roy Thomas initiated comics adaptations of Baum’s first three Oz novels in oversized tabloid format; the third, adapting Ozma of Oz, was, unfortunately, never released. At DC in the 1980s Thomas co-created a funny animal superhero series, Captain Carrot, which had a spinoff miniseries, The Oz-Wonderland War; as the latter’s title indicates, Thomas was thinking along the same kind of lines that Alan Moore does in League. Like the drawings of Sir John Tenniel in the Alice books, the work of the original artists for Baum’s Oz books, W. W. Denslow and John R. Neill, could just as easily be classified as illustration or cartoon art.

cic-025-02.jpg

But I don’t need these excuses to write about Baum. The Baum biography arrived here the day after I completed my previous column about the creation of fictional universes, and Baum fits right in. Since the immense impact of MGM’s 1939 film of The Wizard of Oz has so greatly eclipsed Baum’s original 1900 book, most people are unaware that Baum went on to write fourteen more books about this magical realm. He created scores of characters, and not only filled out the geography of Oz, but even concocted other countries that lay beyond Oz’s encircling, protective “Deadly Desert.”

In my boyhood, several times I perused a book, which, alas, I never bought, which I believe was Jack Snow’s Who’s Who in Oz, which had first been published in 1954. This book was a visual encyclopedia of the many, many characters with whom Baum and later authors of the Oz series populated his fictional reality. In retrospect, my fascination with Snow’s book obviously anticipates my work on the Marvel Universe Handbook and DC’s Who’s Who, though I’d never thought of the connection until I read Rogers’ book.

Katherine M. Rogers’ book, which is both scholarly and pleasantly readable, is billed as a biography and does indeed cover Baum’s life in detail. Baum appears to have been a genuinely good and kind man. It may surprise those who consider the middle-aged to have nothing to contribute to works read by the young, that Baum was a late bloomer who did not truly find his vocation, creating the Oz books, and success until midlife: he was forty-four when he wrote The Wonderful Wizard of Oz. (Similarly, Stan Lee and Jack Kirby were in their forties when they were creating the Marvel Universe.) One might have thought that Wizard would have made him wealthy for life, but instead Rogers traces the sad story of Baum’s continual financial struggles through most of his life following Wizard. Baum is yet another example of a creator of enduring works of art who is insufficiently appreciated in his own lifetime. Baum’s repeated attempts to translate his Oz creations into stage shows and silent movies, which he believed would prove more lucrative than his books, even if he diminished his own characters in the process (perhaps through a failure to fully understand what made them work), reminds me of Jordan Raphael and Tom Spurgeon’s biography of Stan Lee, discussed in previous columns. (The 1939 Wizard movie debuted twenty years after Baum’s death.) Considering the hardships and frustrations of his life, Baum’s continuing optimism and good cheer become heroic. (Also, having visited the Hotel del Coronado on San Diego’s Coronado Island, and seen its exhibit claiming that Baum based the Emerald City on the hotel, I am grateful to Rogers for pointing out that Baum wrote Wizard years before he first visited Coronado.)

What interests me more about Rogers’ book, however, is that it is really a critical biography of Baum that examines his work as a writer, book by book. Rogers is justifiably shocked that Baum’s work has been so long underrated by critics and scholars; only recently, she says, have public libraries begun collecting his books in adequate numbers. It strikes me that this parallels the situation of graphic novels, and perhaps for similar reasons. Rogers thinks the problem is Baum’s relatively plain narrative voice, which, as she points out, is actually key to his realistic presentation of a fantasy world. I think that, as with comics, too many people in the academic and critical establishment fail to understand how archetypal characters and story lines in fantasy can serve as metaphors with psychological meaning and depth.

Rogers is excellent at illuminating the themes of Baum’s Oz books: his satires on human pretensions, fixations and self-delusions, which she compares to the eccentric characters of Dickens and the “humorous” characters of playwrights of Shakespeare’s time; Baum’s idealization of the virtues of an already vanishing rural America; his socialist ideas about economics and, in seeming contrast, his advocacy of the entrepreneurial spirit; and even his philosophical inquiries into such matters as the nature of the human soul. She is particularly good at drawing attention to Baum’s strong feminist themes. Despite his satire on suffragettes through General Jinjur and her all-girl army in The Land of Oz, which even Rogers finds hard to explain, Baum presented heroic females, most prominently Dorothy, Ozma and Glinda, who are brave, sensible, capable ““ and, in Ozma and Glinda’s cases, highly formidable ““ more so, in fact, than their male colleagues. Rogers compares Dorothy’s common sense attitude to her forebear, Lewis Carroll’s Alice. When Rogers points out how often Baum opposes heroines such as Dorothy or Ozma to male figures of violence and oppression, like the Nome King, I started thinking of Dorothy as a predecessor to such later female opponents of male aggression as Wonder Woman and Buffy.

As for Baum’s skill at universe-building, Rogers writes that “A fantasy world must be convincing as well as inventive. . . Oz is believable. First of all, Baum wrote as if he believed in it himself. . . Second, his fantasy world is filled with familiar details from actual everyday life ““ a bag of tools, the job of washing dishes, a terrier that loves to bark. Finally, his world is internally logical and consistent. . . The Scarecrow and the Patchwork Girl are magically alive and highly intelligent, but their ability to manipulate is limited by their clumsy stuffed fingers. The air of reality given by homely details and attention to logic makes the Oz stories more satisfying than traditional fairy tales. Moreover, the Oz protagonists are neither victims nor princesses” ““ well, Ozma becomes one, actually ““ “but normal children who confront magical situations just as readers imagine they would do themselves.” (p. 244) This reminds me of the way that J.K. Rowling crafts her fantasy world in the Harry Potter books; she may be the L. Frank Baum of our time, albeit one who succeeded in going from dire financial straits to becoming inconceivably rich. (Odd, isn’t it, that Baum, a man, makes girls the heroes of his books, whereas Rowling, a woman, makes her protagonist a boy? Perhaps some writers find it easier to project ideals of heroism into “the Other,” a figure unlike themselves.) And the three rules that Rogers establishes at the beginning of that paragraph would serve other creators or caretakers of fictional realities well as guides.

THE DICKENS YOU SAY

In my Christmas column I discussed various adaptations of Charles Dickens’ A Christmas Carol into cartoon art. The most recent graphic novel by Will Eisner, the great pioneer of this form in America, has nothing to do with Christmas but everything to do with Charles Dickens and the dark side of his work. This is Eisner’s Fagin the Jew, published last fall by Doubleday, which provides a backstory for the notorious villain from Oliver Twist and then retells the events of Oliver Twist from his perspective. Through this means Eisner contends with the disturbing paradox that one of the English language’s greatest authors, known for the humanity and compassion in his works, nonetheless perpetrated an anti-Semitic stereotype in one of his best loved novels.

Eisner has done considerable research on Dickens and on the Jewish population of London in his time. The question of how anti-Semitic Dickens was proves to be surprisingly complicated. In his afterword Eisner finds that Dickens made casual anti-Semitic slurs in his conversations and letters but notes that these “were common in the language of the day.” In other words, this was part of the conventional thinking of the time. On the other hand, Eisner goes on, Dickens publicly condemned anti-Semitic persecution and advocated Jewish civil rights. Moreover, Dickens even seemed to have regrets about continually referring to Fagin as “the Jew” (as if he symbolized his entire race) in Oliver Twist and deleted most of the references to his ethnicity in a later edition. Eisner points out that nevertheless modern editions used today still contain the ethnic references Dickens wanted to delete; that raises the ominous question of just why modern editors seek to retain the anti-Semitic implications that Dickens himself wanted to remove.

cic-025-03.jpg

Eisner seems perhaps even more disturbed by the original illustrations for Oliver Twist than by the text: George Cruikshank, one of those artists who straddles a borderline between illustration and cartooning, literally drew on anti-Semitic stereotyping to create what Eisner terms “an unquestionable example of visual defamation in classic literature.”

Eisner concludes that Dickens “never intended to defame the Jewish people, but by referring to Fagin as ‘the Jew’ throughout the book, he abetted the prejudice against them.” Eisner then declares, “I challenge Charles Dickens and his illustrator, George Cruikshank, for their description and delineation of Fagin as a classic stereotypical Jew. I believe this depiction was based on ill-considered evidence, imitation, and popular ignorance.”

Interestingly, Eisner demonstrates from his own experience how easy it can be to engage in the conventional ethnic and racial stereotyping of one’s own time. In his foreword Eisner writes about his creation of Ebony, the young African-American sidekick in his classic strip The Spirit in the 1940s. Though Eisner “became very fond of Ebony and sought to make him as real as I imagined him,” he eventually came to realize that “I was nonetheless feeding a racial prejudice with this stereotype image.” (Oddly, Eisner seems to think that the problem with Ebony was his stereotypical dialect; a greater cause for alarm was surely the visual caricaturing of Ebony. Referring later in his foreword to past pictorial depictions of Fagin, Eisner rightly calls them examples of “visual defamation.” However well intended, the visual caricaturing of Ebony fits that description, too.)

Moreover, Eisner eventually realized the parallel between the stereotyping of African-Americans and that of his own ethnic group: he writes in his foreword, “I never recognized that my rendering of Ebony, when viewed historically, was in conflict with the rage I felt when I saw anti-Semitism in art and literature.”

Eisner then goes on to make a rather strangely worded argument. “I concluded that there was ‘bad’ stereotype and ‘good’ stereotype; intention was the key.” and he also asserts that “stereotype is an essential tool in the language of graphic storytelling.”

Well, first, Eisner’s own experience with Ebony demonstrates that the road to negative stereotyping can be paved with good intentions; Dickens may have sincerely but wrongly thought he was merely delineating facts when he perpetrated the stereotyping of Fagin.

Further, I think that Eisner is badly misusing the word “stereotype,” which inevitably carries negative connotations. Here is a dictionary definition of the word: “A conventional, formulaic, and oversimplified conception, opinion, or image.” By this definition, even a positive stereotype is something that creative artists should avoid. Art should go beyond formula, conventional thinking, and oversimplification. In his afterword Eisner calls Sherlock Holmes an “enduring stereotype.” I think that the word that Eisner should be using for such a character is “archetype,” which my same dictionary defines as “an ideal example of a type; quintessence.” That’s what I think Eisner is really advocating, and that is what fits the comics medium, which casts archetypal characters into visual iconography.

In his foreword, Eisner states that his intention in this book is “to undertake a truer portrait of Fagin” than the one Dickens and Cruikshank presented. Now that raises an interesting philosophical question. Can one writer have a “truer” vision of a character than the writer who created him?

Eisner is not the first person to seek to rehabilitate Fagin’s image. There is Lionel Bart’s classic musical Oliver!, which was turned into an Oscar-winning film in 1968, which turns Fagin into a charming, likable rogue who wins the audience’s sympathies with memorable songs and is allowed to get away at the end, avoiding the death by hanging that Dickens decreed for him in the novel.

The device of inventing a backstory for a “classic” villain to explain his or her motivations is also not new. Fagin the Jew has been compared in one review to John Gardner’s novel Grendel, which is the epic Beowulf told from the perspective of the “monster” he battles. Then there is Wicked, a novel that has become a Broadway musical, which wins sympathy for the Wicked Witch of the West by showing the prejudice that she faced in her younger days.

Inevitably, though, Eisner’s mission in Fagin the Jew reminds me of modern directors’ interpretations of an even more dire and disturbing case of a great author whose work is scarred by anti-Semitism: Shakespeare’s The Merchant of Venice. In the productions I’ve seen, directors and actors stress that Shylock is a tragic figure, understandably (though not justifiably) driven by the prejudice around him to take extreme measures, and various Christian characters come off as repellently bigoted through their contempt for him. There is indeed evidence in the play’s text for this more sympathetic view of Shylock. But a friend of mine who is working on a book about Merchant has argued that despite all this, the play’s treatment of Shylock is still anti-Semitic. So Eisner faces a similarly difficult task in trying to devise a more enlightened depiction of Fagin. Whatever past Eisner invents for Fagin, he is still stuck with the actions Dickens gave him in Oliver Twist.

The first roughly fifty pages of Fagin the Jew are the most interesting portion of the book, as Eisner places the young Fagin within his extensively researched portrait of Jewish society in early 19th century London. They are divided into the educated, prosperous Sephardim, originally from Spain and Portugal, and the mostly illiterate and impoverished Ashkenazim, from Germany and middle Europe. Many of the first group assimilate to the extent of even raising their children as Christians; in Eisner’s story, Fagin is a member of the second group, who do not forsake their religion. Eisner shows how through a combination of anti-Semitism and sheer misfortune, young Fagin is thwarted time and again in his attempts to make an honest success of himself and ends up turning to crime. Eisner’s dialogue and characterizations are broad and lacking in variety compared to Dickens (foreshadowing his problem in the next section of the book), but this part of his graphic novel has a Dickensian feel nonetheless. The young Fagin’s peripatetic journey through life, suffering through the cruelty of others and the twists of fate, parallel the unhappy life of Oliver himself.

Fagin, Eisner declares in his foreword, “is not an adaptation of Oliver Twist!” But on page 53 that is exactly what it becomes, a retelling of the events of Dickens’ novel, and it is here that the graphic novel fails. This is a considerable and surprising disappointment, inasmuch as Eisner has so much in common with Dickens: an ability to portray mood and atmosphere, an interest in portraying life within a major city, empathy with the downtrodden and poor, skill at evocative caricature, and a strong theatrical sense.

Now, Dickens works within the conventions of melodrama, and even of fairy tale (for example, with his orphaned hero Oliver and the mystery of his true identity) and transcends them through the genius in which he handles them. In lesser hands, the character types and plot devices he uses could seem like empty cliches. (This is likewise the difference between the best comics authors who work in genres like superhero action and the many lesser writers who turn out run of the mill stuff.) But Dickens transforms his archetypal characters into vivid, colorfully larger than life, memorable personalities. In large part he does this through the rich descriptions of his narrator’s voice. Dickens also does it through his immense talent for dialogue. (Regular readers of this column should recall my discussion of how much Stan Lee’s dialogue contributed to the characterizations even when the stories were principally plotted by his artists.)

Who can forget the plaintive note sounded by Oliver early in the book when he begs for more food at the orphanage, “Please, sir, I want some more.” It’s a simple phrase, far different than, say, the elaborate bombast of Micawber or ranting of Scrooge, but it so memorably combines the child’s desperate need, timidity, politeness, determination and innocence.

In Eisner’s version what Oliver says instead is “Please, Ma’am, er. . . more?” It’s as if he were auditioning for a movie titled Dude, Where’s My Broth?

And it’s the same throughout the next forty-two pages. Here’s Mr. Bumble, who in Dickens’ hands is the very embodiment of self-important, self-satisfied petty authority, and is renowned for his peculiar insight into a husband’s legal responsibility for his wife (“The law is a ass.”). In Eisner’s version he is merely a colorless, forgettable bureaucrat. In Dickens’ book the twists (so to speak) and turns of the story, become gripping because one cares about the characters involved, and because Dickens is so skilled at creating suspense through his narration. But this comics version finds no storytelling equivalent: instead it’s like hearing rusty plot mechanisms clanking into place.

But look at another example: Sikes’ murder of Nancy. Dickens made personal appearances in which he gave dramatic readings of selections from his works, and his performance of Nancy’s murder is said to have been harrowing. Nancy in the comics version is no more than a one-dimensional bug-eyed victim. Here, however, is the single best part of this section of Fagin, for in Eisner’s version Fagin witnesses the murder. Instead of showing Nancy at the moment of her death, Eisner shows us Fagin’s reaction to it. The look on Fagin’s face, his stance and gestures, amid the utter blackness of the background, with Sikes’ dog, somehow looking shocked without anthropomorphism, genuinely conveys the horror of the scene. It is the one part of this retelling of Oliver Twist that rises to the original novel’s greatness.

But then Eisner strongly recovers with his scenes of Fagin in his prison cell, awaiting his execution. I was startled by Eisner’s treatment of Oliver, who visits Fagin there: innocent little Oliver is so wrapped up in his own problems that he is at first utterly insensitive to the obvious anguish of Fagin on the brink of death; so this version of Oliver is not the angel that we thought. Eisner’s novel reaches its dramatic pinnacle when Fagin is next confronted by the shadowy figure of Dickens himself, like a dark god who had created Fagin and has now damned him. Eisner is far more harsh towards Dickens in this scene than he is in the book’s text pieces. Physically unable to stand, Fagin nonetheless spiritually rises to a great height, arguing that his fate should not be used to slander an entire race. Fagin finally thunders, “A Jew is not Fagin any more than a Gentile is Sikes!” forcing Dickens to retreat, bested in argument.

And then there is an epilogue, set years later, in which the adult Oliver has married Fagin’s granddaughter; how they learned she was related to Fagin is a tale of unlikely coincidences and hidden identities, complete with a watch that solves the mystery, of the sort that Dickens himself would concoct. The graphic novel then ends with the adult Oliver happily united with Fagin’s granddaughter as the smiling spirit of Fagin himself beams down on them from above. And this was a happy ending I could not go along with.

That’s because I think that Eisner’s recasting of Fagin’s story ignores one of Dickens’ primary themes, both in Oliver Twist and in other works: the mistreatment of children. Even if we accept the idea that Fagin had no choice but to turn to crime, he mentored ““ and exploited ““ children in crime as well. Like the musical, Eisner’s graphic novel presents Fagin as a kindly father figure towards the boys he tutors in thievery. There are plenty of stories, in print, movies and TV, that portray clever, charming thieves for the audience’s amusement; being robbed in real life is decidedly unpleasant, and I doubt that honorable thieves exist in reality. Dickens took crime much more seriously, and his version of Fagin is a moral corrupter and exploiter of children. Oliver Twist is a saga of one boy’s continual mistreatment by cruel adults in a harsh world. Fagin is hardly the only culprit: there are plenty of others, all of whom are WASPs ““ among them, Mr. and Mrs. Bumble, the Sowerberrys, Noah Claypole, and worst of all, Bill Sikes. In Dickens’ novel, Fagin’s quarters are not a refuge for Oliver, but a prison he must escape; Dickens may make the Artful Dodger into a likable scoundrel, but he is still horrified at the idea of an innocent child like Oliver being turned to crime. When Sikes abducts Oliver from the Brownlow home, it is as if he has fallen back from heaven to hell.

After all, in Eisner’s own backstory for Fagin, he too was an innocent who was led into crime by adults. Fagin is really perpetrating on Oliver the same kind of mistreatment that was perpetrated on himself in his youth. But that doesn’t excuse it. Nor does Eisner portray Fagin’s own corrupters sympathetically.

Dickens’ great wrong was in fostering anti-Semitic prejudices through Fagin, whether intentionally or not. In making clear that Fagin should not be used to negatively stereotype all Jews, Eisner’s Fagin the Jew is entirely successful. But in attempting to excuse Fagin’s actions as an individual, it just doesn’t work for me.

AULD LANG SYNE

In real life we’ve just made the transition from 2003 to 2004, but in Neil Gaiman’s 1602 series, the new year has yet to begin. As regular readers know, I’m examining 1602 issue by issue, as each new installment arrives.

Issue 5 does not move the story forward or explore the complexity of its world as much as previous installments did, although this chapter ends on the brink of doing both, through what appears to be the start of an encounter between Doctor Strange and the Watcher: issue 6, then, will more than make up for this issue’s comparative lack of revelations.

cic-025-04.jpg

Not until my second reading of issue 6 did I spot that the knight assisting Fury in the opening pages has a red mustache and is named “Dougan”: it’s Dum Dum Dugan, from the Sgt. Fury and SHIELD series. On the other hand, on my first reading, mental bells sounded when Strange, meeting with the mysterious old man who had been transporting that equally mysterious weapon, called him “Donal.” That’s close to “Donald,” so can this somehow be an aged version of Don Blake, the circa-1960s human identity of Thor? (“Donal” and “Donald” are also close to “Donner,” another name for Thor ““ indeed, the one used in Wagner’s Ring cycle ““ but I suspect that is merely coincidental.) So then is the mysterious Templar treasure really Thor’s uru hammer, magically disguised as a walking stick (accounting for the fact that Doom has overlooked it)? I suspect I’m still heading down the wrong path in figuring out what the Templar treasure is.

How wonderful to have a mystery in a superhero comic that actually is a mystery. So often nowadays comics writers are so set on the goal of writing multi-issue arcs that can be packaged as trade paperbacks that they seem unconcerned that these stories must also work as individual installments in the monthly comics. In contrast, Gaiman’s various mysteries in 1602 serve as hooks to induce the reader to come back the next month for the next issue.

Unexpectedly, Fagin the Jew actually gave me an insight into the 1602 series. In his afterword, Will Eisner notes that the Sephardim fled Portugal and Spain to escape from the Spanish Inquisition. Reading that, I thought of how in 1602 Gaiman has reconceived the X-Men’s Professor Charles Xavier as Carlos Javier, a religious man who shelters his mutant students from persecution by the Spanish Inquisition. Can Gaiman have had the historical persecution of Jews by the Inquisition in mind? This would certainly tie in with the subtext of the anti-mutant hatred in X-Men as a metaphor for anti-Semitism, which was made more explicit when Chris Claremont established that Magneto was a survivor of Auschwitz, a notion adopted by the X-Men movies. Come to think of it, Claremont was doing the same thing as Eisner with Fagin’s background, or modern directors of The Merchant of Venice with Shylock’s: showing how anti-Semitic persecution can shape the personality of one of its victims. I wonder if Ian McKellen, the Shakespearean actor who plays Magneto, sees the connection with Shylock.)

I like the treatment of Fury this issue: the Elizabethan Fury here proves to be a man of strong moral principles, and, though he may speak in a more refined manner than the present day version, his refusal to believe in Strange’s magic mirrors the street-smart practicality of the Nick Fury who grew up in a Depression-era New York City slum. It’s fun seeing the Toad turn up as Magneto’s man at the Vatican, though his pointy tongue is a post-1960s addition to the character. (And is 1602‘s Magneto with a long white beard an in-joke about McKellen, as if this version of Magneto looks more like Gandalf?) “Master Grey” is finally called “Jean,” but this is no surprise. (So Jean is seemingly dead again in the present-day X-Books, but a living Jean has been transported back to 1602 in this series? Perhaps the tangles of contemporary continuity explain why Gaiman and John Byrne and Alex Ross seem to prefer to create their own alternate timelines/realities in which they don’t have to deal with what’s going on in the “main” titles.) I’m also pleased that towards the end of this issue Fury, Strange and Javier agree that they must do the right thing, even if it means becoming outlaws according to King James’s laws; the superhero as outcast is one of 1960s Marvel’s prime innovations.

The centerpiece of this issue is 1602‘s reworking of the Fantastic Four’s origin, with what seems a variation on the Aurora Borealis substituting for the cosmic radiation storm that granted them their powers. It’s also fun to see Andy Kubert’s variation on the cover of Fantastic Four #1; there have been so many homages to the cover, but this one, through substituting a dragon-like creature for the monster, has a period feel that makes it stand out. I like the fact that instead of establishing a Baxter Building analogue in London, Gaiman states that the 1602 F.F. continues to travel the world, thereby emphasizing that the Lee-Kirby F.F. were explorers and adventurers. It seems, if I’m interpreting the art correctly, as if, centuries before Lee and Kirby’s F.F. uniforms made of “unstable molecules,” the Storm siblings’ powers require that they go into action nude, though, oddly, the 1602 Reed’s clothing appears to stretch with him. As for the F.F.’s perennial archenemy, Doom, thundering that “There is no right, no wrong. There is only von Doom,” seems to be anticipating Nietzche’s concept of the ubermensch.

The cover image of the flying ship, which takes off in issue 5’s final pages within, is a lovely idea. Is it intended to be reminiscent of the flying pirate ship at the end of Peter Pan, as seen in the Disney animated film and the new live action version? Or is it an attempt to render the modern day X-Men’s airship in 17th century terms? Or, more likely, is it both at once?

-Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

December 23, 2003

Comics in Context #24: A Christmas Column

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 4:00 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

As a medium with traditional appeal to children, cartoon art has a long connection with Christmas. Indeed, it was the great 19th century editorial cartoonist Thomas Nast who established our visual image of Santa Claus.

Growing up I looked forward to the great Walt Kelly’s comic strip Pogo‘s annual renditions of its own trademark Christmas carol, “Deck Us All with Boston Charlie” (sometimes accompanied by its canine variant, “Bark Us All Bow-Wows of Folly,” leading to not-so-scholarly debates in the strip as to which version was more authentic). Kelly’s carol was popular enough that he even named one of his paperback collections after it. In Kelly’s Ten Ever-Lovin’ Blue-Eyed Years with Pogo (1959), a formative text for my interest in comics, he suggests that his carol “probably has something to do with my personal animosity towards those who worship the buck rather than the reindeer.” (Go back and read that sentence again if you missed the clever pun; Kelly, like Shakespeare and Joyce, made punning an art form rather than an occasion for groaning.) This, as we shall see, is a recurring theme in works in this week’s column.

Still, Kelly’s explanation may be a little baffling until one reaches a later point in the book, in which Albert the Alligator attempts a close textural analysis of “The Twelve Days of Christmas.” In his commentary, Kelly complains, “Our idle, head-ringing indulgence in most old Christmas carols. . .has always reminded me of the primitive worship by some aboriginal tribes of fetishes and gods to which they were not properly introduced. I am willing to wager that not more than one person in a hundred has the slightest idea what a lot of the “quaint and richly meaningful’ old songs about the Christmas holidays are all about.” (Just who is King Wenceslaus, anyway?) Having asked Churchy La Femme (a turtle whose name is a pun on French) to play the role of “my true love” in “The Twelve Days of Christmas,” Albert thunders in Kelly’s dialect for his Okeefenokee Swamp menagerie, “But you sends constant every day another dogbone partridge in a pear tree! What’s you doin’? Cleanin’ out yo’ attic?” (Churchy, into his part and looking hurt, responds in a small voice, “I jes’ wants you to allus remember me.”)

cic-024-01.gif

The point of “Deck Us All with Boston Charlie” may be satiric, but it also embodies the sheer joy of cleverly composed nonsense, suitable to holiday revelry, and Kelly, who put it on his Christmas cards, clearly loved it as much as his characters. As he also notes in Ever-Lovin, he is not opposed to these old carols: “I like singing, hollering, falling down, mistletoe and all sorts of Christmas sports.”

In this column we will look at a variety of Christmas stories, both in comics and in animation, and both new and old. But we will start out with a collection of children’s stories which are not about Christmas, but whose lead story fits into this week’s topic nonetheless.

I’VE GOT A LITTLE LIST

The new hardcover comics collection Little Lit 3: It Was a Dark and Silly Night. . ., which came out this fall from HarperCollins, is more in keeping with the Halloween spirit than that of Christmas. This is the third anthology of comics stories for small children edited by Art Spiegelman, best known for his Pulitzer Prize-winning graphic novel Maus and Francoise Mouly, art editor of The New Yorker. Little Lit 3 is billed as a “Raw Junior Book,” evoking the name of the groundbreaking alternative comics magazine that Spiegelman and Mouly edited in the 1980s, and the Little Lit books likewise steer away from conventional mainstream styles of cartoon art. (Original art for Little Lit 3 was the subject of an exhibit this December by New York’s Museum of Comic and Cartoon Art.)

cic-024-02.jpg

My favorite story in Little Lit 3 may be appropriate to the season, though, since it is set amid the snows of winter. This is the lead story in the book, a collaboration between comics artist Richard Sala and Lemony Snicket, the author of the series of popular and macabre children’s books known as A Series of Unfortunate Events. In this Little Lit tale the protagonist, a young girl named Lucretia, sees a Yeti, the Abominable Snowman of myth, outside her window. It looks like a monster, or like the snow taken form as a humanoid creature, as if it were a wintry version of DC’s Swamp Thing, a man turned into an elemental. Perhaps it looks like the embodiment of winter in its negative aspects: frigid and forbidding. I once took a course about Moby Dick that dealt with the use of the color white to create a sense of dread, as in Melville’s white whale, or the barren Antarctic wastes in Edgar Allan Poe’s Narrative of Arthur Gordon Pym (which figures in Alan Moore’s League of Extraordinary Gentlemen), and, I would now add, the final third of The X-Files movie. Winter is symbolically the season of death. (This applies to superhero fantasy as well: the villains Captain Cold, Mr. Freeze, and Killer Frost, whose name makes it explicit, are symbolic death figures. Even the X-Men’s Iceman is often shown freezing his opponents into immobility within blocks of ice. The blond-haired Captain America, preserved in suspended animation within a block of ice for decades, was a symbolic sun god in the grip of winter and death.)

So this Yeti is a Shadow figure, embodying frightening aspects of existence that have been excluded from the life that Lucretia leads in her comfortable, warm, well-lit home. But the Shadow, in Jungian psychology, is not necessarily evil. Lucretia does not regard this snowman as “abominable,” but instead “somewhat intelligent, largely laconic, and a little lonely.” (Mr. Snicket has advised us at the story’s start that he is treating “silly,” as in “It was a dark and silly night,” as an acronym for this phrase, suggesting that what some regard as silly actually has deeper meaning.)

Moreover, the Yeti knocks at the door, and it attempts to communicate with Lucretia, though, inside her house, she can barely hear it. So it is a herald, out of Joseph Campbell’s monomyth, issuing a call to adventure.

Snicket tells us that “Lucretia was a little lonely herself,” indicating a link between herself and the monster. Lucretia sees the Yeti through a pane of glass: can this, metaphorically, be like looking through a mirror at one’s reflection?

A recurring theme in children’s stories is that of the child who sees and knows things that the adults do not; we saw this motif in Neil Gaiman’s The Wolves in the Walls in a previous column. In J. K. Rowling’s books, the motif turns up in the form of the Muggles, the people comprising the majority of society, who either do not know about the existence of magic or, like Harry Potter’s nasty uncle, aunt and cousin, consciously try to stamp it out. This theme surely is meant to encourage children, as they grow older, to have confidence in asserting their own points of view and needs despite the opposition of those who would hold them back; actually, this is not a bad lesson for adults, either. Lucretia’s parents tell her she did not see a Yeti, denying the existence of something without even bothering to investigate, and dismiss her interpretation of the creature as intelligent. When Lucretia says she heard it knock on the door, they tell her it was only the wind: they thereby deny that she heard a call to adventure. When she says she would “prefer to find out for myself,” in other words, to follow the call, her mother tells her, “We don’t always get what we prefer.” This reminds me of Campbell in his PBS interviews talking about a parent who said he had never done what he had wanted to and wasn’t about to let his son follow his bliss, either. Lucretia’s teacher also refuses to believe she saw a Yeti and discourages her from her intent to “try and talk to it.”

But, Snicket notes, seeing the Yeti “was the first exciting thing that had happened ” to Lucretia in years, and, indeed, her life at home and school do look dull, much like the family life in The Wolves in the Walls. No wonder she was looking away from the interior of her house and out the window, as if longing for something different.

Despite all this discouragement from these threshold guardians blocking her path, Lucretia persists in her determination to answer the call, and that night (night being the time when the unconscious comes to the surface, as Gaiman’s Sandman knows well), she ventures out in search. Lucretia crosses a literal threshold by climbing out the window, and, since we’ve already linked the window glass to mirrors, she has in effect gone through the looking glass, like that other determined female adventurer, Lewis Carroll’s Alice.

Lucretia thinks she spots the Yeti twice but proves to be wrong; since stories like to work in threes, her third try proves successful, though she does not think so at first. What she thought was the Yeti proves to be the opening of a small cave in the shape of the snow creature, and she goes in. Well, a cave can represent the mind (as in Plato) and more specifically the subconscious/unconscious mind. Going inside would also be a metaphorical descent into the underworld, which is not necessarily a bad thing: heroes in Greek and Roman mythology journey into the land of the dead to gain knowledge. It’s a symbolic entrance into the “belly of the beast,” a form of symbolic death that precedes rebirth. I suppose that a cave (mistaken for a furry creature!) could also represent female sexuality, but this is a Christmas column about works for family audiences, so I will not say more about that here!

Within the cave Lucretia finds another girl, who is bigger and presumably older than herself, and whom Richard Sala draws to look just like Lucretia, albeit with a Princess Leia/Dunkin’ Donuts hairdo. In other words, this older girl, who, significantly is not named, is another mirror image, Lucretia’s potential older self.

The older girl begins by extending help to Lucretia, offering her soup to fend off the winter cold. Lucretia finds it “delicious,” unlike any other soup (nourishment,. spiritual as well as material?) she’s had before. The older girl says it is made from the bark of trees – part of the natural world – and that her parents had told her that “tree bark soup tasted terrible, but I wanted to find out for myself.” In other words, the older girl’s relationship with her parents duplicates Lucretia’s, and they share the desire to learn for themselves. And that urge for learning what they want to contrasts with the deadly dull schoolroom we’ve seen earlier.

The older girl likewise confesses to having been bored at school, to staring out the window at home, and feeling lonely. Then, one day, the older girl says, she too saw a Yeti, thought it seemed intelligent, was told by her parents that the Yeti did not exist, and, repeating the phrase from earlier, “wanted to find out for myself.” Do we need more proof that these two girls are symbolically the same person at different ages? (Here I think of Stephen King’s The Shining, in which the little boy is advised by a voice that proves to be that of his older self, who symbolically and potentially already resides in his mind.)

Now here comes an odd twist: the older girl says she has never yet found the Yeti, but she’s nonetheless “happy” living in the cave, away from the “village” – society – where she used to dwell. Now, the older girl serves as another Campbellian figure, the mentor, and she guides Lucretia into the snowy wilderness. Note that once Lucretia begins collecting bark (for soup/nourishment) herself, the older girl is seen no more; that is because Lucretia is now on her way to becoming the older girl.

And now there is another strange twist. As Lucretia wanders she becomes covered with the falling snow. Feeling cold, she seeks refuge at a cabin and knocks on the door. Mr. Snicket does not say that this is Lucretia’s family’s home, but inside we see her father, mother, and baby brother, in exactly the positions and clothes in which they first appeared. Theirs is a world of stasis, that one apparently has to leave in order to grow spiritually. Perhaps the fact that Snicket does not explicitly refer to the cabin as Lucretia’s home means that she has already psychologically moved beyond it.

The baby brother hears the knock – another call – and sees Lucretia, whom he believes to be a Yeti. Lucretia tries to speak to her brother, but is unable to make herself understood. The parents, as usual, don’t look and deny there are such things as Yetis.

Now this is strange. Lucretia has become a “Yeti” herself. She has not really turned into a monster: she is still herself, beneath the figurative “mask” and “costume” of snow. But here I am reminded of Disney’s Brother Bear, and its implication that once you cross the threshold and are transformed, you cannot go back (despite what Campbell claims). Moreover, since you have chosen to leave behind conventional means of thinking and behaving, the old society that you left behind, like Rowling’s Muggles, cannot recognize you (as with the boy turned bear in the Disney film), refuse to acknowledge your changed self (as with Lucretia’s parents), or regard you as an alien outsider, a kind of monster. Lucretia has merged with the Shadow, the figure of the Yeti, but discovered that the Shadow actually represented her own spiritual potential that was being stifled by her family and teacher.

So Lucretia leaves the cabin behind forever, finds a cave to live in, makes herself bark soup from a recipe she devised herself, and is happy: she has become her older self.

The other girl never found the Yeti, and Lucretia does not seem to realize that she has become a Yeti in the eyes of others. But perhaps that is because Lucretia does not regard herself as a monster; instead, she has become her true self. If one interprets the image of the Yeti as the call to a life of adventure, or, rather, to a life of following one’s true and personally fulfilling path, then perhaps Lucretia will never find the Yeti because she will never come to the end of the path. It is the journey that is important, not reaching the end, and there will always be more to strive after.

According to Campbell’s monomyth and Northrop Frye’s theories, the returning hero gathers a redeemed community, or a new, more vital community about himself. But Lucretia lives alone and likes it, because she is following her own path, which she finds satisfying, even if no one else does. I prefer the idea of finding a community of like-minded spirits, but, having a solitary side myself, I can see Snicket’s point. (Perhaps she has jumped to what Frye considers the last stage of a hero’s life, as the wise old man living in an isolated tower, an image that reminds me of Steve Englehart’s interpretation of the warlord Kang’s ultimate self, Immortus, in Marvel’s Avengers, which in turn reminds me of Shakespeare’s Prospero.)

And in the final panel, Lucretia’s little brother has crossed the window threshold and gone out into the snow, seeking the Yeti. So will there eventually be a community of the like-minded? More likely, I think, the brother, representing yet another generation, will discover his own unique path, his own recipe for tree bark soup, if you like.

Snicket’s story is by far the best in the book. Taking second place is a worthy runner-up, illustrated with macabre humor by the great Gahan Wilson, and written by the ubiquitous Neil Gaiman, whose prolific output is itself Endless. When I reviewed his The Wolves in the Walls I observed that there was actually something appealing about the high-spirited partying of the supposed Shadow figures, the wolves. In his story in this book, the child protagonists instead join forces with the Shadow figures in order to celebrate.

In Wolves, the human hero took a stand against the messiness and disorder perpetrated by the wolves. In this Little Lit story, though, it is the parents, portrayed as faceless, repressive figures, who don’t want their children, Edgar and Goneril (named, oddly, after the children of authoritarian parents in King Lear), to have a party because of the mess and noise they caused the last time. “You and your friends made enough noise to wake the dead,” the mother says, significantly. Also, significantly, Edgar says they need a place where people don’t mind noise, or making a mess with Jell-O, “or people having fun.” Their parents have forbidden not only disorder but fun (much like the dictator in Basil Wolverton’s story elsewhere in the book).

The kids leave home, not for good like Lucretia, and journey to the place they’ve chosen for their party, the cemetery, which is about to prove to be a literally enchanted realm. The kids have entered the land of death, but their youthful play fills it with life, and hence they make enough noise to literally wake the dead. Corpses rise from their graves, and are obvious shadow figures; the children are initially frightened. But these dead adults want to join in the festivities: they may look like skeletons and decaying bodies (though made comically appealing by Wilson), but they have, in a sense, been resurrected. The revived dead adults prove to be livelier than the living adult parents. The dead are childlike, too: one of them hits Edgar with Jello-O as a parting salute. The kids leave this enchanted world, and cross the threshold back into their homes, where their mom has not changed, but Edgar, having brought back the memory of his party in the land of the dead, winks knowingly at the reader.

Whenever I watch rebroadcasts of Joseph Campbell and the Power of Myth, I see new relevance in things that Campbell said. When in one episode he observed that death gods are often also gods of sex, a connection that Richard Wagner, for one, would agree with, I thought of Gaiman’s Death character. There’s another reason why he made her a sexually appealing young woman. I think, too, that Gaiman seeks to make actual death less frightening through the depiction of his cheerful, empathetic Death character. This Little Lit tale likewise seems meant to help dispel fears of mortality.

Kaz’s story, drawn in an underground comics style, takes a different kind of amused look at a child’s need to rebel against his parents. Embarrassed that his parents live in an upside-down house, the young protagonist is shocked when an accident turns the house right-side-up and “normal,” but turns all the other homes in the neighborhood upside down. He isn’t happy until he discovers that he is actually a dog, and thus of different species than the rest of his family.

cic-024-03.jpg

Most of the other stories deal less in strong plots with psychological insight than in gentle whimsy. There’s a tale by J. Otto Seibold and Vivian Walsh that stars two lookalike penguins, one of whom is Martini from their Christmas-themed creation Olive, the Other Reindeer. (I recently watched the charming animated Olive special on Cartoon Network, and especially liked the warmth and brightness that Drew Barrymore put into voicing the title role.) A number of the stories draw upon the cartooning styles of the early decades of the 20th century. Jumpin’ Jupiter, drawn by Basil Woolverton in 1952 and reprinted here, looks like a bridge between the style of his predecessor, Popeye creator E. C. Segar in the 1930s, and that of Robert Crumb in the 1960s. William Joyce’s contribution, presented as if it were a “Comic Supplement to the New York American” newspaper from 1909, handsomely evokes the style of Winsor McCay and his contemporaries.

The collection’s concluding tale, written and drawn by Patrick McDonnell of the comic strip Mutts, is surely influenced by George Herriman’s Krazy Kat. It presents an animist universe, where not only are animals sentient and able to talk, but so is the moon, which peers over the horizon, afraid to come fully into view. The moon, it seems, is afraid of the dark and howls like a terrified child. An owl, the traditional symbol of wisdom, points out to the moon, “But you are the light,” and persuades it to rise, whereupon its brightness dispels the darkness. And this seems an apt metaphor: simply resolving to be brave will help put the causes of fear to flight.

MUTTS IN A MUSEUM

Shortly after I wrote this section of this column, I visited an exhibition Mutts: The Comic Art of Patrick McDonnell at the Society of Illustrators’ Museum of American Illustration in New York City. It was a good day to go, since McDonnell himself was present, holding court for friends. (Now that rarely happens to me: seeing an artist at his own one-man show at a museum. It was like when I was looking through the Metropolitan Museum of Art’s retrospective of the work of photographer Richard Avedon and spotted Avedon himself walking through the exhibit, apparently unrecognized by most of the visitors admiring his work.)

cic-024-04.jpg

It was a pleasure to be able to study so many examples of McDonnell’s graphic inventiveness and humor (including, appropriately for this column, some pleasant Christmas strips). I was particularly intrigued by the way in which he draws certain panels involving his characters in the styles of other comic strip artists (like Chester Gould, Rube Goldberg, and E. C. Segar), as recreations of the covers of landmark comic books (Action Comics #1, Flash Comics #1 from 1940 and even R. Crumb’s Zap Comix#1; he even slips some Marvel references into his dialogue at times), and in the styles of fine artists (Klimt, Magritte, Matisse, even Hiroshige and Jackson Pollock). This is all fun, while also serving the worthy purpose of placing comic strips on an artistic continuum with “fine art.”

A wonderful supplement to the exhibit was the inclusion of original art by cartoonists whom McDonnell admires, and who clearly influenced his graphic and storytelling styles. Having already written about Herriman’s apparent influence on McDonnell, I felt rewarded by seeing two Krazy Kat Sunday strip originals on display. One was yet another of Herriman’s seemingly infinite clever variations on the gag of Ignatz Mouse hitting Krazy lovingly/hatingly with a brick. The other opposed a long panel in which the stork tells Krazy about the actual, ignoble circumstances of other cast members’ births, while alongside ran a comics narrative in which those same characters boastfully lied about their princely pasts. There was a very early Harold Gray Little Orphan Annie from 1925, and a striking 1953 Chester Gould Dick Tracy depicting a femme fatale and her milieu in handsome contrasts of black and white. In a 1935 E. C. Segar Thimble Theatre strip, Popeye amusingly bemoaned his new career as a dictator, inspiring me to wonder how Segar would satirize present day tyrants like the recently captured Saddam. There was a handsome illustration by Winnie the Pooh’s original artist, Ernest Shepard. There was also a late example of Charles Schulz’s Peanuts, a 1993 Sunday strip, combining humorous bursts of action with quietly elegant compositions. It was seeing a master at the height of his form (and there will be much more about Schulz later in this column.)

The oldest comics artwork in the show was a 1924 original Mutt and Jeff by Bud Fisher. Anticipating later sequences of the same sort by such cartoonists as Chuck Jones (In Duck Amuck), Al Capp (in Li’l Abner) and John Byrne (in She-Hulk), and paralleling Max Fleischer’s Out of the Inkwell animated cartoons, this particular example of the strip had Mutt and Jeff interacting with their creator, asking him to please send them on a cross-country vacation. (Busy at his drawing board, Fisher complies, but sticks them in a car too small for them.) Now there’s a postmodern sequence as far back as 1924!

I do not understand what McDonnell, or Spiegelman, for that matter, see in Ernie Bushmiller’s brain-dead Nancy. But I was quite surprised to see a magnificent double-page spread from Jack Kirby’s The Eternals, in which the superhuman Eternals Ajak and Ikaris and the human archeologist Doctor Damian gaze in awe at the immense alien Celestial, Arishem the Judge. In its artistic splendor and even majesty, this spread puts to shame Marvel’s recent The Eternal miniseries, which cluelessly sought to reinvent Kirby’s concepts without comprehending them.

A TALE OF TWO SCROOGES

Gemstone Publishing this year released their first Walt Disney’s Christmas Parade special, a collection of old and new Christmas comics stories under a title familiar to me from Christmas “giant” comics of my childhood. I am certainly glad I checked the cover credit: it is a picture of Donald Duck as Santa, with nephews Huey, Dewey and Louie, drawn by Walt Kelly, reminding me that before Pogo he worked as a Disney animator.

The lead story is, of course, written and drawn by the greatest of all Disney comics creators, Carl Barks: “Letter from Santa,” a Donald Duck story from the original Walt Disney’s Christmas Parade #1 in 1949. This is not on a par with Barks’s greatest Christmas story, “A Christmas for Shacktown” (where I may end up moving if the job search proves no more successful in 2004), which is genuinely moving. “Letter from Santa” is instead a holiday-themed farce, full of clever touches.

cic-024-05.jpg

One such touch is the nature of Donald’s dilemma. How can Barks do a story about a parental figure’s adult concern about finding the present his kids want, when his audience is children who believe that Santa brings the gifts? Barks solves the problem by redefining the parent’s Christmas duty: Donald has screwed up by forgetting to mail his nephews’ letter to Santa.

Before doing Donald Duck comics, Barks worked on stories for the Donald Duck animated cartoons. The shorts featuring Donald and his nephews tend to involve Oedipal wars between the father figure (Donald) and his surrogate sons (Huey, Dewey and Louie); their stated relationship as uncle and nephews helps mask the underlying Freudian subtext. Barks clearly realized that this would not work in the comics format, without the screen’s ability to create constant, frenetic action or a sound track with voice actor Clarence Nash’s angry quacking; moreover, in monthly comics the formula would get tired fast. And in the comics medium Donald and his nephews are actually articulate; without having to decipher Nash’s quacks, it’s easy to tell what they’re saying!

Donald does have brief explosions of temper in this story. But here, as so often in his other Donald stories, Barks presents Donald as the beleaguered American Everyman, in this case going to extreme and absurd lengths to get out of his Christmas predicament. Donald reads in his nephews’ letter to Santa that they want a steam shovel; it never occurs to him that they are talking about a toy.

Nor does Uncle Scrooge realize this when Donald asks him for help.

Barks’ most famous creation, Scrooge McDuck, is obviously based on Ebeneezer Scrooge in Charles Dickens’ A Christmas Carol. Indeed, Scrooge McDuck debuted in another Barks’ Christmas story, “Christmas on Bear Mountain,” from 1947, two years before. “Letter from Santa” finds Scrooge in a transitional state. He is no longer the sinister presence he was in the first story, and he wears glasses with handles, rather than the familiar pince-nez. His office has huge mounds of coins, a prelude to the money bin to come.

The most eye-opening difference between this 1949 Scrooge and the familiar 1950s-1960s version, or even from Dickens’ original, is that he is not a miser! He starts out that way when Donald first asks him for help in this story, but soon proves quite willing to give Donald “a wad of money” to buy a steam shovel. Then, deciding he wants credit for giving the kids their present himself, Scrooge even buys a factory to get his own steam shovel.

In this story Scrooge has as hot a temper as Donald’s. It is as if Barks decided that Donald needed his own “uncle”/father figure for Oedipal conflicts. They spend a page in a slapstick fight, battering each other with bags of coins. The competition escalates in scale to the point that they pit their steam shovels against each other in an absurd but powerful visual spectacle that seems the equivalent of Barks channeling Kirby.

This leads to that classic staple of farce, disguise, with Donald and Scrooge each masquerading as Santa Claus in order to fool the kids (who, in cartoon tradition, cannot see through even the least convincing of disguises; maybe Clark Kent falls into this same tradition). Ultimately Barks resolves the situation by bringing in the real Santa, a voice of sanity, who understands that what the kids really want is the miniature toy steam shovel he brings them. In keeping with the miniaturization theme, Barks finishes with another inspired flourish, demonstrating that Santa shrinks himself in order to go up and down Donald’s chimney. Santa fills the role of deus ex machina: his presence, his generosity to the children, and the final tableau of him riding off in his reindeer-driven sleigh infuse a sense of Christmas spirit into what had been a distinctly un-Christmas-like farcical battle between two egocentric adults.

Created by Barks for the comics, Uncle Scrooge McDuck first appeared on screen in a 1960s instructional featurette called Scrooge McDuck and Money, which I have never seen, and in which he was voiced by Bill Thompson, who, among his other cartoon voices, did the Scottish accent for Jock in Lady and the Tramp. Then in 1983 the Disney studio released its own animated version of Dickens’ story, Mickey’s Christmas Carol, which was telecast this month as part of a special marking Mickey’s 75th (!) anniversary. Despite the title, the main character is. of course, Scrooge McDuck. Other familiar Disney characters play the other roles: for example, Mickey becomes Bob Cratchit, and, is indeed, never addressed as Mickey. Donald naturally turns up as Scrooge’s nephew.

On the old videocassette release of Mickey’s Christmas Carol, actor Alan Young, himself born in Scotland, explains that the film was based on a Christmas Carol record that he cowrote, on which he voiced Scrooge McDuck. Young later learned from a friend that Disney animation was auditioning people to voice Scrooge in a film based on Young’s own record! (It seems it would not occur to the corporate mind to even tell Young about this spinoff of his own project, much less invite him to participate in it.) Young asked to audition, got the part, and went on to play Scrooge in the later Duck Tales television series inspired by Carl Barks’s work.

cic-024-06.jpg

Young is good in the part, especially the early scenes in which Scrooge gets to be nastily greedy. But this Christmas Carol only skates over the surface of the emotions it should be raising to the surface. One problem is the tactic of casting other familiar Disney characters in the Dickens roles. None of the Disney characters strays far from his established personality. It works for Scrooge McDuck, Donald, and Mickey: seeing Mickey in what is for him the unusual role of mourning the death of a loved one (Tiny Tim) conveys surprising pathos. It is a pleasure to see so many characters from Disney’s animated adaptation of Wind in the Willows turn up in appropriate roles (e. g., Mr. Toad as Fezziwig). But Goofy as Marley’s Ghost, though certainly funny, severely undercuts the seriousness of the role’s function in the story. There’s fun to be had in seeing Willie the Giant, from Mickey and the Beanstalk, as the Ghost of Christmas Present, but his dopiness hardly suits the gravity of Scrooge’s mentor about the hardships of his contemporaries.

Moreover, perhaps in part because the film is so brief (only a half hour), it seems to shy away from most deep emotion: in the Christmas Past sequence, for example, there is no sense of the loneliness of Dickens’ Scrooge as a boy. Mickey’s Christmas Carol feels to me like a Disneyland ride through Dickens’ story: it looks handsome, it’s fun seeing so many Disney characters back on screen enacting parts in this pageant, but I feel as if I am surveying the highlights of Dickens; story without feeling the drama they are intended to conjure.

Now itself twenty years old, Mickey’s Christmas Carol was the first new theatrical film featuring Mickey in thirty years. It has further historical importance in that it was the last film in which Donald Duck was played by Clarence Nash, who created the character’s voice. When Donald wishes Scrooge a parting “Merry Christmas,” it seems a nice way for Nash to bid farewell, too.

I think Mr. Magoo’s Christmas Carol (1962) may have been my earliest experience of Charles Dickens’ A Christmas Carol in any form. I know that since the Magoo version deletes Scrooge’s nephew and sister, I have since had the nagging feeling when reading or seeing other versions of the story that these characters are secondary to the others, simply because they weren’t there when the tale made its initial impression on me as a child.

In fact, watching the Magoo Carol on Cartoon Network recently, I noticed that Scrooge’s sister does make an appearance of sorts: the boy Scrooge has written “sister” on a blackboard. How long it has been since I last watched the Magoo Carol I do not know. Is it possible that I’d never seen it in color before this year? I was surprised to discover that the Ghost of Christmas Yet to Come’s robes are not black, but blood red; like its literally skeletal hands, this may actually be an improvement on the depiction in the book.

cic-024-07.jpg

In the Magoo Carol, there are only two familiar UPA Studios characters playing Dickens’ roles (not that there were many recurring characters at UPA), and most viewers probably will not spot the fact that UPA’s Gerald McBoing-Boing, a now mostly forgotten character, is “cast” as Tiny Tim. In his own cartoons, Gerald “spoke” in sound effects; in Carol, however, he speaks normally. This is because the makers of the Magoo Carol took their task of adapting Dickens very seriously. (I was surprised to see in the Cartoon Network telecast that the Magoo Carol was directed by Abe Levitow, who had served as a co-director on Chuck Jones cartoons at Warners and MGM. But this makes sense, since Jones is so strong at characterization, and the Magoo Carol takes pains to dramatize Dickens’ characters right.)

Presumably all but the smallest children who watch Mickey’s Christmas Carol will understand that Mickey is “playing” Bob Cratchit. Nonetheless, Goofy acts more like Goofy than like Marley. The Magoo Carol, though, comes up with a strategy for putting a greater difference between the usual world of Mr. Magoo and the world of Charles Dickens.

Magoo’s Christmas Carol is actually a play within a play; there is a framing sequence which establishes that Quincy Magoo is an actor who is playing Scrooge in a Broadway musical. Now why is this? I suppose it is because Magoo is a preexisting character, familiar for his misadventures in cartoon shorts, blundering nearsightedly into disasters.

Indeed, in the framing sequence Magoo is his familiar self, crashing his car, triggering chaos through his near-blindness but remaining oblivious to it all. The filmmakers surely wanted to make use of Magoo’s popularity and appeal with the audience in Carol, but also wanted to differentiate Magoo’s behavior from Scrooge’s. So they introduced the idea of Magoo, a cartoon character, acting a role. And, indeed, once the “play” begins, Magoo-as-Scrooge is very different from the Magoo of the framing sequence. Certainly, the Magoo of the original animated shorts was a bad-tempered old man, and that fits the Scrooge character. But the large scale slapstick associated with Magoo vanishes once the play begins.

Interestingly, there are still quiet jokes made in the play that Scrooge is nearsighted, but they are subtle and fit the character (Scrooge is accused of being too cheap to buy spectacles.) Once the play is over, Magoo reverts to his usual self, inadvertently causing a massive collapse of scenery as he takes his solo bows. But though barely able to find the stage in the framing sequence, Magoo has no problem navigating during the play itself. (I am reminded of a quote from Sarah Michelle Gellar in which she claimed she was a klutz offstage but somehow moved much more adeptly when actually playing the athletic Buffy.)

The new Duck Dodgers television series uses a similar tactic: the opening credits inform us that Daffy Duck is playing Duck Dodgers, but within the episodes proper, there is no sign that Dodgers is merely a part in a fiction, and not “reality.” On the other hand, Daffy and Dodgers basically act and think alike, whereas the framing device in the Magoo Carol differentiates between the normal Magoo and Scrooge.

Carol‘s frame also links it to a long tradition of film musicals and alludes to the different cultural status that the Broadway theater had forty years ago. Movie musicals from 42nd Street in the 1930s through The Bandwagon in the 1950s were often about the making of a Broadway musical. Many of the musical numbers therefore became part of the “play” within the movie. In part, I think, this was to justify the artificiality of the theatrical device of having people suddenly shift from speaking to singing and dancing within the more realistic medium of film. But also, I think it indicates the stature that Broadway musicals, and the stage itself, had in the minds of audiences of that time. However massively popular Hollywood movies were in the studio system’s Golden Age, they were not taken seriously as works of art; the auteurist revolution in film criticism did not take hold here until the 1960s. The theatre was considered to be more serious and of greater cultural value than the cinema. Moreover, before the rise of rock and roll, Broadway musicals were one of the principal sources of popular music.

So the makers of the Magoo Carol were actually making a bid for greater respectability by having their character “play” Dickens’ Scrooge, and do it in a format that resembled a Broadway show. Moreover, though in the early 1960s the Golden Age of the Broadway musical was approaching its end, it was still going strong. Not until I saw the Magoo Carol this year did I realize that its vivid and memorable songs were the work of lyricist Bob Merrill and composer Jule Styne, two of the leading names in the history of the Broadway musical. (Not many years before, Styne had composed the music for Gypsy, generally considered one of the greatest Broadway musicals ever.)

The Magoo Carol‘s score contributes greatly to its success. The only number that does not work for me is the pallid ballad given to Scrooge’s lost love, though it works much better sung during the closing credits. In good Broadway fashion, some songs express different emotions in different contexts: Magoo’s “Ringle, Ringle” is initially an ode to greed, and later, after his reformation, a cheerful jingle of generosity. The Cratchit family’s Christmas song starts out alternating mournfulness with a brave effort to celebrate despite causes for despair; it then returns as a joyous finale. “We’re Despicable,” in which the undertaker and his cohorts, who should seem thoroughly repellent for scavenging the dead Scrooge’s possessions, is instead goofily entertaining. On further reflection I realized it fits into a comedic tradition of mocking the banality of evil by portraying its perpetrators as clowns who celebrate their own moral rottenness: see Mel Brooks’ The Producers or David Letterman’s running gags about Osama and Saddam. The most touching part of the score is Magoo/Scrooge’s duet with himself as a boy, mourning his childhood loneliness; later, the old Scrooge reprises the number, this time singing not with his younger self but to his dead future self, in a graveyard. The Disney Carol never comes close to moments like these in handling Scrooge.

The UPA studio was known for rebelling against the Disney studio’s tendency towards literal representations of reality in animated film. The simplified UPA graphic style in the Magoo Carol cannot convey the mood and atmosphere that the settings in the Mickey Carol can, except for Magoo’s graveyard scene, which is dark and expressionistic. Nor are the characters realistically drawn: Bob Cratchit looks oddly like George Jetson with spectacles and sideburns. And yet the characters work dramatically. For example, the Magoo version of Marley’s Ghost is grotesquely caricatured, but the writing, the direction and animation, and the voice acting all combine to convey the character’s purpose in the story. (Indeed, Marley’s Ghost comes over so eerily that as a child I always found it odd that in the concluding framing sequence, he is shown taking curtain calls with the rest of the cast!)

Mr. Magoo’s Christmas Carol worked for me as a childhood introduction to Dickens’ Christmas Carol, and from my adult vantage point, I’d recommend it for today’s children, as well. In fact, after the Cartoon Network showing, I found myself regretting that no one had gotten Styne and Merrill, when they were still alive, to expand their score for a stage version of Christmas Carol (this time without Magoo).

HOLIDAY HEROICS

In mid-December Cartoon Network ran two Christmas super hero shows written by Paul Dini, who not only has a long association with Warner Animation’s superhero series, but also with Christmas-themed stories in his Jingle Belle comic books.

cic-024-08.jpg

The first was a new episode of Justice League entitled “Comfort and Joy,” intercutting among three story lines of differing quality. In one, the Flash hunts down the last remaining copy of a toy that the kids in an orphanage want for Christmas. Since this is the post-South Park era in animation, we are supposed to be amused that the toy makes what the Flash aptly describes as fart sounds. Worse, the Flash ends up being aided by the villainous Ultra-Humanite in his white gorilla incarnation, depicted as a supercilious snob who nonetheless not only repairs the toy for the orphans but goes willingly off to jail. Having recently read John Byrne’s portrayal of the Ultra-Humanite as a satanically evil being in Generations 2, a characterization much more faithful to Jerry Siegel’s original, I reflected once again on the pointlessness of using a longrunning character without paying heed to his personality.

cic-024-09.jpg

Speaking of which, then there’s the Justice League animated series’ version of Hawkgirl, who is now romantically involved with Green Lantern John Stewart. In the Golden Age and Silver Age, Hawkman and Hawkgirl were both a romantic couple and partners in action; indeed, what made Gardner Fox’s Hawkman and Hawkgirl in the 1960s unique among DC superheroes were that they were husband and wife superheroes who worked together as equals. So it’s disconcerting that Hawkman is absent from the Justice League series. Moreover, Fox’s Hawks were sharply intelligent heroes, who were archaeologists at a museum in their unmasked identities, and who drew on a range of ancient weaponry and futuristic technology. The TV Hawkgirl is instead this hot-tempered chick who literally flies into a fury and hits things with a mace. (Mind you, I haven’t recognized the Hawks’ personalities in the comics for years, either, except in books Alex Ross does.) And so, in this Christmas episode, she drags Stewart off to a dive on some other planet and gets them into a brawl. What this has to do with Christmas I have no idea. New Year’s Eve, maybe?

This leaves story line number three, and this is a very good idea: Clark Kent brings the Martian Manhunter with him to his foster parents’ home as a guest, and there, in Smallville, presented as a Norman Rockwell version of small town America, J’onn J’onzz learns the meaning of Christmas. It wasn’t moving, but it was sweet, and, yes, I like the fact that the Kents’ cat is clearly a homage to Streaky the Super-Cat from the early 1960s Superman comics.

cic-024-10.jpg

The second show was “Holiday Knights,” an animated Batman episode from 1997, based on a DC comic that Dini had written. There has indeed been a tradition of Batman Christmas stories; considering the character’s somber demeanor, perhaps this is surprising, but then Christmas stories provide a welcome break in the gloom that usually overhangs Gotham City.

This also broke down into three separate stories, in this case one following the other, each one better than its predecessor. In the first and least, which Poison Ivy takes control of Bruce Wayne’s mind with a kiss and forces him to take her and Harley Quinn on a shopping spree. Bruce fumes silently while Harley and Ivy run up his credit card and pose in different outfits, intended to look sexier than they actually are, and it reminds me of those Flintstones episodes in which Wilma and Betty would shout “Charge it!” as a fanfare sounded and charge off to spend their husbands’ salary. This was more silly than funny, made Batman look stupid, and even seemed male chauvinistic. And shopping alone does not a Christmas theme make. (See Walt Kelly’s quote about bucks and reindeer.)

The second story found genuine comedy in having the slovenly, bad-tempered police detective Harvey Bullock posing as Santa Claus, and clever in having the shapeshiftying Clayface disguise himself by splitting into four to pose as a group of small children.

The third tale was actually set on New Year’s Eve and featured the reliably entertaining vocal performance by Mark Hamill as the Joker. The good holiday touch here is that the story establishes that Batman and Commissioner Gordon have a tradition of meeting annually at a certain coffee shop on New Year’s Day. There’s a similar device in Sandman, in which Morpheus and his immortal friend Hob likewise meet, which Neil Gaiman has played for an affecting look at friendship. But in “Holiday Knights” the opportunity is missed: Batman seems to be there for mere seconds before he takes off again, and before there could be a scene that actually explored his and Gordon’s longstanding loyalty and friendship for one another. Had there been such a scene, it might have been particularly bittersweet in retrospect, considering that DC has dumped Gordon from the comics. (Will comics companies never learn not to dispose of characters who are so closely associated with a series? Gordon has a major role in the next Batman live action movie, and yet he’s gone from the regular comics.)

cic-024-11.jpg

Cartoon Network unveiled a brand new hour-long Powerpuff Girls Christmas episode, “‘Twas the Fight before Christmas,” in which the girls’ rival, Princess Morbucks, deceives Santa into thinking that every child on Earth deserves coal in his or her stocking this year except herself. There’s a very well staged sequence in which the Powerpuff Girls pursue Princess, who is endowed with super-powers, through the wintry wilderness of Canada at super-speed in a race to the North Pole. I also very much liked the show’s irreverent take on Santa, who here resembles Bill Sienkiewicz’s depiction of the Kingpin, but with white hair and a beard. This immense Santa is still ultimately a benevolent figure, but demonstrates that he has a side that is pure Christmas god of wrath, as Princess learns in her comeuppance.

CHRISTMAS CARTOON CLASSICS

ABC created a furor with the first of its two December telecasts of the original Peanuts Christmas special, A Charlie Brown Christmas (1965). In yet another example of the corporate mind at work, ABC saw fit to intersperse shots of bachelor party strippers in plugs for the then-forthcoming Trista and Ryan’s Wedding special into this family holiday classic. I caught ABC’s second telecast, by which time heads presumably had rolled and ABC had cleaned up its act.

There was also a brand new Christmas Peanuts special, I Want a Dog, Charlie Brown! and A Charlie Brown Christmas was followed by newer segments under the heading of Charlie Brown’s Christmas Tales. (When A Charlie Brown Christmas debuted in 1965, there were fewer commercials per half hour than there are nowadays. To run the show uncut, they need the new Christmas Tales to fill out an hour-long package.)

cic-024-12.jpg

The New York Times television reviewer complained that I Want a Dog was too clearly constructed out of old Peanuts: daily strips, creating an unvarying rhythm of gags paced as if to be divided into four-panel sequences. I noticed the rhythm, too, but it did not bother me particularly. Producers Bill Melendez and Lee Mendelsohn collaborated for decades with Peanuts creator Charles M. Schulz on the Peanuts animated specials. Since Schulz’s death several years ago, Melendez and Mendelsohn have reportedly stated that they will base further Peanuts specials on Schulz’s past work rather than bring in new writers. I expect it would indeed be difficult to find other writers who could duplicate Schulz’s particular kind of gentle whimsy. I find myself recognizing and remembering with pleasure various bits in these new Christmas cartoons; Schulz’s voice and vision are continuing to come through.

But yet the new Christmas material is disappointing. As the new special’s title, I Want a Dog, Charlie Brown!, suggests, it has more to do with a hunger for a gift; as A Charlie Brown Christmas and the Grinch special point out, there’s more to Christmas than that. I Want a Dog seems to be more about devoting a special to two of Schulz’s later creations, Lucy and Linus’s younger brother Rerun (you see, he’s a “rerun” of Linus as a toddler) and Snoopy’s brother from out West, Spike (named after the actual dog Schulz owned as a boy). The Christmas Tales, centering on different major characters from the strip, hew more closely to Christmas themes. But all of this newer material does not delve beneath the surface tone of the aforementioned genial whimsy. Perhaps that is because Schulz’s strip grew mellower in its later decades.

A Charlie Brown Christmas, which deserves its reputation as a classic, though, originated in the strip’s groundbreaking years, was written by Schulz, and has genuine emotional depth. Schulz created a fictional world in which children speak and think like adults; it is a world of magic realism in which a dog can think and act like a human being, and in which a boy can make a toy piano sound like a grand piano playing Beethoven. But Schulz’s most meaningful innovation was to combine within his characters the emotions of childhood, which they express in an adult manner, and the anxieties of adulthood, which they voice with a child’s openness.

A Charlie Brown Christmas begins with an opening song that is at once quietly celebratory of the holiday season, as the characters skate over a frozen pond, especially when Snoopy shows up and makes his spectacular moves, and at the same time wistfully melancholy. Early on Charlie Brown reveals that he feels “depressed” even though, he says, he knows he should be happy at this time of year; of course, he consults Lucy in her psychiatrist’s office, which resembles a child’s lemonade stand.

Watching the special this year I was surprised: Charlie Brown is confessing to suffering from what we now call “holiday depression,” long before this condition was regularly discussed in the press.

Charlie Brown became an iconic figure because he is the postwar Everyman as Everyboy, afflicted by insecurity and self-doubt, scorned by the people around him, nearly always unhappy. Through him Schulz subverted the image of happy innocent childhood by portraying the real anxieties of both children and adults. (By the way, the observant Peanuts reader notices that Charlie Brown is almost never called simply “Charlie” and I am following Schulz’s example.)

As if he were in a Chekhov play, Charlie Brown tries to overcome his melancholy through work: Lucy arranges for him to direct the school Christmas play. But here, as in his Sisyphean struggles as head of the kids’ baseball team, Charlie Brown suffers the fate of the person who tries to achieve something, tries to exert authority, and tries simply to be recognized as having something worthwhile to contribute, only to be ignored by the people he has to deal with.

Assigned to find a Christmas tree for the play, Charlie Brown becomes fond of a tiny, nearly barren tree whose remaining leaves are falling off. To my mind, Charlie Brown sees the tree as a reflection of himself, not the best of its kind, rather pathetic, but worth respecting and caring for. During the special Charlie Brown has also been dismayed at the commerciality of Christmas, and by picking this less than glamorous tree, casts his vote against materialistic concerns.

He brings it back to the other kids, who laugh at the tree and then laugh at him, reinforcing the idea that the tree represents Charlie Brown himself. The girls, Lucy, Violet and Patty (not to be confused with the later character, Peppermint Patty), take the lead in laughing at Charlie Brown (as does Snoopy, who is not quite man’s best friend). For the first time I realized that these three girls, the original female characters in the strip, resemble both visually and behaviorally, the nagging women in the cartoons drawn by the New Yorker humorist James Thurber.

In despair, Charlie Brown asks what Christmas is really about, and Linus, the most intellectual and spiritually minded of the characters, answers him by reciting a passage from the Bible about the birth of Christ. This shakes the other characters out of their insensitivity. They remove the glittering decorations from Snoopy’s doghouse (earlier condemned by Charlie Brown as an example of Christmas glitz) and hang them on the little tree. Oddly, now the tree is drawn with a full set of leaves, as if it had been restored to health, even symbolically resurrected. The kids greet the returning Charlie Brown by wishing him merry Christmas; delighted by the sight of the restored tree and his warm acceptance by the others, Charlie Brown is for once happy. The show concludes as all the characters, a united community, join in singing a religious Christmas carol.

cic-024-13.jpg

Most Christmas specials on television deal with the secular side of Christmas, presumably so as not to exclude non-Christians and the non-religious. Schulz was a very religious man, and the fact that A Charlie Brown Christmas concludes with an open expression of Christian beliefs is true to his artistic vision. I wonder how the end of this special works for viewers who are not believing Christians. I suspect that they nonetheless respond positively to the show’s concluding image of Christmas as a time of celebrating community, good will, and ideals that rise above everyday materialism.

This is also the message of another great animated Christmas special, Dr. Seuss’s How the Grinch Stole Christmas (1966), directed by the recently deceased animation great Chuck Jones, with Dr. Seuss’s own active participation in the project. (For example, I hadn’t realized before studying the credits this time, that Dr,. Seuss wrote the lyrics for the songs. This special, like Magoo’s Carol, is also blessed with an enduring and memorable score.)

Theodore Geisel, a. k. a. Dr. Seuss, and Jones had worked together as far back as on the Private Snafu cartoons that Warners produced for the military during World War II. Thinking about these two giants of cartoon art inspires some melancholy reflections about more recent times.

cic-024-14.jpg

The reputation of this story has been sullied by the ghastly live action movie version perpetrated several years ago by producer Brian Glazer, director Ron Howard, lead actor Jim Carrey, and, startlingly, Geisel’s widow. I was surprised when I saw Howard and Glazer’s subsequent movie. A Beautiful Mind, that it was done so well; their Grinch was so overblown, unfunny and misconceived that I would have felt justified in assuming they had lost all their artistic talent permanently. During his lifetime, Geisel was extremely cautious about licensing out the rights to his work, obviously concerned about its artistic integrity. After his demise, his wife, apparently not sharing his concern, made the deals with the devil, and the atrocious Grinch movie, and Glazer’s reportedly equally dreadful Cat in the Hat movie (I have no intention of paying to see that) are the results. Now there’s a grim lesson for creative artists: you cannot necessarily even trust your immediate heirs to protect your work.

In 2001 the Film Society of Lincoln Center held a retrospective of Chuck Jones’s work, and the most recent example included was 1965’s The Grinch. So, perhaps, Grinch was Jones’s last masterwork. That is sad and ironic, actually. When Jones was directing his great Warner Brothers cartoons in the 1940s into the early 1960s, he received no recognition outside the animation community, and film critics, not to mention parents, dismissed the Warners cartoons as junk. Jones then spent the last three decades of his life being honored and acclaimed for his past achievements, while sometimes turning out new animated cartoons that did not begin to live up to the classics of his youth and middle age.

Dr. Seuss’s Grinch story is really a variation on the same archetypal tale of redemption that underlies Dickens’s Christmas Carol. But while Dickens gives Scrooge a backstory that shows how he became such a hard-hearted old man, Dr. Seuss provides no such explanation for the Grinch’s nastiness. The narrator suggests a few unpersuasive theories (perhaps his shoes are too tight) but settles on the idea that the Grinch’s heart is simply “two sizes too small.” This is like the famed “motiveless malignity” of Shakespeare’s Iago: various possible motivations are advanced in Othello for Iago’s hatred of the title character, but ultimately, what it comes down to is that Iago is just plain evil. The Grinch is not one of the happy Whos of Whoville. He is, in effect, an alien creature who does not share their background and does not even comprehend what Christmas really is. (He’s in the same situation as his fellow green alien, J’onn J’onzz, in the Justice League Christmas episode, though J’onn lacks the Grinch’s malevolence.) The live action movie, of course, misses the point and recasts the Grinch as something of a mutant Who, the victim of prejudice, who was a misfit in Who society and sought revenge by destroying their Christmas.

The Grinch, of course, disguises himself as Santa Claus and his dog Max as a reindeer in order to act as the anti-Santa, going down chimneys to steal presents. But even before donning the costume, the Grinch was like Santa’s evil counterpart: both of them live in a snowy wasteland, separated from the community that they visit on Christmas.

Why is it that the animated Grinch succeeds so well where the live action Grinch, however commercially successful, artistically failed so miserably? In large part it is a matter of finding the proper focus.

cic-024-15.jpg

There are elements of the Grinch’s tale that have an epic scope: he lives in the towering mountains, and the Whos comprise an entire community. But, in both the book and the animated special, the story primarily has a very intimate scale: there are only three major characters, the Grinch, his dog (whose role is much expanded for the animated version), and Cindy Lou Who, who basically has no more than a cameo part. Except for the memorable songs and for voice artist June Foray’s few lines as Cindy Lou, there is only one voice to be heard throughout the special, that of Boris Karloff.

Another of the movie’s gross mistakes was casting Jim Carrey in the title role. The Grinch conforms to the same archetype as Ebeneezer Scrooge. One should no more cast Carrey as the Grinch than cast Jerry Lewis as Scrooge. Memorable Scrooges tend to be dramatic actors – Patrick Stewart, George C. Scott – who can credibly convey the character’s grimness but also play comedy.

Karloff was brilliant casting for Grinch because, drawing on our knowledge of his great horror roles, he could convincingly project genuine evil in voicing the Grinch, but also convey a grandfatherly friendliness in reading the narration. The fact that Karloff plays both the Grinch and the narrator increases the intimate feel of the show: it is one voice, sometimes malevolent, sometimes benevolent, that carries the audience through the entire story. When the Grinch reforms, Karloff no longer needs use the gruffer tone of his voice, and the grandfatherly tone takes over in full.

It’s interesting to see how the Jones and Seuss visual styles merge in the characters in this animated special: the background characters look more Seussian, and the main characters, presumably because they “act” more, remain blends of Seuss and Jones but lean towards the latter. There’s something of Wile E. Coyote in the look of Jones’s Grinch (the Arctic wilderness is a colder analogue to the Coyote’s desert; like the Coyote the Grinch is obsessed with a goal he will fail to achieve), and something of Daffy at his most misanthropic in his personality (like Daffy he cannot abide others being happy when he is not).

The great triumph of the animated Grinch is Jones’s brilliance at conveying personality through facial expressions, poses and movement, somehow treating the broadness of cartoons with subtlety and taste. Such is Jones’s mastery that he even creates a baroquely elaborate evil smile for the Grinch at one point (If you’ve seen it, you know which moment I mean.) and it comes off as amusingly artistic rather than excessive.

Only at one moment towards the end (when the Grinch’s face glows with redemption) did I feel Jones had dipped into sentimentality. Otherwise he keeps a firm hand on the steering wheel throughout, making the Grinch’s character arc both entertaining and emotionally credible. The happy ending is warm without being saccharine, and when Karloff’s voice moves seamlessly from the narrating the final scene to speaking Seuss’s concluding verses hailing Christmas, the fable becomes transcendent.

Mr. Magoo’s Christmas Carol ends with hand-clapping merriment. A Charlie Brown Christmas finishes in peace and quiet contentment. But of all the Christmas cartoon stories I’ve covered in this column, for me only The Grinch achieves a genuinely heartwarming conclusion that truly evokes the spirit of Christmas.

cic-024-16.jpg

-Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

December 19, 2003

Comics in Context #23: An Extraordinary Trio

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 3:54 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

Originally I had intended to write my commentary on Alan Moore and Kevin O’Neill’s The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen (which I commenced in last week’s column) back last summer, when the film version opened, but my lengthy summer convention coverage got in the way.

Now, however, appears to be an even more propitious time. This month the second League mini-series concluded and was repackaged in a hardcover edition. This very week the DVD of the movie version was released.

Also, this week, I unexpectedly received in the mail a CD-ROM from Dr. Peter M. Coogan of Fontbonne University, one of the heads of the academic Comic Arts Conference held each year at the San Diego Con, containing copies of this year’s papers. Among them was Dr. Coogan’s own essay, “Wold-Newtonry: Theory and Methodology for the Literary Archaeology of the World Newton Universe.” This proved to be a highly detailed and enlightening treatise on the science fiction writer Philip Jose Farmer’s efforts to create a fictional genealogy that links the major heroes and villains of late 19th and early 20th century popular adventure, fantasy, detective stories and science fiction together. Farmer’s Wold Newton mythos, as noted last week, is a clear precursor of Moore’s even more extensive efforts to link fictions from ancient Greece onward together. It was through Coogan’s essay that I also learned about the numerous hobbyists who have continued building upon Farmer’s genealogy, including Jess Nevins, whose website of League annotations I commended last week (and who, quite rightly, is also named on the League DVD commentary track).

Moreover, in the Dec. 15, 2003 New Yorker, I found an interestingly relevant comment by art critic Peter Schjeldahl, whom I’ve quoted here before. Schjeldahl discusses the Whitney Museum’s current retrospective of the painter John Currin who, defying 20th century trends, clearly alludes in his work to artists of centuries past. “Currin puts art history in play,” Schjeldahl writes, and notes that one critic, in the exhibition’s catalogue, connects Currin to fifty other creators, ranging from high art Old Masters to fantasy illustrator Frank Frazetta. “It is pleasant to know things,” Schjeldahl concludes; “It is a delight to find one’s knowledge anticipated and engaged.”

Exactly so. This is what Moore does in League: he writes it to be accessible and entertaining to all his readers, but offers plentiful satisfactions to those who understand the allusions he makes to an enormous range of works throughout the history of Western literature.

Not everyone appreciates this sort of thing. The League DVD has a commentary track and featurettes about the making of the movie, but you will not find any comments in them by the director, Stephen Norrington, the screenwriter, James Dale Robinson, himself a longtime comics writer, or Alan Moore and Kevin O’Neill. This leads one to wonder just why this should be. (The movie’s star, Sean Connery, who plays Allan Quatermain, turns up in very brief interview excerpts in the featurettes; this suggests he actually had little of interest to say about the movie.) Instead, the commentary track is dominated by the producers, Don Murphy and Trevor Albert; the actors who play Jekyll/Hyde and the new Invisible Man also turn up and are quite entertaining in talking about and doing impressions of Connery. The producers talk a lot about set design (which is indeed good, especially the Nautilus interiors), costume design (also excellent) and special effects. (They had a low budget for CGI and it’s a welcome surprise that in most of his scenes, Hyde is actually the Jekyll actor in a body suit, not a computer-animated effect.) Murphy does recognize that the League members are all outcasts in Victorian society, but otherwise he and Albert have little to say about League‘s characterization and themes; perhaps here we have an explanation of why the movie version is so inferior to the graphic novel.

It is strange, considering Moore’s considerable research, interest in detail, and concern for explaining seeming discrepancies in continuity between League and the Victorian fictions on which it is based, that Murphy has such contempt for any of the people he calls “purists” and “documentarians” who question his own handling of the continuity. Making no effort to conceal his resentment towards part of his audience, Murphy tells his unnamed critics, “It’s just a fantasy movie” (echoing so many people we’ve heard dismissively say, “It’s just comics”) in the same tone of voice as one might say, “It’s just horse manure.” He also makes the standard reference to the comics fan as a “geek.” At one point, when he mentions how he learned from the Nevins website just how much detail Moore puts into League, Murphy even calls Moore “insane,” but then quickly catches and corrects himself. Sorry, too late, we heard you the first time.

In contrast, I’d point to the example of Peter Jackson, director of a far more commercially and critically successful film adaptation of a fantasy work, The Lord of the Rings trilogy, who is unfailingly respectful and empathetic towards Tolkien fans in his interviews, even when he acknowledges disagreements with them. Thanks to synchronicity, I can also point to David Edelstein’s article (“Ring Fanatics’ Long Wait Finally Ends, With an Eyeful”) in the Dec. 18, 2003 New York Times about the marathon screening of all three Rings films in Manhattan this week. Whereas so many writers would take cheap shots at the attendees’ love of these works, Edelstein treats the fans’ devotion seriously, recognizes it as a positive force, and even gets swept up in it himself.

There’s one thing that Murphy says in the DVD commentary that I found rather startling. Moore originally did the League comic for his America’s Best Comics imprint at Jim Lee’s WildStorm company. Murphy contends that for legal reasons, because the movie deal for League was in the works when Lee sold WildStorm to DC Comics, Moore and O’Neill retain ownership and control of the League property, whereas Moore’s other creations for ABC are now owned by DC. If this is true, how interesting it is. And how lucky for League fans that the series remains owned by the creators who care about its integrity. Today’s comics writers care so little for the past continuity at DC and Marvel (Why research it when you can rewrite it?), that Moore’s complex web of detail would be shredded once League fell into the hands of most other editors or writers.

VOLUME ONE

Before I discuss the movie in detail, I want to make some more comments about the initial League comics miniseries. Take warning: in discussing the series and film I will reveal the identity of the mystery villain. If this bothers you, skip over the League portion of this column before the next paragraph.

Moore cleverly builds the first miniseries around a war between the two leading villains of the British popular fiction of the late 19th and early 20th centuries: Professor James Moriarty, nemesis of Sherlock Holmes, and Sax Rohmer’s creation, Dr. Fu Manchu. Interestingly, this forces Moore to maneuver around copyright problems. On the DVD the producer says that Fu Manchu is still under copyright for thirty more years, that therefore they could not use him in the movie, and that he does not understand how Moore got away with putting him in the comic. Well, Moore is very careful: he never calls the “Doctor” by name, and while he portrays and describes him in ways that suggest to those who are familiar with the character who he is, he never states anything that definitely identify the “Doctor” as Fu Manchu as opposed to his various imitators elsewhere in fiction. (DC Comics, for example, has Batman’s foe Dr. Tzin-Tzin, and Ra’s al Ghul seems much like Fu Manchu if he were an Arab. Marvel’s Yellow Claw and the Mandarin are likewise in the Fu Manchu mold.) Moore’s tactics are similar to the ones that Marvel has had to use in recent years. When the Master of Kung Fu series was created, Marvel had the comics rights to Fu Manchu, and so the hero, Shang-Chi, was created as Fu Manchu’s son and battled him through the 1970s. But Marvel lost the rights to Fu Manchu, and therefore Shang-Chi could only make references thereafter to an unnamed “father.”

It’s also clever that Moore gives the head of British intelligence the code name “M,” thereby evoking the James Bond novels and films, encourages us to think that “M” is Mycroft Holmes, Sherlock’s brother, whom Conan Doyle established had some mysterious, powerful government position, and then surprises us by revealing that “M” is Moriarty.

Moriarty explains to his second-in-command, Campion Bond (presumably James’s forebear), that British intelligence selected him when they decided to “manufacture a crime-lord through whom they could control, and monitor the underworld…” In time, Moriarty truly became the Napoleon of Crime. “You see, when you begin shadowboxing, sometimes the shadows become real,” he explains. “Am I, for example, a director of military intelligence posing as a criminal. . .or a criminal posing as a director of military intelligence. . . or both?” This reminds me somewhat of Kurt Vonnegut’s Mother Night, though its protagonist, a double agent posing as a Nazi propagandist, did not consciously go over to the other side.

Actually, I find the idea that the British government would create its own crimelord hard to swallow. My impression of law-and-order types is that they are so determined to stamp out crime that they would never participate in it. Moore’s backstory about Moriarty seemed to me another example of his characteristic vision of the Big Bad Government: likewise, in Moore’s From Hell, Jack the Ripper turns out to be working for the government, though he goes to excesses they ultimately will not tolerate. Just as the Freemasons were a powerful clandestine organization in From Hell, so Masonic symbols are associated with British intelligence and Moriarty through the League comics: I am as yet unpersuaded by this sort of conspiracy theory.

In the flashback that reveals how Moriarty survived his battle with Sherlock Holmes at Reichenbach Falls, Moriarty wonders aloud, “Strange. he thought me… an enemy of the state… never reasoning… that it might suit the state… to create… its own enemy….” This raises questions. For one thing, it makes Sherlock Holmes look stupid: how did he miss finding out about Moriarty’s government connections? Why didn’t his brother Mycroft, who is himself in government intelligence, tell him? Why didn’t Mycroft turn Moriarty in for trying to murder his brother?

One of the contributors to Nevins’ website, Henry Spencer, suggests there that Moriarty’s role is actually inspired by a novel about the real life spy Kim Philby, who worked for British intelligence, but secretly served the Russians by spying on the British. The novel, Spencer says, suggested that the British had Philby infiltrate the Soviets’ spy network, and that “towards the end, Philby himself couldn’t have told you who he was really working for ““ whether he was a clever infiltrator in a spy network, or a clever spy pretending to work for counterintelligence.” Moriarty’s role in League makes more sense to me if one considers him an analogue to a double agent.

Also, Moriarty parallels not only Dr. Gull from From Hell, but another figure from Moore’s past work, Ozymandias from Watchmen, the supposedly law-abiding former hero who secretly creates the very menace that the Watchmen reunite to oppose.

Whereas in the movie Moriarty is definitely killed, in the comics he simply floats away on some cavorite, the anti-gravity substance from H. G. Wells’s First Men in the Moon, supposedly to oblivion, but we know better than to count such characters as dead when we can’t find the corpse. So, can we hope that Moore has a future League yarn involving both Moriarty and Sherlock Holmes in mind?

The Allan Quatermain of League also resembles the Watchmen, in that he is a retired hero who returns to action and thus to his true purpose in life. Whereas the other Watchmen had reached middle age (like the original Justice Society when they reemerged from retirement), Quatermain has become an old man, not always able to keep up with the others, and, in the comics, his return thus has an element of pathos. Without a mission, Quatermain had sunk into self-destructive drug addiction; this parallels Bruce Wayne at the start of Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Returns. Having given up being Batman following the death of his surrogate son, the second Robin (much like Quatermain’s loss of his actual son), the middle-aged Wayne has turned to drink and acts out a death wish through race car driving.

Quatermain’s budding romance with the younger Mina reminds me of the similar love that evolves between the fortysomething Nite Owl (who, like Quatermain also has worries about sexual performance) and thirtysomething Silk Spectre in Watchmen, though the age gap between the League couple is much greater. Moore uses the device of having Quatermain and Mina initially bickering to disguise their mutual attraction from themselves. Well, this was corny when George Lucas did it with Han Solo and Princess Leia in The Empire Strikes Back, but it worked there, and it works in League as well.

Moore has stated that he was bewildered that Watchmen readers liked Rorschach, whom he tried to make so unpleasant; here’s yet another example of how an author does not always realize all the effects his work will have on readers. I wonder if Moore sees Griffin, the Invisible Man, as an unmistakably unheroic variation on Rorschach. In his bandages, hat and coat Griffin is visually reminiscent of Rorschach, and even makes similar strange sounds (Griffin’s laugh: “Aheheh”).

Whatever Moore’s intentions, in Watchmen Rorschach both appalls the reader and engages his sympathies and ultimately sacrifices himself heroically. The League character who most resembles Rorschach in these ways is Mr. Hyde. In League Moore recasts Hyde in the superhero mode, well aware that Marvel has already based its Incredible Hulk on Hyde. (And yes, Marvel has a villain named Mr. Hyde, inspired by the Robert Louis Stevenson creation, as well.) The Hulk has been portrayed in so many ways with such various personalities, that I wondered how Moore could make his Hyde-as-superhero different.

But of course Moore succeeds. Unlike any version of the Hulk, this Hyde is very much an intellectual, despite his animalistic drives, just as Jekyll is, and can even speak eloquently. This comes across clearly in a scene in Volume 1 between Hyde and Mina. Hyde is genuinely puzzled by his conflicted feelings towards her: he admits that he sometimes wants to rape and kill her, but says if he did so he would have to kill himself. This, Hyde says, “confuses me and makes me furious with you.” Hyde may be a monster, but in this scene he is calmly trying to reason out his emotional conflict. In this scene, too, Moore establishes a Beauty and the Beast theme to the relationship between Hyde and Mina, which reminds me of Marvel’s pairings of the Hulk with Betty Ross and the Thing with Alicia. This theme will become clearer and more dramatic in the second volume.

BELEAGUERED

Moore has been saying of late that he intends to retire from comics, having reached the grand old age of fifty (This is perhaps wise: the current comics industry does not recognize the existence of the middle-aged.) except for doing more of the League. I hope he wasn’t counting on royalties from sequels to the League movie. This disappointing film, based on the original League miniseries, was directed by Stephen Norrington, who is also responsible for the first Blade movie, which is well liked in some quarters but which I found to be an empty farrago of pointless violence.

Still, at first the movie seemed promising as I first watched it. For one thing, I prefer the movie’s version of Quatermain. I do not know what Moore has in mind for Quatermain’s future in the comics (although the Almanac provides seeming hints). But so far Moore’s Quatermain seems more an observer than participant. He looks aged and frail, complains that his age slows him down, and repeatedly fails in action scenes. (For example, Moriarty quickly shoots him down in their confrontation in Volume 1.) I can see why Moore uses him in the first Volumes: the readers can more easily identify with Quatermain and see events from his point of view; Mina’s personality is much more enigmatic, and the other three men are, shall we say, considerably less normal than Quatermain is.

But within the context of the story, why would Campion Bond and British intelligence need him? Why recruit him and not someone younger and fitter? When we first meet Quatermain in the comics, he is a pathetic drug addict. It’s true that this fits the Joseph Campbell pattern of the hero being in a low condition when he begins his quest. But how did Quatermain fall so low? If he was such a heroic figure, would the deaths of his wife and son really be enough to incapacitate him so completely? (True, this is certainly a more credible reaction than the new Mr. Terrific’s to his similar losses two columns ago.)

In the movie, Quatermain makes it clear that that he retired because he feels guilty that his son died on a mission they were on, and this is a credible motivation for that. The movie Quatermain, though, does not descend into despair and addiction. On the DVD commentary track the producer Don Murphy explains that he got rid of Quatermain’s drug habit because he’d already depicted an opium-addicted hero in his film version of Moore’s From Hell, a film I liked. This makes sense, and it raises the question of why Moore keeps using this device.

At one point, in Vol. 1 #2, Quatermain and Nemo admit that each joined the League because he needed another adventure. Quatermain explains, “When we stop, we start to fall apart ““ .” This puts me in mind of the way that Sherlock Holmes used cocaine, but only to compensate for the intense boredom he felt when he went too long between cases. Perhaps Moore has this in mind, too. Still, the comic book Quatermain’s self-destructiveness just does not seem sufficiently motivated to me. Perhaps it is because the comic never dramatizes the deaths of his wife and son, to show their impact on him.

On the other hand, one can easily see why the movie League wanted the Quatermain played by Sean Connery. Since Connery was one of the film’s producers, I can guess that he didn’t want to play a drug addict. Certainly the septuagenarian Connery does not look frail: this Quatermain is convincingly still formidable, still potentially dangerous. The movie Quatermain seems to have retired in large part to escape the demands of his own fame. The movie cleverly establishes that Quatermain has a friend pose as him to regale his fans with anecdotes, leaving the real McCoy in peace. Perhaps we are intended here to compare Quatermain’s celebrity with Connery’s own.

Moreover, since Connery is indelibly associated with James Bond, it is brilliant to cast him as Quatermain, one of Bond’s heroic predecessors. It also sharpens the joke about Quatermain working for a head of British intelligence known as M. (I wonder if the movie changed the name of Moriarty’s right hand man because the makers thought that having Sean Connery meet Campion Bond would be pushing the joke too far. Instead they renamed the character “Sanderson Reed,” and how can I object to that?)

However, the fact that the movie Quatermain is so formidable and that he is played by the film’s only star makes him the dominant presence in the story. Now it is Quatermain who emerges as the League’s leader, thereby diminishing the role Moore gave to Mina. Through making Mina the leader, Moore was making a point about how unusual it was in Victorian England for a woman to hold a position of authority; in the movie this feminist theme disappears.

Moreover, whereas the comic creates an unlikely May-September ““ actually, more like May-November ““ romance between Quatermain and Mina, perhaps the moviemakers thought the age gap between the characters was too wide to bridge. That’s too bad, since the growing love between Quatermain and Mina is the emotional heart of the comics series.

Then again, perhaps it wouldn’t have worked with the movie versions of the characters. In the comic their romance is touching because of the frailties if each: Quatermain as a weary, elderly man, who thinks himself too old for sexual passion, and Mina as a literally scarred victim of her encounters with Dracula. In the movie Quatermain is more of a hearty, virile lion, and Mina has actually been transformed into a vampire, which would certainly complicate any romance.

Instead of a romance with Mina, the movie instead gives Quatermain a mentor/father role towards the League’s American recruit, Secret Service agent Thomas Sawyer, who, obviously, must be Mark Twain’s hero grown up. As Murphy states on the DVD, Sawyer was added to the movie’s League to appeal to American audiences. Putting Sawyer in the League doesn’t bother me that much. The characters in the comics League tend to have more to do with fantasy than Twain’s Tom, and one of Moore’s points is surely to have a British team of “super-heroes,” but Moore had set a precedent by putting Natty Bummpo in the 18th century League. Guiding Sawyer gives Quatermain a new emotional tie through which, the movie suggests, he is finding new purpose in life. Quatermain retired because he blamed himself for his son’s death; Sawyer becomes his new “son” through whom he has a second chance as father, mentor and adventurer.

With Mina the movie completely misses the point. Making her a vampire certainly creates visual spectacle and gives her decided super-powers. It also makes viewers wonder about the sequence in which she stands atop a seacraft in particularly bright sunlight. Being a vampire can certainly serve as a metaphor for Mina’s being regarded as a “Fallen woman” in Victorian society. But here the metaphor actually muffles Moore’s feminist theme. In the comic Mina is not a social outcast because she is a monster out of Gothic fantasy, but because of her very realistic history as a victim of sexual abuse, a divorcee, and an unmarried career woman. (In the movie Mina is still “Mrs. Harker,” a widow, not a divorcee.)

Murphy explains on the DVD commentary track that the filmmakers could not use Griffin, the Invisible Man of H. G. Wells’s novel, because Warners and Universal (Both?) own the rights to the name. I presume Murphy means the movie rights, since Moore uses Griffin’s name in the comics. Still, the legal intricacies here puzzle me. Moore uses so many of Wells’s concepts, including his Martian invaders, that I assume they are all now in the public domain, and I would have assumed further that they could now be used by anyone in any medium.

But instead the moviemakers substitute their own Invisible Man, a thief who stole Griffin’s invisibility serum, and in doing so signal that they want to back away from the dark side of Moore’s comics. Moore’s Griffin is a criminally insane murderer and rapist who comes to a particularly nasty end. The moviemakers instead came up with an Invisible Man meant to be a likable prankster, as if every superhero team needs an in-house comedian. (Look at how the animated Justice League has turned the Flash into a jokester and occasional screw-up.) Invisible Man II, though, just isn’t all that amusing or different from the standard movie cliche of the Cockney comic relief character.

With Hyde, too, the movie shies away from confronting the dark side of Moore’s work. Ferocious at first, this Hyde seems all too altruistic in the big battle in Moriarty’s lair at the end. He is, after all, supposed to embody Jekyll’s id; Moore’s Hyde is believably motivated by sheer rage at his enemies and powerful urges towards physical violence. What does humanize Moore’s Hyde is his relationship with Mina, but that makes it into the movie no more than Quatermain’s did.

Also, anyone who knows that Hyde started out as a much smaller being, or are puzzled when the film shows Hyde seemingly perpetrating Poe’s Murders in the Rue Morgue will not have their questions answered by the movie; Moore, on the other hand, makes certain of explaining such matters in the comics.

Similarly, the movie does not bother to explain why Nemo, an Indian prince who hates the British, is now working with them, although Moore did not do much better on that score. The movie actually makes Nemo an even more brilliant inventor: I like the fact that he has created the first automobile. Nevins compares League to “steampunk” science fiction, which transplants modern inventions into the 19th century. On seeing the car in the movie, what I thought of was the television series The Wild Wild West, a James Bond-like show set in the 19th century West, wherein Dr. Miguelito Loveless and other scientific geniuses concocted inventions far ahead of their time. (Murphy, though, mentions the show dismissively on the commentary track.)

The car, alas, is part of the movie’s absurd Venice sequence, wherein we are intended to believe not only that Nemo’s huge Nautilus could move through the city’s shallow canals, but that the car could race through a city renowned for centuries worldwide for not having streets.

The movie does pick up Moore’s clever bit of making Ishmael from Moby Dick into Nemo’s first mate: apparently Ishmael has a pattern of working for obsessive captains. But then the movie blunders by killing Ishmael off: surely one of the points of Moby Dick‘s ending is that Ishmael, untainted by the madness aboard Ahab’s ship, is the ultimate survivor.

The movie also adds Oscar Wilde’s unaging Dorian Gray to the League, but drains him of any psychological depth. Now Wilde’s metaphor of Gray’s portrait turns into no more than a gimmick: it not only keeps him from aging but makes him invulnerable. (I suppose had Moore put Gray in the League, the portrait would have been a metaphor for a secret agent’s ability to commit unpleasant deeds while maintaining an innocent cover.)

According to the movie, Gray cannot look upon his own portrait; in the book, Gray can look at it and is fully aware of the moral corruption it depicts. It is when Gray tries to destroy the portrait that he instead destroys himself. Even the portrait in the movie is a disappointment, and no match for Ivan Albright’s painting for the MGM movie version, which is so good that it is now in the collection of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, where I’ve seen it. (When Dark Shadows did its own riff on Dorian Gray, it came up with a decently effective painting that I saw in person when it was exhibited for auction at a Dark Shadows festival. No one bought it; these filmmakers should have.)

The movie’s version of Moriarty is pretty much a failure. The actor playing him looks too young and handsome to be Doyle’s character. The fact that Moriarty both heads British intelligence and runs a criminal empire seems no more than a plot twist here, whereas in the comics Moore uses the opportunity to speculate on the nature of role-playing in real life and the potential for misuse of government authority.

At one point in the movie, Moriarty poses as the “Fantom,” an architect and inventor, disguised as a scarred, bearded man beneath an armored mask and costume. New York Times critic Elvis Mitchell claimed that the Fantom’s beard was intended to make him look like Moore; well, perhaps. What all of the reviews I read missed was that the Fantom’s name and scars evoke the Phantom of the Opera. But, again, this comes off just as a gimmick. The Phantom’s identity and story are so tied to his obsession with the opera singer Christine and his lair beneath the Paris Opera, that the character seems empty without them. (And are we meant to think that the Phantom was merely Moriarty in disguise?) But the Fantom’s scars, armor, and advanced technology also made me think of Doctor Doom. Now that is intriguing, considering Moore’s theme that the League anticipates 20th century superheroes. (A woman friend of mine once pointed out to me the similarities between the Phantom and Doom, explaining she found them both to be dark romantic figures. Now that was an interesting perspective that I, as a man, wouldn’t have had on Doom.)

But the real failure of Moriarty in the movie is similar to the failure of his Phantom guise. Moriarty exists in Conan Doyle’s stories to be Sherlock Holmes’s nemesis, his evil opposite, his dark side given separate form. (I even once saw Jeremy Brett, one of the best portrayers of Holmes, do a play in London called The Secret of Sherlock Holmes, in which Moriarty proved to be Holmes himself, with a split personality.)

It seems wrong to pit Moriarty against other heroes; Moriarty without Holmes seems pointless. In the comics Moore gets around the problem by making Sherlock Holmes a palpable presence throughout the two miniseries, even though he is not actually involved in the stories: Moore and O’Neill portray in flashback the showdown between Holmes and Moriarty at Reichenbach Falls, and the missing Holmes is continually being mentioned.

Whatever its flaws and inadequacies, I still liked the first half of the League movie: the gathering of the team, one by one, came reasonably close to the letter and spirit of Moore’s story. But from the Venice road race onward, the movie devolves into standard, fast-moving but utterly empty and suspenseless action sequences (reminiscent of Blade, in other words). The League’s storming of Moriarty’s lair is too much a dull retread of the familiar James Bond movie story device of invading the villain’s fortress in the final act. If only they had done the airborne battle from the climax of Volume 1 instead, which could have achieved real beauty, with airships hovering over Victorian London; perhaps the CGI effects required would be too expensive.

The fact that the movie makes Moriarty a munitions maker, seeking to induce Europe into world war, shows that the filmmakers, or at least the screenwriter, James Dale Robinson, understands one of Moore’s major themes in League: the coming of modern, more devastating methods of warfare in the Twentieth Century. This theme is made clear right from the opening, through an onscreen caption and the startling appearance of a tank, long before they were invented in the real world. But Moriarty’s munitions factory cannot compare to Moore’s depiction of attack from the sky in the comics, anticipating the Blitz in World War II England.

Finally, though the movie does establish Moore’s technique of bringing together characters from different Victorian novels, it does not do more than hint at the complexity of the fictional world he has assembled. It’s nice that Ishmael shows up, and Murphy directs our attention on the DVD to a portrait of the 19th century League hanging on a wall. But still, the movie would need to have far more of these allusions to communicate the scope of Moore’s fictional world.

VOLUME TWO

The second League miniseries expands Moore’s fictional cosmos tremendously through both time and space, principally through the immense New Traveller’s Almanac text feature, but also through the singular fact that the first issue’s story is set entirely on Mars. Here Moore and O’Neill bring together H.G. Wells’ Martians with those from the early 20th century Gulliver Jones series, Edgar Rice Burroughs’ John Carter novels, and the science fiction of C.S. Lewis. I am grateful to Jess Nevins’ website for pointing out what I should have figured out myself, that Jones’s Arabian-style garb, combined with the fact that he has become a military leader of another race, is an allusion to T.E. Lawrence, a.k.a. Lawrence of Arabia.

From the second issue on, Moore and O’Neill introduce the League into H.G. Wells’s War of the Worlds. They cunningly insert the League into scenes from the novel, as if they had been there all along and H.G. Wells had overlooked them.

Moore pointed out in his Locus interview how Kevin O’Neill’s art style for League evokes British illustration in Victorian times. Moore and O’Neill create fake advertisements to make the issues of League appear to be 19th century comic books, had such things actually existed. Moore includes rather arch captions and introductions, written in a parody of Victorian style, to introduce installments of League; these often decry the behavior of characters within the story for violating Victorian standards of propriety. Of course, League is a contemporary treatment of Victorian characters and their milieu, but I like the attention that Moore and O’Neill take to creating this surface illusion that League purports to be a late Victorian work.

Yet Moore also blatantly violates the illusion. In keeping with period style, when a character uses the F-word, he replaces it with asterisks, yet other rough language gets through unexpurgated. More importantly, in the second series Mina and Quatermain appear naked and have on-camera sex, and then there’s the sexual nature of Griffin’s final comeuppance. My own sense of order stipulates that you can’t expect us to suspend disbelief and pretend that League is a story in the Victorian style and then undercut the illusion so severely with scenes that one would have been unlikely to find in mainstream American comics even ten years ago.

Mina’s nude scene also raises questions about her. In the first series my impression was that she was usually rather proper and even distant in manner, perhaps both to counteract the impression of others that she was a “fallen woman” and to better assert herself as an authority figure in a male-dominated world. In the second series, on the other hand, she is the sexual aggressor, insisting that the reluctant Quatermain have sex with her: “I am divorced, disgraced and disregarded by the world. Could anything make it more wrong, do you suppose?” she asks him. Moore even verges into questionable territory in indicating that however much Mina is horrified by her experiences with Dracula (and remember that vampirism is usually a metaphor for rape), part of her still longs for them: she actually asks Quatermain to nibble her shoulder. Mina is full of contradictions, and as yet I’m not sure they can be reconciled into a consistent characterization.

Series 2 takes Moore’s theme of the horrors of the new methods of modern warfare still further. In Wells’s novel the fact that the Martians are ironically killed by common Earth disease germs is presented as a sign of God’s providential protection of humanity; in Moore’s story the Martians’ deaths represent the first instance of germ warfare. Nemo is horrified by this new technique, though I’m not certain that cutting enemies down with automatic weaponry, as he enjoys doing, is really morally better. In Moore’s version the germs used against the Martians are lethal to humans as well. Supposedly these germs are confined to London’s South Bank, where the Martians have gathered. But, remembering the anthrax scares of two years back, I wonder if Moore considered how long it would take for the South Bank to become safely habitable, or whether air currents might spread the germs across the Thames.

Further, Moore shows that the germs used against the Martians were the result of an early form of what we would now call genetic engineering, perpetrated by another Wells character, Dr. Moreau. (Seeing Moreau with his beast-men in League should remind comics enthusiasts of Stan Lee and Jack Kirby’s High Evolutionary and his animal-men.) Thus Moore reminds the readers of contemporary developments in science and their own potential for destruction.

Having suffered sexual violence from Dracula, Mina in the second series undergoes a humiliating beating by the misogynistic Griffin which she compares to rape. Griffin’s attack on Mina enrages Hyde, who has grown more than fond of her. Hyde accuses Griffin of being “uncivil” to Mina, reminding me of Hannibal Lecter’s fury at a fellow inmate for being “rude” to Clarice in The Silence of the Lambs. Both Hannibal and Hyde take extreme action against these abusers of women. I wonder if Hyde and Lecter reacts so severely against these abusers because they recognize in those abusers their own potential for violence against women. (Come to think of it, Hannibal and Moore’s version of Hyde are also linked by a desire to devour their enemies. I am delighted that Nevins’ website points out that the fate that Hyde metes out to one of the Martians is actually a reference to Monty Python!)

Moreover, in the second series Hyde does not revert to Jekyll. The two are no longer separate, then, but have become one, with Hyde as the dominant persona. But I wonder if Jekyll’s personality influences Hyde’s in the second miniseries. Moore continues the Beauty and the Beast, but this Beast, Hyde, realizes he can never have the Beauty. In a sense he and Quatermain trade places. Quatermain started out in his self-destructive drug-induced stupor. He and Hyde both fall in love with Mina, but it is Quatermain whom she accepts. Hyde develops a death wish, clearly going into the final battle with the Martians in large part because he knows he cannot have Mina’s love. I wonder, too, if he does see his own potential for violence against women reflected in Griffin, then once he metes out punishment to Griffin, his task is not done until he metes it out to himself as well: he had already said in the first series that if he killed Mina he would have to take his own life. It seems odd that Hyde, representative if the id, could be suicidal; in Peter David’s Hulk: The End, the Hulk represents a brutish life force that will not allow Bruce Banner to die. So, perhaps as I suggested, this is Jekyll’s influence at work, turning Hyde’s violence against himself.

Knowing he is probably on a suicide mission, Hyde nonetheless joyously goes to confront the Martians in a sequence in which he manages both to shock and inspire the reader. I am reminded of something else that Joseph Campbell said in his PBS interviews, that one can perceive the “radiance” of life through “monsters,” and that through them one sees not beauty but “the sublime.”

Also, I really like Moore’s idea that London’s Hyde Park, a real place, is named in honor of the heroism of Mr. Hyde. Next time I visit London, I should make a point of visiting Hyde Park and contemplating just that.

LIVING IN INTERESTING TIMES

Perhaps League is part of a new movement in comics that studies the character archetypes of adventure fiction and the different forms that they take through time. Bill Willingham’s Fables series for Vertigo has a similar premise to League‘s, bringing together a community of characters from classic fairy tales, although he sets them in the present rather than recreating a past time period. In Astro City Kurt Busiek is creating his own fictional reality, devising new superheroic characters around the archetypes, resulting in figures who resemble heroes we know (Samaritan evokes Superman, the Confessor resembles Batman, and so forth), but with differences that enable Busiek to comment on the conventions of superhero fiction. Busiek also spans the decades from the 1940s onward in Astro City, showing how superheroes and superhero fiction evolved and changed over that time; I wonder if he will get around to showing us Astro City in the Victorian era.

In League Moore shows that the character archetypes familiar from today’s superhero fiction were embodied by different characters in Victorian fiction. In 1602 Neil Gaiman takes a different approach, recreating the familiar heroes of Marvel’s Silver Age as if they originated in Elizabethan England. Both methods demonstrate how the basic heroic archetypes endure from age to age, and both show how the superhero concept, considered an American invention, works in a British context.

There are a few more specific similarities between League and 1602. Both 1602 and League‘s Volume 2 involve the mysterious contents of a much sought-after box. Both League (so far) and 1602 are also set at the turn of a century, League in the years leading up to the start of the 20th century, and 1602 two years into the 17th century. Of course, each series is appearing at yet another turn of the century, the early years of the 21st.

Each of these three turns is a transition from a time of stability and prosperity into a more uncertain and dangerous period. 1602 depicts the transition from the glorious reign of Elizabeth I, last of the Tudor dynasty, into the reign of James I, first of the Stuarts, and portrayed by Gaiman as a decidedly unpleasant fellow. The first two volumes of League are set in the final years of another great queen’s reign, that of Victoria, when the British Empire was at its height. One of Moore’s major themes in League is to show how advances in science and technology bring about the coming of modern warfare: he shows us the relatively new automatic weapons, which foreshadow the slaughters of World War I, aerial attack, anticipating the Nazi Blitz of World War II, and even germ warfare.

In an interview in Tripwire magazine, Moore stated that another aim of League was to make fun of “the absurdity of the Victorian vision, this idea of a supremacist Britain that ruled the entire world.” But his treatment is not entirely funny: people die in the Martian attacks.

In League Volume 2 Major Blimp (a younger version of the Colonel Blimp of British cartoons and the famed Michael Powell film) confidently declares that the military will destroy the new Martian threat by Monday morning. He is wrong, just as the British of these imperial times could not foresee the disasters awaiting them in the two World Wars.

Nemo comments on the courage of the British in the face of the Martian invasion, but Quatermain bitterly contends that the British are actually in denial, “pretending everything’s tickety-boo, Nemo. It’s the great British pastime.” Then Quatermain reminds Nemo of the massacre of the British forces at Khartoum in Sudan by the Muslim forces led by a religious leader known to the British as the “Mad Madhi.” Quatermain says, “Actually, the Mahdi’s revolt’s a perfect example of England’s complacency. We warred on a culture we didn’t understand. . . and we were massacred.” Nemo is convinced, and observes, “To hope for the best is an English failing.”

Well. League seems so British that I don’t know if Moore has analogues to contemporary America in mind. (Still, League is being published through Moore’s America’s Best Comics imprint at DC/WildStorm, enabling us to ponder the irony if indeed Englishmen are producing the best comics in America.) But, after September 11, 2001, the aerial attacks on an unsuspecting metropolis in League Volume 1 make me think of the attacks on the World Trade Center. In Wells’s The War of the Worlds, the British learned that the English Channel no longer protected them from attack, as they would learn in real life in the Blitz. After 9/11 there were comments that the United States could no longer count on the oceans to protect the country from terrorist assaults from abroad. Looking up at the sky in Volume 2 after the Martians have arrived, Mina comments that she had always thought the sky “sheltered humanity,” but “now it won’t ever be the same.” She sounds like a New Yorker after 9/11. The germ warfare in Volume 2 reminds me of the still-unsolved anthrax attacks in New York, Washington and elsewhere in late 2001. And then there are Quatermain’s comments on a Western country battling forces inspired by a seemingly fanatical Muslim leader and getting in way over its collective head. Does this make you think of America’s current situation in Iraq? Isn’t today’s United States, the world’s only super-power, comparable to late Victorian Britain, when it was the most powerful nation in the world?

Moore may have initially intended League as “a high-spirited romp,” but it has taken on disturbing relevance for our times. League may be a satire on late Victorian England, but it also works all too well as a commentary on early 21st century America.

A note to our readers: there will be a special Christmas edition of Comics in Context on view starting next Tuesday.

Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

December 12, 2003

Comics in Context #22: Major League: Part 1

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 3:42 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

Recently I spoke with a comics writer who said he had been considering using the phrase, “Enter freely and of your own will,” in a story, but decided against it because he didn’t think that today’s comics readers would recognize it as an allusion to Bram Stoker’s Dracula.

On the other end of the spectrum of opinion of this subject would be Alan Moore, who, together with illustrator Kevin O’Neill, created The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, a comics series entirely founded upon characters, plot elements, and allusions to stories, both famous and obscure, from 19th and early 20th century fiction. (To credit League‘s publisher is nearly as complex as tracking down some of the book’s references: it comes from Moore’s America’s Best Comics, which is an imprint of WildStorm, which is now part of DC Comics, which is part of the Warner Brothers movie division of the Time Warner empire, formerly known as the AOL Time Warner empire.) The initial League miniseries, Volume One, was adapted into a movie from Twentieth Century Fox, which came out this summer, and the second comics miniseries, Volume Two, concluded this month, and was collected into a new hardcover edition.

The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, in the two comics miniseries, is an alliance of leading characters from five of the most celebrated stories of adventure, horror and science fiction published in Victorian England. There is Allan Quatermain, the hunter and adventurer from H. Rider Haggard’s King Solomon’s Mines (probably nowadays best known in the United States through the 1950 MGM film version that turns up on TCM) and several other novels. Next is Mina Murray, formerly Wilhemina Harker, heroine and survivor of Bram Stoker’s Dracula. Then there is Captain Nemo, creator and commander of the submarine Nautilus, the antihero of Jules Verne’s Twenty Thousand Leagues under the Sea and its sequel, Mysterious Island. There is also Robert Louis Stevenson’s creation Dr. Henry Jekyll and his other self, Edward Hyde, who over the years has grown into a gigantic, superhumanly strong monster. Finally, there is Griffin, the title character of H. G. Wells’s The Invisible Man. The five are assembled by British intelligence, which, as in the James Bond novels of the next century, is headed by a man known as M; indeed, his second in command is named Bond, Campion Bond, and is presumably a forebear of Ian Fleming’s hero. Together the five are sent to combat menaces to England that are as extraordinary, or even more so, as they themselves are.

THE VICTORIAN SUPERHERO

Recently while reading a new issue of a comic, I gloomily mused at how high page rates for writers have become, and how very little incident or dialogue they often get away with putting on an individual page: no wonder the typical comic today reads more like an overpriced series of scenes than a well-crafted story. This is not the case with Moore, who more than earns his pay, putting an extraordinary amount of well-researched detail even into props and peripheral figures in the backgrounds of panels in League.

Even the title of the series is constructed to hold multiple meanings. The most obvious reference in the title is to the 1958 novel and 1960 British film The League of Gentlemen, about a group of military men who emerge from retirement to stage a bank robbery. The same name has already been borrowed by a team of comedians for a recent BBC television series and by a rock band. But look more closely at the title. To superhero comics readers, League conjures up the image of the Justice League of America. And isn’t Extraordinary Gentlemen a highfalutin variation on the name X-Men?

In fact, like such past works of his as Watchmen and Miracleman, League is in part an exploration of the superhero concept, as Moore himself explained in a superb interview conducted by Mark Askwith in the July 2003 issue of Locus (Vol. 51 #1).

(Actually, the part of the interview I like the best is not the part about League, but Moore’s hypothesizing about the workings of the comics medium. Making the familiar point that the ancestry of comics goes back to Egyptian hieroglyphs and even to the primeval paintings in the caves of Lascaux, Moore noted that “the comic strip form… must be something we as a species find ourselves drawn to quite naturally.” He then speculated that the comics medium has such “power” because “the comic strip is one of the few art forms that engages both halves of the brain and sets them to the same task.” Of course.)

Moore explained in Locus that League originated when he began contemplating “the roots of these superhero characters” in comics. “Inexorably, it led me back to the fantastic characters of late 19th, early 20th century science fiction, who in some way provided the archetypes, or templates, from which a lot of later superheroes found their careers.” Moore gives as an example the fact that the Hulk is based on Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, a fact that the Hulk’s co-creator, Stan Lee, has long admitted. “The initial idea with The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen was simply putting together a kind of superhero team composed of striking characters from the fantastic fiction of the late Victorian period,” Moore stated.

Volume 1 has an illustration of the five League members’ hands joining to signify the formation of their team in a visual echo of an iconic image from Stan Lee and Jack Kirby’s Fantastic Four #1. Can we take the comparison further? Hyde would clearly be a counterpart to the Thing, and in reflecting on Hyde’s feelings for Mina, perhaps it would be relevant to keep in mind the Thing’s frustrated early infatuation with Sue Storm, and his later romance with Alicia Masters. Quatermain, the oldest of the group, and Mina, who become romantically involved, would parallel Reed Richards and Sue Storm, though it is Griffin, obviously, who has the same super-power that gives Sue her “Invisible Girl” name. I don’t see any analogue in the League for the Human Torch. But is Nemo the analogue to another dispossessed prince who wars on surface dwellers and whose name begins with “N” – Prince Namor the Sub-Mariner, sometime ally of the Fantastic Four? Now, there’s an aspect of the Sub-Mariner I’d never considered: Did Bill Everett have Nemo in mind when he created Namor? Is that why he was called the “Sub-Mariner”?

For that matter, Volume 1 has an introduction, written as if by a Victorian-era editor, signed “S. Smiles.” Named after “Smiling” Stan Lee, perhaps?

In the first issue of Volume 1, Mina notes that she, Quatermain, and Nemo are all “strangers in our homeland,” “exiles” from British society. (Nemo is from India, but that was then part of the British Empire.) Hyde and Griffin, the two League members with actual super-powers, are outcasts of a different sort: they are criminals and monsters. So in League Moore is not simply creating a Victorian team of proto-superheroes; he is interpreting these heroes in the light of the revolution that Marvel wreaked in the superhero genre in the 1960s. These are heroes as outsiders, heroes with character flaws and/or troubled pasts, heroes shunned by the very society that they protect.

“What I was originally envisioning was a very high-spirited romp where I’d get the chance to write a lot of the characters that have interested me since childhood,” Moore told Locus. But casting his characters into the Marvel-influenced superhero mode means that there is a dark side to this “romp.”

Quatermain and Mina, unlike their three colleagues, are not regarded by British law as criminals. But when we first see the now elderly Quatermain in League Volume 1, he is in a drug-induced stupor, having retreated from the suffering in his life, presumably the deaths of his wife and son, into chemical addiction.

Mina, on the other hand, has become a pariah through no fault of her own. She was Dracula’s unwilling victim, and now society regards her as morally tainted by the experience. She is a “fallen woman.” The puritanical Victorians are horrified that she not only engaged in what they consider an unspeakable form of sex, but she did it with a man who was not her husband, and was a foreigner besides! Through Mina Moore is obviously making fun of Victorian sexual attitudes and xenophobia, but he is also propounding strong feminist themes. Mina’s case clearly resembles that of real life rape victims who are unjustly blamed for their own attacks, as if they had brought it upon themselves. Even Mina’s husband, Jonathan Harker, shuns her, leading to their divorce, which makes Mina even more anathema in Victorian society. It is Mina whom Moore makes the leader of the League (perhaps as a parallel to the fact that England and its empire at that time were ruled by a queen?), and he clearly suggests that the fact that to conventional Victorian opinion, Mina’s being an independent woman in a position of authority was as bad as her being a “fallen woman.” Some characters accuse her of being mannish, or a lesbian (not a compliment back then), as if she had violated her own gender by taking on the supposedly masculine role of adventurer and leader.

John Byrne has theorized that the superhero concept was created in America to compensate for the fact that by declaring independence from Britain, the United States no longer had a claim on the mother country’s mythic heroes like King Arthur and Robin Hood. I think there’s a good deal of truth to this, and that Superman and Batman, at least, exert as strong a hold on today’s popular imagination in America as their two British predecessors do here.

But I think that in League, Moore is making a very different point. The legends of King Arthur and Robin Hood originated centuries ago, but however vital they have remained over all this time, they are not enough. Each century and culture must find new forms for the archetypal figures of myth, for Joseph Campbell’s “hero of a thousand faces,” and for villains and monsters as well. So it is that in League Moore seeks to demonstrate that the heroes and villains who originated in the adventure stories, fantasy, horror and science fiction of the late 19th and early 20th century are the forebears of the superheroes and supervillains of the late 20th and early 21st centuries. But the first two League series also establish that there were earlier versions of the team in the 17th century (including the sorcerer Prospero and the supernatural creatures Ariel and Caliban from Shakespeare’s The Tempest, and Christian, from John Bunyan’s religious allegory. The Pilgrim’s Progress), and the 18th century (including Lemuel Gulliver and James Fenimore Cooper’s frontier hero Natty Bummpo, alias Hawkeye of The Last of the Mohicans). Moore thereby shows that the writers of each century have created heroes and fantasy figures that suit the culture of their times.

BUILDING UNIVERSES

Moore was hardly the first writer to bring together characters and story concepts from books by different 19th century authors. This isn’t even original to postmodernism, the 20th century artistic movement that makes a point of conscious, even ironic allusions to the past works. The ancient Roman writer Virgil, in writing his epic of the founding of Rome, tied his story in not only to the Trojan War but to specific characters from Homer’s Odyssey, and centuries later the Italian poet Dante would not only use Virgil as a character, but blend together the underworld of classical mythology and the Christian version of hell in his Inferno. As for Victorian characters, there are already such precedents as Manly Wade Wellman’s Sherlock Holmes’s War of the Worlds, pitting Doyle’s great detective against Wells’s Martians, who contend against the League in Moore’s Volume 2.

In the Locus interview Moore pointed to the fact that Jules Verne and H. P. Lovecraft each wrote stories tying in to Edgar Allan Poe’s enigmatic tale of a journey into an eerily mysterious realm, The Narrative of Arthur Gordon Pym. Moore said, “In some ways you could almost get the impression that these individual writers were actually trying to link up their stories in a common big world, so we’ve been able to extend that; out of that thinking the entire strip has emerged.”

One of the most significant precedents for League is the Wold Newton genealogy created by the science fiction writer Philip Jose Farmer in his books, Tarzan Alive! and Doc Savage: An Apocalyptic Life, which purport to be biographies of these two fictional characters.

Farmer asserts that a meteor landed in a place called Wold Newton in 18th century England, where a number of pregnant women were exposed to its radiation. As a result, these women’s descendants were people with extraordinary abilities, including Tarzan, Doc Savage, Sherlock Holmes, and numerous other heroes of adventure and detective fiction. Thus Farmer links together a large number of the heroes of 19th and early 20th century as members of a large, multigenerational family. They would all be the descendants of mutants, actually, so Farmer had unknowingly collected all these characters together into an analogue to the emerging race of Homo superior in X-Men!

Moore doesn’t try to link his major characters into a single family, but he casts his net far wider than even Farmer did. Moore told Locus that “I resolved . . . not to have any characters appear anywhere in The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen referred to by name who were not characters either from or related to the fiction of that period, or perhaps back-engineered characters where we have taken somebody from a later work and retro-fitted a father or grandfather into our narrative.” He and Kevin O’Neill even went so far as to put into League‘s London grandiose buildings that had been proposed but never actually constructed.

What is original and unique about Moore’s work in League is not the fact that he combines characters from different authors’ work, but the sheer, immense scale of his achievement. As Moore told Askwith in Locus, “We are depicting an entire planet of human fictions as if they all existed in the same world.”

Moore’s universe building even extends to other worlds: Volume 2 issue 1 is set on Mars, and Moore establishes that Wells’s Martians come from yet another planet. It extends into other dimensions (through, for example, his references to the extradimensional monsters of H.P. Lovecraft). Moore has begun to describe past centuries (through establishing the existence of previous Leagues) and the far future (through his use of Wells’s Time Traveler in the backup stories in Volume 1). Unlike most comics writers, Moore even has a master plan for the lead characters’ fates. Volume 1’s backup stories flashforward into the Lovecraft-inspired tale that presumably will be featured in Vol. 3; and the New Traveller’s Almanac in Volume 2 establishes that Mina and companions will travel the world from 1899 to 1912 before she establishes a new League in 1913!. Most comics writers seem to make it up as they go along, but with League I wonder just how many future stories Moore has already conceived. Sherlock Holmes, for example, has such a strong offstage presence in League that I would think Moore must have plans for him. Surely with Moriarty and Martians raising hell in London, Holmes must be up to something that Conan Doyle never told us about to justify Holmes’ staying out of the fray.

Moore asserted in Locus that “By the end of the second volume, we’ll have charted, as well as we are able, the entire planet of fiction. I don’t know whether there is any more to this than another one of my deranged obsessions, but it feels as if there is. The more I’ve thought about this, it occurs to me that as long as there’s been a world we have been creating an imaginary counterpart to that world with different places, different people, different history, and to some degree that phantom world of the imagination has co-existed with our own.”

He has definitely hit upon something here. Throughout the history of literature, writers have had an impulse not simply to tell stories about individual persons or events, but to create what amount to alternate, fictional realities. Think of the enormous body of interconnected stories that comprise Greek mythology, and the way that Greek and Roman poets and playwrights would base their own works on the existing mythos. The same applies to the many works that comprise the mythos of King Arthur and the Knights of the Round Table, which continues to inspire new variations to this day.

More recent writers of fantasy and science fiction may devise detailed alternate versions of the Earth of a past age: Robert E. Howard’s Hyborian Age, with its various countries, and J.R.R. Tolkien’s Middle-earth. Much of the appeal of Star Trek and Star Wars comes from the fact that these two series create alternate universes of characters, technology, other planets, civilizations and alien races, and histories spanning decades, even centuries.

But a writer need not create other countries or other planets to give the reader a sense of a fully imagined alternate reality. J.K. Rowling says little about the wizards of countries other than England in her Harry Potter books. Instead she turns from macrocosm to microcosm, and imagines the world of her British wizards and their students in such amazing and entertaining detail that she even comes up with unusual ideas for the kind of candy they eat and the way they send messages (via owls, in an appealingly quaint alternative to e-mail).

The idea of the alternate, imagined reality is not restricted to writers of fantasy and science fiction, either. Authors such as Henry Fielding and Charles Dickens wrote huge novels filled with characters that serve as panoramas of the England of their time; Leo Tolstoy similarly provides a cross-section of Russian society in War and Peace. Then there is the example of James Joyce, whose Ulysses serves as a highly detailed portrait of a fictionalized Dublin, as well as covering the events of a single day in the life of its main character, Leopold Bloom (June 16, 1904, whose hundredth anniversary soon arrives), in such detail that Joyce scholars can spend careers exploring this tiny space-time continuum.

Moore recognizes that there is more to the appeal of this fictional universe-building than appealing to allegedly obsessive-compulsive fannishness. He told Askwith in Locus: “There is obviously something important in this. If we did not have some kind of biological or cultural need to create these imaginary spaces and these imaginary beings, I really don’t think nature would have given us the capability to do it… Most things have to do with the quite stark issues of survival, and I’ve got no reason to suppose the human capacity for art and fiction and imagination is not in that category.”

THE BIG TWO UNIVERSES

Perhaps the two most extensively recorded fictional realities are the DC and Marvel Universes, each of which has given rise to thousands of stories over more than sixty years.

DC Comics has billed its fictional cosmos in advertisements as “the Original Universe,” apparently in the belief that Detective Comics #1 predates the existence of God. But for decades DC did not comprehend the potential of the shared universe concept. Batman and Superman regularly teamed up in World’s Finest, and leading DC heroes would join forces, first in the Justice Society’s adventures in All-Star Comics, and later in Justice League of America. But it was as if crossovers were confined to a handful of series. In the 1960s two supporting characters in DC editor Julius Schwartz’s books, the heroine Zatanna and the villain Dr. Light, were considered unusual because they shared the gimmick of continually moving from one of Schwartz’s books to another.

Since there was no concern for keeping all of DC’s series consistent with each other, discrepancies in continuity became inevitable. In Aquaman’s version of Atlantis, the inhabitants were humanoid bipeds; in Lori Lemaris’s Atlantis in the Superman books, they were mermen and mermaids. (Atlantis, by the way, is strangely missing from Moore’s survey of the League universe, though surely he must have plans for it.)

It was Marvel that truly pioneered the concept of the shared universe in superhero comics. This was primarily Stan Lee’s doing: since he edited all the books and scripted most of them, he had the freedom to guest star characters from one series in another series at will. This made commercial sense, expanded the possibilities for stories, and brought Marvel’s fictional world a greater sense of reality. So it was that in Amazing Spider-Man #1 the title character tried to join the Fantastic Four, and in Daredevil #2 its star, Matt Murdock, turned out to be the F.F.’s lawyer. Some new series were spinoffs from existing books, like The Silver Surfer.

But Stan Lee went still further. He and Jack Kirby tied the new Marvel continuity into its Golden Age past by reintroducing Captain America and the Sub-Mariner. They also bridged genres by having the star of their combat series set in World War II, Nick Fury, turn up in the present, first in Fantastic Four and then as the hero of their James Bond-like spy series, Nick Fury, Agent of SHIELD. Later Marvel writers would move further in these directions. Jim Steranko brought Kirby’s 1950s villain, the Yellow Claw, into the SHIELD series, and Roy Thomas would revive numerous Golden Age characters, and even tell create a new series about Marvel’s top 1940s superheroes, The Invaders, set during World War II. Steve Englehart linked Marvel’s superhero universe to its teen girl titles by making one of their leads, Patsy Walker, into a member of the Avengers, and dispatched several Avengers back in time to meet Marvel’s Wild West heroes, like Kid Colt and the Rawhide Kid.

Obviously, the new generation of comics writers who were inspired by the Marvel Comics of the 1960s enthusiastically embraced the shared universe concept. When this generation came to DC, they applied the idea to DC continuity, and began molding DC’s fictional worlds into a consistent universe as well.

As Marvel expanded, most of its new series, even those outside the superhero genre, were set within the fictional reality of Spider-Man and the other core heroes. Over the years, this reality expanded far beyond the New York City in which most of those heroes lived. Marvel stories ranged into future times (the era of Kang the Conqueror) and ancient times (the era of Kang’s other identity, Pharaoh Rama-Tut), into other planets and galaxies (the Kree and Skrull Empires), and other dimensions (like Dormammu’s Dark Dimension).

What is especially relevant to a discussion of Moore’s League is that Marvel also connected its modern mythos of heroes and villains to other fictional universes. Again, Lee and Kirby were the ones who started the process: Marvel’s versions of Thor and Hercules were founded, respectively, in Norse and Greek mythology, and Lee and Kirby even adapted some actual Norse myths into their Tales of Asgard series. Through the Black Knight, Roy Thomas linked the body of Marvel stories to the mythos of King Arthur and his knights. In the 1970s Bram Stoker’s Dracula, Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein Monster, H. G. Wells’ Martians (in the Killraven series), Sax Rohmer’s Fu Manchu (in Master of Kung Fu) and Robert E. Howard’s Conan were all absorbed into the Marvel cosmos.

And the process kept on going. In the 1980s Roy Thomas, as writer of Thor, not only sought to bring Marvel’s version of the Norse gods more closely in line with the actual myths, but crafted stories that clearly tied not only Jack Kirby’s Eternals mythos but also even Richard Wagner’s cycle of operas, The Ring of the Nibelung, into Marvel’s world.

It was probably Mark Gruenwald who coined the phrase “Marvel Universe,” making it part of the title of his creation, The Official Handbook of the Marvel Universe, to which I contributed in its various editions. Mark recognized the importance of the grand fictional cosmos that Stan Lee and the other Marvel writers had constructed over two decades, and realized that an important next step was to compile all the information established about it, as if he were creating a map for the benefit of future writers and readers traveling vicariously in the Marvel Universe.

Since Moore’s original intention in League was to devise a team of 19th century superheroes, I wonder if, in assembling League‘s vast fictional universe, he consciously intended to create a late 19th/early 20th century equivalent to the Marvel and DC Universes. Like Marvel and DC’s writers, Moore has assembled the disparate creations of numerous writers into a complex but coherent whole.

I suspect that Mark would have liked the concept behind The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, and might have been both dazzled by and envious of Moore’s achievement in piecing together his immense New Traveller’s Almanac in the second volume. Speaking of which. . .

THE UNOFFICIAL HANDBOOK OF THE MOOREVAL UNIVERSE

For the second League miniseries, Moore informed Locus, “We hit upon the idea of coming up with this massive and extensive fictional travelogue in which we would provide ‘A New Traveler’s Almanac’ that. . .would detail all of the fictitious locales that had ever been alleged to exist.”

Indeed, in the Almanac, which runs in six chapters as a backup text series in Volume 2, Moore goes all the way back to ancient Greece and Rome, including references to places from Homer’s Odyssey and the tales of Jason and the Argonauts, and Lucian’s True History, itself an ancient example of science fiction. Moore includes characters and places from Homer’s Odyssey, Shakespeare’s The Tempest, Jonathan Swift’s Gulliver’s Travels, Cervantes’ Don Quixote, Rabelais’s tales of the giants Gargantua and Pantagruel, and the Arabian Knights. He draws from works by major authors including Jorge Luis Borges, Joseph Conrad (Heart of Darkness), Daniel Defoe (Robinson Crusoe), Fyodor Dostoevsky, Umberto Eco (The Name of the Rose), William Faulkner, Victor Hugo, Franz Kafka (The Castle), Mark Twain, John Updike (The Witches of Eastwick), and Virginia Woolf (the character of Orlando, who joins Mina and Quatermain on their travels); from plays by Aristophanes (Cloudcuckooland from The Birds), Henrik Ibsen (the trolls from Peer Gynt) and Alfred Jarry (Ubu Roi; from musicals by Brecht and Weill (Mahogany), Lerner and Loewe (Brigadoon) and Rodgers and Hammerstein (Oklahoma!, South Pacific), operettas by Gilbert and Sullivan (The Mikado, even the seldom performed Utopia, Limited), and operas by Mozart (The Magic Flute), Puccini (Madame Butterfly) and Wagner (The Flying Dutchman and Tannhauser); from poems by Coleridge and Tennyson; from classic fairy tales (Beauty and the Beast, Bluebeard, Puss-in-Boots, Sleeping Beauty, and works by Hans Christian Anderson); from movies starring the Marx Brothers (the rival nations of Freedonia and Sylvania from Duck Soup) and W. C. Fields (Klopstokia from Million Dollar Legs); from David Lynch’s television series Twin Peaks and (a particularly unlikely surprise) the Coen brothers’ movie The Big Lebowski; and from the comic strips Pogo (an Okeefenokee Swamp populated by talking animals) and Li’l Abner (Dogpatch and the land of the Shmoos).

There’s Skull Island from King Kong Shangri-La from Lost Horizon, and even the Duchy of Grand Fenwick from The Mouse That Roared. There is a reference to an interdimensional portal in Kansas that leads to another realm, presumably L. Frank Baum’s Oz, and an explicit mention of C.S. Lewis’s Narnia. There’s Sir Thomas More’s Utopia and Arthur Conan Doyle’s Lost World, Washington Irving’s Sleepy Hollow and, Edgar Allan Poe’s House of Usher, H.P. Lovecraft’s Arkham, Stephen King’s Salem’s Lot and Ira Levin’s Stepford, Dr. Seuss’s Mulberry Street and the tiny, two-dimensional world of Flatland. The Almanac names or alludes to Babar the Elephant, the Hardy Boys, the Lone Ranger, the Phantom of the Opera, Zorro, Voltaire’s Candide, and even the Beatles’ Yellow Submarine. In describing the Arctic, Moore even inserts gags about the Coca-Cola company’s recent series of commercials involving polar bears.

Throughout Moore draws connections between similar concepts. He reports on a pirates’ conclave attended by Captain Blood, Captain Hook, and Long John Silver. He speculates that Paul Bunyan was descended from the giants of Jonathan Swift’s Brobdingnag (one of whose skulls is prominently seen in League scenes set at the British Museum). I am particularly delighted that Moore designates two famous artificial beings as the married monarchs of Toyland: Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein Monster and the female automaton Olympia, created by E.T.A. Hoffman and featured in my favorite opera, Offenbach’s Tales of Hoffman. Toyland is up near the North Pole (near where Shelley left her Monster at the novel’s end), and, hence, appropriately near the home of Santa Claus, whom Moore describes in a surprising and amusing fashion (Itself, it turns out, based on Siberaian legends).

Lewis Carroll’s Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland, Through the Looking-Glass, and The Hunting of the Snark all play a role in the Almanac. I was disappointed that Moore reports that the Alice of the League’s reality died in childhood, soon after returning from the Looking-Glass world, and decades before the start of League. Moore makes the interesting point that her sojourn there had transformed her into a looking-glass version of herself (apparently with her molecular structure reversed), and she could therefore not digest food on returning to her own reality, and so expired. Too bad, I thought. Moore does seem to take a certain ironic pleasure in killing off characters from children’s tales in League: hence the Cheshire Cat and White Rabbit end up as stuffed exhibits in the British Museum. I would have been interested in seeing what would have become of an Alice who had actually undergone the adventures Carroll described and grew into adulthood in League‘s world. Would she have become an explorer, still investigating other realms, maintaining her characteristic common sense attitude in confronting the unknown? But is she dead? Isn’t that her peering out from a mirror in the group shot of the League on the cover of the collected edition of Volume One? Hasn’t the question been raised in the past whether, when Alice entered the looking glass, her reflection would have emerged into the real world? Can it be the reflection who perished? Volume One’s cover reminds me of a moment towards the end of Disney’s animated Alice in Wonderland, in which Alice, in Wonderland, peers through a keyhole to see her other self asleep in the real world.

Most of the works to which Moore refers are in the public domain, but I find it interesting to see how far he dares venture in including references to works still under copyright. I notice that he lists various locales from Edgar Rice Burroughs Tarzan novels, but does not mention Tarzan itself. Similarly, Moore includes Cimmeria, the homeland of Robert E. Howard’s Conan the Barbarian, but only refers to Conan as Amra, the name he was given in his African adventures with the pirate Belit.

I could identify the references that Moore made in the Almanac to many of the works catalogued above. But there were scores upon scores that I didn’t recognize, many from celebrated books I’d never read, or had not read in decades, and others from much more obscure sources. For example, growing up, I discovered a science fiction novel called Plutonia in my local library and avidly read it again and again: it turns out to have been a Russian science fiction novel from 1924. I never saw or heard a mention of this book anywhere for decades;; it was as if I were the only person who knew about it. And yet, here is Plutonia in Moore’s Almanac, where he links it to other underground worlds in early science fiction, such as Jules Verne’s Journey to the Center of the Earth and Edgar Rice Burroughs’ Pellucidar.

So there are many passages in the Almanac that I just skim through, unable to recognize any landmarks. I wonder how other readers react to the Almanac. Do many of them just give up reading it in bewilderment or exasperation at trying to figure out what Moore is referring to? (Thankfully, he has the commercial sense to choose well known characters for the principal roles in the League storylines.)

However, I prefer to take pleasure in seeing how Moore describes the characters and places that I do recognize. As for the rest, fortunately there is Jess Nevins, an aficionado of Victorian fantasy, who has established a website replete with lengthy and detailed annotations on the two League comics series, at www.geocities.com/jessnevins; he’s also written a book, Heroes and Monsters: An Unofficial Companion to the League of Extraordinary Gentlemen from MonkeyBrain Press. As a past writer of The Official Handbook of the Marvel Universe and Who’s Who in the DC Universe, it is a pleasure to recognize in Nevins a kindred spirit. Aided by a small circle of other erudite League enthusiasts, Nevins has managed to identity and interpret virtually all of Moore’s literary references, though there are a few allusions that puzzle even Nevins and his league of extraordinary annotators.

Nevins’ copious research even corrects misconceptions I had. I assumed that the humanlike bear and tiger bioengineered by Wells’s Dr. Moreau in Volume 2 were meant to be sinister versions of Winnie the Pooh and Tigger, too. Nevins’ annotations instead point to characters Americans would be unlikely to know, early 20th century British comic strip characters called Rupert the Bear and Tiger Tim. That’s actually a relief: I would not want to worry that the A.A. Milne estate and the Disney empire, currently locked in courtroom battle, would pause to join forces to crush Moore into oblivion.

Especially through the Almanac, League makes a strong argument for the importance of genre fiction, especially fantasy, adventure, and science fiction. By drawing on the works of figures of the artistic stature of Shakespeare and Mozart, and Cervantes and Wagner, Moore’s Almanac shows that many towering works of Western civilization have made use of the devices of fantasy genres. Through League Moore does not divide works of high art from those of low, “popular” art, but places them in a single continuum. “Whether it’s low art or high art, that is part of the subversive thrill of putting things from the most despised lower reaches of the artistic spectrum next to the most revered cultural icons. I think, surprisingly, both can be enhanced by the juxtaposition,” Moore states in Locus. He thereby encourages readers to find the profundity within the archetypal figures of popular fiction and to consider how the great authors worked with the elements of fantasy to create masterworks.

I’ve here written a lot about the concepts underlying the world of League, but not much about the stories themselves. That will have to wait for the next column.

ADVERTISEMENTS FOR MYSELF

Attention, Boston area readers! Sex, Lies and Superheroes, the documentary about comics, a film I co-wrote, will be screened at the Somerville Theatre, in Somerville, near Boston, on Saturday December 20 at 10 PM. I won’t be there, but its director, Constantine Valhouli will be, along with bands performing, so you should go!

-Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

December 5, 2003

Comics in Context #21: Conan, Clones, Chabon, Triplets, and Turkey

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 3:12 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

I was browsing through a magazine shop when I came across Dark Horse’s new Conan the Legend #0, written by Kurt Busiek and drawn by Cary Nord. I handed it to the cashier, who pored over the cover for long moments, trying to find the price. This is a bad sign for comics sales, I thought, if people don’t even know where the price is listed, and I pointed to the box in the left hand corner of the front cover. The cashier exclaimed in disbelief, “25 cents!?” Then he shouted to the manager, asking if it were possible that this was actually going for only 25 cents. I was startled, too. I hadn’t actually looked at the price myself, and fully expected to pay the usual exorbitant price for 21st century single issue comics. Like the 99 cent Batman comic of a while back, this is such a welcome gimmick for introducing a series to new readers ““ if they even notice the amazingly low price.

Back when I was working on the coffee table book Marvel Universe for the publisher Harry N. Abrams, I was informed that one of the proofreaders had asked why Conan had been left out of the book. Well, I explained, Marvel did not actually own Conan, but had licensed the comic book rights from the estate of his creator, the late Robert E. Howard, who had written the original Conan stories for pulp magazines in the 1930s.

But the proofreader had a point: Marvel had been publishing comics about Conan for over two decades by that point, and it was likely that, before the first Conan movie, more people knew about the character from the comics version than from the original prose stories. Marvel may not have owned Conan, but people associated Conan with Marvel.

(I also suspect that Conan had an unrecognized impact on Marvel’s superhero books. Conan was, after all, the first hero of “The Marvel Age of Comics” who was not only allowed to break the law, by being a thief, but even got away with killing his enemies. Hence, Conan paved the way for Wolverine, the Punisher, and the grim and gritty heroes who were to start springing up in 1970s superhero comics. Perhaps, then, Conan’s comics debut is another signpost of the end of comics’ Silver Age.)

So what a surprise it was that in the course of the shifts in Marvel’s ownership in the 1990s, at some point Marvel apparently decided to let the rights to Conan go. I remember being asked by The Comics Journal what I thought would happen to Conan, and I predicted that Dark Horse would pick up the rights.

And, lo and behold, the prophecy is fulfilled, and now Dark Horse not only has started reprinting reprints of classic Marvel Conan stories (in The Conan Chronicles series), but is launching a brand new series of Conan comics as well.

In Conan the Legend #0, a prince of some distant past era comes across the ruins of a statue of a monarch of an even more ancient time, King Conan of Aquilonia. Through this device, Kurt Busiek dramatically reintroduces Conan as a man who became more than an ordinary man by rising to the status of a legend, a heroic figure about whom stories are told long after his death. (There is a similar device going on in the framing sequence for Brother Bear, as noted in a previous column, and even in The Triplets of Belleville). Though the Prince’s aide, the Wazir, disparages Conan as probably a bloody-minded local chieftain, the Prince clearly is awed simply by the noble visage of the statue and what its inscription tells him of the devotion of Conan’s subjects. To this Prince, Conan is a heroic figure, perhaps a role model whom he wishes he could be like. The inscription states that Conan will return in the time of his people’s needs. The Prince would not know this, but this prophecy should remind us of the legend that King Arthur is not dead, but will return when Britain needs him (a legend that inspired the 1980s comic series Camelot 3000). So thus, interestingly, Busiek links Conan to Arthur, according him a similar stature.

cic-021-01.jpg

The Prince orders the Wazir to compile as much historical information about Conan as he can. When the Wazir begins his report, starting “Know, O Prince. . . .” longtime Conan readers will recognize that this is the narrative, derived from Howard’s work, that in condensed form was repeatedly used by Marvel to introduce its Conan stories: “Hither came Conan the Cimmerian,. . .a thief, a reaver, a slayer. . . with gigantic melancholies and gigantic mirth. . . .”

Busiek here is following a strategy reminiscent of Roy Thomas’s memorable work as the writer of Conan’s adventures for the first ten years that Marvel published Conan comics. Thomas was highly attentive to the literary aspects of Howard’s body of work. Although Howard died young, he clearly had an overall plan for Conan’s life story, which took him into various lands in his fictional Hyborian Age and various occupations, finally leading to his ascension to the throne of Aquilonia. Following Howard’s death, other writers, notably the team of L. Sprague de Camp and Lin Carter, wrote additional canonical prose stories filling in the gaps between the Howard stories and after them, leading up to Conan of the Isles, which concludes the saga by literally sending the king sailing off into the sunset.

In Marvel’s comics version, Roy Thomas took the method even further, not only adapting Howard’s Conan prose stories into comics form, but devising new stories and multi-issue arcs that led up to Howard’s original tales or even incorporated them into ongoing storylines.

If, according to the official Conan canon, Conan spent a few years as a pirate in Africa under the name Amra the Lion, then Thomas would set the Conan comic there for the same length of time: Conan’s life actually advanced in “real time” in the comics. By following the established outline of Conan’s life, Thomas could move him from one exotic setting to another, change his role in society from thief to mercenary soldier to pirate, bring recurring characters, most notably Red Sonja, in and out of the saga, and involve Conan in longrunning storylines like the siege of Turan, early on in the comic. This lent the series continually changing variety, and also allowed for character development, as Conan slowly matured and gained greater skill at coping with the civilized world.

The success of the Conan the Barbarian comic enabled Thomas to expand the scope of his survey of Conan’s life. The color comic had begun with the outset of Conan’s career, as he left his native Cimmeria as a teen to venture into the “civilized” world beyond, and moved chronologically through his life, year by year. In the black and white magazine Savage Sword of Conan, Thomas ranged forward in time, setting stories in later decades of Conan’s life, and crafting superb adaptations not only of Howard’s original tales, set in Conan’s thirties, but also, eventually, of the DeCamp-Carter stories as well. In the quarterly Giant-Size Conan, Thomas dealt with a middle-aged and wiser Conan’s early exploits as king of Aquilonia, and the King Conan series presented a still later Conan, now truly regal but still a formidable warrior, and father and mentor to his teenage heir Conn.

Thomas turned various Howard stories set in other time periods into Conan stories: Thomas based the swordswoman Red Sonja, for example, on two characters from Howard stories set in historical times. Thomas would even construct new Conan stories around fragments of unfinished Howard stories or even his poems (like “The Mirrors of Tulan Thune,” if I correctly recall the title). So for Busiek to build a whole comics story around the familiar “Know, O Prince” narration, finally showing us who that prince and the speaker are, is very much in Thomas’s classic Conan tradition.

One might think that Thomas’s approach to Conan was clear to everyone, especially after all the stories he wrote for an entire decade. But Marvel seems to have missed the point, and once Thomas left the Conan books, continuity went out the window. Conan ceased to advance in time, his personality remained both fixed and shallow, his adventures were interchangeable, and his stories turned into rote exercises in meaningless sex and violence. One of Marvel’s great series of the 1970s had suffered a quick descent into lifelessness, and not even Thomas’s eventual return to the series could quite restore it to its former heights.

Conan the Legend gives me hope that Conan comics may be back on the right track. There’s the fact that Busiek cares enough about the Conan canon to craft a story around that familiar narration. There’s also Cary Nord’s interest and skill in creating different looks for the costumes and architecture of the different nations of Conan’s time, on display not only in the story but in the sketchbook at the back of this issue.

So, after a long and glorious career as an adventurer, Conan in middle-age overthrows (and beheads) the unpopular king of Aquilonia and took his place. This year the actor who played Conan in the movies, and went on to a long and glorious career in adventure movies, overthrew (and totally recalled) the unpopular governor of California and took his place. And you all thought the Terminator was Arnold Schwarzenegger’s signature role.

STAR WARS: EPISODE TWO AND A HALF

At this year’s San Diego Comic Con panel promoting Cartoon Network’s Star Wars: Clone Wars, we were informed that most of the actors from Star Wars: Episode II had declined to supply the voices for their characters in this new animated “micro-series.” Why not, I wondered. Did they want more money? Were they condescending to animation? After all, the idea behind Clone Wars ““ a continuing series of three-minute installments depicting events leading up to the next Star Wars feature film ““ seemed like such a promising idea.

cic-021-02.jpg

But in execution Clone Wars seems to me a considerable disappointment, at least in the initial ten installments telecast in November. The principal reason is a familiar one: it’s all action and no characterization. When familiar characters show up, they hit one shallow note ““ Obi-Wan is brave, Count Dooku is nasty ““ and that’s it. The characters barely speak, and what little they have said adds nothing to our understanding of their personalities..

The principal concern of the series’ makers is in staging big action sequences, but to me it all comes off as purposeless noise and tumult.

There is a certain degree of visual inventiveness ““ knight-like warriors with lances that can trip through metal, a wannabe Sith with a lightsaber in each hand ““ but it’s not innovative or visually appealing enough.

Looking in on HBO’s recent telecasts of Star Wars: Episode II ““ Attack of the Clones, one can see how George Lucas and company design their great action set-pieces, like the arena scene, with escalating levels of peril, the rapid pacing, continual intercutting among different characters facing danger, and the repeated introduction of new antagonists into the fray. None of this happens in Clone Wars, perhaps understandably, since each chapter is so short. But most importantly, in the Star Wars feature films, Lucas creates suspense by sending characters the audience cares about through the rapid-fire twists and turns of danger. In Clone Wars the characters’ personalities register so minimally that emotional identification is severely reduced.

Maybe that’s why most of the Episode II actors wouldn’t do voices for Clone Wars. Maybe they all realized that, in these first ten chapters at least, there was nothing substantive for them to play.

CHABON IN COMICS

Issue 7 of DC’s JSA All-Stars series features the original Mr. Terrific, a superhero who belonged to the Justice Society of America of the 1940s, and his contemporary counterpart, the new Mr. Terrific, Michael Holt.

The present day Mr. Terrific is the focus of the book’s lead story, Fair Enough, written by Geoff Johns and David S. Goyer and drawn by Dave Ross. There is a fight scene, but the center of the story is a meeting between Mr. Terrific and the skull-headed Mr. Bones, formerly of Roy Thomas’s Infinity, Inc. series, who now works for a government agency that monitors superhumans. Superhero stories derive much of their drama from metaphorically portraying the clash of opposing viewpoints through physical battles. I can’t say I’m happy if this story, centering on what is effectively a business meeting between two guys in costume, represents a new trend in the genre.

In any event, Holt, the new Mr. Terrific, has been mourning the death of his wife. Now Mr. Bones informs him that his wife was pregnant when she died. And this actually makes Holt end up feeling better about his wife’s death. If there’s an afterlife, Holt says, then at least his dead wife will have her unborn child to keep her company.

What?! If you do believe in an afterlife, loneliness is not going to be a problem, since your deceased friends and relatives are already in the hereafter waiting for you. But even the deeply religious feel pain at the loss of a loved one. I simply do not find it credible that Holt, learning that he lost not only a wife but a child, would find emotional closure instead of feeling far, far worse than he already had!

The real reason I sought out JSA All-Stars #7, though, was that it features a backup story by Michael Chabon, whose novel The Amazing Adventures of Kavalier and Clay, celebrates the comics creators of the 1930s and 1940s, the kinds of superheroes they portrayed, and the superhero genre and comics medium overall. His story in this comic, The Strange Case of Mr. Terrific and Doctor Nil, illustrated by Michael Lark, deals with Terry Sloane, the original Mr. Terrific of the 1940s comics, and fastens on an aspect of the character that was ignored by comics writers from the 1960s until recently. Bruce Wayne, his origin story tells us, trained himself physically and mentally for years to become Batman. The original Mr. Terrific seems to have taken this concept further: he was both a consummate genius, an expert in allegedly every realm of knowledge, and a master in every field of athletics. He was, in a sense, a self-made Superman: he did not have literal super-powers but was the perfect man. In fact, feeling he had run out of challenges, Sloane fell into despair and intended to commit suicide. Instead, he found a new set of challenges by becoming a costumed crimefighter, Mr. Terrific, “The Man of a Thousand Talents.” As if he were a character in a medieval allegory, Mr. Terrific put the words “Fair Play” on his costume, suggesting that this mentally and physically perfect individual was morally perfect as well.

cic-021-03.jpg

But Chabon’s story is not about Terry Sloane so much as it is about his brother, Neddy Sloane, a decidedly imperfect man living in the shadow of his perennially successful brother. This isn’t a new theme in comics, though usually it serves to provide a motivation for villainy: hence, Loki envies and hates his noble foster brother Thor, as Maximus of the Inhumans despises his own perfect brother Black Bolt.

John Byrne treated a similar situation in his first Generations series, shifting from sibling rivalry to the relationship between father and son. In the alternate reality of Generations, Superman becomes concerned about the psychological effect it will have on his non-super-powered son if he grows up thinking he has to live up to the standards set by his superhumanly heroic father.

Chabon’s story even reminds me of Carl Barks’ stories about Donald Duck’s continual exasperation at the unending luck of his cousin Gladstone Gander, who effortlessly goes from one success to the next.

Another recurring theme in superhero comics is that of the evil twin or evil opposite of the hero. As one might expect in a superhero story, the embittered Ned Sloane takes on a costumed identity as his heroic brother’s opposite. But rather than turn to melodramatic super-villainy, Ned engages in an unusual sort of passive aggressive behavior. He turns up at Terry’s costume party wearing a version of Mr. Terrific’s costume that replaces the insignia “Fair play” with “Who Cares.” Ned calls himself not Mr. Terrific but Doctor Nil: presumably he is the human incarnation of lack of talent and utter moral indifference, and hence a reproach to his wildly successful brother.

At the party Ned encounters another costumed figure who proves to be his own evil twin of sorts. A compulsive gambler like Ned, this man, costumed as a pirate, significantly with a death’s-head symbol, was fired by Terry Sloane and now threatens to kill him.

There is a pattern in fantasy stories in which a character effectively exorcises himself of his own evil, his own Shadow self, when it takes a form apart from himself. So Ned’s negative feelings towards terry have metaphorically taken the form of this vengeful “pirate.” Seeing and listening to the “pirate” appears to shock Ned free of his own resentment of Terry. Ned manages to defuse the threat of “the sad little pirate” by telling him he understands how he feels, and making the “pirate” metaphorically look into a mirror at his own character flaws. There follows a reconciliation between Terry and Ned, and even a version of the archetypal “recognition of the hero” scene, in which Terry publicly declares that Ned is better than he is at empathizing with others.

There are a lot of good things in this story, but I still find it a disappointment. Just how did Ned end up on his self-destructive path, continually losing jobs, and drinking and gambling to excess? Has Terry tried to help him in the past by doing more than giving him money? Is it credible that Terry, who as a superhero, continually risks his life to help others, is not good at empathizing with or helping people, especially his brother? Is it really credible that Ned, just on meeting that disgruntled “pirate,” would suddenly free himself from what seems his lifelong downward spiral into bitterness and defeat? Is it believable that the “pirate” would really overcome his murderous anger just because Ned told him to shape up or, uh, ship out? Chabon even toys with, and abandons, an intriguing idea when Ned wonders if he has a negative “super-power” that continually gives him bad luck. Yes, Ned is self-destructive, but what about people who really do run into stretches of misfortune despite their best efforts. And if Ned behaves self-destructively, can we draw any connection to Terry’s past suicidal urges?

TRIPLE THREAT

It was Thanksgiving afternoon, and I found myself starting to drift off to sleep. This is to be expected on Thanksgiving, you will say. It’s that chemical ““ tryptophan, isn’t it? ““ in turkey that induces drowsiness.

Ah, but I hadn’t eaten any turkey yet that day. No, I was watching a new French feature-length animated film, The Triplets of Belleville, now playing in New York City and Los Angeles.

Several New York film critics have raved enthusiastically about this film: J. Hoberman wrote in the Nov. 26-Dec. 2 Village Voice that “Finding Nemo and Looney Tunes: Back in Action notwithstanding, the year’s most ingenious and original animated feature is the gloriously retro The Triplets of Belleville.” I can’t share this warmth for the film, though there are many things about Triplets that I admired and liked.

Written and directed by Sylvain Chomet, and distributed in the United States by Sony Pictures Classics, The Triplets of Belleville is a traditionally drawn animated film. That is something to applaud in itself in a time when the popularity of computer animated films has led parties at certain American studios to consign hand-drawn features to extinction.

Triplets opens with a wonderful recreation of the style of Max Fleischer’s early 1930s musical cartoons, with Betty Boop’s role taken over by the eponymous Triplets, three young female singers. In time the Fleischer-style cartoon is revealed to playing on a TV set: to judge from the tiny size of the screen on the large TV, the film now appears to be set in the France of the 1950s.

The look of the film now shifts to what I presume is Chomet’s normal style, with realistically drawn settings and characters drawn with a certain appealing grotesquerie. There aren’t any pretty people in this movie: even a young female singer has an appallingly toothy smile. Characters look down huge noses, or can be excruciatingly thin or bulbously fat. Some of the most distinctive figures in the film are the gangster villains, who are literally square-shouldered. The caricatures may be extreme, but they are always graphically interesting and amusingly whimsical.

cic-021-04.jpg

My favorite character in the film is the dog, Bruno (who, despite its male name, has a full set of canine female nipples). In interviews Chomet praises Disney animation of the 1950s and 1960s, singling out the animated 101 Dalmatians, and I can see the influence in the drawing of Bruno, once one gets past the dog’s obesity. What’s remarkable about Bruno, though, is that, unlike Disney’s Dalmatians, there is no anthropomorphization here. Bruno behaves very much like a real dog, his life bounded by dinnertime and his territorial urge to defend the household by barking at each noisily passing train (to the bewilderment of the passengers). Chomet even gives us glimpses of the dog’s dreams, and they seem reasonably credible for a dog to have.

Bruno, though, is very much a supporting character. The central character is Madame Souza, a short, wizened woman. Here’s an example of Chomet’s odd physical portraits, unusual in animated features: Madame Souza wears a large orthopedic shoe to compensate for the fact that one of her legs is shorter than the other. Madame Souza is raising her grandson, Champion, whose parents are apparently dead and who seems lost in his loneliness. Madame Souza buys him a puppy, Bruno, only to find that the boy and dog end up sitting together, sharing in their moroseness. Champion’s life is finally brightened when his grandmother presents him with a bicycle.

Years pass, Bruno grows obese, Madame Souza’s hair goes gray, and Champion has grown into an interestingly ghastly specimen of athletic prowess. Champion has seemingly devoted his life single-mindedly to bicycle racing, and as a result he has turned into an impossibly scrawny youth with bulging eyes, an enormous nose, and disproportionately large, muscular thighs. For her part, Madame Souza’ seems to be devoting her life to acting as Champion’s trainer, blowing expressionlessly on a whistle as encouragement.

And here is a big problem in the film: these two seem to have no life apart from their obsession with bicycle racing. Moreover, Champion seems to take no pleasure in his continual practice. He just stares blankly ahead, pumping the pedals, as if he were one of the worker drones in Metropolis rather than someone driven by a competitive spirit.

In the course of the Tour de France, Champion, along with other stragglers in the race, are abducted by the aforementioned square-shouldered Mafioso and taken off by ship. This, of course, upsets Madame Sousa, although she never really registers more than mild concern. She hires a small boat from the local Threshold Guardian , and somehow she and Bruno makes it across the sea to the film’s “enchanted realm,” Belleville, which, like Gotham City, proves to a fictionalized cartoon version of Manhattan. (Belleville even has its own roundly obese version of the Statue of Liberty.)

Here Madame Souza meets the allies who will help her save Champion: the Triplets of Belleville, from the first portion of the film. They’re elderly now, and clearly not as successful as they once were, but they still perform in public. They treat Madame Souza what appears to be one of their typical meals. One of the Triplets goes out to a pond and sets off explosives, killing (or at least stunning) large bunches of frogs, which she carts back home. Though dead frogs look unappetizing, and the ones who prove to be still alive even less so, Madame Souza forces herself to eat some of the frogs. Perhaps this is an initiation ritual of sorts, for afterwards the Triplets help her rescue Champion from the Mafioso, who are forcing him to ride a bicycle in their private indoor races. And Champion really doesn’t seem unhappy about it; he just wears the same staring, oblivious expression as usual.

Now, what are we to make of the Triplets? Well, groups of three women can have mythic connotations, and these three have aged from being like the Three Graces into an elderly trio, possibly suggesting the Three Fates, who are now on Madame Souza’s side. The Triplets’ age, their destructive side (blowing up frogs!), and weirdly carnivorous tastes suggest they are kinds of Shadow figures. By bonding with them and even eating their food, Madame Souza has incorporated lesser Shadow forces in order to best the greater Shadow, the Mafiosi. As singers, whose passion for music is unquenched by age, the Triplets also may embody a life force; they are certainly livelier than Madame Souza and her grandson. And the fact that we originally see the Triplets as their youthful former selves in the film within a film suggests that they have become figures of legend, real people memorialized by art.

But are the Triplets believable characters? No. They’re whimsical conceits, but they hardly seem like people. The Mafiosi are amusingly ominous, but they lack any personality, and hence fail at being truly sinister. Madame Souza never seems deeply distressed, and Champion seems downright inhuman. Forced by the Mafiosi to work in their private bicycle races, Champion wears the same, weary, fixed expression as usual, as if there is no more to life than pumping his pedals.

There is very little dialogue in the film, and critics have attributed its success outside France to this fact. It is a pleasure to see an animated film that conveys its story almost entirely through pictures and not dialogue. But dialogue can also be the audience’s key to understanding characters’ thoughts and emotions, and Chomet’s visual portrayals of the characters do not compensate for this lack. People’s emotions are expressed minimally or not at all. The only major character whose emotions fully come across are Bruno’s. (Lack of dialogue, as noted above, also handicaps the Clone Wars micro-series.)

So how does Triplets really match up against Finding Nemo? Nemo also deals with a parental figure’s quest to find a kidnapped child, and the eccentric helpers he meets along the way. But all of Nemo‘s characters have strongly dramatized personalities, and the father fish’s desperation to find his son is palpable. Even more than the computers, it’s that sense of character and passion that animates Finding Nemo, whereas, as much as I may admire Triplets‘ humorous oddities, it ultimately leaves me cold.

TWO HEROES IN ONE, FOUR HEROES IN FOUR

1602 Part 4, by Neil Gaiman and Andy Kubert, makes me think that there may be more than a one-to-one correspondence between some of its leading characters and the familiar present day cast of Marvel heroes. In this issue we see that there are pterodactyls and even large, carnivorous dinosaurs in North America. The North American wilderness, then, is 1602‘s equivalent of the Savage Land. I had earlier identified Rojahz, the blond Native American who has a talent for throwing a shield, as 1602‘s Captain America. But it looks as if Rojahz is also another blond Marvel hero, this series’ version of Ka-Zar, lord of the Savage Land. And Ka-Zar, of course, was clearly inspired by Tarzan (as the Savage Land was by Tarzan creator Edgar Rice Burroughs’ underground realm Pellucidar). So, Rojahz is, in a sense, Captain America melded with Tarzan, transplanted into early 17th century America!

Perhaps this issue’s cover, showing the blind Matt Murdock with a bow and arrow, indicates a similar melding at work. I suppose this could be an allusion to blind Zen archers, and hence to the Japanese influences that Frank Miller introduced into Daredevil’s series. But I also wonder if 1602 has melded Daredevil with the Black Widow’s 1960s lover, Hawkeye the Archer. As for the Widow herself, this issue’s turn of events reminds us that the Black Widow started out in 1960s comics as a spy for foreign adversaries.

Here is yet another melding: 1602‘s Count von Doom is shown experimenting with utilizing electricity to restore the dead to life. Could it be that Gaiman is linking Doctor Doom to that other mythic Middle European scientist Victor Frankenstein?

It seems odd that after keeping Doom’s face in shadows in the previous issues, here Gaiman and Kubert finally show us the Count’s face, but without making the revelation particularly dramatic. I assume that since Doom is so far unscarred, he will not remain that way for the rest of the series. However, one might have thought that the scarring of his face was a prime motivation for the present day Victor von Doom’s adoption of his Doctor Doom persona, his drive for world conquest, and his obsession with defeating Reed Richards. The 1602 Doom is following the same path without having undergone the same traumatic experience.

Appropriately though perhaps coincidentally, issue number 4 finally reveals the 1602 Fantastic Four are still alive, even if we actually see only one of them. (Or maybe it’s not a coincidence. John Byrne has pointed out that Stan Lee and Jack Kirby revived long-missing heroes in fourth issues of early Marvel series: Sub-Mariner in Fantastic Four #4 and Captain America in Avengers #4. And here’s one Byrne missed: the original Human Torch’s first “Marvel Age” appearance is in Fantastic Four Annual #4.) Having pictured a labyrinth on a previous issue’s cover, Gaiman and Kubert now make use of another archetypal device: Doom descends into an underworld to visit his captives. I very much like the fact that the 1602 Reed Richards wonders aloud about the speed of light, and if it is a constant, thereby anticipating Albert Einstein by three hundred years. It does not seem right to me, though, that Count von Doom dismisses the ideas. It would seem more likely to me that Doom would have been thinking along the same lines, and would be both angered and gratified to find somebody else who had similar ideas. Doom and Richards are the two greatest scientific minds of their time, whatever that time may be, and hence they are not only rivals but each is the only one who can truly understand the other’s thinking on scientific matters.

This issue gives us the origin of the 1602 version of Doctor Strange. The Ancient One still shows up, of course, though clearly not ancient in this particular time. Stan Lee and Steve Ditko’s origin story for Strange was a parable of a prideful man who falls into the depths and undergoes moral regeneration; unfortunately, 1602‘s version does not follow this theme, perhaps simply due to lack of space. It is a nice touch to have Strange say that with the ascension of King James, who hates sorcery, he will “drown my books,” echoing the sorcerer Prospero at the end of Shakespeare’s The Tempest (and hence even alluding to the final story of the original run of Gaiman’s Sandman series, which bore the same name). So could it be that if Shakespeare had not had Prospero renounce his magic, King James would have disapproved of the play?

I see there is now a “Master Banner” in King James’s court, so perhaps I was mistaken about the identity of the Templars’ treasure, whose box now looks smaller than it did in past issues. Well, perhaps we shall learn what it is in the next issue (and in a future column).

-Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

November 21, 2003

Comics in Context #20: This Belongs in a Museum

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 2:32 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

That, as you may know, is a quote from Indiana Jones, and it can be applied to more sorts of things than one might at first think. It’s not just great paintings and ancient dinosaur skeletons that get put into museums nowadays. There are museums of film history (like New York’s American Museum of the Moving Image), of television (the Museum of Television & Radio, in New York and Los Angeles), of rock music (in Cleveland and Seattle), of photography, of fashion, and much more. In Europe there are even museums of comics art. But here in the United States? Ah, that’s a different story.

Even as the comics industry is still in its slump, I keep feeling that recognition of comics as a serious artform is on the rise. Entertainment Weekly and Publishers Weekly keep running reviews of graphic novels.. This year The New York Times has increasingly been running articles on comics, including, in recent months, a profile of Jack Kirby marking the tenth anniversary of his death, and one on Alex Ross, who luckily has not had to wait ten years after his death for the Newspaper of Record to take note of his achievements. I’ve been informed that the publishing world’s BookExpo trade show this year devoted a full day to graphic novels.

Then there was the annual “New York Is Book Country” street fair on Manhattan’s Fifth Avenue back in September. This year an entire block was devoted solely to comics and graphic novels. There were booths for local comics stores, and for DC Comics and Mad, and ““ could it be!? There was a Marvel booth!

Yes!

Now, I know this surprises all of you who followed my columns on this year’s San Diego Con, where the Marvel booth was missing in action. I found it hard to believe myself, and made a point of touching the Marvel booth at the street fair to assure myself it was real. Of course, one could point out that since Marvel is based in New York City, it didn’t have to actually spend money to travel to set up a booth here.

The Marvel booth also had the distinction of being the first place where I ever saw copies of the notorious Bad Girls and Fan Boys: Bill and Joe’s Marvelous Adventure book, extolling the achievements of the Jemas-Quesada Marvel administration, for sale. It was Stan Lee who originated the cult of personality around the people running Marvel editorial. It worked and still works for Stan. But, you know, various subsequent individuals have also plastered their names and images in Marvel books, and when that individual falls from power, well, let’s say that the great fanfare made over him becomes dated very quickly.

I was more impressed by the DC booth, where not only free comics but even CDs of DC Comics artwork were being handed out. Marvel had one real star doing a signing, Peter David, but DC and its subsidiary Mad had plenty, including Neil Gaiman, promoting that weekend’s publication of Sandman: Endless Nights, Kyle Baker, Jim Lee, Doug Moench, Peter Kuper and Drew Friedman. Gaiman did a signing at what the book fair trumpeted as the Graphic Novels Stage, though it was really just a table out in the middle of the street, and so did Art Spiegleman and Francoise Mouly, promoting their new Little Lit anthology. Even the poster for this year’s “New York Is Book Country” acknowledged the rising importance of graphic novels: it was a painting of Superman and Batman by Alex Ross.

Appropriately, albeit coincidentally, one needed only to take a short walk to look down into Rockefeller Center Plaza, where there was a temporary installation of an immense sculpture by Japanese artist Takashi Murakami, Reversed Double Helix, which, despite its mundane title, was actually heavily influenced by Japanese cartoons. I also took advantage of being in the vicinity to make my first visit to the nearby Museum of Arts and Design, whose exhibition US Design 1975-2000 turned out to include book covers designed by Chip Kidd, who has likewise designed books devoted to comics and cartoon art, such as Alex Ross’s new Mythologies. Sometimes, it seems, cartoon art is everywhere.

So, after over a hundred years of comic strips, a hundred years of American animation, and over sixty years of comic books, shouldn’t there be more than just a tiny number of American museums that exhibit great works in the field of cartoon art?

No established museum in New York City has committed itself to taking comics seriously, but sometimes one of them comes close. Earlier this year the city’s oldest museum, the New-York Historical Society (that’s right: originally “New York” was hyphenated) ran a superb retrospective, Julz Rulz: Inside the Mind of Jules Feiffer, which not only featured a large amount of original artwork for his own strips, but also original art by cartoonists who influenced Feiffer, such as E. C. Segar (Thimble Theatre, which starred Popeye) and George Herriman (Krazy Kat) but also contemporary cartoonists influenced by Feiffer, including Kuper and Spiegelman. Still, I suspect that the New-York Historical Society honored Feiffer with this retrospective as recognition of his stature as a satirist in many media, not out of a specific interest in the comics medium.

The Brooklyn Museum of Art ventured close to comics with its exhibition this year, Pulp Art: Vamps, Villains and Victors from the Robert Lesser Collection, consisting of over 100 cover paintings for the pulp magazines of the 1930s and 1940s. Seeing all of this artwork, alongside actual printed covers, made it clearer to me than before how the pulps were the forebears of American comic books, even in some cases dealing with forebears of comics superheroes, like Doc Savage and the Shadow. The show even acknowledged how the artwork for pulp magazine covers foreshadowed comic books: too bad the Museum did not see fit to include some comics covers as examples.

Then in October the Gallery at Lincoln Center held an exhibition of caricatures of opera singers, mostly from the 1970s and 1980s, by the late Al Hirschfeld. I have read in the past that Hirschfeld did not consider himself a cartoonist, though, of course, his illustrations are cartoons. Presumably he felt he would be taken more seriously in cultural circles if he didn’t call his work “cartooning.” It worked: the Museum of the City of New York held a Hirschfeld retrospective last year, and you would be amazed at the prices (five figures) the Gallery was charging for those opera caricatures.

And then the grandest of all New York’s art museums, the Metropolitan Museum of Art, recently opened a retrospective of the works of the late Philip Guston. I first became aware of Guston two decades ago, when the Whitney Museum of American Art held a landmark exhibition of original animation art from the Disney studio from the late 1920s through the early 1940s. (Perhaps embarrassed by delving into cartoon art, the Whitney has never ventured into the field again.) Simultaneously with the Disney exhibit, the Whitney held a retrospective of the work of Guston, who had only recently died. In the last fifteen years of his life, Guston had radically altered his style, becoming consciously “cartoonier.” For example, he painted odd, cartoonish hooded figures, looking like Klansmen drawn by Robert Crumb, or perhaps like characters in a Max Fleischer cartoon, wearing gloves recognizable to anyone who’s seen Mickey Mouse. (Could the cartoon Klansmen even have been in part an allusion to the Phantom Blot in Floyd Gustavson’s Mickey Mouse comic strip?) At the time of the Whitney show I thought it appropriate that the museum was doing retrospective of Disney animation art and Guston’s late work simultaneously, although the Museum itself seemed not to notice it was effectively doing two cartoon art shows at the same time.

The opening wall text to the Metropolitan’s new Guston show observes that Guston once enrolled in a Cleveland correspondence school for cartoonists. The narrator on the show’s audio guide states that the young Guston was “obsessed” with comics, leading me to wonder why the Met calls his interest in comics an obsession, but thinks his interest in the Old Master paintings, which also influenced him, was not. The narrator sounds relieved when he informs us that Guston quickly quit the cartooning correspondence school. Whew! What a narrow escape! He might have become a (shudder!) cartoonist! As the audio guide covers Guston’s late work, the narrators refer to it as his “figurative period.” Well, actually, it’d be more precise to call it his cartoon period, but they don’t. Both the opening wall text and the audio guide state that Guston was influenced by Herriman’s Krazy Kat and Bud Fisher’s Mutt and Jeff comic strip. Now, visitors to the Met can easily see paintings by the Old Masters who influenced Guston simply by strolling into another part of the museum. I found myself wondering if 99.9% of the visitors to this exhibition have any idea what Herriman’s or Fisher’s comics work looks like. How hard would it have been for the Met to put up some reproductions of sample strips in the exhibit?

It was not always quite this bad: the New York City area used to have quite a good museum of comics. In the 1980s I repeatedly visited the Museum of Cartoon Art, founded by Mort Walker, the creator of the comic strip Beetle Bailey, which was then located in the town of Rye, New York. The museum was easily accessible from New York City: one need only take a short trip by train and a brief jaunt by cab. In addition to the permanent collection, mostly of original art for classic comic strips, there were several different temporary exhibitions per year, some quite interesting: my favorite was a retrospective of Winsor McCay’s early 20th century editorial cartoons. Leading figures in the comics world would appear there: I saw Terry and the Pirates creator Milton Caniff speak there, and went on various occasions when my own contemporaries gave talks. There were parties for the comics community, and I recall going to the all day “Marvel Day” celebration. The Museum also had a homey feel, based as it was in an old, small mansion with a tower that was dubbed the “Castle”: the storybook look of the place seemed appropriate. Even the public restrooms were a delight, with their walls covered with cartoons drawn by visiting comics professionals. I really liked this place, and visited several times a year.

And then the Museum went away.

Understandably, Walker and company wanted to expand into a larger building, with more exhibition space, room for a library, and more. Apparently they considered various locations ““ New York City, Boston, even Orlando ““ and instead settled on (wait for it) Boca Raton, Florida. Walker denied that this was because he now lived down there, as did other cartoonists of his generation, and said that Boca had offered the Museum the best deal. And the Museum did build a big, magnificent new building there. As if to make clear that they were overreaching, Walker and his colleagues renamed their institution “the International Museum of Cartoon Art,” although the overwhelming majority of the collected art was American.

And within a handful of years the Museum closed.

It’s not hard to figure out why. For one thing, comics and cartoon art traditionally have great appeal for the young ““ children, teens, adults under 40 ““ and anyone who pays attention to comic books can see how new generations of writers and artists are continually coming along to revitalize the medium. There are plenty of young people to be found in New York City, or Boston with its numerous colleges, or Orlando, with its theme parks. But not in quiet Boca Raton, home of the wealthy and the retired. Moreover, despite the rise of the independents around the country, the New York area still has the largest concentration of comics professionals, who could be invited to speak at the Museum.

Despite its name, the International Museum of Cartoon Art was not as encyclopedic as its name suggested. Understandably for comic strip professionals of my father’s generation, Walker and company had built a collection that was mostly devoted to the history of the American comic strip. That certainly is an area of cartoon art worth studying and honoring. As Jordan Raphael and Tom Spurgeon’s Stan Lee biography, recently reviewed in this column, points out, from the 1930s through the 1950s comic strip artists looked down on people who worked in comic books. The conventional wisdom was that cartoonists went into comic books if they couldn’t get work doing comic strips, that comic books were inferior material for kids whereas comic strips could produce sophisticated work that attracted an audience of all ages. The Golden Age of the American comic strip was winding down in my early childhood. Old Masters of the medium like Milton Caniff, Walt Kelly, Hal Foster, Chester Gould, Al Capp, and Harold Gray were still active; even Rudolph Dirks, creator of one of the first comic strips, still had his name on The Captain and the Kids, though whether he was actually working on it, despite his advanced age, I do not know. I can still recall Foster’s Prince Valiant taking up an entire full-size (non-tabloid) newspaper page.

But the Golden Age of the comic strip has been over for decades; newspapers severely cut down on the amount of space given to strips, and the strips done in grand illustrative styles gave way to humor strips with minimalist drawing styles, such as reign in newspaper comics sections today. The real action in the cartoon art medium shifted into comic books from the 1960s on, not to mention new waves of animation. The modern comic book ““ whether Marvel-influenced superheroes or the undergrounds ““ has been around now for over 40 years, and the American graphic novel for 25, but the Museum of Cartoon Art never fully got hold of either of these new movements. On the one time I visited the Museum at its Boca Raton location, I was, as always, impressed by the scope of its collection of original comic strip art. But its temporary exhibit on “Super Heroes” barely scratched the surface of the subject, and I can’t imagine any contemporary superhero enthusiast being satisfied by the paltry selection on display. At least when it had been located in the New York area, the Museum could attract many of the locally based artists for contemporary comics to make appearances there.

So, the Museum mostly missed the boat on the changes in the medium. It’s not really a surprise that, as comic strips’ Golden Age falls ever further back into the past, that the Museum had trouble drawing in even baby boomers, much less members of younger generations.

Then there was Kevin Eastman’s Words and Pictures Museum, founded by Kevin Eastman, co-creator of the Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles, which primarily housed his personal collection of cartoon art. This museum went in the opposite direction from Mort Walker’s: it did not try to be encyclopedic or cover all areas of cartoon art, but instead focused on comic book artwork from the 1970s onward, and, even more narrowly, on the particular group of artists whose work Eastman collected, including Jack Kirby, Frank Miller, Bill Sienkiewicz (with virtually all the artwork from his Elektra: Assassin), and more. By all accounts, the Museum was a fine, well designed place with intelligently conceived exhibits.

I long wanted to go to this museum, but I never did. For a New York City resident without a car, it was hard to get to. The Words and Pictures Museum was in Northampton, Massachusetts, where Eastman lives. (Ah, do we begin to see a pattern with regard to the location of comics museums?) There is no direct train service between New York City and Northampton; I would have had to take a lengthy bus ride, and never did.

Here it would be relevant to mention a similar situation in the fine art world. This is the case of the Barnes Collection, an immense, world-class collection of artwork, mostly Impressionist, Post-Impressionist, and early modern work, assembled in the first half of the 20th century by the late Dr. Albert Barnes, who lived in the Philadelphia area. Barnes, an eccentric to begin with, despised the Philadelphia art establishment, which looked down on his tastes in art, though, of course, now many of the artists whose works he collected ““ Matisse, Seurat, Cezanne ““ are recognized as giants. So, when Barnes died, his will stipulated that his collection was to remain in the small town of Merian, Pennsylvania, and severely limited access to seeing the works, or even to reproducing them in books. Now the Barnes Collection hovers on the brink of bankruptcy, and attempts are being made to break the will, so that the Collection can be moved to a new building in Philadelphia. Why? Because, despite the universally recognized importance of the collection, very few people ever get to see it, because it is based in a small town most people have never heard of. If it was located in Philadelphia, it would receive the same wide attendance that the Philadelphia Museum of Art does.

So, what this has to do with the Words and Pictures Museum, not to mention the International Museum of Cartoon Art, should be obvious. Northampton is better known than Merion, but nonetheless the Words and Pictures Museum likewise closed.

I have been to the last of America’s three comics museums, and the only survivor of the lot: the San Francisco Museum of Cartoon Art. When I visited it some years back, it was in a small space, and it was rumored to have had financial problems, but it is still there. One difference between it and the other two museums is that it is located in a major city. Major cities have large populations of potential attendees, young and old; a city like San Francisco also attracts large numbers of tourists. Large cities also have major media outlets through which museums and their special exhibitions can be publicized. It also makes sense that San Francisco, the center of the underground comics movement of the 1960s, and still the home to numerous cartoonists, should have a museum devoted to comics. Of course, it would make even more sense for New York City to have such a museum, as the city most associated with comics: it’s the home of Marvel and DC, along with smaller companies, as well as newspaper syndicates like King Features that have carried comic strips for a century.

cic-020-01.jpg

Moreover, this is the center of the media world, enabling not just exhibits on comics but the importance of comics art itself to be publicized, if only one can get the attention of newspapers and magazines and TV. Furthermore, New York is the center of America’s art world: if only critics from the fine art world could be enticed to attend and review exhibits of comics and cartoon artwork, and start taking the best of it seriously.

Then, in the 1990s there was a gallery in downtown Manhattan, Four Color Images. This was not a nonprofit museum, but a gallery that sold art, but its particular niche was comics artwork. It held wonderful shows, often tied to the release of a high profile comics project, such as the original art for Alex Ross’s Kingdom Come, or for Jon J Muth’s issue of Sandman, and the receptions for the openings of such shows provided wonderful social occasions for the New York City comics community. But then the gallery owners shut the place down and moved to California, and nobody opened a new comics gallery to fill the niche they had vacated.

So, is there never to be another cartoon museum in a major American city east of San Francisco, and more specifically, in New York, the historical center of the comics business?

Lately, two new rival organizations have emerged in New York trying to do just that, the New York City Comic Book Museum and the Museum of Comic and Cartoon Art. Neither one has its own gallery space (much less a building) yet, and, of course, the current state of the economy has created trying times even for major established cultural institutions, much more so for newcomers trying to get off the ground. But both these museums-in-waiting have organized exhibits in the New York City area and held fundraisers, and the Museum of Comic and Cartoon Art (MoCCA) organizes its annual summer Manhattan “Art Festival” for alternative cartoonists to display their work.

By sheer chance, I found out about a recent MoCCA exhibit just in time to attend its final day. This was “Living Masters of Comic and Cartoon Art,” held at the Forbes Magazine Galleries, whose principal purpose is to display the late publisher Malcolm Forbes’ collections of such things as jeweled Faberge eggs from Imperial Russia (which are recognized as high art), and model ships and toy soldiers (which decidedly are not). Yes, it’s true: New York City has a museum of the history of toy soldiers, but not a permanent museum space for the works of the giants of comics art.

The “Living Masters” show was confined to one small room in the galleries, but it was astonishing to see how much work of high artistic quality was gathered together in such a tiny space. One aspect of the show that most pleased me was its wide, genuinely encyclopedic sweep through the different areas of cartoon art. Though virtually all the artists represented were American, the artwork ranged from mainstream comic books to alternative graphic novels to New Yorker and Village Voice cartoons to comic strips to animation to advertising.

There are a number of pieces and creators I wish to single out.

Steve Ditko was represented by the original art for a page from The Amazing Spider-Man #9, featuring Peter Parker, Aunt May, and Electro. I am always astonished when I see a page of original art for one of Ditko’s early Marvel stories; these boards were considerably larger than the paper comics artists draw on today. I am always impressed by seeing Ditko’s delicacy of line, and how it subtly evokes the emotions of the characters, an effect obscured in the actual comics by reduction in size, coloring, and poor printing. And however much recent artists insist on giving Electro a different costume, it is Ditko’s version, with the electrical bolt motifs (reminiscent of the decoration on the old General Electric building in Manhattan) that remains the most striking and the only iconic version.

For Will Eisner, there was the 1987 cover of Kitchen Sink’s The Spirit #27, with a typically Eisnerian sultry blonde watching as the Spirit is hit with a kitchen sink, presumably as a joke on the publisher’s name. The femme fatale here is at once a humorously obvious cliche and an effectively archetypal figure. Similarly, the Spirit is pictured in a dynamic position, caught as if in mid-leap, while at the same time he is clearly the butt of the gag. He is simultaneously funny and bursting with power. In fact, the kinetic pose reminds me simultaneously of Jack Kirby (in its power) and Tex Avery (in its comedic exaggeration).

Eisner’s former assistant, Jules Feiffer, was represented by the May 25, 1975 installment of his Feiffer comic strip. This example demonstrated the minimalist aesthetic of contemporary comic strips: it shows only a single face in profile, which does not alter position from panel to panel. Yet it also follows a technique resembling a sequence of animator’s drawings. The profile and the “camera” do not move, but the character’s facial expressions alter slightly from panel to panel, as his rage builds as he speaks. Then, the minimalist treatment suddenly, explosively, gives way in the final panel as the character’s emotion shifts unexpectedly: his jaw drops low and his eyes widening in bewildered surprise, reinforcing the impact of Feiffer’s concluding punch line.

It was an unexpected pleasure to find Dave Gibbons’ cover for Watchmen #1, both the original art and a colored version. It pictures the river of blood washing down on the murdered Comedian’s smiley-face button. Somehow the original art, without the dull red color of the blood, was even more spooky, perhaps because the lines depicting the rivulets within the pool of blood now stood out more. This disturbing cover image not only captures the inciting incident of the first issue and the series, but also symbolizes the dark take Watchmen has on the superhero genre, which are no longer necessarily happy fantasies for kids.

Bill Griffith’s one-page comics story, So You Want to Be a Nationally Syndicated Cartoonist, was less interesting for its art than for its writing. It humorously tracing a cartoonist’s career through all his “mistakes” in dealing with the business world, and then wreaks total surprise when, by refusing to sell out, the cartoonist triumphs nonetheless. This is an interesting lesson, indeed: the cartoonist of the tale did not water down his work for commercial reasons, and, eventually times changed and its worth was recognized and rewarded.

For a historian of superhero comics, there is awe to be found in seeing the actual original artwork for Carmine Infantino’s cover for Flash #123 (1961), featuring the landmark story “Flash of Two Worlds.” This is one of the greatest classics of DC’s Silver Age, the story in which the Golden Age and Silver Age versions of the Flash first met, and which linked the continuities of 1940s DC and 1960s DC Comics. The image is so simple in concept: the two Flashes, each on a different side of a wall, moving in parallel to rescue an endangered person set in the center foreground. The motion is so dynamic, and the simply conceived but powerfully executed image is so genuinely iconic.

Joe Kubert was represented by page 5 of the Hawkman story from Brave and the Bold #35 (1958). Here I was struck by what might seem a throwaway shot in a corner of the page: the married superheroes Hawkman and Hawkgirl ““ Carter and Shiera ““ unmasked, sitting side by side, with their absorbascon headsets on (which they use to monitor information on Earth, as if in a 1950s version of surfing the Internet), smiling in contentment. It’s a wonderfully appealing image of marital happiness, such as one never sees in comics anymore

The example of Patrick McDonnell’s comic strip Mutts that was on display included a series of panels of different characters saying and doing the same thing, creating a sequence of visual parallels. As in the work of earlier cartoonists like Winsor McCay and Cliff Sterrett, this was a Sunday strip whose primary raison d’etre was to serve as an exercise in visual design, while also accomplishing the task of amusing the reader. The target to one side in the strip reminded me of the work of the contemporary artist Jasper Johns. Then, lo and behold, I read the accompanying label with McDonnell’s commentary in which he says he was indeed inspired by Johns. This took me aback. After having interviewed comics artists for over twenty years, it is such a welcome surprise to find one who looks to the fine art world for inspiration, not just previous cartoonists.

Seeing a solitary page from Frank Miller’s recent The Dark Knight Strikes Back focuses attention on the graphic design of the page, rather than on its purpose as part of the overall study. Here Miller presents Superman, as a ravaged figure standing amid ruins, and contrasts him within the same panel with Supergirl, untouched by the destruction, a figure of curves, seemingly surrounded by light, hovering above the desolation of Superman’s world and life.

Animator Bill Plympton sent a familiar and characteristic image from his 1985 film Your Face: a man’s head swollen into the size and shape of a pumpkin. This aptly demonstrated Plympton’s ability to turn everyday things, notably his unprepossessing bourgeois human figures, equivalents of Rene Magritte’s bowler-hatted men, into surreal creatures, sending up their pomposity and complacent ordinariness.

Village Voice cartoonist Ted Rall’s piece in the show, “The Guns of August” from the September 1, 2003 issue, demonstrated unexpected depth. It parallels the images of a soldier leaning over a dying comrade in Iraq, to George W. Bush, who in the final panel imitating the position of both figures to ironic effect, leaning to one side like the living soldier, but lying in a hammock like the dead one. But Bush is relaxing, not dying, evincing his cluelessness about the human costs of his policies. The dramatic impact of the parallel imagery makes up for Rall’s heavy-handedness of giving Bush, as he always does, a Hitlerian mustache.

Then there was an MTV ad from Rolling Stone that was painted by Bill Sienkiewicz, entitled, “Are these the lips that I remember. . .?” What this fantasy of lost love has to do with, say, the immature revels of MTV Spring Break, I have no idea. It is nonetheless, on its own merits, an emotionally evocative work, with repeated images of a woman’s face, as if it were haunting the narrator, a balloon drifting away, and small masks, looking like clowns laughing at the end of love. This was one of the pieces in the exhibition that should raise the question of where “cartoon art” ends and “illustration” begins. If Sienkiewicz was not known for his career in comics, this piece, even though it does tell a story in a sequence of pictures, would probably be regarded by most people as the work of an illustrator. Aside from the masks, it does not look “cartoony” at all.

Dave Sim’s page from Cerebus #71 showcased another animation-style sequence which proved an interesting contrast with the Feiffer piece. This page contains two rows of panels in which Cerebus’s head and camera keep same the position while his expression changes, measuring the levels of his rising rage. But while Feiffer’s narrator finally burst into open emotion, Cerebus’s building anger culminates in a different kind unexpected shift, into angry exasperation rather than exploding into action.

Marvel’s innovative artist of the late 1960s, Jim Steranko, was honored with a Captain America poster he did in 2001. This collage of images spanned decades, at once evoking 1940s posters and 1960s pop art. The dominant image was a large shot of Captain America’s head. In a nice touch, this image of Cap’s head was repeated in the Red Skull’s binocular lenses; this was at once a clever echoing of imagery and a comment on the Skull’s obsession with his enemy. The waving red and white stripes in the background also filled multiple functions: they were at once the flag, symbol of Cap, an evocation of 1960s Op Art, and a background of pure, rhythmic abstraction.

An example of Bill Watterson’s contemporary classic strip Calvin and Hobbes, from August 8, 1987) demonstrated his variation on a frequent device that Walt Kelly used in his own great strip. Pogo. Kelly would often do scenes of Pogo and his friend Porky drifting in a boat, conversing, as the name on the boat changes from panel to panel, providing a touch of visual whimsy to a dialogue-driven vignette. Watterson took a considerably more active approach to the dilemma of visually dramatizing a talking heads scene. Here, while Calvin and Hobbes engage in conversation, they are simultaneously hurtling through space in a cart (their counterpart to Pogo’s rowboat) as the camera angles and the direction of the movement shift dynamically from panel to panel, creating a mock epic contrast between the quiet conversation and the explosive visual effects.

Then there were a selection of cels and backgrounds from important recent animated series, including Matt Groening’s The Simpsons and Genndy Tartakovsky’s Samurai Jack.. From Batman: The Animated Series came an upper figure shot of Batman, his arm raised, projecting stern determination and power. The Powerpuff Girls were pictured floating above the ruins of a city, their trademark wide eyes here conveying their stunned reactions.

And there was much more, including works by Jessica Abel (La Perdita, 2003), Neal Adams (Batman art), R. O. Blechman, Ruben Bolling (Tom the Dancing Bug: God-Man and Human-Man Team Up, 1996), Richard Corben, Robert Crumb (The Life and Death of Fritz the Cat cover, 1993), Howard Cruse (a page from ‘Stuck Rubber Baby, 1995), Jack Davis, Kevin Eastman and Peter Laird (a page fromTeenage Mutant Ninja Turtles), Frank Frazetta (Johnny Comet comic strip, 1953), Lynn Johnston (an installment of the comic strip For Better or for Worse), Gilbert Hernandez (Love and Rockets #16), Jamie Hernandez (Love and Rockets #24 p. 1), Peter Kuper, Mike Mignola (Hellboy: Box Full of Evil‘ French edition cover), Mike Peters (1983), Arnold Roth, Joe Sacco, Joe Staton (a page from a Scooby Doo comic), and another museum’s founder, Mort Walker (Beetle Bailey, 9/7/03).

A few weeks after the Forbes Galleries show closed, I went to the MoCCA offices to see the museum’s next exhibition. Tarzan: Images of an Icon, a small show that chronicled how an enduring archetypal figure of popular culture has been interpreted over many decades in the comic medium and animation, too (the latter thanks to art from Disney’s wonderful 1999 animated Tarzan film). There were a few major gaps: Hal Foster’s version from the Tarzan comic strip and John Buscema’s from the Marvel comic, while Joe Kubert’s DC Comics version was present only through a copy of a tabloid reprint book. But many other artists were represented by original artwork. I was particularly struck by the balletic grace of Russ Manning’s Tarzan, the refined look of Gil Kane’s version, and the astonishing kinetic power of Burne Hogarth’s figures in his action sequences.

Over the years, when I’ve looked at the best works in exhibitions of comics and cartoon art, their vitality and excellence have seemed so clear to me that I wonder how it is that they do not receive wider recognition. Certainly part of the reason is condescension towards so much of the subject matter ““ the superheroes and funny animals ““ though there is plenty of work in the medium that deals with more “serious” subjects. In reading two recent articles about the arts, I considered another possible reason, as well.

In the November 24, 2003 issue of Time, Lev Grossman writes about the controversy surrounding the National Book Foundation’s awarding Stephen King its Medal for Distinguished Contribution to American Letters. Grossman notes what he terms America’s “prissily puritanical” attitude whereby readers “have an odd and deeply ingrained habit of dividing books into two mutually exclusive heaps, one high and literary and one low and trashy.” He observes that “as recently as the mid-19th century” this division did not exist: “Dickens wrote best-selling novels, but they weren’t considered ‘commercial” or ‘popular’ or ‘your-euphemism-here.’ They were just novels. No one looked down on Scott and Tennyson and Stowe for being wildly successful.”

Grossman then argues that when the modernist movement began in fiction, people began to define literary fiction as being necessarily more difficult to understand than the more popular sort. “We praise rich, complex, lyrical prose, but we don’t really appreciate the pleasures of a well-paced, gracefully structured plot. Or worse, we appreciate them, but we are embarrassed about it. Somewhere along the line, we learned it associate the deliciousness of a good, crackling yarn. . .with shame, as if literature shouldn’t be this much fun, and if it is, then it isn’t literature.”

Grossman ends by predicting that it is through the vitality of “popular” fiction that “the next literary wave” will be born.

Art critic Peter Schjeldahl makes a similar argument in the November 10, 2003 issue of The New Yorker. He is reviewing a new exhibition at Boston’s Museum of Fine Arts, Rembrandt’s Journey: Painter, Draftsman, Etcher, and begins by quoting its curator.

“In selecting the works there has been a special emphasis on Rembrandt the storyteller,’ the show’s head curator, Clifford S. Ackley, writes in the catalogue. It is a welcome stress, aimed at a lingering blind spot in modern taste. Pejorative senses of ‘illustration’ (the qualifier ‘mere’ goes without saying) and the ‘literary’ have embarrassed overeducated viewers of Rembrandt for a century.”

Schjeldahl goes on to describe two of Rembrandt’s pictures of Biblical scenes and one of two of his erotic prints, each of which tells a story through pictorial means.

In concluding his piece, Schjeldahl writes, “In saying that Rembrandt’s storytelling has been discounted by modern taste, I don’t mean that the revered Old Master is controversial, only that he should be. After a century in which our cravings for narrative were attenuated if not shamed in high art, his work has a fresh, even radical sparkle. I came out of the Boston show thinking, in effect, Let’s have some more like that. The closest our culture comes is in serious cartooning and, of course, the movies.”

“Serious cartooning,” eh? Of course, by quoting these pieces, I am not saying that any of the comics writers and artists mentioned above are on the level of Dickens or Rembrandt. But it seems to me that Grossman and Schjeldahl have each hit upon an important insight: that the modernist movement in literature and in the visual arts in the twentieth century greatly downplayed the artistic value of narrative, of storytelling.

Similarly, much of modern painting and sculpture veered away from figurative work. However, narrative, and for that matter, figurative representation were highly valued in the arts in previous centuries.

Perhaps it is in large part because of the modernist attitudes towards narrative and figuration that comics and cartoon art have not received sufficient recognition by academia, the museum world, and other opinion makers. Yet through the last century, the art of visual storytelling has nonetheless persisted, finding routes other than the fine arts. Among the forms it has taken are film and television, both of which have achieved growing cultural respectability , especially from the 1960s onward. But in the graphic arts, it is comics and “serious cartooning” that keeps the narrative tradition alive. This is why we need museums of cartoon art and comics art: to focus serious attention on the masters and important works of a vital aspect of American popular culture. Eventually, the major museums will come around, but for now, we need the small, specialized cartoon and comics museums to fill a needed niche. We can hope that like Griffith’s cartoonist in the tale recounted above, the artistic merits of comics medium too will finally receive their proper recognition.

-Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

November 14, 2003

Comics in Context #19: Go West, Jung Bear

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 2:18 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

Disney’s advertising campaign for its new animated feature, Brother Bear, made me wary about how good this film really was. Why did the commercials and so many of the posters focus on the comic relief characters, the two squabbling moose (as in the promotion’s catchphrase “The Moose Are Loose”)? (Some of the posters were clever, like the one characterizing the moose as “Grazed and Confused.”) But why weren’t they spotlighting the title character, the bear? Does this mean that the moose will steal the show, but that the actual story about the central characters is a flop?

Far from it, as it turned out. Brother Bear, which has many fathers (directors Aaron Blaise and Robert Walker, and writers Tab Murphy, Lorne Cameron, David Hoselton, Steve Benich and Ron J. Friedman) is one of the best traditionally animated Disney films since The Lion King. In large part that is because of the psychological depth of the story of its title character. Brother Bear is an effort to go beyond devising merely an adventure story to creating a contemporary fairy tale, albeit one set in the distant past, with the emotional resonance of myth. And it succeeds.

One initial point of interest is that Brother Bear continues Disney’s efforts over the last few decades to make the cast of characters of its canon of animated features multiracial. The early Disney animated features drew on European fairy tales (Snow White, Cinderella, Sleeping Beauty) and classic European children’s stories (Pinocchio, Alice in Wonderland, Peter Pan and the partly animated Mary Poppins). More recent Disney animated features have made their main characters Arabs (Aladdin), Chinese (Mulan), Hawaiian (Lilo & Stitch), and, in Pocahontas and now in Brother Bear, Native American. (Disney hasn’t done an animated feature with black lead characters as yet, unless we count the 1940s live action/animated Song of the South, which has been accused of racial stereotyping. But the voices of black actors are prominent in The Lion King, and the stage version makes the central characters’ African ethnicity explicit.)

cic-019-011.jpg

Brother Bear is set in primeval North America at a time following the Ice Ages, when woolly mammoths have not yet succumbed to extinction. Since the Northern Lights, also known as the Aurora Borealis, are visible (and judging from the moose’s accents), presumably the story takes place in Canada. The human characters are all Native Americans, and the story begins with three brothers, Sitka, the eldest; Denahi, the middle brother; and the much younger Kenai, who initially comes off as something of a prankster and a slacker, quite unlike his dutiful older siblings.

The tribe’s female shaman offers each of the three brothers with a separate figurine of an animal, which is to be his totem, a representation of his true personality and path in life. She presents Kenai with the totem of a bear, which, one might think would represent strength or perhaps ferocity. Indeed, most of the people in this film seem to think of bears as ferocious enemies to be killed. But the shaman instead calls the bear the totem of love. Kenai vehemently rejects the totem and the idea that this represents his destiny and himself.

Now, in his description of the archetypal format of the hero’s adventure, Joseph Campbell referred to the call to adventure. The shaman in Brother Bear is both a herald, announcing the “adventure,” and a mentor, offering guidance. But the adventure she is heralding is a journey of self-discovery, and Kenai denies that he is the “self” that she sees him as being. Campbell contends that to deny the call to adventure is to bring on serious, harmful repercussions, and so it is here.

The path that Kenai seems, by his initial actions in the film, to prefer to take is a more stereotypically masculine one: that of a hunter and warrior. So it seems significant that the shaman is a woman. She presents his eldest brother with the totem of the eagle, signifying wisdom. So wisdom is not restricted to only one sex. Nonetheless, the film does seem to be establishing a dichotomy between traditional male values (violence, vengeance) and traditional female values (love, nurturing).

Irresponsible as usual, Kenai fails to guard a basket of fish, which are eaten by a bear. Demonstrating his lack of self-control, Kenai foolishly sets out after the bear, intent on killing the creature for what is, after all, a paltry offense, for which the hungry bear is hardly to blame, and one that was really Kenai’s own fault. So one might say that Kenai is actually in denial over his own guilt and displacing the blame onto the Other, the bear.

cic-019-02.jpg

Kenai quickly gets in over his head, the bear attacks him, and his eldest brother, Sitka, has to intervene to rescue him. In the course of Sitka’s struggle with the bear atop a glacier, both fall from a great height: Sitka is killed, but the bear gets away.

Sitka’s death, too, is ultimately the result of Kenai’s mistakes, but, now with even greater cause to be in denial, Kenai turns furious, projecting the guilt for his brother’s death onto the Other, someone he sees as distinct and different from himself, the bear. Kenai casts the bear as what the psychologist Carl Jung would call a Shadow figure, the embodiment of all that he believes he is not and rejects.

Now, note that Kenai’s older brothers tried in vain to dissuade him from chasing the bear in the first place, and, even after Sitka’s death, the middle brother, Denahi, tries to persuade Kenai not to seek vengeance on the bear. This is an interesting stance on violence for the film to take. Previous Disney animated features actually commend the seeking of vengeance and even violence under the “right” circumstances. Hence, after the Wicked Witch puts Snow White into her deathlike sleep, the Seven Dwarfs pursue the Witch to her death. (They do not actually kill her, and her death comes by other means, but they sure do seem like a lynch mob.) The Prince in Sleeping Beauty actually kills Maleficent in her dragon form. Brother Bear, in sharp contrast, never countenances violence or vengeance in any instance whatsoever.

Obsessed with blood vengeance, Kenai finds the bear and kills it with his spear. At that point, the bear and Kenai are both enveloped by the Northern Lights, which in the world of this film have spiritual significance. The Lights transform Kenai into the form of the very creature he killed.

In Neverwhere, too, the hero becomes one of the Shadow figures: Richard Mayhew enters the world of the homeless, and, effectively has become one of them. Kenai had regarded the bear as the Other, the Shadow, a creature different from himself, the evil to be destroyed. He regarded the bear as a killer and became a killer himself in destroying it. By employing the same lethal violence he believed the bear embodied, Kenai has become “the Other,” the Shadow, himself: now he is the bear. Appropriately then, Kenai is horrified when he discovers what has happened to him.

In Campbell’s monomyth, the hero crosses a threshold from his original, everyday world, into the literally or figuratively enchanted world in which adventure takes place. Brother Bear utilizes unusual means to dramatize this transition. Once Kenai has become a bear, the colors on the screen become brighter and richer. Moreover, the image of the film projected on the screen actually widens; I suspect I would not have consciously noticed this happening if I had not read about it beforehand.

All of this reinforces the idea that Kenai has entered a higher realm than the world of his previous human existence.

cic-019-03.jpg

Kenai has also undergone a symbolic death and resurrection of an unusual sort: having meted out death to the bear, his human self “dies,” and he is “resurrected” in the bear’s body.

As befits a magical realm, now the transformed Kenai can understand the language of the animals. The stated reason for this is that Kenai is now in animal form himself. But I wonder if the tale of how the warrior Siegfried killed a dragon, tasted its blood, and then was able to understand the language of birds, is also relevant here. Siegfried slays the Shadow figure, the embodiment of dark forces, and then, by tasting the blood, takes on part of the Shadow himself.

The natural world of the animals, in which, as demonstrated, magic works, is the “enchanted realm” of Brother Bear. But the “enchanted realm” of Brother Bear is ultimately not so much a geographical location as it is a state of mind, a perspective on life, and a form of identity. After all, humans can and do journey through the wilderness in which Kenai’s adventures take place. His “enchanted realm” is really his existence in the form of a bear. The crossing of the threshold was not physical travel but his physical transformation, his change of identity. (Likewise, I think, in superhero stories, the crossing of the threshold into the world of adventure takes the form of the hero’s change from his everyday self into his costumed, heroic identity.)

As in Neil Gaiman’s Neverwhere, which I reviewed last week, once the threshold is crossed into the enchanted world, the journeyer cannot return until his mission is accomplished. Neverwhere‘s Richard Mayhew tries to go back only to learn that people do not recognize him or, in most cases, even notice him. Security guards treat him as a criminal. Similarly, Kenai, transformed into a bear, discovers that he can no longer communicate with human beings. And the humans, including his middle brother Denahi, now regard him with fear and hatred: this is exactly how Kenai regarded bears before he became one. Kenai cannot return to the human world or even communicate with its people as long as he remains a bear.

Oddly, Denahi has himself undergone a transformation. Thinking that the bear he sees (which is really the transformed Kenai) killed Kenai, Denahi becomes as obsessed with vengeance and violence as Kenai had been. Having formerly condemned vengeance, Denahi has now become what he rejected: the Shadow has overwhelmed his former personality.

On first realizing he has transformed into a bear, Kenai is understandably horrified. But in large part that is due to the fact that Kenai regards the bear as an evil monster and does not recognize the capacity for monstrousness within himself. Kenai receives another shock when he realizes that Denahi now sees him, in his bear form, only as a killer to be destroyed. Denahi now regards Kenai as Kenai regarded the bear.

One of the principal themes of Brother Bear is the need to try to perceive things from a different perspective than one’s own, to understand how other people might look at something. As a human, Kenai saw the bear as the embodiment of fear, evil and death; the transformed Kenai is now forced to see his brother as the embodiment of fear, evil and death instead. The key moment in stating this theme comes when Kenai, in bear form, and a bear cub, Koda, come across a Native American painting of a man with a spear confronting an enormous, ferocious-looking bear. The bear looks like a monster to human eyes, but Koda calls the spear-carrying human the “monster.”

But Kenai has not simply shifted 180 degrees from one perspective to the opposite one. True, he now must fear his brother, but Kenai knows that his brother is not truly evil, but merely mistaken: he doesn’t know who this bear really is.

Furthermore, Carl Jung’s concept of the Shadow entails qualities that a person rejects and tries to repress, but these qualities can be positive as well as negative. Remember that the shaman told Kenai that the bear was his totem and represented his destiny, which took the form of love. Kenai rejected the totem and this path through life. In being physically transformed into a bear, Kenai was actually set back on his correct path by supernatural forces. Though Kenai thought the bear represented violence, the bear as Shadow actually incarnates a side of Kenai that is positive yet buried, his capacity for love, just as the shaman told him.

Hence, Kenai soon encounters a newly orphaned bear cub, Koda, whom he initially finds annoying. However, the perceptive viewer may see the connection between the rambunctious Koda and the human Kenai of the film’s early scenes, whose pranks made trouble for his older brothers. Kenai grumpily assumes a sense of duty to accompany the cub, and eventually their relationship evolves into an affectionate friendship and even fraternal love. Kenai evolves into Koda’s “brother,” hence the title of the film. Kenai’s literal journey across the wilderness with Koda becomes his figurative progress into maturity. Once the irresponsible, emotionally immature little brother whom his older brothers had to look after, Kenai grows into the role of Koda’s older “brother,” mentor and guide. One could also see Koda as representing the childish side of Kenai, which his newly mature personality now supervises.

By the way, about the aforementioned moose, Rutt and Tuke. The main story of the movie is strong enough that they do not tip the film’s balance and actually steal the show. But they are really funny, nonetheless, and certainly Disney’s best team of comedy characters since Timon and Pumbaa in The Lion King. Rutt and Tuke are voiced by Rick Moranis and Dave Thomas, respectively, and are basically recreations of two other Canadian siblings that Moranis and Thomas played, Bob and Doug McKenzie from SCTV’s “Great White North” sketches, which later spawned the feature film Strange Brew. (So, the moose are like Bob and Doug, but without the beer, eh?) It’s a pleasure to have these characters back again, even transformed into moose (much like Kenai is turned into a bear!), in such an effective vehicle. In fact, the characters work surprisingly well in animal form, perhaps demonstrating that the McKenzie brothers were always cartoonish, in a good sense. Disney must think so, too: the screening I saw was even preceded by a bit of animation in which the moose tell us to turn off our cell phones. The “Great White North” sketches were always improvised, and I presume that much of the moose’s dialogue in Brother Bear was, as well. In fact, if the Disney Home Video folks are smart, I think they should commission Moranis and Thomas to do a commentary track, in character, for the eventual Brother Bear DVD.

cic-019-04.jpg

Now, here is the Spoiler Warning point at which those of you who have not yet seen this movie may wish to get off and head to the next topic in this week’s column.

During Campbell’s hero’s journey, the hero gains something of value in the enchanted realm that proves to be of use in the journey’s later stages. In Brother Bear, that is Kenai’s realization of his capacity for love. I believe there is also a point in the hero’s journey that Campbell does not recognize, and which I call the Second Fall. At the outset of the hero’s journey the hero is in a low condition, or falls into one. This also seems to happen again at the beginning of the journey’s final phases. In Brother Bear, this Second Fall comes when Kenai makes a discovery that even those who insist on Spoiler Warnings should have seen coming: he learns that he himself was the killer of Koda’s mother.

Looking elsewhere in the world of cartoon art, this reminds me of Spider-Man’s discovery in his origin story that he could have stopped the Burglar before he killed his Uncle Ben. It is the shock of the realization of one’s own responsibility for the central crime of the story.

This revelation also furthers several of the themes of the film.

One is the theme of the necessity of looking at things from different points of view. Now Kenai ““ and the movie ““ revisits earlier scenes of the film from the mother bear’s point of view. By taking on the form of the mother bear, Kenai has now gained her perspective on events. Rather than viciously attacking Kenai and his brothers, she was merely defending her cub, whom they did not see. From this perspective, the human Kenai becomes the monster of the piece, killing Koda’s mother.

Second is the need for self-recognition. The human Kenai characteristically projected his own hatred and violent urges onto the figure of the bear, and by killing the bear, tried to expunge them from his world. But now Kenai is confronted with the fact that he is, in effect, the murderer of Koda’s mother, and cannot shift the responsibility onto anyone else and thereby rid himself of it. In fact, Kenai confesses his guilt to Koda, whereupon Koda understandably rejects him, completing Kenai’s Second Fall.

Third is the redefinition of the bear as Shadow figure. The mother bear did not truly embody violence and death, but other qualities that Kenai denied in himself even more strongly: moral maturity, a sense of responsibility, and, as the shaman told him at the outset, love.

Fourth, by becoming a bear, the Shadow figure, Kenai has been put in touch with the positive qualities in himself that the bear truly represented. The bear was Koda’s mother, and Kenai, in his growing love for Koda, has really become more than his figurative “brother.” Kenai has effectively become Koda’s foster parent.

Unexpectedly, Koda’s reconciliation with Kenai comes about because of the two moose, Rutt and Tuke. Up until this point of the movie, I had thought that Rutt and Tuke’s only purpose was that of highly effective comic relief. But this movie is about brothers: Kenai has human brothers as well as an adopted brother, Koda, and argues with all of them. Rutt and Tuke are likewise brothers, constantly squabbling, even at one point literally locking horns, or, more precisely, antlers. This is a parallel that hadn’t really registered to me until their final scene with Koda. Here the two moose hesitatingly acknowledge their fraternal love for each other, with Rutt, the smarter (or, more precisely, less stupid) of the two, speaking of his sense of responsibility for his brother. They then go off, happily bonded, having taught Koda a lesson by their example. Rutt and Tuke have not only served as comedic mirror images for the other brothers in the movie, but ended up proving to be mentor figures as well. Now that was a real surprise. But, now that I think about it, the idea of a seemingly foolish comedic character proving to be a mentor is not unprecedented: think of Yoda’s first scenes in The Empire Strikes Back.

Ultimately, by risking his own life to protect Koda from the vengeful Denahi, thereby demonstrating the degree to which love now rules his personality, Kenai wins his redemption for his past sins. The Northern Lights reappear, as does the spirit of Kenai’s brother, Simka, who can now take the form of his own totem, an eagle signifying wisdom and guidance. The Lights transform Kenai back into human form before the eyes of Denahi and Koda.

But Kenai, surprisingly, does not stay in human form. As I commented last week about the ending of Neverwhere, this may indicate that Campbell was not always right in outlining the final phase of the hero’s journey. According to Campbell, the hero ultimately returns to the normal, everyday world, often giving up things of value that he had gained in his adventure. (Hence, for example, in Indiana Jones and the Last Crusade, Indy must leave the Holy Grail behind and ride off into the sunset with his reunited community of father and friends.) The hero does not remain in the enchanted realm of his adventures.

Brother Bear has it both ways. The hero, Kenai, is transformed back into a human being, thereby leaving behind the enchanted world, in which he can understand the speech of animals, and returning to the human world. But it is made clear that in human form Kenai can no longer communicate with Koda. Feeling responsibility towards his orphaned “little brother,” Kenai chooses to become a bear once more. (To leave Koda behind would be to orphan him once more, thereby repeating his crime.)

At the film’s end Kenai does return to his tribe, receives the archetypal recognition of the hero, and is welcomed back with honor. But he remains a bear. He has transformed his community, which now welcomes bears rather than attacking them, and is in a sense still part of it. But Kenai can no longer speak with them, and, presumably, once the film is over, he and Koda will spend most of their time with Kenai’s new “tribe,” a blissfully happy community of bears depicted earlier, not with the tribe.

Perhaps by letting Kenai remain in the enchanted realm, and his enchanted identity, Brother Bear is acknowledging an odd aspect of past Disney animated features. Characters such as Pinocchio, the Beast, and the Little Mermaid are all transformed into humans at the end of their films, yet Disney nevertheless continues to picture them in the theme parks and merchandising and elsewhere in their untransformed state. It seems that this is how audiences prefer to remember them. And, indeed, at the opening weekend screening of Brother Bear that I attended in New York, at the film’s end, people dressed as Kenai ““ in bear form, not human ““ and Koda came out into the theater to greet and hug the children who were present.

cic-019-05.jpg

I was surprised that Brother Bear proves to be more openly religious than previous Disney films, in that it depicts the hereafter as a reality within the movie’s world. There is a precedent: Simba’s father appears as a ghost in The Lion King. However, Brother Bear dies much more with the concept. We are told at the outset of the film that the dead live on among the stars. Kenai’s eldest brother and the mother bear both return as spirits. The fact that the dead brother becomes an animal, too ““ an eagle ““ and that the mother bear too lives on as a spirit, links the hereafter to the “enchanted realm” of the animals in the film. The implication is that everyone, man and animal, will continue to exist in the hereafter, and thus life in an eternal enchanted realm awaits everyone. This also gives the story of Brother Bear a cosmic scale, setting the story of one boy, Kenai, against not simply a primeval wilderness, but the world of spirits, who exist among the stars.

I was pleased by Brother Bear‘s framing device: an old man, who at the film’s end is revealed to be Denahi, tells Kenai’s story to a younger generation. Fairy tales are usually set in a distant past, a convention adopted by Star Wars, which sets its futuristic stories “a long time ago in a galaxy far, far away.” In this case, the distant past is Denahi’s youth, and, in a nice touch, this is a time following the Ice Age, when woolly mammoths still existed; apparently, by Denahi’s old age, they became extinct. The framing device gives Kenai’s story even greater significance: now it is the tale of the hero’s journey from irresponsible kid to a figure who inspires myth and legend for subsequent generations ““ and, by extension, for the movie’s audience. As I only realized later, this was also a clever reworking of a standard framing device for Disney animated films: the opening of a storybook at the beginning, and its closing at the film’s end.

Speaking of enduring stories reminds me of ominous news. It is said that Brother Bear is the next to last hand-drawn animated film from Disney; there are supposed to be no more in the planning stages after Home on the Range opens next April. DreamWorks has no more hand-drawn animated films in the works at all. In recent years computer-animated films such as the Disney-Pixar films like Toy Story, Monsters, Inc. and Finding Nemo, and DreamWorks’ Shrek have been immensely profitable blockbusters, while most traditional hand-drawn animated features have been financial disappointments or failures. So, less than a decade after the triumphant commercial success of The Lion King, the powers that be have apparently decided that audiences now prefer the three-dimensional, more realistic look of computer animation, and the hand-drawn animated feature, with its more stylized look, is obsolete.

I still think and hope that the difference between the successful and unsuccessful animated features actually lies in the stories and in the inherent appeal of the characters to the prime audience, families with small children. The various attempts to do animated adventures to appeal to teenage audiences ““ Sinbad, Treasure Planet, Atlantis, The Road to El Dorado ““ flop, while the hand-drawn Lilo & Stitch, centering on a little girl and her rambunctious alien pet ““ is a big success. It also appears that Brother Bear, which centers on a surrogate parent-child relationship, is doing surprisingly well. Whether its success will change corporate attitudes towards hand-drawn animation, I have no idea.

It would be very strange if Brother Bear ends up being the next to last Disney hand-drawn animated film. To think that several generations who have grown up watching Disney animated features will witness the death of an artform. Did any of us, only a handful of years ago, ever think that would happen? Indeed, this is even happening within the long lifetimes of the last animators to work with Walt Disney himself.

This is strange, indeed.

-Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

November 7, 2003

Comics in Context #18: All About Doors and Walls

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 2:04 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

Just as Neil Gaiman turned up on more events and panels at this year’s San Diego Comic-Con than anyone else, so too his works keep showing up in this column. I make no apologies for this: he is incredibly prolific and is surely the most important creative figure in current comics. His output ranges into other media, as well, and in this column I will examine some of his ventures into television and books without comics.

As in my previous column, I can’t deal properly with the themes in these stories unless I talk about their endings, so those who insist on spoiler warnings are hereby put on alert.

NEVERWHERE

It seems odd but very welcome that A&E Home Video has released Neil Gaiman’s 1996 fantasy miniseries for the BBC, Neverwhere, on DVD in the United States. I’m used to associating A&E Home Video with series that I’ve actually seen on the A&E television network. But as far as I know, Neverwhere has never been shown on United States television. In his commentary on the DVDs, Gaiman even talks about the fuzziness of the duped videotapes of Neverwhere that get sold on eB3ay, and how he prefers that look to the crystal clarity of the original version.

Those of us who don’t deal in pirated videos have been waiting a long time to see this series. It was years ago that I bought Gaiman’s Neverwhere novel, which was written after the series was shot, on a trip I made to London before the American edition of the book came out.

It’s interesting that though the series itself is simply titled Neverwhere, A&E is selling the DVD set under the title Neil Gaiman’s Neverwhere. Gaiman may not be a household name, but this signals A&E’s awareness of Gaiman’s growing fame, in niche markets, true, but big ones. The set includes a BBC interview with Gaiman about the series and a new commentary track, recorded by Gaiman earlier this year. The track is low on thematic analysis but full of anecdotes about the filming of the series, wittily and pleasantly recounted by Gaiman. More DVD commentary tracks should be this enjoyably comfortable to sit back and listen to.

By coincidence, on the same day I was watching some of the Neverwhere episodes, I also saw Peter Bogdanovich’s 1972 film comedy What’s Up, Doc? on television. This movie, inspired by Howard Hawks’ 1932 screwball comedy Bringing Up Baby, borrows from the earlier film the premise of a male protagonist with unrealized inner potential, who is stuck leading a humdrum life and is engaged to marry the wrong woman, a conventional sort who is (in Hawks) disapproving, or (in Bogdanovich) a nag. In the course of each film, the male protagonist is drawn by an alluring and decidedly unconventional woman into a series of misadventures, during which he shakes off his emotional repressions, proves capable in coping with danger, realizes that his new female guide through this seeming chaos is his proper mate, and parts with his original fianc¿e. It was a surprise to realize that Neverwhere shares this same starting point for its protagonist and follows a similar pattern, but in terms of fantasy adventure, not screwball comedy. Still, perhaps the resemblance between Neverwhere‘s basic plot and comedy is significant. Though death, madness and pain are all involved, Neverwhere is a considerably more optimistic work than much of Endless Nights. In his commentary, Gaiman repeatedly likens Neverwhere to Doctor Who. That seems right, and not just because both are British fantasies done for television on low budgets: Neverwhere is more sophisticated than Doctor Who, but it’s basically an intelligent light entertainment.

cic-018-01.jpgThe title Neverwhere evokes the name of the enchanted realm of another British fantasy writer, Sir James Barrie’s Neverland, and Neverwhere‘s hero, Richard Mayhew, is something of an adult Lost Boy.

Neverwhere‘s protagonist, Richard Mayhew, has what appears to be the kind of dull office job that creative types abhor, and is engaged to Jessica, a woman who is indeed so wrong that it’s hard to see how they got to the point of planning to marry: she’s controlling, pompous, and utterly contemptuous of the poor and homeless. Hence, when Richard and Jessica come across what appears to be a wounded homeless woman lying on a London sidewalk, Jessica wants to abandon the unfortunate woman, while the kindhearted Richard insists on helping her. It turns out that the wounded woman is Door, a denizen of London Below, a realm whose existence is unsuspected by ordinary Londoners. She has the power to create and open doorways where none existed, and she ends up figuratively serving as Richard’s “door” from his everyday reality into hers.

In Joseph Campbell’s outline of the pattern of all stories of heroes’ journeys, the hero crosses from the world of his normal existence across a threshold into a literally or figuratively enchanted world, wherein his quest takes place. Door’s very name signifies her role as an opener of thresholds, and London Below is a literally enchanted realm, where magic does indeed exist.

Further, London Below is an example of specific kind of enchanted world, which I will dub the Secret World, a realm that exists near us, even around us, but whose existence is unsuspected by the vast majority of people. The Secret World concept can be found in The X-Files, Buffy the Vampire Slayer, Dark Shadows, and Marvel’s Doctor Strange: in each case the heroes combat paranormal menaces to defend people ““ individuals, a family, a town, or even the world ““ from threats in or near the world in which they live, but of which most people remain ignorant.

London Below also strikes me as being like an urban, distinctly less beautiful version of the greenwood of Shakespeare’s plays. Here identities may shift, and transformations may occur. It is often a more primitive world, reminiscent of the past, where good and evil are more clearly defined, and where magic and other paranormal forces manifest themselves. L. Frank Baum’s Oz is just such a place, and Neverwhere explicitly alludes to The Wizard of Oz twice.

As the series points out, despite its name, London Below also encompasses rooftops, deserted buildings, even a retired battleship, and is “everywhere.” Nonetheless, as its very name signifies, London Below is primarily an underworld. In fact, much of the story takes place in London’s underground rail system, which Americans would call the subway, but which the British call the tube or, more properly, the London Underground. Hence Richard’s quest in Neverwhere entails a descent into the underworld and confrontations with figures of death (the deadly and amusing assassins Messrs. Croup and Vandermar, who to my mind steal the show, and the dreaded Beast of London, which, as Gaiman complains, was supposed to be played by a wild boar but ended up being incarnated by a rather inoffensive-looking bull).

This underworld even comes complete with a presiding angel in exile. I must say, though, that despite the neat effect of light reflecting from the angel’s costume, I find the angel to be a disappointment. Too often angels in fiction, as here, just seem to be humans with magic abilities. Surely angels, if they exist, are beings of a higher order than humanity, with minds and modes of thinking very different than ours.

London Below includes what is explicitly called a labyrinth, a literal means of picturing the seemingly chaotic twists and turns that a heroic quest may take. (Note that the cover of 1602 #2 likewise pictures a labyrinth. Since mythology’s most famous labyrinth housed the half-man, half-bull Minotaur, perhaps the Beast was well cast, after all.)

I did not spot any allusions to Lewis Carroll in Neverwhere, but, of course, Wonderland is also an underworld, and the looking glass serves as a “door” to another world. Just as Carroll used playing cards and chess pieces as inspirations for characters, so too Gaiman based characters in Neverwhere on a familiar set of preexisting names. Gaiman uses the amusing device of asserting that the colorful names of London Underground stations actually bear significance that is unknown to, or forgotten by, the upper world. Hence, there actually is an Earl and his court associated with the Earl’s Court station, and there are African-British friars based at the station named Blackfriars. (Neverwhere informs us that other cities, including New York, have their own underground communities, although few of the names of New York’s subway stations could spark such imaginative creations.)

I very much like one twist that Gaiman gives the motif of crossing the threshold into the enchanted world. In Neverwhere it seems that at least some of the homeless people on the streets of London are actually members of the London Below community. It is not simply insensitivity that keeps more prosperous Londoners from paying attention to these people, but some form of magic. Richard’s interest in helping the wounded Door apparently signifies that he belongs more to her world than his own. After his initial venture into London Below, Richard returns to the everyday world only to discover that the spell now affects him: people don’t remember or recognize him, or in most cases, even notice him. Having crossed the threshold without completing the quest (aiding Door in avenging her family’s death), Richard cannot now return to his normal life. He therefore returns to London Below and engages in the series of adventures in which his innate heroism emerges and is proven. Only then can he return to London Above and be recognized as a member of its community.

The principal pleasures of watching Neverwhere lie in watching Gaiman, the director, actors, designers and the rest create this other world before our eyes, with its colorful characters and its new perspective on London settings. In terms of creating the proverbial sense of wonder, it’s a success.

My problem with it is that the hero, Richard Mayhew, doesn’t match the grandeur of the concept. He just doesn’t strike me as the potential hero capable of performing the feats assigned to him. To me he never believably rises far above the character at the beginning, who, as noted, could just as easily have been the lead in a comedy. Perhaps the large role plated by Richard’s ally, the Marquis de Calabas, a more credibly capable and commanding figure, inadvertently attests to Richard’s drawbacks as the story’s protagonist. Why is Richard the one able to survive the Blackfriars’ ordeal, and to slay the dreaded moocow ““ I mean, the Beast ““ when so many before him have failed? The story requires that Richard’s adventures bring out his untapped potential, but never see what is so special about him. Moreover, Gaiman’s commentary insists that the continuing allure that London Below has for Richard is not because of the adorable Door. Still, their final scene together made me think that there should have been a romance between them: something felt missing from the story, and that was it.

I have another problem with Neverwhere, as well. According to Joseph Campbell’s heroic monomyth, the hero ultimately returns from the enchanted realm to the normal world from which he came, having gained something valuable from his experience. But perhaps Campbell is wrong, and this does not always happen. Luke Skywalker does not return to live on Tatooine at the end of Star Wars, or of the entire trilogy. In an interview on Turner Classic Movies about The Wizard of Oz, director John Waters disagreed with the ending: why would anyone prefer Kansas to Oz? And indeed, in a later Oz book, creator L. Frank Baum moved Dorothy and her uncle and aunt to Oz permanently. Why return to the place one had to escape from to find one’s true self? There is the saying that one can’t go home again: sometimes the hero should remain in the world wherein he fulfilled his true potential.

So, in the last episode of Neverwhere, Richard returns to London Above. Having completed his quest, Richard is once again recognized by friends and coworkers, and is better off than he was when he started. And yet he is dissatisfied, wants to return to London Below, and in the series’ final moments, succeeds in doing so. The series’ ending thus becomes another “here we go again” moment, as at the end of The Wolves in the Walls.

I see what Gaiman is trying to do with this ending, but it doesn’t work for me. What is really so appealing about London Below? It’s a world of adventure, certainly, where Richard has the opportunity to act heroically, unlike the workaday world. But is it a place to relax, to enjoy life, to meet people who don’t carry weapons, to create art? Even freed of three humanoid embodiments of evil and the Beast, it is a nasty, dismal place with plenty of other dangerous denizens. When, on leaving the darkness of London Below after the villains’ defeat, Richard reemerged into Trafalgar Square, filled, uncharacteristically, I admit, with light, I recalled my own happy memories associated with the place on my London trips. Gosh, what’s so wrong with this? The man who is tired of London Above is tired of life, to amend Dr. Johnson.

Maybe if there was ever a television sequel to Neverwhere or a movie version, I could get to see Gaiman’s rendition of my own favorite name of a London Underground station: Elephant and Castle. I can see why they didn’t have the budget to do this in the TV series (They couldn’t even get a proper Beast, after all). I wonder if the inhabitant of Elephant and Castle would end up looking like the title character in Barry Windsor-Smith’s classic visualization of the Conan story The Tower of the Elephant, eh? (Or maybe what we should see is an adaptation of Neverwhere or sequel done in comics form.)

THE WOLVES IN THE WALLS

Next up in this all-Gaiman column comes the The Wolves in the Walls, a delightfully inventive, literate and amusing book written by Neil Gaiman, illustrated by Dave McKean, and published by HarperCollins. This is different from the projects I’ve critiqued above: this is intended as a children’s book. And yet, it’s not all that different, since characteristic Neil Gaiman themes turn up here as well.

That solves the problem of how I, an adult without children of my own, can review a children’s book. I can’t really regain a child’s perspective. I do recall that images can have more power for children than for adults, who have grown more jaded, or more accustomed to dealing with the unpleasant. Hence I suspect that children may find Dave McKean’s human figures, looking like sculpted dolls, eerie and disturbing.

But I can describe how I think the book works thematically.

One of its themes, and a highly appropriate one for a children’s book, is that of a new generation asserting itself. It is the young heroine, Lucy, who hears the sounds coming from the walls, and realizes that there are wolves within. Wolves don’t have a good reputation in fairy tales and hence are good representatives of the dark, threatening Shadow forces.

Lucy knows something that her elders ““ her parents ““ refuse to acknowledge. Both her mother and father (a) deny that there are wolves in the walls, and (B) claim that if the wolves come out of the walls, “it’s all over.” This is, of course, a contradiction that the parents won’t admit to: they deny that the wolves exist,. but are frightened of them nonetheless. The parents are simultaneously in denial and repressing fear. And that fear may be irrational. Lucy wants to know what “it” is, but her parents will not explain. (“It” could symbolize any bad thing that parents will not tell a child about, even if the child senses that “it” exists.) The parents do not question the idea that if the wolves emerge from the walls, “it’s all over,” although Lucy, the member of a new generation, does.

Then again, not everyone in the new generation can see through the elders’ denials and fears. Lucy’s brother says his teacher also says “it’s all over” if the wolves emerge, and the brother does not question this. He just goes along with his elders’ conventional wisdom. The parents and brother all busily try to rationalize the sounds away: it’s mice, or rats, or bats, anything small and easily dealt with.

cic-018-02.jpg

The wolves finally emerge from the walls when Lucy is asleep. This may suggest that they also represent unruly forces in the subconscious, the Id. That would suggest that the “it” that the parents fear may be a side of Lucy they do not comprehend: her growing independence, perhaps.

With the wolves loose, the other family members panic and flee from the house. Note that Lucy does not flee herself: she is carried off by her frightened father, and McKean portrays her looking and pointing back.

Willing to give in to their fears, the other family members want to move far away. Lucy, on the other hand, wants to recover her beloved pig puppet that was left behind. Is the puppet like a child to which she feels responsibility? Or perhaps like a vulnerable part of herself? That would cast Lucy in the role of a parent, while her actual parents are behaving childishly. By being separated from her home and the pig puppet, Lucy has been rendered incomplete.

In order to rescue the puppet, Lucy enters the wall of her bedroom, where the wolves once lurked. So she is taking over their role, becoming a Shadow figure herself in her subconscious (as represented by the bedroom, the place of dreaming), taking on aspects of the Shadow in order to defeat the greater Shadow.

From the walls she sees a wolf sleeping on her bed, and even wearing her socks. Not only has the wolf usurped her rightful position (and even her bed and clothes), but this suggests that the wolf may indeed represent some aspect of herself.

Lucy rescues and hugs the puppet. Returning to her family, she goes to sleep, cradling the puppet. If the puppet represents a benign aspect of herself, then she is again complete, and can now take action against the Shadow once she awakes, in a sense reborn.

Whereas the other members of her family have given up and plan to live somewhere else, it is Lucy who declares that they should reclaim their house. She has the vitality and drive the older generation (and their follower, her brother) lack. She persuades them to follow her example and enter the walls of the house.

From there Lucy and her family watch the wolves, these terrible Shadow figures, engaged in their dreadful evil: “The wolves were giving a party.” (This is why I instructed you to remember that the intruding revelers in the “Desire” story in Endless Nights, who were also defeated by a plucky female, were likened to wolves.) We are told that some of the wolves had donned the family’s “nicest clothes”; again, this not only designates the wolves as usurpers of the family’s roles, but suggests that they embody the family’s id, not just Lucy’s.

Now, the wolves’ rampage in The Wolves in the Walls is pretty silly compared to the actions of the wolfish strangers in the “Desire” story. One might have expected that, even in a children’s book, wolves, known for swallowing and impersonating grandmothers in one famous fairy tale, would perpetrate something worse than “singing and dancing and telling jokes.” You mean, like a raucous party of adults in a child’s home? One wolf is playing with Lucy’s brother’s videogames. Another wolf is playing her father’s tuba. Again, perhaps the wolves represent the family themselves, taken to excess. These wolves are lords of misrule.

Gaiman and McKean even give us the image of wolves with their mouths smeared with red. It looks like blood, but it turns out to be Lucy’s homemade jam.

I suspect that Gaiman and McKean are making the wolves look silly and funny, specifically in order to undercut their ability to terrify. By treating them humorously, Gaiman and McKean reduce the wolves, initially presented as unspeakably fearsome, to something that the readers and Lucy can feel superior to.

Lucy is the first to rebel against the wolves, picking up a chair leg as a weapon. The other three family members speak the same words of exasperation with the wolves, in unison, following her lead.

The family have taken over the role the wolves once had: they have become the wolves’ Shadow. When the family burst out of the walls, the wolves echo the parents’ and brother’s earlier behavior. The wolves cry out that “It’s all over,” panic and flee the house. The family, for their part, seem to be imitating the wolves: “whooping and singing people songs,” and perhaps acting livelier than they once did. The wolves are scapegoats, permanently expelled from the house: they intend to flee to far off places, as Lucy’s family once did, but the wolves have no Lucy to urge them to stay. If the wolves represented disturbing forces in the family’s subconscious, then those forces have been dealt with permanently.

But I wonder if the story works entirely as Gaiman and McKean presumably intended. McKean makes the wolves look rather funny and appealing. The wolves may have made a mess of the house, but they seemed livelier and a lot more fun than Lucy’s family did. Isn’t fun preferable to stodginess?

The book’s ending likewise may be more ambiguous than its creators may have intended. Like Neverwhere, it ends on a note of “here we go again.” Now Lucy hears elephants in the walls. What are we to make of this? Joseph Campbell contended that one must go on figurative quests all one’s life, continually remaking oneself, lest one become stagnant. So moving from coping with wolves to coping with elephants is rising to the next phase in one’s development. The ending might also suggest that Lucy is trapped in an ironic cycle, and that she will never reach a point of lasting success and peace. But perhaps Gaiman intends this to be a positive cycle: the fun is about to start again, since by now the readers surely have no doubt that Lucy will triumph once more. So the end is the equivalent of getting back onto the roller coaster again for another fun ride.

1602 #3

cic-018-03.jpg

Finally, I’m continuing to keep up with Gaiman’s ongoing Marvel limited series, 1602, having now read the third issue. I am pleased to see that I was right on target about Magneto, and not pleased to see I was equally right about Gaiman’s conception of Nick Fury, who in issue 3 considers torture as a viable option.

One of our readers has suggested that Virginia Dare is Snowbird. That would certainly account for her blonde-white hair and ability to turn into white animals. But Snowbird, whom John Byrne created for the Canadian superhero team Alpha Flight, is the daughter of an Eskimo goddess and can only transform herself into animals native to Canada. What would she be doing as far south as Virginia? We are told that Virginia Dare can turn into a horse, but horses are not native to Canada. Moreover, every other recognizable classic Marvel character in this series so far is someone who appeared in the 1960s, and was written by Stan Lee. Why would Snowbird be the only exception to the rule?

Meanwhile, there are plenty of small pleasures to be taken in the third issue. There is the scene between the Grand Inquisitor and Brother Tomas, in which the two men threaten one another in quiet, understated, and at first indirect ways, so different from the usual banal ranting of comic book villains. There’s the delightful moment in which the Black Widow is charmed that Matt Murdock thinks her the most dangerous woman alive. Gaiman finds refreshingly different ways for familiar characters to express themselves, as in the Watcher’s opening speech, or Angel’s simple declaration that Javier’s/Xavier’s refuge enables him simply to be himself. I especially like the scene of Javier in prayer. It contrasts him with the hypocritical Grand Inquisitor, but also provides insight into Xavier’s overall role in the X-Men. Even in “normal” continuity, Xavier’s vision makes him a prophet and a preacher who has gathered around him a flock of believers, seeking to bring about a better world. Xavier is a secular saint for the cause of mutant rights.

One might think that in the course of these two long column that I’ve covered all the Neil Gaiman projects that came out recently. But there are, of course, more issues of 1602 to come. And he’s got a story in Art Spiegelman and Francoise Mouly’s new Little Lit anthology too, itself the subject of a future column. Gaiman writes about the Master of Dreams and yet the man clearly never sleeps.

Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

October 31, 2003

Comics in Context #17: Dream Analysis

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 1:44 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

The new book Endless Nights is not a sequel to Bruce Brown’s classic documentary The Endless Summer, in which Morpheus, lord of dreams, leads his siblings through the Dreaming in a quest to find the perfect wave. No, it is actually DC/Vertigo’s new collection of stories written by Neil Gaiman about Morpheus, the title character of his renowned comics series, sandman, and his six brothers and sisters, who comprise the Endless. Each of them embodies an aspect of existence: Morpheus is Dream, and his siblings are Death, Desire, Despair, Delirium (formerly known as Delight), Destruction and Destiny. Writing of Destiny in the collection’s final story, Gaiman says, “You will spend time in the realm of each of his siblings – you will dream, despair, desire, destroy, delight and otherwise, and, eventually, die. . . .”

In his introduction Gaiman states that “the Endless are not gods, for when people cease to believe in gods, they” – the gods – “cease to exist, But as long as there are people to live and dream and destroy, to desire, to despair, to delight or go mad, to live lives and affect each other, then the Endless will be there, performing their functions. They do not care a jot whether or not you believe in them.”

Well, first, as the “Dream” story in Endless Nights demonstrates, the Endless existed before there were human beings on Earth; presumably Destiny has existed since the beginning of the cosmos. When and if human beings become extinct, as long as there are other sentient beings in the cosmos, the Endless would all go on.

As for whether or not they are gods, this seems a matter of semantics. Theologians would say that God existed before humans or the universe and depends on neither for His existence. Gaiman prefers not to call his Endless gods, but by most people’s definitions, they are.

cic-017-01.jpgGaiman is also careful to have it pointed out in the “Dream” story that Death of the Endless is not “the goddess of death” or the “incarnation” of Death, but Death itself/herself; similarly, Morpheus, the Sandman, is not “the king of dreams” but is Dream itself. The Endless are the concepts their names signify: what over in the Marvel Universe have been called conceptual beings.

I find myself confused by some of the implications of this idea. The initial issue of Sandman established that Morpheus was held prisoner by a human sorcerer for many decades; as a result, numerous people around the world suffered severe sleep disorders. But people did not cease to dream over that long period. Similarly, as Gaiman reminds us in his introduction, Destruction “walked away from his family over four hundred years ago,” abandoning his post within the Endless. And yet destruction continues on Earth; indeed, the “Dream” story in this collection states that without the ongoing destruction in the hearts of stars – fusion reactions, in scientific terms – the stars would go out.

Nonetheless, Gaiman has crafted fascinating, sophisticated stories around these seven siblings in his Sandman series, creating a rich mythology through which to address contemporary readers and their concerns. Most of the tales in this new collection center on a perennial theme of myth: the relationship between the gods (even if Gaiman does not call them that) and the forces they personify and humankind.

Those who value spoiler warnings, beware. In discussing the themes of the Gaiman stories in this column, I am going to be giving away many of the endings. If you haven’t read the stories first, you may wish to do so before reading further in this column.

DEATH

cic-017-02.jpgIn certain cases Gaiman’s Endless fit one’s expectations: Despair is in despair, Desire does embody amoral desire, and Destiny (the sole member of the Endless he did not create, who was a preexisting DC character) is a variant on the familiar figure of Father Time. In other cases Gaiman seems to intended to turn the readers’ expectations upside down. Thus, Destruction proves to be quite an amiable figure, even before he gave up his post. Gaiman’s Death is far from the hooded, skeletal figure with the scythe, or even the archetypal femme fatale. She is, or can be, friendly, sweet, empathetic, even joyful. She can be the spritely figure portrayed on the cover of Jill Thompson’s recent Death: At Death’s Door for Vertigo.

This version of Death certainly provides a pleasant wish fulfillment fantasy for us mortals. Meeting her would be not terrifying, but pleasant. Certainly she fits the idea of death as a peaceful release from suffering, or perhaps even of death as a helpful guide to the hereafter, a latter day version of the Greeks’ Hermes or Dante’s Beatrice. I can think of more recent pop culture versions of death as a benign, or at least courteous figure: a Twilight Zone episode in which Death comes to an old woman in the form of a handsome, kind young man (played by Robert Redford), or the politely bureaucratic Mr. Best on Dark Shadows. (Gaiman says in his introduction that his Death “loves you,” and, indeed, the Death in these two shows loved the victims they came for, too.)

But dying can also be painful, excruciating and horrific. In his introduction Gaiman says the “Death” story came about when he found himself alone in Venice the week after September 11, 2001, “pondering the nature of time and death.” (This was the same trip on which Gaiman came up with the idea for his 1602 series for Marvel, so as that series progresses, perhaps we should be on the lookout for any parallels.) One would not find anything comforting about the manner of the deaths at Ground Zero on that day.

I wonder if contemplating September 11 led Gaiman not to a reconsideration of his death character, but to an emphasis of aspects of her that readers may underestimate.

The first story in this collection, concerning Death, is titled “Death and Venice,” its framing sequence is set in contemporary Venice, and, so, appropriately, it is drawn by Craig Russell, an apt choice for depicting the city’s legendary beauty. The title alludes to Death in Venice, a novella by Thomas Mann, adapted into an opera by Benjamin Britten and a film by Luchino Visconti. Like Gaiman’s tale here, the Mann story, in all its forms, is likewise a parable about pathetic efforts to maintain youth and sexual obsession, both of which end in self-destruction.

The story opens on a beautifully sunlit, colorful island off Venice proper, which, as we learn, is inhabited by a Count and his guests who exist in a kind of variant of the situation in the movie Groundhog Day. The Count is an alchemist, who, on the day before the Inquisition (a 1602 parallel!) was to bring about his arrest, cast a spell that ensured that tomorrow would never come. The Count and his guests live the same “perfect day” over and over, pursuing pleasure in different forms. We are also informed that the Count has forbidden the color black – associated with Death – to be used on his island. (Luckily he is not holding parties in contemporary Manhattan.)

While centuries have passed in the cosmos outside their little loop in time, it appears that the Count and his guests have gone to decadent lengths to find new thrills. They can and do subject themselves to physical suffering, and the Count even dies (crushed beneath an elephant!), knowing they will be back, good as new, when the same “perfect day” begins anew. This seems to be the Count’s perverse secular version of an earthly paradise, or of heaven itself. The torture and suffering, however temporary, imply that the Count and his guests have a literal death wish, a longing for what they consciously deny. And into their 18th century Garden of Eden must inevitably come the serpent bringing forbidden knowledge to wreck it all.

In sharp contrast to the Count’s sunlit Eden is the contemporary Venice wherein we find our protagonist, Sergei, who, like Gaiman himself, finds himself alone in the city on a trip. This Venice is dark, shadowed, gloomy, colored in grays even in seemingly sunlit areas. The count’s fantasy world is brilliantly lighted; reality is grim and dark. Sergei’s opening narration speaks of the age of the city and of the sound of church bells “striking the hour”: this is where time rules and progresses. “Times change,” Sergei will comment later, with seeming offhandedness. In the Count’s world time does not progress, and change is supplanted by stagnation.

Then Sergei sees a paper puppet of a rabbit floating in the air, although the expression on its face makes it look as if it is frightened of falling. The rabbit is mostly brown, but I suspect that it would be appropriate here to think of a White Rabbit and his role as herald to descents into enchanted underworlds.

A peddler is trying to sell the puppet to a naive tourist, but Sergei points out that the rabbit’s seeming ability to defy gravity (and defying falling to his death?) is merely a trick. “It’s just an illusion,” Sergei says, signaling his function in the story as a destroyer of illusions.

Sergei recalls how, as a child visiting an island off Venice, he encountered Death waiting outside a gate. He did not know who she was, though I note that it is from her that we readers first learn Sergei’s name, as if by naming him she gives him his role in life. She’s friendly as usual in Gaiman’s stories, but not in the jolly holiday mood in which we first met her in Sandman, quoting from Mary Poppins. Here she is simply calm and patient, waiting for her time to strike at the people on the other side of the gate. Sergei tries to open it and fails.

Back in the present, Sergei sets out in a boat for the island of his childhood. He comments on “the damage the rising water levels is [sic] doing to the city”: in this real world, Venice is sinking, inevitably dying beneath the water. “History, I thought, accretes in Venice like silt in a canal.” This is the world where time rules, and time brings decay and death.

It turns out that Sergei is a soldier, whose relationships with human women have never worked out because he cannot forget his longing for “the woman on the island.” He has a sexual obsession with an unattainable person just as Mann’s von Aschenbach did. He sees his career as that of a professional killer. I suppose one might say he kills people as sacrifices to Death.

But I wonder if here, as in other stories in this collection, Gaiman is suggesting that for a human to meet one of the Endless is to take on the aspect of that member of the Endless to some degree. Hence, Sergei, having met and fallen in love with Death, devotes himself to meting out death.

I also wonder – and here is a disturbing thought for Vertigo readers – if Gaiman is also making a comment about fans’ own love of the Death character. Perhaps they don’t entirely realize what she’s about beneath the outward cuteness.

The adult Sergei arrives at the island and meets Death again: she has a different hairstyle and different clothes, but is otherwise unchanged. (So, she herself is beyond change, but effects change in others.) Sergei recalls trying to open the gate, and she asks, “Would you like to try again?” and I wonder if she has been subtly manipulating him all along. (As I said, she’s not just cute.)

As an innocent boy Sergei could not kick the gate down, but now, as a mature adult with a history of killing, he can. He tells us that he is kicking out at his life: is he self-destructive? He says he is kicking at death and time: this is much like the Count figuratively does, and neither one of them realizes that he is serving Death, not mastering it/her. And Sergei says he is kicking out at lies, and himself evokes the image of the paper rabbit puppet, who represents illusion and, as we shall see, the idea of physical immortality, which is itself an illusion. As noted, Sergei is a destroyer of illusion, though he seems in the grip of illusion himself.

Death and Sergei find themselves within the Count’s time bubble. So here is a beautiful woman who draws a male protagonist into an enchanted realm, something you all should remember when I get to Neverwhere, in next week’s column. They enter his party, masked and garbed in black. Note that Sergei, wearing Death’s color, thereby further links himself to her. Masked revelers are associated with Venice’s famous Carnivale, which, of course, occurs just before the onset of Lent, a liturgical season that climaxes with Good Friday, a day memorializing death. This sequence of Gaiman’s story also puts me in mind of Edgar Allan Poe’s The Masque of the Red Death, and of the Phantom of the Opera’s entrance into the Opera Ball in that same guise. Why Death wears a cat mask may just be Gaiman or Russell’s whim, but maybe there’s more to it than that. The association of cats and death in ancient Egypt, or of black cats and misfortune? (Don’t let Death cross your path?) Is there some archetype here connected with Batman’s Catwoman, as well?

Death passes through the party, singling out different guests, and naming the means by which they were destined to die. Russell depicts these various deaths, all horrific, and colored in blood red. Significantly, by naming the guests’ modes of death, Death actually kills them.

The Count learns of Death’s progress through his palace, but, oddly, he does not think of the uninvited guest as Death but as “Time, foul Time, who steals the gold from a maiden’s hair. . . .” This is an image of time reminiscent of Shakespeare’s. Perhaps Gaiman means us to see Time as an aspect of Death. (So maybe she should have an hourglass figure. Sorry.) Destiny would also represent Time, so presumably Death is Time in its aspect of inevitable decay, deterioration and destruction. (And so Death and Destruction must be linked as well.)

Oddly, when the Count finally confronts Death and Sergei, he thinks that Sergei is the menace and that he is Time. Is this simply sexism on the Count’s part, or evidence of the degree to which Sergei has taken on the aspect of Death along with her fashion sense? Or is it meant to signify the Count’s denial of Death’s subconscious allure for him? The Count extends his sword toward Sergei, as if he could overcome Death through a display of phallic symbols. In way over his head, Sergei does not understand what is happening.

Again, Death brings about the Count’s fate first by naming it. In his case, she names two aspects of death. One is an evocation of nonexistence: “You simply vanish.” The other is a particularly grotesque physical fate: his mutilated body will be found, missing its face (thereby its individuality), hands and feet. The Count will have thus been partially dismembered (and does this make anyone else recall Orpheus’s role in the Sandman mythos?). Death unmasks, consciously exerting her appeal (she stares at her victim as if to mesmerize him), and the Count falls in love with her: he says “I missed you,” confirming he had a semi-conscious death wish. Finally, as she takes his hand, Death calls him by his first name, Alain, the first time we learn the name in the story. And when she names him, his life is at an end.

Sergei wakes up: as in storytelling tradition, the journey to the enchanted world is likened to a dream. A stranger helps Sergei walk, “as if he is leading a very old man,” as if this weakness is the legacy of Sergei’s recent encounter with the figure of Death and All-Consuming Time.

Sergei returns to Venice, which is still dark and gray. He looks upon St. Mark’s Cathedral, captured by Russell in all its glory, but to him the city looks “thin and unreal.” Is that because he is dimly aware that it is transient, and will one day cease to be? Or is he developing a feeling that even great art matters little in the face of inevitable death?

The words and pictures of the story’s final page explicitly compare the people of the city to the paper puppets. “They believe they are dancing to the music of their lives. . .But, I think, like the puppets, each of us is pulled upon invisible strings, until the night comes, and we are out away.”

This is a very dark vision of existence, indeed. I have two academic heroes in outlining the workings of fantasy-adventure: the late Joseph Campbell and Northrop Frye. In Campbell’s monomyth, the adventurer returns from the enchanted world with a prize with which he can redeem the community. Sergei has returned with this new, bleak vision of reality; he will wreak death himself, and he views the community of people in Venice as doomed. No one is redeemed. Frye wrote about the storytelling mode that he called irony, in which individuals are powerless to alter their fates and are ground down by more powerful forces. In Sergei’s vision of reality, people are no more than puppets on strings, and their free will and positive outlooks (“dancing to the music of their lives”) are no more than illusions, which Sergei, as noted, tends to expose

The final image is very explicit, indeed, as the rabbit puppet is swept into the canal as trash, and sinks beneath the water, as Sergei tells us that “the darkness of the city closes over me like canal water or the grave.”

This is not the first story in the Sandman canon to deal with a human who found immortality. There is Morpheus’s human friend Hob, who, it is true, sought to avoid dying, but did not try to cheat death as the Count did; Death freely granted him immortality. Despite the ups and downs of his life over the centuries, Hob turned out well.

So, do the stories with Hob indicate that Gaiman is not saying that immortality is necessarily a bad thing? Or does “Death and Venice” represent a sharp change in his thinking?

“Death and Venice” does set a very dark tone for this book. The world of comic books is traditionally associated with happy endings, celebrations of heroism, and wish-fulfillment fantasies. It shows how much the world of American comics has changed that Gaiman’s work is so popular, when beneath his wit and creative imagination lie such a bleak and ironic vision.

DESIRE

cic-017-03.jpg

The second story, “What I’ve Tasted of Desire,” illustrated by the Italian artist Milo Manara, is quite strange. Set in what appears to be the Dark Ages, it concerns a woman, Kara, who is powerfully drawn to a young warrior. Note how Kara evades saying she loves this man. For example, she says, “I couldn’t tell you when I fell in love with him,” which is not to say that she actually ever did. Apart from his looks and prowess in battle, this youth seems to have nothing to recommend him. She twice refers to him as “cocksure,” a word with pretty blatant implications, and as “wolfish,” not a complimentary term (and you should keep this “wolfish” man in mind when I discuss other Gaimanian wolves next week). He is a promiscuous womanizer, and hence presumably a follower of amoral Desire himself. Here’s a big danger sign: Kara speaks well of how her mother was abducted by raiders when she was fifteen, as if rape is a good thing.

According to the Campbell monomyth, the protagonist often receives good advice from a mentor: nowadays Obi-Wan Kenobi is the example of choice for mentor figures. I think there are also Dark Mentor figures, who give advice that sends the protagonist in the wrong direction. Kara consults just such a Dark Mentor, a witch who sends her to Desire of the Endless. “Wait until you feel your heart being tugged with a longing that has nothing to do with your young man,” the witch tells her. What, nothing?

So, it would seem that desire has nothing to do with the individuality of the desired person, though love, presumably, would. Desire him/herself acts as a mentor figure, both light and dark: desire helps Kara along in the wrong direction, but does provide some good counsel. Desire warns Kara that “getting what you want and being happy are two quite different things.” Kara says she knows that and ignores the implications of the warning.

Once again, a human’s meeting with a member of the Endless leads to the human’s sharing in the concept that member embodies. I wonder if Kara’s adoption of male guise to seek out her intended is meant to allude to Desire’s own androgynous appearance.

Kara proceeds to follow an early medieval version of The Rules, playing hard to get to fire the warrior’s interest in her. Finally, in yet another ominous sign, she accepts his proposal of marriage when he presents her with an ornament he took from “the man who killed my father,” and whom, presumably he killed in turn.

After their marriage, the husband leaves for a meeting of chiefs, and the narration makes further references to wolves. Then strangers arrive, seeking hospitality, and prove to be the enemy. They display the severed head of Kara’s husband, and yet she does not react whatsoever. Instead she flirts with these intruders, makes comments on their knives (yes, yet another story with Freudian imagery), and manipulates them into competing with each other for her favors by wrestling. As I said, she has herself taken on the aspect of Desire: “At that moment I could play their desire like a harp,” she says, and she even literally plays a harp. The revelers exhaust themselves fighting among themselves, and when the men of the village return, they “slaughtered them like wolves.” It’s as if in the Odyssey, Penelope had brought about the slaughter of the unwanted suitors herself.

The intruders had lusted for her, but so had her husband, who was also a killer who was compared to a wolf. Were the intruders really that much different from him? (More reveling wolves await in the next column, I assure you.)

The intruders had pursued desire, and they ended up dead. With her husband dead, Kara no longer had her foremost object of desire, and her life is left empty. The path to fulfilling pure desire proved to be a dead end, figuratively or literally.

Gaiman’s Endless embody seven different aspects of existence. It’s interesting that one of the Endless is Desire, but there is no member of the Endless called Love. Similarly, the Endless has Despair but not Hope, Destruction but not Creation, and Death but not Life. It’s not simply that these excluded concepts don’t start with a “D”: even the names of the Endless suggest a dark vision of existence.

DREAM

“The Heart of a Star,” illustrated by Spain’s Miguelanxo Prado, is the only story in the collection to feature Morpheus, the title character of Gaiman’s Sandman series. (And how appropriate that a Spanish artist has the same name as the country’s leading art museum.) As Gaiman states, it is the earliest Sandman story he has yet written, set billions of years ago, before life first appeared on Earth. The Endless all exist, however, and, presumably because at least one humanoid race has arisen in the cosmos, appear in human-like form.

This is a story sure to be dear to the hearts of comics aficionados who take pleasure in the scope and history of comics’ fictional universes. Just as 1602 demonstrates Gaiman’s fondness for classic Marvel super heroes, this story pays tribute to DC comics’ own super heroes. There are clever links to the Green Lantern mythos, through the appearance of Kilkalla of the Glow, a forebear of the Guardians of the Universe, and the star Rao, which was the sun of Superman’s homeworld Krypton, and worshipped by Kryptonians (at least in one version of the continuity) as a god.

cic-017-04.jpg

When I say that Rao appears, I mean that he is present in the story as a fiery, sentient being in humanoid form and size. According to this story, the DC Universe is an animist cosmos, wherein stars and their planets are living, intelligent entities. Marvel has experimented with this idea, with Lee and Kirby’s Ego the Living Planet, Steve Englehart’s Mother Earth, the living stars in Jim Starlin’s run on Doctor Strange, and even Lee and Ditko’s Eternity, who is the universe itself as a conscious, living entity, but this is an unfamiliar but interesting concept for DC.

Except for Destiny, the Endless all gather at a “parliament” of the living stars. (Is Gaiman hinting at a link to Alan Moore’s “Parliament of Trees” in Swamp Thing?) Some of the members of the Endless are different than they are today. Death, though still a cute Goth girl, has an ominous, threatening manner, more in keeping with the conventional image of personified Death; how she later became cheerful is not explained here.

The entity now known as Delirium appears in this story as Delight and is naive and childlike in manner. Still, if Delight is not clearly outright mad, as Delirium seems to be, Delight does not seem to be an exemplar of mental stability or rationality, either. So Delight is part of Gaiman’s pantheon of the Endless, but it seems he conceives of Delight as deteriorating into Delirium. Didn’t I tell you this is a dark and depressing vision of life? It’s as if, to turn to another set of seven in the world of cartoon art, Walt Disney had told us that Happy of the Seven Dwarfs was only happy because he was a manic depressive.

Morpheus certainly reverses my expectations of what Dream should be. He is so distant from caring about humanity, and yet presumably Dream has access to our sleeping minds and hence would know them thoroughly. For that matter, Gaiman’s Morpheus is also the creative imagination, as demonstrated by his bestowing artistic genius upon William Shakespeare, as several Sandman stories chronicle. I would think that a figure of Dream would embody subconscious urges and passions, creativity, emotions that can run free in dreams, ambitions and loves that fire the imagination. Morpheus, on the other hand, is a stiff. As Destruction notes in this story, Morpheus seems to have no sense of humor. He lacks friends. It is observed in this story that “They say Death is kinder than he [Dream] is.” One might think it would be the other way around, since Death only meets a person at the end of his life, when, shall we say, he isn’t usually at his best, whereas Dream presumably has intimate knowledge of a person’s psyche whenever that person sleeps.

Gaiman’s Morpheus is indeed an intriguing character, but he just seems so different from what I might expect of “Dream.” It’s the waking mind that represses emotions; the dreaming mind releases them! And yet Morpheus is Repression itself.

In this story Desire, as a prank, has arranged for Morpheus and Kilkalla to become lovers. But, as readers of the previous story know, desire and love are not the same. Perhaps Morpheus, though an adult, is still immature, since he has clearly confused the two. Kilkalla, unsure if she really loves Morpheus, falls passionately in love with the living sun of her home planet Oa. Seeing them kiss, Morpheus seems as impassive as Kara seeing her husband’s severed head, though he is inwardly enraged. Commenting on Morpheus’s feelings for Kilkalla, Desire observes, it was “Because he wanted you. Well, he wanted someone.” So, once again, desire seems to have nothing to do with the desired’s individual personality.

Nonetheless, this story ends on a very positive note. For one thing, the comically young and insecure Sol, Earth’s own sun, shows courtesy and respect towards Morpheus, winning Dream’s favor for Earth’s future living beings. Moreover, although we are told that Kilkalla eventually died (not having achieved the immortality that the Guardians would), her lover, the sun Sto-ar, transported her upon her death into his center, to “burn” and “comfort” him.

So this tale ends on Prado’s image of the two lovers, Sto-ar and Kilkalla, united if not eternally, than as close to it as is possible. If the first story ended in an omen of inevitable doom, then this story ends with the image of enduring love.

DESPAIR

cic-017-05.jpg

“Fifteen Portraits of Despair” is not a story, but a series of fifteen vignettes written by Gaiman, and illustrated by Barron Storey in designs by longtime Sandman cover artist Dave McKean. Storey’s biography in the back of the book attests to his considerable reputation as an artist; I can’t say I get most of his artwork here at all. There are exceptions, though, such as the picture for the seventh vignette, with a ghostly outlined head rising above the anguished face of Despair, her hands pressed to her head: this is powerfully simple and evocative.

What is of interest to me here is the writing; in some cases it’s unclear to me what is happening, but most of the vignettes present an inventive variations on the theme of despair. In keeping with recent news, there is a priest, deep in denial, about his past as a child molester, and a man, fired from his job, who likewise takes refuge in denial as his world falls apart. There is a loner who compensates for isolation by the familiar means of getting a pet cat, and then another, and more and more, leading to a grotesque denouement. Another person, seeking justice, is ruined by a court case that turns against him. There is a writer with an extreme case of writer’s block, and an artist with the equivalent. Most disturbing of all is a woman whose soul continues on after death and yet still finds no solace. Here Gaiman’s vision turns its darkest yet again: what if an afterlife exists, and yet it still brings no relief from suffering?

Here again the idea that people can share in the concept embodied by one of Gaiman’s Endless recurs. This section begins by stating that Despair “is on the other side of every mirror.” It concludes by telling us, “To be Despair. It is a portrait. Only close your eyes and feel.” All these people depicted in the vignettes are “portraits of Despair.” They are all somehow part of Despair, and, we are being told, potentially, so are we all.

DELIRIUM

cic-017-06.jpg

What better choice of artist for Delirium’s story, “Going Inside,” could there be but Bill Sienkiewicz? Long ago, Bill established his skill and flair for ranging between naturalism and the surreal, and for succeeding in giving even realistically drawn people and settings an emotionally evocative, dreamlike feel. He’s created his own contemporary form of expressionism in comics art. It certainly suits Delirium’s world, which as presented here becomes nightmarish.

What is going on in the story is not always clear, either in the writing or art. As if to compensate for its dreamlike confusion and darkness, this story has one of the happier endings of the collection, with both Delirium and a catatonic girl being freed from kinds of mental captivity. Talking animals Barnabas and Matthew from the Sandman comics also provide a welcome lightening of the grim tone. This, by the way, is also the only tale in the book in which the “new” Dream, Daniel, appears.

DESTRUCTION

Rachel, the protagonist of “On the Peninsula,” illustrated by Glenn Fabry, starts out in her story in a state perhaps similar to the one that Sergei found himself at the end of his. She is haunted by dreams and even waking visions of death and destruction all about her. Perhaps these are meant as omens of a possible future that must be averted, but they might also be fantastic metaphors for a state of depression. “You need a change,” says Stanley, an archeologist who is the herald beckoning her to adventure, so this becomes the story of how Rachel moves to a more positive state of mind.

She starts out at the metaphorical bottom. Inviting her to join a secret government project, Stanley advises her, “You’ll have to sign your life away,” which sounds like a Faustian bargain and a symbolic death: “not a problem,” she replies. When she arrives at the peninsula that is the enchanted realm of this story, Stanley tells her, “Welcome to the end of the world,” and that “I guess I mean that in most ways you can mean it.”

How many ways would that be? Stanley himself says, “People who end up here aren’t going any further.” As the story’s ending shows, that proves to be literally true of most people. What they find there is the means by which the literal end of the world could be brought about. And if we assume that Rachel has reached a dead end in her life, its lowest point, then she can either stay mired there or move back upward. Gaiman notes in his introduction that in the Sandman series, “The Lord of Dreams learns that one must change or die,” a lesson that is relevant to Rachel’s story. The Count in the first story resisted change; Rachel, though, agrees, “I really need a change.”

cic-017-07.jpg

The story stacks the deck against Stanley, who is drawn to look like, shall we say, a real life version of Professor Frink from The Simpsons. He gets to have sex with Rachel, but she looks particularly unhappy about it, and keeps thinking of the more macho-looking Destruction, who is camping on the island along with Delirium. So, though Stanley started out as Rachel’s guide/mentor on this expedition, and even becomes her lover, she ends up dumping him in both capacities, and moving on. Destruction takes over as guide and love interest, and even Delirium serves as a mentor to her.

What makes the peninsula unusual is the presence of a burial mound of sorts, which contains artifacts not from the past but from the future.

Rachel and Destruction feel a mutual attraction, and she invites him to help excavate the mound. She finds what turns out to be a glowing, futuristic bullet in the mound; he identifies it and hurls it away before it detonates, saving her life.

Later, Delirium explains that the mound comes from an alternate future. This particular future, it seems, is one that leads to war, presumably utilizing futuristic weaponry like that glowing bullet.

The morbid mood of other stories in this collection briefly returns as Delirium explains that all the possible paths that the future may take will still end in “the same place,” “a nothing place,” where Death will be the only one left.

Rachel is unaware of Destruction and Delirium’s true identities, and when she asks Delirium what her brother’s name is, she says she doesn’t know if he still goes by his old name. This suggests that he may now be acting to prevent destruction, of certain kinds, anyway, as he proceeds to do.

Twice in the story Destruction “circles my [Rachel’s hands] with his giant hands,” an image that is at once romantic and protective. He saved her life from the bullet, and perhaps he is responsible for saving her life a second time.

U. S. government operatives, literally “men in black” arrive to take possession of isotopes discovered in the mound, which they intend to have made into weapons. Revolted by the idea, Rachel refuses to cooperate and declares she is returning to the mainland. The men in black are what Campbell would call threshold guardians and refuse to let her leave the figuratively “enchanted realm” of the Peninsula. Rachel asserts herself in a way that presumably the depressed woman of the story’s opening pages would not have done, and she calls their bluff and departs. Since Stanley sides with the men in black, she is clearly rejecting him as guide and ex-lover, as well. I wonder: since characters of previous stories seemed to take on qualities of members of the Endless they met, did Rachel take on this new assertiveness from encountering Destruction? This scene is also the point at which we first learn that Rachel is a “doctor,” presumably a Ph.D.: she is recognized as a person of authority.

So Rachel sails back from the peninsula, with its nexus to the future, back to the normal world of the mainland, and briefly sights Destruction and Delirium there. Moments after she has thus reached safety, the peninsula is destroyed. Returning home, Rachel thinks, “There’s a peninsula with the future on it that isn’t there any more.” That wartorn potential future, then, has likewise ceased to exist. And the story ends with Rachel returning to sleep and dreams, but this time she dreams not of universal destruction with a small “D” but of Destruction himself, in his role as protector, with “his hands, that wrapped around mine as surely and firmly as the future holds today.”

Is the implication that Destruction turned his prowess to a beneficent end, destroying weapons – and people – who could have brought about far greater destruction? And that he took care to spare Rachel, at least if she made the correct choice not to align herself with the wrong guides and allies?

Of all the stories this, the next to last, has the most positive denouement, with its concluding image of a benevolent godlike entity (even if Gaiman doesn’t use that term to describe the Endless) watching over the just.

DESTINY

cic-017-08.jpg

The final chapter, which gives the entire collection its name, illustrated by Scots artist Frank Quitely, is not truly a story but a description of the eldest of the Endless, Destiny, and his function, as he walks through his garden, blind, but holding a book in which the destinies of everyone and everything are contained.

We are told here that “the movements of atoms and galaxies are in his book, and he sees little difference between them.” This reminds me of the speech that Gaiman gives Marvel’s Watcher on the first page of the third issue of 1602: the Watcher also watches everything, whether big or small. Neither Destiny nor (usually) the Watcher intervenes in the events they observe. They are like a God that watches creation but does not intervene.

“Inside the book is the universe,” Gaiman writes of Destiny, and I think again of Lee and Ditko’s eternity, who is the embodiment of the universe. Marvel’s Eternity is also the personification of Time: I suppose Eternity must be Einstein’s time-space continuum. And Destiny, too, is a figure of Time, as Death was in her story. But Death seems to personify Time in its role as inevitable decay, dissolution, and entropy. Through Destiny in this concluding chapter, Gaiman instead seems to be addressing the enormous number and variety of beings in the cosmos, and even the copious details and events in an individual’s life. This is a chapter about the richness of life and of creation, about infinity more than endings: “Inside the book is the Universe.”

Here in this last section, the book’s morbidity interacts with its sense of wonder and of possibility. In Death’s story Sergei concluded that we were all puppets without control over our lives. In Destiny’s section, though we are told that his book holds every detail of our future, “He did not create the path you walk.” The future is known to this godlike being, but it is not predestined: it is we who decide what that future will be. And though we are told “One day he will lay it down, when the book is done,” and Death claims everything, that may not be the absolute end, “because,” Gaiman adds, “What comes after that is still unwritten.”

Endless Nights is such a strong achievement that it is something of a surprise that it is only one of the prolific Gaiman’s projects to be released within the last few months. I’ll deal with three more of them in next week’s column.

-Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

October 24, 2003

Comics in Context #16: What If… There Had Been No Stan Lee?

Filed under: Columns,Comics in Context — UncaScroogeMcD @ 1:39 am

comicsincontext4.jpg

In my last column I concentrated on the first two words of the title of Jordan Raphael and Tom Spurgeon’s new book, Stan Lee and the Rise and Fall of the American Comic Book, published by Chicago Review Press. But, before I return to the subject of Stan Lee himself, what about the rest of the title?

GIVING US THE BUSINESS

If the duty of a physician is, first, to do no harm, then the duty of someone writing about comics should be to make no errors of fact. As far as I can tell, Raphael and Spurgeon do very accurate work indeed in this book. They do a fine and admirable account of the beginnings of the comics industry in the 1930s and its history through the 1940s and 1950s. While the story of Dr. Frederick Wertham and the Congressional investigation of comics in the 1950s has often been recounted, I was much less familiar with the tale of Marvel’s financial ups and downs through that decade, which the authors cover in detail.

Raphael and Spurgeon also point out just how far the comics business has come in the nearly seventy years since its birth. They may overestimate the degree of respect accorded to comic strip artists in the 1930s through the 1950s: only a few gained the kind of critical respect accorded to George Herriman and Walt Kelly in their day. Still, it brings one up short to consider, as Spurgeon and Raphael assert, that “The purveyors of comic books, on the other hand, were viewed as one step removed from pornographers.” (p. 177) They quote Stan Lee as saying that in the early days, “Nobody had any respect for comics. It was the lowest rung on the creative totem pole.” (p. 17) It must be amazing for the comics writers and artists of that period, the generation that Michael Chabon wrote about in his novel, The Amazing Adventures of Kavalier & Clay, to see the kind of respect their early work and the comics medium are accorded in many places today.

Paradoxically, it was when American comic books were least respected and, in the main, producing their least respectable work, that they were at their most popular. Spurgeon and Raphael note that “By 1942, comic books had cemented their place in American pop culture, approaching mass media numbers with 143 titles on stands and 50 million readers per month.” (p. 28) Later, “In the early 1950s, annual comic-book sales totaled 600 million copies; by 1980 that number had fallen to 150 million. Comics were no longer a mass medium. . . Comic books now attracted an audience of older collectors and nostalgia buffs. . . .” (p. 201). And, after the boom of the early 1990s turned to bust, matters would turn far worse.

“The rise and fall of the American comic book,” though, is really far too big a subject for this book, where ultimately it serves as a backdrop for the career of Stan Lee, which, amazingly, spans virtually the entire history of the American comic book industry. As the comics industry begins to expand beyond the Big Two of Marvel and DC in the 1970s, Raphael and Spurgeon no longer cover the evolution of the business as in copious detail as they did for its simpler previous history. DC Comics, the rise of the independents and the direct sales market, the black and white comics boom and crash, the dispute over the ownership of Jack Kirby’s Marvel art, and the creation and decline of Image all are discussed, but anyone looking for, say, a detailed history of the various alternative comics companies will not find it here. Even the changes in editorial administration at Marvel get little attention, with the notable exception of Jim Shooter’s term as editor-in-chief. Spurgeon and Raphael perceptively draw the links between Shooter’s editorial and personal style and that of his mentor, Superman editor Mort Weisinger. They also effectively present the case why Shooter had to be removed from Marvel. (I would note, however, that I never got any trouble with Shooter, that, indeed, when I left staff in the 1980s, he was one of the few Marvel staffers to actually say he was sorry I was going. Moreover, it now seems rather naive that people considered Shooter as great a villain as a boss in comics could be, compared to later Marvel executives, who wreaked such havoc by firing people left and right.)

Spurgeon and Raphael’s recounting of the “comic wars,” with various unpleasant corporate titans doing battle over owning Marvel, seems mostly on target to me. How startling it is to read how close one of these moguls, Ron Perelman, came to bringing about “the almost certain collapse of the American comic-book market.” (p. 244)

As far as Stan Lee’s role goes, I would note that, although Raphael and Spurgeon contend that Lee wanted to get out of doing work exclusively for Marvel, at the time it looked to many of us that Marvel’s owners had nearly shoved Lee out the door. At that time Peter David did a brilliant column postulating that Marvel’s owners were conducting an experiment in how to ruin a once prosperous company and that their latest stroke of genius was to “fire Stan.”

I hadn’t been aware of the turmoil behind the scenes at Stan Lee’s Internet company, Stan Lee Media, that ended in its collapse, or of its co-founder Peter Paul’s criminal past. I do remember, though, when it was reported, as Raphael and Spurgeon attest, that Stan Lee Media stock had risen so high that Lee publicly speculated that maybe one day he would buy Marvel! Now, there’s an alternate reality that would have been interesting.

The Rise and Fall of the American Comic Book part of this book’s title may mislead many readers into thinking that Raphael and Spurgeon are writing about the American comic book’s evolution as an art form. Although in these columns about their book, I am primarily writing about their portrayal of Stan Lee as a person, most of this biography actually reads like a book about business. Stan Lee’s life is primarily viewed through the business side of his career, as editor, lecturer, publisher, promoter of Marvel properties in Hollywood, cofounder of an Internet company, and the like. Though the authors explain how Stan Lee transformed the writing of superhero comics, they devote little attention to how later writers built upon his achievements. Once Lee stops writing monthly comic books, the artistic evolution of American comic books is seen only from a distance and with little detail.

As for the “fall” of American comic books, Spurgeon and Raphael basically contend that It’s All Over. They refer to “the dwindling subculture known as comics fandom”. (p. xiii) and note that “Many towns now lacked a single place to buy comic books,” a fact that those of us who live in New York City, with its major comics shops, need to keep in mind.

Their book ends with a gloomy funeral oration for the American comic book. “The comics themselves are disconnected from any sense of a larger readership… they indulge in recycled thrills made stale by years of repetition in service to their value as licensing properties. Gone forever is the feeling of open-ended possibility, of free-form fantasy willed onto a blank page, of giddy, self-aware and slightly moralistic fun that Lee and his artistic collaborators brought to an art form lacking respect. Comic books are past the point of decline. The top titles struggle to sell 125,000 copies. Kids prefer to buy anything and everything else, and at $2.25 per issue, it’s not certain they could afford to return.” (p. 271)

$2.25?! Hulk: Gray #1, which I review below, cost me $3.50! For only one chapter of an ongoing story! Imagine if one had to buy a novel at $3.50 per chapter! It’s no wonder to me that graphic novels and trade paperback collections are said to be the only growing part of the comics market.

Yet still, though I agree that mainstream superhero titles have been suffering a drought of creativity for years now, there is still good and important work being done in mainstream comics, some of which gets reviewed in this ongoing column. The best of superhero and alternative comics appears to be attracting an unprecedented degree of attention from the mainstream press and mainstream book publishers. I believe that Mark Evanier once observed that the amount of publicity that comics receive (outside the fan press) is inversely proportional to the industry’s sales.

Comic books may no longer be a “mass” medium, but the audience for “serious” and more sophisticated comics, whether mainstream or alternative, appears to be substantial. I’ve read that a whole day of this year’s expo for the American book industry was devoted to graphic novels. The annual “New York Is Book Country” street fair on Manhattan’s Fifth Avenue this year turned over an entire block to graphic novels. How many people seriously imagined something like this would happen, even a few years ago?

So, no, I don’t know if the market for run-of-the-mill superhero titles such as those Spurgeon and Raphael disdain, will ever bounce back, but I don’t think the American comic book is finished, by any means.

Despite what I’ve said above, if you are simply interested in tracing the twists and turns of Stan Lee’s own career through the history of American comics, you will not be let down.

Spurgeon and Raphael even provide for posterity an account of one of Stan’s earliest ventures into show biz, the disastrous An Evening with Stan Lee at Carnegie Hall on January 5, 1972, a day that will live in infamy. I was there and can attest that Raphael and Spurgeon are accurate in every excruciating detail. It was even worse than they claim. Consider this: Roy Thomas imitating Elvis. I will also say that one of the few bright spots was the appearance of Stan’s daughter onstage. I thought she was a knockout then, and, to judge from the recent photograph of her in the book, she still is. As a critic, I offer this as further proof of Stan Lee’s prowess as a co-creator of work of enduring artistic value.

THE PASSING OF THE REVOLUTION

As Raphael and Spurgeon tell their readers, for the first two decades of his career in comics, Stan Lee seemed to have no interest in making them more than disposable, trivial products for children. But in 1961 Lee decided to take comics seriously, and the Marvel revolution was born. Marvel was gaining a new, older audience; Lee started a profitable sideline of lecturing at colleges around the country; and Rolling Stone featured the Hulk on its cover.

In 1968 Lee was quoted as saying, “We’re trying to elevate the medium. We’re trying to make them as respectable as possible. Our goal is that someday an intelligent adult would not be embarrassed to walk down the street with a comic magazine. I don’t know whether we can ever bring this off, but it’s something to shoot for.” (p. 125) Today, with increasing coverage of graphic novels in the mainstream press, and with libraries collecting graphic novels, we have come closer to realizing Stan’s prophecy than ever before.

It was Stan Lee who launched the revolution that transformed American comics, but that revolution quickly passed him by. The authors point to his appearance at a comic convention in 1978, only six years after he stopped writing comic books. “Standing in front of a comics ““ convention crowd of devoted ““ and mostly grown-up ““ Marvel fans, Lee went on to argue that the market was, as it had always been, made up of twelve-year-olds, and that comic books should continue to appeal to that demographic. In retrospect, it’s clear that Stan couldn’t sense the tremors that were shifting the ground beneath his feet.” (p. 202)

This is actually sad: Only a decade before Lee had welcomed the attention from college students, academics, and even art film directors like Federico Fellini. Now, apparently unable to appreciate the growing sophistication of the comics being written by a younger generation he had inspired, Lee turned artistic reactionary, arguing that comics should turn back to 12-year-olds. Yet this audience was lost; the future was with the older audience.

(Luckily, Stan Lee has since gone back to extolling the unlimited artistic potential of the comics medium. In the indie documentary I worked on, Sex, Lies and Superheroes, Stan talks about what a great comic book Shakespeare and Michelangelo could have done together. I was amused to learn from this book ““ on p. 166 ““ that Stan has been using this bit in his interview repertoire since the 1970s!)

Stan Lee gave up writing monthly comic books when he became Marvel’s publisher in 1972, yet he has continued to write over the following three decades: the Spider-Man newspaper strip, occasional comic books like the Ravage 2099 series for Marvel, or, more recently, his Internet comics, screenplays and movie treatments aplenty. And nothing seems to come close to his best work of the 1960s. This, as I said in my previous column, is a puzzle.

Writing about Lee’s many,. many unsuccessful attempts to break into writing movies and television series, Raphael and Spurgeon comment, “Yet Lee’s writing on most of his scripts, cards and treatments reads less like the savvy, sharp work of a writer simply denied his shot at screenwriting stardom than the naive and hopeful jottings of an eager wannabe, like entries in a diary kept by a schoolboy with big studio dreams.” (p. 266)

They describe Lee’s story for The Monster Maker, a film he hoped to do with his unlikely friend, the French New Wave director Alain Resnais. Clearly drawing on his own creative frustration before writing Fantastic Four #1, Lee told the story of Larry Morgan, a producer of mediocre horror films, who “is despondent about his life and his job, and what he craves more than anything is recognition from an adult audience.” (p. 188) So Morgan makes a movie exposing the horrors of pollution, and the book quotes The Monster Maker‘s concluding speech, an embarrassing exercise in bathos. The Monster Maker starts out with a premise with serious promise but then apparently takes a nosedive into naive banalities, confusing preachiness with art.

And yet Lee’s unpretentious tales of a young man dressed in a spider costume trying to cope with the mundane realities of life carries far more emotional and psychological resonance. (And what would Lee make of the fact that nowadays makers of low-budget 1960s horror films like Roger Corman and George Romero receive serious attention from academics and critics?)

That was in the 1970s, but the cutting edge of comics ““ and of fantasy writing in pop culture ““ has left Lee even further behind since. Since he admits that he no longer reads comics (I even personally heard him say so at this year’s San Diego Con), he may not even be aware of what the level of today’s most sophisticated fantasy-based comics is like.

At least he has company. When they get to the 1980s in their book, Spurgeon and Raphael point to landmarks in the evolution of the medium: Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Returns, Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons’ Watchmen, Art Spiegelman’s Maus. They observe that “Once more, magazines and academic journals wrote about comics as literature, a discussion that Stan Lee’s Marvel had been at the center of twenty years before. Comic books were buzz-worthy again, but Marvel was generating none of the noise.” (p. 210)

It was in the mid-1980s that the cutting edge in mainstream comics passed from Marvel to DC (along with several important Marvel creative figures). Raphael and Spurgeon are appalled by what they see as the uninspired retreads of Lee’s stories at Marvel from the 1980s onward, but they should not be surprised. Many writers and artists who were inspired to get into comics by the works of Marvel’s innovators were not innovators themselves, and saw their job as merely continuing the tradition Lee and his collaborators had begun. Eventually those who merely reiterate the outward forms of the past rather than imaginatively reanimating the tradition are themselves left behind by the revolution.

THE INTUITIVE ARTIST

Raphael and Spurgeon make observations from time to time that suggest that Stan Lee may not entirely comprehend the strengths of his own best work. Significantly, Raphael and Spurgeon note that “Even Lee’s [movie] treatments of Marvel characters like Thor and the Silver Surfer lack an understanding of the potential of his own work. . . .” (p. 188) Indeed, reading in this book about some of Lee’s ideas for rock operas about such characters is fairly appalling.

When they introduce Roy Thomas, the first major writer that Lee recruited into 1960s Marvel, Spurgeon and Raphael explain how Thomas, a former English teacher, could apply methods of literary analysis to Lee’s stories. They state that “Thomas helped Marvel arrive at a grander conception of itself.” (p. 117)

Later, the authors quote Gerry Conway, the first major Baby Boomer writer to join Marvel, about Lee’s innovative method of breaking the fourth wall to address the reader in his stories. “Stan was the first writer to bring an ironic distance to the material, but he was unconscious of doing that,” they quote Conway as saying. “His models were the sitcoms and soap operas ““ their inherit silliness ““ rather than an intellectual awareness that what he was doing was self-referential.” (p. 156)

And what about this quote from Stan Lee? “I think the only message I have ever tried to get across is for Chrissake, don’t be bigoted.” (p. 165)

Well, certainly, Stan’s classic Marvel stories have a lot more to say than that! He deals with moral responsibility, the role of the individual in society, love, guilt, family, the divided psyche, concepts of God, and much more.

I think that Stan Lee, like Jack Kirby and other creators in comics, is an example of the intuitive artist: the creative figure who can draw up characters and stories from his or her fertile subconscious, but who may be utterly unaware of their deeper levels of meaning.

Let me illustrate this idea with some anecdotes. A comics writer I know once gave the following advice to an artist who wanted to try his hand at writing: be careful, because what you write will inadvertently reveal things about yourselves to readers that you did not intend to tell them.

When I was in high school I read a story by Isaac Asimov in which William Shakespeare was transported to the 20th century by a time machine. Shakespeare took a course about his own plays and flunked. I suspect that Asimov was trying to argue that academics read meanings into works of literature that are not really there. I read the story differently, to say that works of literature contain levels of meaning that the authors may never have consciously been aware of.

There’s a similar, true life anecdote about Alfred Hitchcock helping a young girl, his granddaughter, I think, on a paper for school on one of his own most important films, Shadow of a Doubt. The girl received a C.

Then, in a documentary I saw, the great film director Howard Hawks says, in seeming bewilderment, that film scholars keep asking him why he put certain things in his movies, and he tells them it was just because he liked them. Hawks’s movies were all created to be Hollywood mass entertainments, and yet the themes that film critics detect in them, such as attitudes towards male bonding, professionalism, and liberated women, are unmistakably there.

The ability to create stories and the ability to analyze them are separate talents; the same person may not have equal portions of these talents. In superhero stories, one is dealing with mythic characters, situations and story lines, and myths may have meanings beyond any one individual’s interpretation of them.

In Stan Lee’s case, there was a happy juxtaposition of his innate talent as an editor and scripter with the circumstances within he found himself in the 1960s: gifted collaborators at the height of their creative powers, his drive born of midlife crisis to prove his talents as a writer, an affinity for the changing attitudes of the Baby Boomer audience of the 1960s, and a time in the history of American comics when readers did not mind if a script seemed corny or overblown at times as long as there was the writer’s imaginative fire to bring it to life. Lee knew that he was treating superhero stories and their characters more seriously than writers had before. Basically, though, he was a storyteller and an entertainer.

Stan Lee, Jack Kirby, and Steve Ditko were cocreating mythic stories and characters, yet surely never thinking along the lines that, say, Spider-Man is a trickster figure recast for 1960s urban America, or that the blond Captain America being free from suspended animation in ice is like a mythic sun god released from the grasp of winter. They just knew they were coming up with good stories and characters that they and their readers could relate to more deeply than to the cardboard superheroes of the past. And for that one decade of Marvel’s Silver Age of the 1960s, it worked superbly.

THE MASTER OF DIALOGUE

Summing up, Spurgeon and Raphael assert that “Stan Lee’s primary artistic contribution was in the dialogue. Lee was a great believer in characterization, as were Kirby and Ditko.” (p. 262) But Lee had a facility for dialogue that Kirby and Ditko lacked, despite their immense talents for plotting stories. Earlier, Spurgeon and Raphael explain, “Indeed, Lee had to focus on dialogue. It was his main tool for shaping the story in the direction he wanted it to go., a way to infuse some of his own personality back into the intense artwork submitted by Kirby. Lee drew on his skill with romance and humor books to provide livelier and more fulsome dialogue than had ever been seen in a superhero title. . . .At his best, Lee gave each major character a verbal stamp of identification equal to the visual imprint made by the artists.” (p. 97)

But just as Raphael and Spurgeon understandably devote little space in their book to tracking the artistic evolution of the comic medium, they spend all too little time evaluating Stan Lee’s ability as a writer. They tend to discuss his writing in terms of craftsmanship: it was “lively and conveyed character.” But what exactly does Lee convey about character, or any of his many other themes in his superhero work?

Every once in a while, Spurgeon and Raphael hint at the depths of Lee’s best work. They speak of “Lee’s introspective dialogue, grounding the tale with illuminating truths about love and faith” in the Silver Surfer graphic novel he did with Kirby. (p. 182) Writing of Spider-Man, the authors enthuse that “Together, Lee and Ditko were exploring what it meant to be a heroic, responsible adult making Spider-Man a character with true emotional resonance for teens, and this title the first to genuinely explore the deeper meanings of its genre.” (p. 101) The authors make an observation about Lee and Kirby’s Hulk stories that I’d never seen before: “Taking on a superhero’s role messed up his life in the way of a massive drinking problem, with many of the same symptoms ““ blackouts, trashed apartments, ripped clothing, and a hazy memory.” (p. 99)

Commenting on an issue of The Comics Journal devoted to Lee, they report that “Critic Earl Wells more deeply explored Lee’s creative presence in the early Marvels by contrasting their themes with those explored by Kirby in his solo work at DC.” (p. 230) The thematic differences between Lee and Kirby! Had Spurgeon and Raphael gone into this subject, they could have shown just how much of the characterization and philosophy of those early Marvel stories derived from Stan Lee and proved that he was not simply taking credit for other people’s plots and suggested dialogue.

In their introduction, Raphael and Spurgeon say about Lee, “But a satisfactory account of his life and artistic career has been sorely missing.” (p. x) The authors do a great job of tracing the public side of his life, but as for a book that satisfactorily analyzes and appraises the ideas and themes of Stan Lee’s artistic career, that still remains to be done.

STAN LEE AND CHARACTER

According to Raphael and Spurgeon, in 1961, “As much as he tried to inject a sense of playfulness into the work, Lee’s comics writing remained unsophisticated and hacked out, both by market dictates and publisher decree, . . he was now filled with a sense if letting down fellow professionals for whom he could no longer provide freelance opportunities. . . Approaching forty, Lee could sense nothing in his accidental profession that would continue to sustain his interest, let alone provide avenues to the wealth and respect he still dreamed of attaining.” (p. 71)

Then came the moment that Lee himself has long described as the turning point in his life, and Spurgeon and Raphael agree that this is no apocryphal anecdote. After Marvel owner Martin Goodman assigned him to create a superhero book, Lee’s wife Joan urged him to take writing the book seriously, and to write the kind of book he himself would want to read. This piece of advice led directly to Lee’s cocreation of Fantastic Four #1 and to the revolution it began in comics.

Stan Lee’s most remarkable achievement was a single decision: to write the characters of his new superhero stories as multidimensional personalities. Spurgeon and Raphael agree that Lee was good at conveying character, but I think they underestimate the full impact of this decision he made, a turning point not just for him personally, or even for Marvel, but for the American comics industry.

In my last column I mentioned watching a videotape of the Museum of Television & Radio’s seminar on “Writing the Fantastic for Television,” which included a number of writers for science fiction series old and new, including Harlan Ellison, Babylon 5‘s J, Michael Straczynski, The Twilight Zone‘s Richard Matheson, Star Trek‘s D. C. Fontana, and others. The participants unanimously agreed that the heart of their stories lay in characterization: they utilized the genre elements of fantasy and science fiction in order to show how characters would behave within certain situations. Characterization is the key. By committing himself to moving the characterizations in superhero comics beyond the cardboard stereotypes of the past, Stan Lee opened the door for the artistic progress that has been made in mainstream American comic books from that time onward.

STAN’S STYLE

Let’s accept the idea that, as time went on, Jack Kirby and Steve Ditko and John Romita, Sr. became the primary plotters of the stories they drew that Stan scripted. Let us also accept the idea that Stan’s other artists participated to greater or lesser extents in working out the plot mechanics of the stories. Nonetheless, Silver Age Marvel comics do not read like a collection of stories by different creative personalities, with disparate themes and kinds of characterizations. No, the Marvel books of the 1960s read as individual components of a single creative body of work. Sure, the stories drawn and co-plotted (or fully plotted) by Kirby and Ditko are, more often than not, more brilliantly inventive than the rest. But all of 1960s Marvel is united by one single creative personality, and that is Stan Lee’s.

Jack Kirby may be largely responsible for the personality of the Thing, just as Steve Ditko greatly shaped the character of Peter Parker. But can anyone seriously ignore the many similarities between these two characters? There is undeniably a type of character we can identify as the Stan Lee hero: flawed, troubled, beset by insecurities, misunderstood and alienated from the world, in some characters’ cases relieving his frustration with wit, but driven by a sense of moral responsibility. The Fantastic Four, Spider-Man, Daredevil, the X-Men ““ no matter who was co-plotting and drawing the stories, all of them fit this mold. Romita succeeded Ditko on Spider-Man, and while Peter Parker grew handsomer as a result, he remained identifiably the same personality. Stan worked with a succession of artists on Daredevil ““ Bill Everett, Joe Orlando, Wally Wood, John Romita and Gene Colan ““ and yet Stan’s portrayal of Daredevil’s personality gave the series unity through the years. In the Silver Age there was something odd about books like Justice League and World’s Finest: the world of Batman, as edited by Jack Schiff, seemed so different from Superman’s world in World’s Finest, edited by Weisinger, or Justice League, edited by Schwartz. When Spider-Man crossed paths with the Fantastic Four, it did not seem strange at all. No matter who drew the book, this was the world dominated by Stan Lee’s artistic personality. This unity is what made the Marvel Universe possible.

Stan Lee’s style of writing ““ his styles of characterization, his brand of humor, his sense of drama ““ are thoroughly, distinctly his own, and very different than anything in superhero comics before the Marvel Age of the 1960s. Yet what may be even more remarkable is that it is a style within which other distinctive writers’ styles can flourish. For four decades other comics writers have taken Stan Lee’s concept of the hero and his kind of dramatic structure and turned them to their own purposes. At present day Marvel superhero stories are being written by such disparate artistic personalities as Brian Michael Bendis, Chris Claremont, Peter David, Neil Gaiman, Pete Milligan, Grant Morrison, Kevin Smith, J. Michael Straczynski, and Mark Waid. Each one of these men has a distinctive, individual writing style, and each one has different themes in his work. And yet, to a greater or lesser extent, each one of them is clearly working within the frameworks of characterization and storytelling established by Stan Lee.

HULK: GRAY, DIALOGUE: DIFFERENT

cic-016-01.jpg
Since Raphael and Spurgeon hail Stan Lee’s scripting abilities, let me diverge from reviewing their book for a while to examine the question of how Lee’s legacy as a writer will endure. I’ll return to the biography after I look at Lee’s influence in the first issue of a new Marvel limited series, Hulk: Gray, written by Jeph Loeb and illustrated by Tim Sale.

Loeb and Sake have done commendable work together on Batman and in recent years have done contemporary retellings of classic early tales of Spider-Man and Daredevil and even of John Byrne’s 1980s revision of Superman’s origin

Hulk: Gray #1 uses the framing device of a session between Dr. Bruce Banner, the man cursed to be the Hulk, and his psychiatrist Dr. Leonard Samson, who is himself a superhero who derives his powers from gamma radiation, Doc Samson. In the first issue Banner retells the story of how he first became the Hulk. Though Banner alludes to the damage to his psyche wreaked by his abusive father, an addition to the legend made by writer Bill Mantlo, Hulk: Gray #1 is really a retelling of part of Stan Lee and Jack Kirby’s origin story from The Incredible Hulk #1, published in 1962.

The issue has many nice touches. Banner is depicted as a slight, thin man, more in keeping with the 1960s stories and his decidedly cerebral, nonathletic personality. At the moment of the gamma blast, Sale shows Banner’s skull and parts of the rest of his skeleton becoming visible, underlining the theme that his initial transformation was a symbolic death and dark recreation. General Ross notes that Betty is “only allowed at this facility as a courtesy to me,” finally explaining what the heck she was doing there. Banner hypothesizes that he has paid for creating a “weapon of mass destruction” by becoming one, in the form of the Hulk. Loeb thereby articulates an implicit theme of the original Hulk story. Surely, too, in the wake of September 11 and the Iraq war, Loeb’s uses of the terms “ground zero” and “weapon of mass destruction” in this issue are not coincidental.

In his years writing the Hulk, Peter David had Betty Ross explain her feistiness by saying that she was raised as an “army brat.” In contrast, in depicting the Betty of the time of the Hulk’s origin, Loeb and Sale bring back the Lee and Kirby version of Betty, quiet, shy and introverted in the looks in her eyes, her facial expressions and her body language. She is clearly dominated by her father, even somewhat infantilized, as she still addresses him as “daddy.” Loeb and Sale not only give her the 1960s pillbox hat from Hulk #1 but even put her in a dress whose length is more evocative of the repressed 1950s than the 1960s. General Ross criticizes her for not living up to his macho standards (“You’re a general’s daughter, dammit.”) just as he does Banner. One can see why a bond developed between Banner and this version of Betty: they are outwardly two of a kind, though she seemingly lacks his buried capacity for rage. (Then again, maybe that 1970s story in which Betty gained her own aggressive, green-skinned alter ego, the Harpy, wasn’t so ridiculous after all.) Nonetheless, she is quietly persistent, wearing down her father’s resistance to telling her “the truth,” so perhaps there is steel beneath her child-woman facade.

The best, most incisive moment comes when Doc Samson asks Banner to react to photographs of people from his past. Banner accuses General Ross of hating him and Rick Jones of blaming himself for Banner’s being transformed into the Hulk. However, Samson’s questions suggest that Banner may be projecting his own unconscious emotions onto them. Perhaps Banner hates General Ross, and why shouldn’t he? As we see later in the issue, Banner certainly thought Rick was foolish to drive out onto the gamma bomb test site, so why shouldn’t Banner subconsciously blame Rick for what happened there. After all these years, Banner, it seems, is still not in touch with the subconscious emotions that the Hulk incarnates.

For me, though, the framing device is marred when Loeb has Doc Samson twice saying “merde,” the French word for excrement, as if Loeb and company are taking a childish glee in sneaking a disguised four-letter word into a superhero comic. Perhaps this is part of the same mindset displayed in Marvel’s Max books, wherein foul language is somehow regarded as a signifier of literary sophistication.

That reminds me: I see this box reading “Marvel PSR” on the covers of both Hulk: Gray #1 and 1602. I take it this is an example of Marvel’s own new rating system, instituted since the Jemas administration decreed that Marvel would no longer abide by the Comics Code. So, let’s say that I am a parent, or a comics buyer who doesn’t keep up with Marvel press releases, or a prosecutor in one of those trials of comics shop owners for selling inappropriate material to the underaged. Would I have any idea what this box is for, or what the letters “PSR” mean? (I’d like to think it means “Peter Sanderson’s Right,” but no.) So just what good is this rating system?

Loeb and Sale depict the initial version of the Hulk as gray. Indeed, the Hulk was colored gray in his first story, but Stan Lee quickly changed his mind and had the Hulk colored green from Hulk #2 onwards. For many years Lee and other writers, when they retold the Hulk’s origin, made him green from Day 1. The assumption was that the gray color in the first issue was a mistake, and that he should have been colored green. It was John Byrne, in his brief run on The Incredible Hulk in the 1980s, who first established that the Hulk really was grey in his first appearance, as well as smaller and less strong than the most familiar version of the character. This, perhaps, was an extreme example of the attitude that anything that Stan Lee and Jack Kirby and their contemporaries did in the original Silver Age Marvel stories was set in stone. On the other hand, Al Milgrom and especially Peter David were able to use the idea that the original gray Hulk was different from the usual green version as a springboard for new kinds of Hulk story lines. (I’d guess that when Loeb has Banner begin to reflect on the color changes and says, “But I digress,” this is a nod to Peter David and the title of his Comic Buyer’s Guide column.)

I find it interesting that Loeb and Sale choose not to go back to showing Banner sitting in the control room before racing out to save Rick from the gamma bomb blast. Perhaps they are simply trying to be concise and to give the flashback a literally explosive beginning. On the other hand, maybe they are trying to avoid the whole question of Igor, the spy who failed to halt the countdown. Even Igor’s last name is in dispute: he’s been called “Sklar,” “Starsky,” and, the more accepted version, “Drenkov.” According to the way “Marvel time” works, no matter what year it is now, Bruce Banner has only been the Hulk for a decade or less, and certainly not for nearly forty years. So if the Hulk’s origin no longer took place at the height of the Cold War, who was Igor working for? In the 1990s John Byrne tried to solve the problem by revising the origin to make Igor into an alien Skrull. Once Byrne had left the series again, Peter David pointedly wrote a scene in Captain Marvel that had Rick Jones guffawing at seeing the Skrull revision in a comic book, but Marvel, as far as I know, has not explicitly overturned the Byrne revision in a story. As with Byrne’s Spider-Man: Chapter One and X-Men: Children of the Atom, this was a revision that, I was told at the office, is not considered canonical, but since Marvel does not state this in print, how are readers, writers, and future Marvel editors to know this?

Loeb and Sale are mostly quite faithful to the events of Hulk #!, but Loeb feels free to change all of the original story’s dialogue in the scenes he recreates from the first story. In the new version, on first seeing the Hulk, Rick asks him. “What are you?” and the Hulk replies, “The strongest there is.” This strikes me as more a literary device than the credible first words of an angry newborn monster. Nonetheless, though this version of the Hulk is gray, for the rest of this issue he talks more like Stan Lee’s familiar green version of The Hulk from the later stories in Tales to Astonish (“Army bad.” “Hulk smash.”). Oddly, in Loeb’s version it is Rick Jones who is responsible for the Hulk’s name, not an anonymous soldier; this seems a change merely for change’s sake.

In the small handful of stories I’ve written that recapped past Marvel history, the rule I set for myself was that I would never rewrite the previous author’s work, whether it was Stan Lee or anyone else. I might not use all of the dialogue from a scene, and I felt free to invent additional dialogue, but I would not change the preexisting dialogue. If the scene from a previous story was part of the canonical continuity, I believed, then so were the words that were spoken during that scene. It was not for me to discard the dialogue that better scripters than myself had conceived and labored over.

Of course, I approach this issue from the point of view of a critic and historian. I suspect that many comics writers and editors today regard the dialogue of past stories, and even the stories themselves, the way that television and movie producers, directors and, in many cases, writers regard scripts: as malleable works to be rewritten at will. And yes, I know that Loeb has been using this approach of writing new dialogue while basically remaining faithful to the plots of classic Marvel stories for a while now, in such commendable series as Daredevil: Yellow and Spider-Man: Blue.

But, however good these series may be, it still bothers me. What, then, did the characters say during the Hulk’s origin tale? Who did come up with the Hulk’s name ““ Rick Jones, as in Loeb’s version, or an anonymous soldier, as in Lee and Kirby’s? Has Jeph Loeb’s version now supplanted Stan Lee’s? Or does any Marvel writer who retells the origin now have carte blanche to make further changes in Lee’s and Loeb’s versions? Does anyone at Marvel think it matters?

It is decidedly ironic that Raphael and Spurgeon acclaim Stan Lee for his skill with dialogue and point to his dialogue as his principal contribution to his classic Marvel stories and his primary means of asserting his creative personality within them. And yet writers who retell Lee’s classic stories feel free to dump his dialogue altogether.

Ah, but here’s another level of irony altogether. The October 20, 2003 issue of The New Yorker contains an article about screenwriters’ credits on movies, which laments the way that writers may get inappropriate levels of credit or no credit at all for the work they put into a movie project. The principal example used in the article is this year’s Hulk movie. It seems that James Schamus wrote his screenplay for the movie pretty much from scratch, but because it parallels previous versions by John Turman and Michael France, perhaps inadvertently, they share screenplay credit.

The article states, “James Schamus, of course, made Banner’s father into his script’s brooding centerpiece, whereas Turman’s Banner had an abusive father whom, in flashbacks, we saw arguing with his mother, and France’s had a father who killed his mother ‘a little bit every day until it finally added up.’ Schamus’s had a father who killed his mother one day all at once with a carving knife.”

Hulk comics writer Bill Mantlo, who created Banner’s abusive father and established he killed Bruce’s mother, goes unmentioned, as does Peter David, who built upon Mantlo’s idea. And, though the Hulk comics are repeatedly mentioned throughout the article, the names of the Hulk’s creators, Stan Lee and Jack Kirby, never are.

Talk about writers not getting proper credit.

IF THERE HAD BEEN NO STAN

There are certain individuals about whom one can state, if not for their work, there would be no American comic book industry today. Alternative comics aficionados may not like it, but they must surely recognize the fact that it is the mainstream comics, primarily superhero comics, that keeps the direct sales comic book market afloat. Without Jerry Siegel and Joe Shuster, creators of Superman, there would be no superhero comics. Except for Superman, Batman, and Wonder Woman, superheroes disappeared from the stands by 1951. Hence, another figure of key importance is DC editor Julius Schwartz, who spearheaded the Silver Age superhero revival, and one must keep in mind that Stan Lee co-created The Fantastic Four to compete with Schwartz’s Justice League of America. If there had been no Julie Schwartz, and if DC had failed to revive its classic superheroes in the mid-150s (as Timely failed), there would have been no “Marvel Age of Comics” in the 1960s.

And Stan Lee is yet another of these key figures. What if, out of his increasing frustration with comics, he had left Timely/Atlas/Marvel by 1961 and found writing work elsewhere? What if Marvel owner Martin Goodman had put someone else in Stan’s place as editor, someone who merely imitated what Julie Schwartz and his writers were doing over at DC? Or, worse, did new versions of the same kind of superhero juvenilia that Timely had published in the 1940s?

Perhaps then Marvel’s attempt at reviving superheroes would have failed. But let’s assume that it succeeded. The early 1960s was the height of the Silver Age, a period of great creativity at DC, that produced hundreds of classic stories. But by the end of the 1960s, DC’s Silver Age superhero writers were running out of steam, reworking old, once brilliantly original ideas to lessening effect, in some cases falling into laughable self-parody; a number of DC’s top writers ended up leaving in a dispute with management. The older writers and editors were also out of touch with the 1960s generational shift in taste, as sharp in comics as it was in politics, fashion and music.

It was Stan Lee’s Marvel that opened superhero comics up to an older audience. Thanks to the greater sophistication of his writing, kids no longer necessarily “outgrew” comics when they entered high school or college.

Moreover, Stan Lee’s comics fired the imaginations of a new generation of comic book writers. Before the Marvel revolution, people wrote or drew comics if they could not get enough work in what were thought to be more respectable fields, like magazine illustration or even newspaper comic strips. Now brilliant young writers and artists wanted specifically to work in comic books because Stan Lee had demonstrated the potential of the medium to them.

Without that new generation, what would have happened to the American comics industry? Would the older generation of editors, writers and artists, most of whom entered the field in the 1940s and 1950s, simply have kept churning out the same kind of material, falling ever further out of step with their audiences, and failing to advance the superhero genre any further?

Ah, you might say, but Jack Kirby and Steve Ditko would still have been around. Sure, but would they have gotten the opportunities to do their most creative work that Stan gave them? By deciding to give his characters multidimensional personalities and to address serious themes, Stan gave his collaborators the openings and impetus to do the same. What if Kirby and Ditko had wanted to plot superhero stories with complex, flawed heroes, but no comics editor would let them?

It was because of Marvel’s success, and because of the new influx of writers and artists influenced by Marvel, that DC began to transform itself at the end of the 1960s. The writing tradition of John Broome and Gardner Fox gave way to the styles of the new generation, who increasingly wrote DC characters as if they were Marvel creations. So Batman became dark and driven; Green Lantern and Green Arrow discovered social and political issues in the “real” world, and so forth. Marvel-trained writers and editors, dissatisfied with Marvel editorial policies, defected to DC and completed the transformation: Frank Miller, John Byrne, Mike Carlin, and more. The new ethos that comic books in genres like superheroes or horror could serve as mediums of personal expression made possible the DC work of Alan Moore, Neil Gaiman, and those who followed in their path.

So, what if Stan Lee had not revolutionized Marvel in the early 1960s? Marvel might never have become a genuine competitor to DC. After comics sales plummeted following the end of the boom inspired by the Batman TV show, DC might never have found new directions with which to rebuild its audience. Far fewer young writers and artists would have entered comics. No one in a position of power in comics might have realized in time that the superhero genre could be retooled to reach older, more sophisticated readers. Without those older readers, the network of direct sales shops would not have arisen to compensate for the disappearance of the “mom and pop” stores that used to sell comics. Without the direct sales stores, there would have been nowhere to sell alternative comics. (Graphic novels had to become established in the direct sales market before they made the leap into bookstores like Barnes & Noble.) Think of how often this Stan Lee biography shows that the comics industry fell into serious financial trouble. Then imagine whether the industry could have survived without the Marvel superhero books.

In short, without Stan Lee, I suspect that today’s comics industry would consist of little more than those pocket-sized Archie collections you see at supermarket check-out counters.

THE MAN WITH A SECRET IDENTITY

Who is Stan Lee, anyway? Ideally a biography should not simply tell the reader what the subject did, but give the reader a sense of who he is as a person.

Throughout Raphael and Spurgeon’s book, I feel that I am still regarding Stan Lee from a distance. The book mostly chronicles the public actions and public statements of a man who, as Raphael and Spurgeon point out, has carefully crafted and steadfastly maintained a public persona, like a role that an actor would play. Just like his superheroes, Stan Lee created a costumed identity for himself, in his case, complete with the trademark sunglasses.

Still, at various points in their book, Spurgeon and Raphael provide hints as to what the private Stan Lee, the man behind the “Smilin’ Stan” persona may be like. Here I am going to follow some of these clues and see where they may lead.

STAN THE BOSS

I am well aware that Stan Lee is not always easy to work with. Back in the 1970s Roy Thomas and George Perez collaborated on a Fantastic Four issue in which that shapeshifting alien trickster, the Impossible Man, visited the Marvel offices. (There are in fact a number of Marvel comics stories of the past in which Marvel editors, writers and artists appear, that celebrate the sense of community at the company. DC did a few, too. It’s hard to imagine such a story being done at either company nowadays.) Lee, surprisingly, seems to be in a continual fit of temper (whereas, in contrast, Jack Kirby is portrayed as a placid, imperturbable sort of comics Buddha); one letter writer later pegged the Stan Lee of this story as the real life J. Jonah Jameson. (In a cartoon reproduced in this book, Denis Kitchen even draws Lee as Jameson.) Even in my phone interview with Lee years ago, I could detect an edge in his voice when I ventured unwittingly into a subject he would rather avoid.

So I was happily surprised by the warmth of various co-workers’ reminiscences about Lee in this book. His temper is noted, but it also observed that his bursts of anger do not last long and rarely have lasting effects.

Now, Spurgeon and Raphael make it clear that Kirby “raged” at changes that Lee had him make in his work, that Kirby long felt bitterness towards Lee, and that other artists of Lee’s generation resented his efforts to have them change their styles to become more Kirbyesque. So Lee was certainly not universally beloved.

But Spurgeon and Raphael also tell us of Lee’s popularity with co-workers not only of his own generation but of younger ones. It’s the writers who worked with Lee at Marvel in the 1970s are quoted in this book as speaking quite well of him. Speaking of Lee at 1970s Marvel, Spurgeon and Raphael observe that “As a boss, Lee was easygoing and friendly. . . Around the office, Lee displayed a delight in the moment and a knack for making his recruits feel special. He was also prone to acts of exceptional kindness.” (p. 153)

Even as Stan Lee Media was collapsing around them, it appears that the creative people working there still felt warmly towards Lee himself. Reading DC’s Just Imagine volume, I am struck by the testimonials by Jim Lee and Dave Gibbons about collaborating with Lee on some of the stories therein. Here were two people who idolized Stan Lee as they were growing up, finally got to work with him, and could not have been happier with the experience: their idol lived up to their expectations.

Spurgeon and Raphael also note that “the majority of his employees respected and revered him, and, despite the sometimes crushing workload, they relished the freedom he gave them. “One of the signs of a good leader is the ability to delegate responsibility and step back, and Stan was good at that,’ [Len] Wein says.” (p. 152) Here is a lesson that certain other parties who later ruled over Marvel editorial never learned.

There is a theme, perhaps unintended by the authors, that turns up in this book again and again. Even when Marvel was a family-run operation, headed by Lee’s relative Martin Goodman, the dark side of the corporate mentality was in evidence. In 1950 Goodman fired the entire in-house art staff; later, in 1957, he decreed that Lee could no longer hire freelancers.

Marvel has since fallen into the hands of a series of corporate owners, and further cases of mistreatment of staff and freelancers. Raphael and Spurgeon report former 1990s Marvel artist Rob Liefeld’s claim that Marvel executive “Terry Stewart compared the artists to faceless field hands recruited to pick cotton on a plantation.”¦” (p. 235) If true, that is particularly disturbing, since Stewart was considered one of Marvel’s more benevolent top executives.

In sharp contrast, Stan Lee is characterized over and over in this book as a humane boss, who looked out for the people who were loyal to him. “He was, by all accounts, a loyal editor, even hiring older artists who had done good work for him in the past and giving them assignments despite their diminished capacities.” (p. 265)

One of Lee’s fears from early in his career was of what might happen if the comic book business collapsed. “And what skills could a thirty-year-old editor and writer of America’s least-respected form of creative expression hope to bring to more legitimate industries?” This is a question that surely haunts comics pros trying to make career changes today. “The specter of failure, of being let down by his field and, in turn, letting down those who depended on him, would continue to haunt Lee in palpable fashion until the early 1970s.” (pp. 18-19) Here the authors are perhaps only referring to Lee’s immediate family, but it soon becomes clear that he worried about his co-workers as well.

When Lee was ordered from above to get rid of employees, it literally made him ill. When Goodman had him let people go in 1957, “Lee was devastated, particularly as it was up to him to communicate the change in the line to the various freelancers who counted in him for part of their living. One industry account said Lee went to the restroom after each face-to-face meeting and vomited.” (p. 61)

Even as late as the collapse of Stan Lee Media in 2000, the authors tell us, “On the day of the layoffs, Lee was reportedly so distressed that he collapsed.” (p. 256)

Consider the devastation in the comics industry over the last decade. As Raphael and Spurgeon remind us, “in the financial turmoil caused by [Marvel under Ron Perelman’s] aggressive pursuit of power, hundreds of people who had made their living at Marvel, and in businesses for whom Marvel was the most important client, lost their jobs.” Someday, perhaps, someone will write about the personal cost to the many who have been cast adrift by the comics industry in this and other incidents over the years. Perhaps this incisive comment by John Byrne, quoted by the authors with reference to Marvel’s treatment of Jack Kirby in the 1970s, applies here, too: “The industry is notorious for not taking care of its own. We eat our young and abandon our old.” (p. 180)

Stan Lee, on the other hand, appears to have been a boss with a conscience, with a sense that he and his co-workers were part of a community. It seems he believed that with great power ““ as an employer ““ must come great responsibility, to coin a phrase.

STAN LEE AS THE ENERGIZER BUNNY

Here’s a puzzler: just why does Stan Lee keep working so much?

Stan Lee makes a million dollars a year basically to act as Marvel’s good will ambassador. (That’s twice as much as Bill Jemas did before Quentin Tarantino’s Bride and her terrible swift sword sent him to keep company with the San Diego Con’s Marvel booth.) He’d be far busier than most octogenarians just by giving interviews and making convention appearances.

But no, that’s not enough! He writes yet another autobiography. He starts his own Internet company. He writes a series of comics for DC. He lends his name to tacky projects like Stripperella.

But why? He’s in his early eighties now, and surely has put more than enough money away to keep himself, his wife, and their daughter in the lap of luxury for the rest of their lives. His reputation as a major figure in the comics medium is secure; he’s arguably more famous than ever. No one would think ill of him if he chose to just rest on his laurels.

Is it just an urge to accumulate more and more money? Raphael and Spurgeon quote Lee as saying about his doomed Internet venture, “If it didn’t pay anything, I would still want to do it.” Can we believe this? I think in part at least, we can, but why?

Spurgeon and Raphael point to “his depression-era work ethic.” (p. 172) Well, yes, but how many other members of his generation are still hustling and bustling in their late seventies and early eighties? The redoubtable Ken Plume has suggested to me that Stan Lee was always an “overachiever.” But again, how many “overachievers” are still at it so long past the age at which most people retire?

Is it a compulsive longing for fame and the public spotlight? That must be part of it: the authors assert that “national celebrity” has been one of Lee’s goals since 1972. (p. 131) But still, wouldn’t many of us, as senior citizens, be more than content just giving interviews for articles and TV shows that praise our past accomplishments?

Perhaps the real answer lies in Raphael and Spurgeon’s indication that Lee himself does not really feel that his great achievements in the comics medium are ultimately that important. “He had landed in comics by accident,” they note, and quote him as saying, “I didn’t have any big compulsion to write comics. It was a way of making a living.” (p. 269)

“After more than twenty years of false starts and dead ends, Lee was still chasing his Hollywood dream,” the authors observe about Lee’s continuing efforts to launch new projects. “For all that he had accomplished as a comic-book writer and editor, all the artistic triumphs and fame, he still felt incomplete.” (p. 269)

They quote Lee as saying that if his friend, artist Joe Maneely, had not died in 1958, he might have left Marvel and collaborated with him on something else. The authors quote Lee as saying in 1978 that he wished he had gotten out of comics twenty years before. In either case, take note, his Marvel comics of the 1960s would never have come to be. The authors even quote Lee as saying in 2002 that he wished he had been a screenwriter, a Broadway playwright, or the writer of a great novel.

Speaking of the 1970s, Raphael and Spurgeon comment that “Although comics had made some inroads among academics and the tastemakers of cool, they still lacked the sustained intellectual output and the critical vocabulary of a true art form. There were few comic-book works of serious merit being produced, and even fewer individuals with the interest or ability to provide the critical judgement necessary to evaluate the medium in a literary framework. There was no Pauline Kael of comics to bestow distinction upon Lee or anyone else. He would have to find it in another field.” (p. 173)

Now, three decades later, there are considerably more “serious” comics out there, and the medium is receiving increasing academic and critical attention. But still, there is far too little serious comics criticism in the mainstream media: looking at today’s New York Times, I am reminded that it regularly runs reviews of videogames, but I probably shouldn’t hold my breath waiting for them to review Endless Nights (which I get to next week), or, even this biography, for that matter.

Now, maybe Lee is of two minds on the subject of the comics medium’s artistic value: after all, there is that wonderful quote in his repertoire asking what if Shakespeare and Michelangelo had done comics. Still, perhaps it shouldn’t be surprising that, considering how comics have been condemned or condescended to for most of his life, even Stan Lee seems to think, at least at times, that comics are inferior to novels or plays or movies. This is sad: the accidents and circumstances of life led him to the field that proved best suited to his talents, where he created work of enduring importance, and wreaked an artistic revolution that permanently changed the course of an artform, and yet he still seems to feel that he hasn’t achieved true success.

On the other hand, one should admire Stan’s persistence in remaining an active force in today’s media world. I have a friend, who is looking for work (as so many friends do nowadays), who was asked by a potential employer, why should I hire you when I can hire a 22-year-old who would work for much less money? My friend is only 30. This is a dispiriting anecdote for someone like me, middle-aged and looking for steady work at a time when neither the comics industry or anyone else seems to be hiring.

Yet here’s Stan Lee, now in his early eighties, a man who could so easily settle back into retirement, and he is still amazingly active, giving interviews, making “surprise” appearances at comic conventions, and collaborating on animated series. In part he is lucky that so many people still seek out his talents in a capitalist, youth-oriented society which usually condemns people as being over the hill once they’re past fifty. But in part it’s surely also because Stan keeps active, keeps pushing forward, setting an example to us all not to give up, not to let age keep us from launching new projects and exploring new ideas. As Lee himself says in the book, “Somewhere inside of this old body, there’s a young guy trapped, trying to get out.” (p. 270)

STAN LEE MEETS MIKE MURDOCK

There is finally one overwhelming reason why I think that Raphael and Spurgeon’s book ultimately views Stan Lee not from inside but from a distance. The book fails to answer one major question: just where did those heroes in Stan Lee’s work come from?

Does anyone really doubt that Stan Lee used his classic comics of the 1960s as his platform for personal expression? Don’t his stories, from Spider-Man through The Silver Surfer, express his own opinions about right and wrong, the relationship between the individual and society, human frailty and nobility, and so much more? Does anyone doubt that the “Stan Lee hero” embodies Stan Lee’s vision of what a human being should be, or that it is a projection of his own hopes, despairs, ideals and insecurities?

So, therefore, there must be aspects of Stan Lee’s characters within Stan Lee himself. The outward facade of the huckster and the showman can’t be all that there is. Somewhere beneath the persona that Jack Kirby caricatured as Funky Flashman, there must be something of Peter Parker, too. (And I suddenly recall that before the murder of his Uncle Ben, Spider-Man did his best to go Hollywood and gain fame and fortune. Hmm.)

This is a big subject: how can the same person who inspires controversy by being a Marvel “company man,” who seems so interested in the material aspects of success, also sincerely give voice to the impassioned idealism of the Silver Surfer? Just how do Stan Lee the artist and Stan Lee the executive interrelate?

Back in the 1960s, when Stan was writing Daredevil, Matt Murdock’s friends Foggy Nelson and Karen Page had stumbled over the fact that he was secretly Daredevil. In an audacious attempt to throw them off the track, Matt told Foggy and Karen that Daredevil was really his twin brother Mike Murdock. (Of course, Matt was actually an only child.) Soon thereafter Matt turned up at his office as “Mike,” a brash, happily egotistical version of himself, wearing loud clothes, cracking corny jokes, needling Foggy and flirting with Karen. Even as a kid, it was obvious to me that “Mike” was a caricature of Stan’s public persona.

Within a few years Stan “killed off” “Mike Murdock,” and subsequent writers seemed to find “Mike” an embarrassment since no one ever brought him back (although Frank Miller once told me he rather liked “Mike”).

But I find “Mike Murdock” not only memorably funny but significant for what he may say about his creator: the extroverted, fast-talking showoff that serves as the facade hiding the more serious man underneath. Perhaps Stan has a “secret” identity behind his public persona as well. That gives a new layer of meaning to all of those stories of Stan’s in which Peter Parker ““ or one of his other heroes ““ escapes from the mundane troubles of his ordinary life into the costumed identity of a wisecracking hero who can triumph within the fantasy world of comics.

Who is the real Stan Lee? Just who was that man I once spoke to on the phone, anyway?

-Copyright 2003 Peter Sanderson

« Newer PostsOlder Posts »

Powered by WordPress